ESIA Waad

DEPARTMENT: SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL
REPORT NO: 60-R400-WH/G.06f/0073
REPORT TITLE: UMM WU'AL

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
A03
PROJECT REFERENCE
PROJECT NO: 60-R400-WH
PROJECT LOCATION: SAUDI ARABIA
PROJECT TITLE: UMM WU'AL PHOSPHATE PROJECT
CLIENT: MA'ADEN (SAUDI ARABIAN MINING COMPANY)
CLIENT PROJECT NO 2-115-12-12-2-2
CLIENT DOCUMENT NO MD-513-000-HS-EN-RPT-0070
PM Authorisation: AD
Rev Issue Date Pages Revision Description Prepared Checked Approved

A01 7 Jun 2013 ALL ISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEW CF AD AD
A02 26 Jun 2013 ALL ISSUED FOR FEED FCL CF AD
A03 29 Aug 2013 ISSUED FOR FEED FCL CF AD
DOCUMENT ISSUED FOR:

Preliminary For Information
For Review For Use
For Approval For Enquiry
For FEED
Document Title. UMM WU'AL Revision C01
Maaden Doc No. MD-513-000-HS-EN-RPT-0070 Page 2 of 463
Jacobs Doc N. 60-R400-WH/G.06f/0073 Date August 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 6
1.0 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 25
1.1 PROJECT UNDERSTANDING AND OVERVIEW ............................................................... 25
1.2 UMM WUAL PROJECT SITE.............................................................................................. 26
1.3 THE ESIA............................................................................................................................. 27
1.4 ESIA SCREENING .............................................................................................................. 28
1.5 SCOPE OF THE ESIA ......................................................................................................... 28
1.6 PREPARATION OF THE ESIA ............................................................................................ 29
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITTING....................................................................................... 29
1.8 REPORT STRUCTURE ....................................................................................................... 29
2.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK .................................. 33
2.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 33
2.2 LOCAL AND NATIONAL LEGISLATION AND STANDARDS ............................................ 33
2.3 INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES AND POLICIES............................................................... 37
2.4 OTHER STANDARDS AND GUIDANCE ............................................................................ 46
2.5 RELEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES................................... 48
2.6 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS............................................................................................... 53
3.0 CONSIDERATION OF ALTERNATIVES ............................................................... 54
3.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 54
3.2 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION ................................................................................................ 54
3.3 DO-NOTHING OPTION....................................................................................................... 57
3.4 SELECTED SITE SUITABILITY .......................................................................................... 57
3.5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED......................................................................................... 58
3.6 POLLUTION CONTROL ALTERNATIVES ......................................................................... 62
3.7 APPLICATION OF BAT ....................................................................................................... 63
3.8 RESOURCE EFFICIENCY .................................................................................................. 73
4.0 DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND LAYOUT OF THE PROPOSED
DEVELOPMENT ..................................................................................................... 74
4.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 74
4.2 MAIN FEATURES OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 74
4.3 PROJECT LOCATION ........................................................................................................ 75
4.4 SITE LAYOUT ..................................................................................................................... 75
4.5 SITE CONNECTIVITY ......................................................................................................... 80
4.6 NEIGHBOURING INDUSTRIES.......................................................................................... 80
4.7 PROJECT SCHEDULE ....................................................................................................... 85
4.8 WORKFORCE AND NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES .............................................................. 85
4.9 CONSTRUCTION PHASE .................................................................................................. 87
4.10 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING PHASE ................................................. 92
4.11 OPERATION PHASE .......................................................................................................... 93
4.12 PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS STORAGE AND HANDLING FACILITIES .............. 120
4.13 POWER ............................................................................................................................. 124
4.14 WATER .............................................................................................................................. 125
4.15 WASTEWATER ................................................................................................................. 131
4.16 WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ............................................................................... 134
Project Name:
UMM WU'AL PHOSPHATE PROJECT
4.17 SUPPORTING BUILDINGS AND INFRASTRUCTURE.................................................... 141

5.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ......................................................... 142
5.1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION ............................................................................................. 142
5.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT CRITERIA ................................................................................. 144
5.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORTING ............................................................................. 148
5.4 MITIGATION MEASURES AND REPORTING ................................................................. 148
5.5 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................... 148
6.0 AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY ................................................................. 149
6.1 INTRODUCTION & SCOPE .............................................................................................. 149
6.2 BASELINE CONDITIONS/ EXISTING ENVIRONMENT ................................................... 149
6.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ................................................................................................... 151
6.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................... 159
6.5 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATIONS ........................................................................... 163
6.6 GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS ................................................................................... 181
6.7 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 183
7.0 TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................... 185
7.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 185
7.2 BASELINE CONDITIONS ................................................................................................. 185
7.4 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 219
8.0 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES ................................................................................ 226
8.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 226
8.2 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................. 229
8.3 ECOLOGICAL BASELINE................................................................................................. 235
8.5 OPERATION...................................................................................................................... 260
8.6 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING ................................................................................... 264
8.7 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 265
9.0 NOISE & VIBRATION ........................................................................................... 273
9.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 273
9.4 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING ................................................................................... 292
9.5 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 292
10.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................... 295
10.3 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 303
11.0 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................... 310
11.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 310
11.4 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 326
12.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS ............................................................................ 332
Project Name:
12.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 332

12.2 PROFILING BASELINE CONDITIONS ............................................................................. 332
12.5 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 352
12.6 MONITORING ................................................................................................................... 358
13.0 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................ 359
13.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 359
13.3 NATIONAL BACKGROUND .............................................................................................. 359
13.4 REGIONAL AND LOCAL BACKGROUND ........................................................................ 361
13.6 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 373
14.0 UTILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE AND USAGE .................................................... 375
14.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 375
14.4 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 383
15.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY ASPECTS ...................................................................... 384
15.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 384
15.3 NATIONAL HEALTH ......................................................................................................... 388
15.4 REGIONAL HEALTH ......................................................................................................... 395
15.5 LOCAL HEALTH ................................................................................................................ 396
15.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION .................................................................. 397
15.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN DESIGN ................................................................................. 397
15.9 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATIONS ........................................................................... 410
15.10 DECOMMISIONING .......................................................................................................... 413
15.11 MITIGATION ...................................................................................................................... 414
16.0 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ........................................................................ 419
16.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 419
16.2 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT CONTEXT ................................................................... 419
16.3 ASSESSING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT................................................................ 423
16.4 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT OF THE PROJECT............................ 426
16.5 SUSTAINABILITY CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................... 429
17.0 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ASSESSMENT............................................................ 431
17.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 431
17.2 EXISTING AND FUTURE PROPOSED PROJECTS ........................................................ 431
17.3 CUMULATIVE IMPACT WITH OTHER PROJECTS......................................................... 432
17.4 CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................................ 436
18.0 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION ..................................................... 438
19.0 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMNS ............................................................... 443
20.0 REFERENCE LIST ................................................................................................ 449
Project Name:
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (EMMP)
APPENDIX B ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN (EERP)
APPENDIX C STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDIX D AMEBIENT AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENT
APPENDIX E ECOLOGY SURVEY
APPENDIX F NOISE MONITORING SURVEY
APPENDIX G WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS
APPENDIX H SOCIO-ECONOMI SURVEYS
APPENDIX I - TRAFFIC SURVEY
Project Name:
Document Title. UMM WUAL ESIA Revision A03
Maaden Doc N. MD-513-000-HS-EN-RPT-0070 Page 6 of 463
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Saudi Arabian Mining Company (Maaden) intends to develop the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. This Project is based on the exploitation and
processing of the Umm Wual phosphate deposit, taking advantage of existing and future
railway infrastructure, linking the phosphate deposits of Umm Wual in the northern region with
the Industrial City of Ras Al Khair on the Arabian Gulf (see Figure 1-1 below).
ES1-1: Location of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project Sites

The implementation of those elements of the Project to be developed at Umm Wual will
increase fertiliser production and export from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
The Project will be part funded by international banks and export credit agencies from OECD
countries and, therefore, the Environmental & Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs) have been
developed with regard to international environmental standards, notably the World Bank
Group, and specifically the International Finance Corporations (IFC), Performance Standards
on Environmental and Social Sustainability (2012) and the Equator Principles (as reviewed in
2012).
Due to the nature and scope of the Project, the assessment of the two main sites will be
subject to different national regulatory requirements, namely the Presidency of Meteorology
and Environment (PME) (for the development at Umm Wual) and the Royal Commission (RC)
(for the development at Ras Al Khair). A separate ESIA will therefore be produced for each
Project site.
ES2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex in the Sirhan-
Turaif region of northern Saudi Arabia will include the following components: Mine,
Beneficiation, Phosphoric Acid Plant, Sulphuric Acid Plant, Purified Phosphoric Acid Plant,
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate Plant, Mono and Dicalcium Phosphate Plant and the associated
infrastructure required to process the extracted ore.
Project Name:
ES2.1 SITE LOCATION
The Umm Wual site (see Figure 2-1 below), is situated within the Northern Borders Province
of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia close to the border with Jordan, and covers an area of
2
approximately 58km . The Mine is located close to the border with Jordan within the 10km
border security zone and 26km to the southwest of the Iraq border. The proposed Waad Al
Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex lies within the boundaries of the planned Waad Al
Shamaal City development, 13km to the south of the Mine. There is also a well field area for
the abstraction of water located approximately 60km to the east of the Waad Al Shamaal
Phosphate Industrial Complex.
The closest sizable population centre is Turaif, which is located approximately 40 km to the
south-west of the site, and has a population of 48,929, of which 82% are Saudi nationals. The
nearest settlement in Jordan is identified as Ar Ruwayshid, some 80-90km to the north.
ES1-2: Layout of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project Site
ES2.2 CONSTRUCTION
The construction phase of the project is divided into an Early Works Package, and main
construction phase. The Early Works package allows the preparation of the site in advance of
the main construction phase and will commence in September 2013. Works include grading
and levelling of the industrial complex area, temporary roads, laydown areas, waste areas and
construction camp areas. Temporary flood protection works are also required.
A separate Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been developed for
the Early Works, to allow commencement of construction.
ES2.3 MAIN CONSTRUCTION

The process facilities will mainly be constructed using off site pre-fabrication, and modular
construction. The infrastructure works will be constructed with local contractors, where
available, undertaking specific aspects of the work. The construction works will be performed
Project Name:
in many areas at the same time to meet the required schedule.
A construction camp area has been identified 5km to the south of the Industrial Complex area.
The construction camp will include temporary site offices and associated facilities,
accommodation area and communal facilities including recreational and sports facilities,
kitchens and dining halls, laundry facilities, medical centre, and a mosque.
The temporary facilities will include the storage of 2 days potable of water supply provided
through delivery by tanker from Turaif, or via a locally sunk well. This water will be used for
drinking, as well as for construction activities such as concrete mixing and dust suppression.
Wastewater will be collected via septic tanks and emptied by tanker to the temporary
wastewater treatment facility located within the construction camp. Power will be provided by
diesel generators until the installation of a sub-station connecting to the national grid is
provided.
The construction schedule will generate vehicle movements to and from the site as well as
within the construction site. Traffic movements are estimated to be:
Maximum 250 vehicle movements for transport of workforce per shift;
3 to 5 HGVs per day for supplies to the temporary camp and removal of waste;
60 water tankers per day for potable water supply during the early works period (until the
water treatment plant is functioning); and
293 HGVs per week for materials and equipment supply to site
Particular attention will be paid to areas which may impact or be impacted by the simultaneous
development of Waad Al Shamaal essential infrastructure and phase 1 residential
development.
Anticipated solid wastes generated during the 30 month construction include concrete,
pipework and steel off-cuts, electrical cable waste, municipal waste and solid sanitary waste.
ES2.4 COMMISSIONING
The main activities and sequence of operations during the pre-commissioning and
commissioning phase can be summarised as follows:
Hydrotesting of pipelines and tanks;
Flushing & cleaning of pipelines;
System dry-out;
Inerting;
Systematic conformity check of equipment;
Static, de-energized test of equipment;
Preliminary, and Functional checks;
Operational test; and
Pre-Start up activities.
Hydrotesting of pipelines, tanks, and vessels will be conducted using fresh (desalinated)
water, provided from the well sunk for the construction phase, or the Project wellfield, once
operational. The total quantity of fresh water will be minimised through hydrotest water reuse.
Discharge of hydrotest wastewater will be routed to the contaminated stormwater pond for
testing prior to its reuse or disposal.
ES2.5 OPERATION
To support the proposed operations the Project provides infrastructure will include a wellfield
supplying the Projects water demand, and associated water treatment, cooling water, loading
/ unloading, materials handling and storage facilities, auxiliary and emergency power,
Project Name:
wastewater treatment, drainage services and waste facilities.
The Project also involves the provision of administrative areas such as offices, a training
centre, workshops and laboratories, and the provision of housing and essential services for
the Maaden staff who will operate the facility.
Processes undertaken on site as part of the Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal
Phosphate Industrial Complex include:
Open cast mining of phosphate containing rock by blasting, drilling and excavation of the
rock.
Separation of the phosphate ore from other rock constituents through flotation.
Sulphuric A=acid production using molten sulphur, heated air and catalysts. The heat
generated is used to produce energy enabling the Project to be largely energy self-
sufficient.
Merchant grade phosphoric acid production using rock slurry reacted with the sulphuric
acid, and kaolin, before being filtered. The resultant phosphoric acid is evaporated to
concentrate it to produce merchant grade phosphoric acid for export and use in other
processes. Waste includes and phosphogypsum and fluorosilic acid which is neutralised
with lime and gases which are scrubbed before being released to atmosphere.
Merchant grade phosphoric acid is desulpherised, defluorinated and purified to produce
food grade phosphoric acid. Solvent used in the process are regenerated and fumes are
scrubbed and oxidised. Fluorosilic acid is precipitated out as sodium fluorosilicate, and
phosphogypsum waste is also produced as a waste.
Purified phosphoric acid is mixed with soda ash and caustic soda to produce a mixture of
Monosodium Phosphate and Disodium Phosphate which is dried and heated to high
temperature to produce dry Sodium TriPolyPhosphate
Merchant grade phosphoric acid is also defluorinated with diatomaceous earth, and
passed through a scrubbing system which generates fluorosilic acid, which is neutralised
with calcium hydroxide. The phosphoric acid is combined with limestone slurry to produce
phosphogypsum and a defluorinated phosphoric acid, which is heated and again reacted
with limestone slurry and the recycle stream of Mono and Dicalcium Phosphate to
produce Monocalcium Phosphate and Dicalcium Phosphate product.
All gypsum and neutralised fluorosilic acid wastes are disposed of to a lined Phosphogypsum
Storage Facility.
Liquid sulphur required for the production of sulphuric acid, will be transported by rail to the
Industrial Complex while soda ash, and limestone and other materials required for use in the
chemical process will be transported by road. The processed materials will be transported by
rail from the Umm Wual site to the proposed industrial complex at Ras Al Khair or to Jubail /
Dammam for storage, use and/or export.
Energy generated by the chemical processes in the form of heat and steam will be used to
generate most of the power for the plant through the provision of Steam Turbine Generators.
An auxiliary boiler for initial start-up of the sulphuric acid plant and emergency diesel generator
for back-up and black start of the facilities will also be provided. The facility will however, also
be connected to the national grid. All fuel storage tanks are bunded, to prevent pollution from
spillages and any contaminated waters are to be disposed of at specialist facilities.
Raw water will be abstracted from the Tawil aquifer to provide for the needs of the Project;
following abstraction water will be pumped to the water treatment plant which uses reverse
osmosis for the supply of process and potable water.
In recognition of the scarcity of water in this region, and the low recharge of the aquifer, waste
water volumes from all treatment process units have been minimised and re-used wherever
possible. Brine generated by reverse osmosis is re-used as the medium within the brine open
cooling water circuit, for slaking limestone in the fluorosilic acid neutralization plant within
Project Name:
phosphoric acid plant and as a dust suppressant at the mine. These approaches reduce the
quantity of wastewater for disposal, and minimise the demand for raw water.
The on-site Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant will condition any discharges arising before
directing it to the water management system of the lined phosphogypsum storage facility for
evaporation. The on-site sanitary wastewater treatment plant will receive all the sanitary
effluent discharges from the wellfields, mine and Industrial Complex by a combination of
gravity sewers, pressurized sewers and tankered waste imports. Domestic wastewater will be
treated on site for use as irrigation water. Sludge will be dewatered for disposal to land as
cake or at licensed facilities.
Waste oil and engine coolant will be collected and held in separate storage tanks before being
tankered offsite by a specialist contractor for processing or safe disposal.
A significant quantity of solid waste will be generated by the Project. The on-site facilities
include:
Temporary Waste Rock Dump - waste rock generated during the first 5 years of
exploitation through the mining operations will be stored in the north east of the mine
area, prior to commencement of backfill operations. These will be removed and re-
handled in Years 8 to 11 of production life to be used as backfill and provide access to
underlying reserves. All run off from the temporary waste dump will be captured by
perimeter ditches and pumped to the mine pit de-watering system.
Tailings Storage Facility includes storage areas for tailings, stockpiling of optical ore
sorter reject (OOSR) material which is used as top cover for dust suppression, storage for
off specification tailings, and an evaporation / stormwater attenuation pond. The facility
includes a basal lining system for drainage and collection of excess water released by the
stacked tailings
Phosphogypsum Storage Facility a lined facility designated for the receipt of
phosphogypsum wastes and wastes associated with the neutralisation of fluorosilic acid.
Residual brine, which cannot be reused, and any conditioned effluent from the industrial
wastewater treatment plant is to be used as part of the slurry medium for the
phosphogypsum and therefore will undergo evaporation from ponded areas of the stacks.
In addition to the processing plant and mine, the Project includes a general administrative and
maintenance area, which includes a number of support buildings as follows:
Workshops and warehouses;
Gatehouses and weighbridge;
Administration building and clinic;
Central Quality Control and Research and Development laboratories;
Training centre;
Cafeteria;
Mosque; and
Security and reception buildings.
A portion of the Waad Al Shamaal City development will be constructed in parallel with this
Project to provide permanent accommodation for employees who will operate the Mine and
associated Industrial Complex, and their dependents. This comprises:
Accommodation;
Community facilities;
Local roads and utilities; and
A highway to connect the residential and Industrial Complex to Highway 85.
Project Name:
ES2.6 WORKFORCE
During the construction phase, the workforce is estimated to be between 7,000 and 10,000
direct workers. Construction work week will be 10 hours / day for 6 days / week.
During the operation phase, the Mine and associated Industrial Complex will operate 24 hours
per day. In accordance with Saudi Labour Law, the proportion of Saudi employees is required
to be 65% at the commencement of the project, rising to a minimum of 85% by year 5 of the
Projects operation.
Operations staffing is estimated to at least 700 individuals on site within any shift, working 8
hour shifts and 12 hour shifts. The operational workforce will be predominantly transported to
site by bus.
The number of daily visitors is estimated on average to be 4 persons per day, and up to 154
trainees attending training at the site with 116 Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGV) that will visit the
site on a daily basis to deliver materials required for the operation of the Project.
ES3.0 CONSIDERATION OF ALTERNATIVES
The proposed Mine and Industrial Complex have been developed following the consideration
of a range of project and design alternatives including:
Alternate Project Do Nothing option;
Site alternatives;
Alternative production options;
Surface / flood water management options;
Pollution control alternatives; and
Waste management alternatives.
Potential social and environment factors were included in the identification and selection of
alternatives during the front end design phase.
In addition, as the Project progressed the proposed facilities were tested against Best
Available Techniques (BAT), as required under the Presidency of Meteorology and
Environment General Environmental regulations (2001), and the International Finance
Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards.
The IFC has defined, in Performance Standard 3, the following objectives for promoting
efficient use of resources and pollution prevention:
To avoid or minimise adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding
or minimising pollution from project activities;
To promote more sustainable use of resources, including energy and water; and
To reduce project-related greenhouse gas emissions.
ES4.0 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS
The Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for the Umm Wual Mine and Waad
Al Shamaal Industrial Complex has been undertaken according to the Presidency of
Meteorology and Environment (PME) General Environmental Regulations (2001), and draft
supplementary Standards (2010), and World Bank and IFC guidance. It has considered all
potential impacts of the construction, commissioning, operation and closure /
decommissioning of the Project on the environment, employees, and local community.
Furthermore, it has also considered these effects in combination with each other and with
other development in the area.
The ESIA includes an Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (consisting of a
number of sub-plans), and an Emergency Environmental Response Plan,. These plan detail
the measures identified in this phase for the mitigation of any impacts, and the measures for
emergency preparedness in the event of an accident. In addition, Maaden will implement and
Project Name:
Environmental Management System for the project in line with international best practice.
These plans are considered as Live documents, which are updated with any further
recommendations identified in future phases.
The results of the impact assessment are summarised below. Potential impacts predicted as
being of medium to high significance were assessed against appropriate mitigation measures
to predict the residual impact significance. Potential impacts of lower significance were also
identified, and although specific mitigation measures are not required for these aspects, a
series of recommendations which are considered as good management practices are
identified. An overarching recommendation is the ongoing development, implementation and
maintenance an Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) and Environmental
Emergency Response Plan (EERP), both of which are provided in outline as part of this ESIA
tailored to each phase of the Project.
ES4.1 AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY

Impacts of the Project on air quality were assessed against current air quality conditions,.
The contributions from the Project were compared as additional contributions to the existing
situation to determine the overall impact of the Project on air quality.
The Presidency for Meteorology and Environment has defined Air Quality Standards for a
variety of potential pollutants from point sources, and ambient air quality. Point source
emissions are compared to the more stringent of PME and IFC standards. PME standards
are used to determine compliance with ambient air quality, since according to IFC local
standards take precedence, and IFC are only used in the absence of local standards.
The potential impact of greenhouse gases has also been assessed as required by the IFCs
Performance Standard 3 and Equator Principles 2.
ES4.1.1 RESULTS
Concentrations of sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide generated by the
Project fall below the PME Standards ambient air quality standard levels, and.remain below
these when added to the background concentrations. Particulate matter is present in high
background concentrations around the site; dominated by contributions from dust storms in
the area. The results of the modelling indicated that the additional contributions from the
Project will be minimal.
The Project will generate emissions of greenhouse gases throughout its operation. The
International Energy Agency estimated the total carbon dioxide emissions in KSA as 446
Million tonnes in 2010. Of this total, 104 Million tonnes were from manufacturing and industry.
Wherever possible the production of carbon dioxide (CO2) has been reduced in all stages of
the project. The utilisation of the waste heat, and steam from the process to power steam
turbine generators allows the Project to be largely energy self sufficient, making a significant
contribution to the minimisation of CO2 emissions.
The total estimated CO2 emissions generated by the Project including operations and vehicle
emissions would be approximately 77,706 tonnes per year. This falls below the 100,000 tonne
threshold defined by the World Bank/IFC standards. In addition, the best available technology
would be used for the Project which could further reduce total CO2 emissions in the future.
There are no medium or high negative impacts identified by the Impact Assessment, however,
a number of recommendations are made to address low significant impacts.
ES4.1.2 RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommendations for the construction phase are focussed on the reduction of dust impacts.
These include:
The development and implementation of a Construction Environmental Management Plan.
All dust generating materials being moved to be covered with a suitable weighted
Project Name:
tarpaulin.
Pedestrian routes within the construction area are to be provided for the workers.
The amount of materials stockpiled to be minimised as far as is practicable, with any
required stockpiles aligned parallel to the prevailing wind direction.
Exposed soils / dust generating stockpiles to be covered with gravel or crushed stone
where feasible to reduce windblown dust generation.
The speed limit for vehicles to be reduced to prevent the generation of dust clouds.
Damping down of road surfaces to be implemented.
Uneven surfaces on construction traffic routes to be graded periodically.
Recommendations for the operational phase are focused around the monitoring of emissions
and include:
Undertake monitoring of emissions as detailed by the PME with reporting to the relevant
authorities.
Appropriate maintenance of important mitigation equipment such as scrubbers, catalyst
beds etc.
Competencies and training requirements of staff with environmental responsibilities, and
lines of communication in the event of an emergency (including accidental releases of
hazardous substances).
Minimising use of auxiliary and back up boilers.
In addition, Maaden will undertake regular audits of environmental management plans to
confirm their on-going effectiveness.
Prior to the commencement of operations, ambient air quality data will be gathered and such
data sets built on during the course of operations as appropriate.
ES4.2 TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT
The Project area is currently an undeveloped site. The baseline assessment involved the
analysis of soil and groundwater samples taken around the site. These indicated that soils are
generally unpolluted. Levels ofselenium are below guide levels for industrial use, although are
at or just above levels for residential. Low levels of naturally occurring radioactive materials
are found to be present in the phosphate ore.
Groundwater resources are present at the site.. The Tawil aquifer is the dominant source of
groundwater in the area. The acquifer has limited recharge and therefore represents a finite
water resource for the area. Analysis of groundwater samples suggest the water is slightly
saline and would require treatment prior to use as potable water.
The assessment of effects considers impacts from all phases on soils and groundwater using
the source-pathway-receptor method, and includes some modelling of impacts on
groundwater resources.
ES4.2.1 RESULTS
The impact assessment identified potential for impacts on the soil resources, and degradation
of soil quality from accidental spills during all phases. The modelling, however, suggests that
the release of pollutants from accidental spills is likely to be rare, and therefore the potential
for impacts is reduced.
There is also potential to impact the groundwater resources through depletion of the limited
recharge aquifer impacting both on the long term water resources in the area, but also
creating drawdown of the aquifer affecting other users.
There is also potential for impacts during operation from leakage of chemicals from the plant
Project Name:
facilities or from catastrophic failure of the plant. The likelihood of this occurring, however, is
very low.
The following mitigation measures were identified to mitigate potential impacts of high or
medium significance:
Stockpiling of soils for reuse as part of the Project design to minimise impacts on soil
resources.
All storage tanks shall be above ground and maintained in good condition and inspected
regularly. A record must be kept of all liquids/tanks/containers delivered to the site.
All vehicles used on site shall be serviced and maintained to the highest standard, with a
record kept of maintenance undertaken.
Designated refuelling, maintenance and storage areas shall be constructed in line with
pollution prevention guidelines. These areas shall be hard-surfaced and contained by
walls or bunds, with drainage systems and collection arrangement for spills and
stormwater management
Hydrotesting, flushing and disposal of wastewater will be undertaken in line with
appropriate measures to control, collect and treat the produced water.
Wastewater should be treated where required to comply with water quality standards
applied to discharge and as a minimum will pass through an oil/fuel interceptor facility.
Any accidental spill/leak will be fully cleaned as soon as the incident occurs.
Design shall be such that accidental release from bunded containment areas would still
discharge to a site drainage system in preference to entering the ground
Groundwater level monitoring shall be undertaken prior to and during the Project life.
Waste materials shall be removed from site where possible following decommissioning.
Any materials or plant to remain on site must be checked and contained/treated as
necessary prior to site closure to ensure no potential soil contamination source remains.
Drainage systems, including evaporation ponds shall be retained and shall continue to be
maintained for a period after operations have ceased, while they are still producing
significant potentially contaminative liquid.
In addition to the specific mitigation measures identified a number of good management
practise recommendations have been identified to prevent and reduce pollution from
accidental spills, and protection of the soil and groundwater resources. The focus of these are
the implementation of procedures for prevention of and reaction to accidental releases of
hazardous substances, the training of staff, and the implementation of monitoring of
groundwater levels and quality during operation and following closure / decommissioning.
ES4.3 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
The Project is located within Northern Wildlife Management Zone, a designated International
Union for the Conservation of Nature Category IV Protected Area. The Protected area covered
by the Project is state owned.
The area around the Mine site consists of a relatively flat area of sand sheet and gravel plains
and low rock outcrops, with no significant tree cover. There are very few wells but herders are
present near ephemeral pools with grazing sheep.
A number of protected species are present in the project are. These include:
Arabian wolf (Canis lupus arabs);
Sand cat (Felis margarita);
Blanfords fox (Vulpes cana);
Project Name:
Greater Spotted Eagle (Aquila clanga);
Saker Falcon (Falco cherrug);
Houbara Bustard (Chlamydotis undulata macqueenii);
Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus);
Pallid Harrier (Circus macrourus);
European Roller (Coracius garrulous);
Spiny tailed lizard (Uromastyx aegyptius microlepis); and
Several species of reptile listed as High Conservation Priority.
ES4.3.1 RESULTS
The impact assessment identifies several medium and high significance impacts on both
habitats and species from the project.
2
The Project itself will result in the direct impact on approximately 59km of the designated
Northern Wildlife Management Zone Protected Area. The loss of biological resources under
IFC principle 6 requires consideration of appropriate measures to avoid or minimise impacts.
Where this is not possible restoration of the area is required, or a biodiversity offset area
provided if restoration of the area cannot be undertaken effectively.
There are also potential impacts on protected species as a result of habitat loss, degradation
and fragmentation.
Project construction and operations may result in the killing and injury of species on-site,
especially through vehicle movements. Pollution of the habitats, soils, and potential water
resources from spills etc., are also significant impacts. Disturbance as a result of noise during
construction and operation may also impact on certain species including protected birds.
Designate, demarcate and maintain unfenced exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and
Industrial Complex to protect sensitive habitats from unauthorized access to ensure no net
loss of habitat functionality. This should be an equivalent area to that impacted (i.e.
2
59km ). Within this area undertake habitat restoration and rehabilitation works.
Prior to site clearance and cut / fill operations complete a pre-construction site survey for
globally / regionally endangered, vulnerable and / or near threatened species (i.e. Arabian
wolf, sand cat and Blanfords fox). This is to account for any changes to the status of
species as determined from the baseline surveys.
Avoid areas where globally / regionally endangered, vulnerable and / or near threatened
species are recorded as having a place of rest of shelter (i.e. den) during pre-construction
site survey. Where avoidance is not possible, undertake displacement / exclusion
measures to reduce impacts of killing / injury.
Avoid Houbara bustard nesting period wherever possible (i.e. February - April), and if this
cannot be avoided use bird deterrents prior to the commencement of construction
activities to deter nesting birds.
Provide signage warning of the presence of wild animals on haul routes, raise driver
awareness and enforce speed limits for vehicles
All contractors / employees shall receive a Site Induction which includes the ecological
value and sensitivity of the Project area.
Restrict vehicle movements to defined haul / access routes to minimise risk of wildlife
collisions with vehicles.
Project Name:
All security fencing that is installed, other than around evaporation ponds etc., will allow for
the passage of large lizards and medium sized mammals (e.g. sand cat, Blanford's fox).
All industrial waste water treatment facilities, containment systems and evaporation ponds
shall be securely fenced to prevent the ingress of mammal and reptile species. Use bird
deterrents (i.e. predator kites) to deter bird species utilising these areas.
Do not permit unauthorised access, recreational activities or hunting within habitat
exclusion zones.
Light pollution will be minimised by restricting lighting to essential areas only, and by using
directional lighting to reduce light spillage. Working at night will be avoided and earth
moving equipment will be fitted with more efficient sound reduction equipment wherever
possible.
Native plant species of local provenance shall be used wherever practicable to reduce the
risk of transmitting biological pathogens and alien species. Implement a quarantine
procedure for all plant specimens brought to the Project area.
A Habitat Restoration Plan shall be developed for the phased rehabilitation of the Mine as
extraction progresses throughout the life of the Project
To evaluate the success of the proposed mitigation a robust and comprehensive ecological
monitoring plan will be implemented prior to the commencement of construction activities.
The scope of this monitoring plan will be developed in full consultation between Maaden and
the governing bodies within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Under this plan, sensitive
ecological receptors and indicator species will be monitored to assess the effectiveness of the
proposed mitigation measures in managing these impacts.
Compensatory habitat equivalent in area to that being impacted (59km2) will be provided. This
is to be in the form of unfenced exclusion zones to allow species to move across the area and
which are managed to restore, rehabilitate and enhance their ecological value. A Biodiversity
Management Plan will be developed to set out the measures required to enhance the
ecological integrity and functionality of the habitats based on the findings of the ecological
monitoring. The Plan will be reviewed and adjusted in line with any findings to ensure
successful delivery of the objectives for the compensatory area.
Maaden shall liaise with the Waad Al Shamaal City developers and Government bodies to
co-ordinate provision of offset areas for implementation of habitat enhancement, protection
and restoration / rehabilitation measures. This might include designating areas between the
mine and Waad Al Shamaal City as protected areas
ES4.4 NOISE AND VIBRATION
Potential impacts of the Project on noise and vibration were modelled and assessed. The
contribution from the Project was compared to the PME Noise and Vibration Standards for
both daytime and night-time.
ES4.4.1 RESULTS
Baseline noise measurements taken at the Project site boundary are within the PME and IFC
standards. The Project has been designed to comply with the requirements laid down in the
PME general environmental regulations (2001) and draft Supplementary Standards (2012)
and include measures such as housing of potentially noisy plant and equipment.
As a result, the modelling shows that potential negative impacts are likely to be of low
significance in all phases.
There are no specific mitigation measures required as part of the Impact assessment,
however, recommendation include:
Project Name:
A revised noise and vibration assessment should be undertaken prior to construction to
ensure compliance with applicable standards. This should include work to establish and
ensure acceptable vibration and air overpressure during blasting operations.
A series of trial blasts to be undertaken at the mine with measurements of vibration and air
overpressure to inform the noise and vibration assessment.
Temporary sound-proof enclosures and anti-vibration measures should be employed to
reduce noise levels on site, in keeping with the results of the updated noise and vibration
mode.
A noise and vibration management plan should be developed detailing measures to
monitor and control noise and vibration emissions during construction. This Plan should
include monitoring of noise at the Mine site boundary, particularly the north western and
western boundaries, to determine compliance with applicable standards and guidelines
and assess the need for mitigation.
Regular audits of the above monitoring and management plan should be undertaken and
revised in line with results.
ES4.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT
Waste from Turaif is currently disposed of in a municipal landfill, located approximately 5km
north of the city. However, access to this landfill has been denied for Project waste.
The levelling and grading as part of the early works has been designed to ensure waste is
minimised, and all materials are reused on site.
The city of Waad Al Shamaal will include Class I, II and III landfills which are expected to be
complemented by recycling and thermal treatment technologies. The Project proposes to use
these facilities when they become available.
ES4.5.1 RESULTS
The impact assessment identifies medium significance impacts associated with the generation
of wastes by the Project and the lack of available off-site waste management infrastructure
during construction, and commissioning and early stages of operation.
Waste types identified during this assessment include:
Non-hazardous solid wastes: construction debris, wood (pallets), empty drums and
containers (plastic and metal), packaging (paper, cardboard, plastics), waste rock from
mining, silaceous materials and tailings, municipal wastes and sanitary waste sludges;
Hazardous solid waste: batteries; filters; empty oil, chemical or paint containers; fabrics
contaminated with oil; phosphogypsum, fluorspar, sodium fluorosilicate, calcium
fluorosilicate, spent catalyst, spent activated carbon, spent electrical equipment, industrial
wastewater treatment sludge, oily sludge and clinical waste; and
Hazardous liquid waste: waste oils, lubricants and fuels and drainage waters
contaminated with these, solvents; paint; thinners; hydraulic fluid; and cleaning chemicals;
contaminated hydro-test water.
The most significant wastes generated by the Project are to be managed on site as follows:
Mine wastes are used to progressively backfill, and close the excavated pit.
Optical ore sorter rejects, tailings and phosphogypsum, and fluorosilicates are to be
stored in dedicated, lined and appropriately engineered waste storage facilities. These
will remain on the site following decommissioning.
All other wastes are to be stored on site temporarily in suitable storage containers /
transported off site by PME approved waste carriers to off-site licensed waste management
facilities.
The assessment also identifies a high significance impact associated with the on-site waste
Project Name:
storage facilities associated with potential failure of these containment systems,
Maaden shall devise a waste management strategy for the disposal wastes in
collaboration with Turaif Municipality, the PME, and Waad Al Shamaal developer which
identifies appropriate local disposal / recycling facilities that are operated in accordance
with regulatory requirements and industry good practise.
EPC Contractor will develop a Construction Waste Management Plan, and Maaden to
develop an Operational Waste Management Plan to identify in more detail anticipated
wastes, and their quantities, and undertake waste planning for treatment and disposal.
Maaden shall commission a condition report prior to decommissioning identifying key
issues such as condition of lining and drainage system for the on-site waste storage
facilities.
Maaden shall develop further the outline closure plan to include maintenance
programme, monitoring and reporting strategy and emergency action plan for the waste
storage areas and shall resource and implement these plans.
ES4.5.2 RECOMMENDATION
In addition to the specific mitigation measures identified a number of good management
practise recommendations have been identified reduce the impact of waste from the Project.
The focus of these are the implementation of procedures for the management, maintenance
and monitoring of waste storage areas, and prevention of and reaction to accidental releases
of wastes, reduction of waste storage times, the training of staff, and waste contractors, the
selection of appropriate and as necessary specialist contractors for the handling,
transportation and disposal of waste and audit of waste contractors and their off-site facilities
and the collection and reporting of data on waste arisings.
ES4.6 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT
There is an extensive network of ephemeral wadis, and four in particular, that run across the
Project area into a natural depressions in the landform. The wadis are wide shallow channels,
apparent from the vegetation they support. These wadis present a flood risk to the project.
Water samples taken from an accumulation of surface water in a depression fed by wadi flow
in 2012 show high levels of heavy metals, which exceed the ambient surface water quality
standards set by the PME. Soil samples in the area were taken as part of the ground
investigation, and analysed for presence of heavy metals which identified concentrations of
heavy metals within the superficial deposits tested. The levels of these are lower than
international guidelines for residential use. Surface water quality analysis identified
concentrations of some heavy metals in exceedence of the PME ambient water quality
standards however, given the Greenfield nature of the site, the evapo-concentration processes
highlighted by the leach testing, and the nature of the local geology, the levels of metals in the
surface water are considered to be attributable to natural causes.
Flood modelling has been undertaken, and a combination of protection (e.g. bunds) and wadi
diversion will be required to protect the Project from flooding during heavy rainfall. With the
exception of the one of the wadis (known as the middle wadi), natural restoration of channel
will be allowed following closure / decommissioning. The middle wadi will be permanently
diverted to allow for the development of the Waad Al Shamaal City.
The tailings storage facility and phosphogypsum storage facility will be left in place and will
require on-going management and maintenance to ensure that the environment is protected
from contaminated discharges following decommissioning.
There are no specific mitigation measures required as part of the Impact assessment,
however, recommendations for the prevention and reduction of pollution from accidental spills,
Project Name:
and protection of the surface water systems include:
Provide training of staff in environmental awareness and pollution prevention, and lines of
communication for accidental releases of hazardous substances;
Construction of designated refuelling, maintenance and storage areas in line with pollution
prevention guidelines. These areas are to be hard-surfaced and contained by walls or
bunds, with drainage systems and collection arrangement for spills and stormwater
management;
Ensuring the availability of pumps and spill mitigation materials such as absorbent
granules to contain and recover hazardous substances following release;
Implementation of procedures to be followed in the event of accidental release of
hazardous substances;
Ensuring vehicles used to empty septic tanks are fit for purpose and operated by trained
members of staff to prevent spillage;
Ensure washing-out of concrete delivery, mixing and pouring plant and equipment are
undertaken in a designated area and all wash water shall be contained for subsequent
treatment and re-use and / or discharge;
Undertake a programme of surface water sampling to establish the current ambient water
quality, and monitor throughout project. Monitoring should be continued following
decommissioning;
Monitoring of treated sewage effluent quality to ensure compliance with required
standards;
Identification of suitable users and areas for the use of treated effluents and agree
arrangements for its supply and/or application;
Condition report to be produced before decommissioning identifying key issues such as
condition of lining and drainage system;
Implementation of a management plan prior to decommissioning of the facility, to include
maintenance, monitoring and reporting strategy and emergency plan; and
Regular audits of the above monitoring and management plan to be undertaken and
revised in line with results.
ES4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMICS
The Project will provide many benefits to the region and to Turaif in particular. The new
development will create greater opportunities for employment and for local and regional
businesses to provide goods and services to Maaden, its contractors and its workers.
Potential negative socio-economic impacts include loss of access to land for the local
community, and increased strain on local services.
A Stakeholder Engagement Plan has been developed as part of the ESIA and will be
maintained throughout the project lifetime.
EPC Contractor shall develop and implement a procedure for the management of
unexpected archaeological resources, and shall report any finds to Maaden and in
accordance with National requirements.
EPC Contractor shall provide the workforce with tool box talks on the subject to raise
awareness of the importance of cultural and heritage resource finds.
The EPC Contractor shall minimise the area of land required for use during the
construction.
Project Name:
Maaden shall provide on-going community consultation and in particular provide guidance
and assistance regarding use of alternative sites and respond to concerns in accordance
with the Stakeholder Engagement Plan process.
Maaden to enter into an agreement with Turaif Municipality regarding the capacity of
municipal services to be supplied to the Maaden housing during the early stages of
operation. Where capacity is not available, Maaden to establish alternative service
provision.
Implementation of the following measures is recommended to manage the potential impacts
identified and to maintain good management practices:
Develop Social Impact Management Plans (SIMP) as required under Maaden
Environment and Communities Assurance Project manual, and implement in full all
identified recommendations;
Employ local resources with skills to suit the required roles where available, and use local
companies to supply goods and services wherever feasible;
Implement a comprehensive training programme to ensure the appropriate skill sets are
developed and transferred to new personnel;
Induction training to be provided to all foreign and non-Muslim workers on the local culture
and practices, and camp management procedures to be established to minimise
interactions and possible tensions; and
Seek to support employment in the region and within other Maaden projects following
decommissioning of the Project facilities.
ES4.8 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT
The Project area is served by Highway 85, a dual carriageway which connects Dammam in
the Eastern Province and the border with Jordan. A new junction off Highway 85 is currently
under construction at Turaif.
Public transport options for the region include a daily bus service operating between Turaif
and Riyadh, and Turaif Domestic Airport, which is served by a single daily flight to and from
Riyadh.
The railway is currently not fully operational and no passenger service is currently operating.
The Umm Wual Phosphate Project requires a length of 135km of track to connect to the
existing railway at Al-Jalamid, which transports phosphate from the existing Al-Jalamid Mine to
the processing plant at Ras Al-Khair.
There are no medium or high negative impacts identified by the Impact Assessment, however,
medium significant benefits are identified for the operational phase once the rail infrastructure
for the region is completed.
A Traffic and Transport Plan will be developed as part of the Environmental Monitoring and
Management Plan, prior to commencement of any activities on site. In accordance with the
IFC Guidelines, Project vehicles will avoid accessing the public highway wherever possible.
Where vehicles must use the highway network, access to the site will be routed via the
eastern approach on Highway 85 to avoid impacts on the local community in Turaif.
Further recommendations include:
Co-ordination and liaison with the Airport authorities, operators, and Turaif Municipality to,
to address any potential impacts from influx of workers to the area.
Co-ordination and liaison with the Ministry of Transport, Saudi Railway Company, and the
local authorities during all phases to ensure coordination of programmes and minimise use
Project Name:
of road transport wherever possible;
Confirmation of capacity within the rail network and availability of trains to deliver materials
required during all phases;
Development and implementation of rail scheduling and operational procedures;
Management of start and finish times to reduce peak traffic flows;
Undertake traffic risk assessments during all phases and implementation of any
recommendations;
Identification of access / traffic routes for vehicles both on and to the site (including
transport for the workforce);
Implementation of measures to segregate pedestrians from vehicle areas;
Implementation of driver training and awareness for both Maaden personnel and
contractors;
Implementation of measures to protect the local community where appropriate;
Provision of suitable wheel washing equipment to prevent materials being deposited on
the public highway;
Re-use of materials on site to reduce the requirement to import bulk materials from other
locations.
ES4.9 UTILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE & USAGE
Significant economic and environmental benefits can be achieved by minimising the use and
consumption of utilities services. Direct savings can be realised by the reduction in energy
consumption and water supply reduction through the minimisation of wastage and
unnecessary uses. There are currently no utilities and infrastructure available at the site; new
infrastructure will be installed to service the Project.
Potential negative impacts of medium or high significance on the utilities infrastructure are not
anticipated to occur as a consequence of the Project commissioning, construction, operation
or decommissioning phases.
Implementation of the following measures is recommended to manage the potential impacts
identified as being of low significance and to maintain good management practices.
Confirm sufficient capacity within the Turaif sanitary wastewater treatment system/landfill
to accommodate the wastewater / sludge generated at during the construction
programme;
Undertake monitoring of the temporary boreholes to supply potable and non-potable water
for construction to ensure that these do not negatively impact the supply at existing wells
used by the local population;
Confirm the extent to which the existing telecommunications network can accommodate
the connections required by the Project; and
Maximise water re-use in construction and commissioning.
ES4.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The local facilities in Turaif comprise a general hospital with 200 beds, four operating rooms
and one emergency room. The general hospital is capable of treating all injuries, with the
exception of chemical injuries. There are also four general public health centres one of which
operates a night shift, a dental clinic, and a diabetes clinic. In addition, there are three private
health centres.
The nearest large general hospital is located in the regional capital of Arar approximately
Project Name:
230km to the South-east. Recent investment in the region has enabled the construction and
opening of a new cardiac centre at the hospital, providing a comprehensive cardiology service
including cardiac catheterization and cardiac surgical operating facilities.
The health and safety of both employees and the local community has been considered as an
integral part of the project design. The design process has included HAZID workshops and a
series of detailed HSE assessments has been made for specific parts of the facility as part of
the Front End Engineering Design process. Eliminating or reducing the risk of many of the
potential operational Health and Safety impacts has been a central theme in this phase.
ES4.10.1 RESULTS
Out of a total of 75,825 workplace injuries in KSA in 2010, approximately half occurred in the
construction industry. 21% of all deaths in 2009 to non-Saudi residents occurred as a result of
accident or injury. Consultation with Turaif Municipality highlighted that 50% of all deaths in the
area were the result of Motor Vehicle Accidents.
Potential sources of impacts during the construction phase include exposure to environmental
factors (Air Quality, Noise, Water & Contamination), increased vehicle movement,
Occupational Health & Safety of Construction Workers (including accidents and injuries, and
mental health); and exposure to communicable and non-communicable diseases.
The implementation of safety in design principles reduced the potential impacts during
operation considerably. Those identified included exposure of the workforce to airborne
pollutants and dust, traffic and transport (including community effects); occupational health,
accidents and incidents; and communicable and non-communicable diseases.
The impact assessment highlighted exposure of the workforce to workforce accidents,
increase of communicable diseases amongst the workforce, and traffic impacts on the
community as being of medium significance. Traffic safety impacts on the community were
identified to be of medium significance.
A risk assessment will be undertaken which shall define the specific risks and mitigation,
including working hours, exposure limits, and use of PPE as required.
Early engagement with local service providers to assess the capacity of the region to
absorb any potential issues should be undertaken, and this will inform the design and
staffing of the facilities to ensure local services are not adversely affected. This
consultation should include all emergency services to ensure agreement is reached on the
most effective mechanisms to deal with any major incident
Training and awareness on issues such as defensive driving will be provided to the
workforce and suppliers
Decommissioning will be planned by developing, procedures, and any HSE requirements
to ensure the project is decommissioned safely and effectively, using the correct PPE etc
in line with requirements and intended future use.
Implementation of the closure plan and associated post closure monitoring and
maintenance requirements.
Consideration is to be given to extending defensive driver training to the local community
given the current high death rate from motor vehicle accidents.
Implementation of a comprehensive health screening and monitoring programme is to be
undertaken to ensure workforce health is maintained, and reduce the spread of any
communicable diseases (e.g. chickenpox, TB, gastrointestinal infections etc.).
The Environmental Emergency Response Plan will detail the procedures and process to be
Project Name:
followed to protect both the workforce and the local community from potential harm in the
event of an incident. This would include liaison with the local authorities to ensure services are
(a) available, and (b) able to cope. Provision for evacuation to hospitals in Arar is also to be
included for incidents which the on-site medical facilities cannot treat (e.g. chemical, burns,
heart conditions etc.), and which may be time critical. Given the distances involved in any
transfer to Arar, fully trained on-site medical staff will need to be able to treat to a level which
allows safe transfer of the patient to the hospital facilities either through air transport or
ambulance.
ES4.11 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
The sustainable development assessment identified a number of positive and negative
impacts associated with the project. These indicate that the Project faces a common challenge
in terms of sustainability.
Negative impacts are typically associated with environmental sustainability. The positive
impacts, though fewer in number are of greater magnitude, and are associated with socio-
economic and infrastructure benefits.
The recommended areas of focus for the Project in terms of sustainability which are to be
implemented in future phases include:
Application of existing Maaden project processes, specifically the Environmental and
Communities Assurance Manual; and
Establishment of objectives, targets and key performance indicators to monitor
achievement of the goals established for the Project and progress towards sustainable
development; and
Implementation of continuous improvements as identified by the Projects Environmental
Management System and associated monitoring, measurement and auditing
ES4.12 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS
Cumulative effects occur within the Project when the impacts identified within the assessment
may collectively be of greater significance than the individual impact implies. Potential impacts
associated with the proposed development may also be acceptable in isolation, but when
considered in the context of other developments in the immediate vicinity, may become more
significant.
Emissions to air from the Project can be expected to collectively impact on the air quality of
the area, impacting the workers and community health as additional industrial facilities are
constructed and become operational. It should also be noted that the development of the
Waad Al Shamaal City Development and the community therein, will create sensitive
receptors in the future that do not currently exist.
Demand on the Tawil aquifer as a source of water is expected to be significant as the Waad Al
Shamaal City is developed. This is a finite and non-renewable water resource given the
extremely low recharge rates and the cumulative impact of the Project on the groundwater
resource is considered to be significant. Alternative sources of water will need to be piped
from the coast as the city develops.
The development of Waad Al Shamaal City can be expected to result in further habitat loss
and fragmentation within the Northern Wildlife Management Zone with increased disturbance,
injury and mortality to Nationally and Internationally vulnerable species. The cumulative impact
of the future project is therefore considered to be significant, although, the proposals to protect
the Umm Wual mountain area as a recreation area could assist in protecting some of the
vulnerable species and habitats.
The influx of people into the area and the increasing industrial activity may present cumulative
health impacts on both employees and the wider community. Furthermore the development of
the industrial zones brings these impacts closer to the community zone. These impacts can
be readily managed, through strategic planning and assessment of the Waad Al Shamaal City
development
Project Name:
The Waad Al Shamaal City development is envisaged to generate a significant level of
economic development, and provide a range of community services and infrastructure. Thus
the positive socio-economic benefits are considered to the highly significant. The concerns
regarding access to land for cultural uses will be exacerbated by the Waad Al Shamaal City
development however, there are opportunities for access to alternative lands for herding and
grazing.
ES5.0 CONCLUSIONS
The predicted impacts of the proposed Umm Wual Phosphate Project are within the
standards as defined by the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment in their
Environmental Regulations. Many of the impacts are of low significance.
For those impacts identified as High or Medium, mitigation measures have been developed to
further reduce the potential significance to Low.
All mitigation measures and recommendations have been detailed in the Environmental
Monitoring and Management Plan for implementation during the next phases of the project.
The impact assessment identifies a number of areas where the impacts from the Project when
combined with the proposed development of Waad Al Shamaal City, may result in significant
cumulative impacts. These include:
Air Quality Negative;
Terrestrial Environment Negative;
Biological Resources Negative;
Community and Employee Health and Safety Negative; and
Socio-Economic Aspects Positive.
Of paramount importance is the continuous assessment of the environmental headroom, so
as not to overload the carrying capacity of the area.
As a key stakeholder in the Waad Al Shamaal City development, Maaden shall make this
ESIA available for use in cumulative impact assessments of future project ESIA, and shall
liaise with the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment, Saudi Railway Company and
Waad Al Shamaal City developer to support collaborative and multi-stakeholder solutions for
cumulative impacts.
Project Name:
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Saudi Arabian Mining Company (Maaden) intends to develop the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. This project is based on the exploitation and
processing of the Al Khabra phosphate deposit and the utilization of captive natural resources
in the northern region of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA), and is taking advantage of the
existing and planned railway infrastructure, linking the phosphate deposits of Umm Wual area
in the northern region with the Industrial City of Ras Al Khair on the Arabian Gulf (refer to
Figure 1-1).
Figure 1-1: Location of the Umm Wual & Ras Al Khair Phosphate Project sites.
Maaden has formed a joint venture with Mosiac, the largest producer of phosphate fertilisers
in the world, and Saudi Basic Industries Corporation (SABIC) to deliver this substantial project.
1.1 PROJECT UNDERSTANDING AND OVERVIEW
The Umm Wual site in the Sirhan-Turaif region of northern Saudi Arabia will include the
following components: Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex including Beneficiation, Phosphoric Acid Plant, Sulphuric Acid Plant, Purified
Phosphoric Acid Plant, Sodium TriPolyPhosphate Plant, Monocalcium Phosphate / Dicalcium
Phosphate plant and required utilities to process the extracted ore. The Processing Complex
is located within the boundary of the proposed Waad Al Shamaal Development City.
The processed materials will be transported from Umm Wual via existing railway infrastructure
some 1500km to Ras Al Khair Industrial City, on the Arabian Gulf where materials will be
further processed as fertiliser products or stored for export, or directly to Jubail or Damman
some 70km and 145km further down the east coast respectively, for export.
Ras Al Khair is an existing Industrial City and port facility located on a peninsula in the Eastern
Province of Saudi Arabia; the facility will be expanded to include new chemical production
plants for Ammonia, Di-Ammonium Phosphate and Nitro Phosphate Potash. Proposed
developments also include all supporting infrastructure and connection to existing utilities
within the Ras Al Khair Industrial City. For the purpose of this report the new developments
Project Name:
proposed by Maaden at Umm Wual will be referred to as the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al
Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex (the Project).
The industrial units to be developed at Umm Wual and Ras Al Khair will produce the following
products:
Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid (MGA) 1,500,000 tpy;
Purified Phosphoric Acid (PPA) 100,000 tpy;
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP) 90,000 tpy;
Monocalcium Phosphate and Dicalcium Phosphate (MCP/DCP) 250,000 tpy;
Compound Fertilizer (DAP 2,228,094 tpy and NPK 766,920 tpy); and
Ammonia 1,089,000 tpy.
Maaden has awarded a contract to Jacobs Engineering Group to provide a bankable
feasibility study and front-end engineering design (FEED) for both elements of the Project (i.e.
Umm Wual and Ras Al Khair).
Partnering with Woods Hole Group Middle East (WHGME), a Presidency of Meteorology &
Environment (PME) and Royal Commission (RC) approved consultant, Jacobs scope of work
includes the preparation of the bankable Environmental and Social Impact Assessments
(ESIAs) for both the Umm Wual and the Ras Al Khair sites as well as the environmental
permits required by the Royal Commission for Ras Al Khair.
The Umm Wual Phosphate Project will be part funded by a Lending Institution (which may
include international banks and export credit agencies from OECD countries, therefore the
ESIAs have been developed with regard to international environmental standards, notably the
World Bank Group and specifically the International Finance Corporations (IFC) Performance
Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability (2012) and the Equator Principals (as
reviewed in 2012).
Due to the nature and scope of the Project and the fact that the assessment of each site will
be subject to different regulatory requirements (i.e. PME and RC); a separate ESIA will be
produced for each Project site.
1.2
1.3 UMM WUAL PROJECT SITE
The Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex project site is a
greenfield site located in the Northern Province of the Kindgom of Saudi Arabia, approximately
40km to the Northeast of the city of Turaif. The Mine is located close to the border with Jordan
and within the 10km security strip, and approximately 26km Southwest of the Iraq border.
Approximately 13km to the south of the proposed mine and outside the security strip, is the
Industrial Complex, which is within the boundaries of the planned Waad Al Shamaal
Development city.
The Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex (the Project) will
include the following:
Mine;
Beneficiation plant;
Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP);
Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP);
Purified Phosphoric Acid Plant;
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate Plant;
Monocalcium Phosphate/Dicalcium Phosphate plant;
Project Name:
Utilities (power, water supply1, wastewater treatment, drainage etc.);
Raw materials and product storage and handling facilities;
Waste storage and management facilities;
Fuel storage;
Rail infrastructure;
Roadways; and
Administrative buildings.
The Project also includes the first phase of development of a residential area for Maadens
permanent employees (approximately 1,000 employees) and dependents in the community
zone of the Waad Al-Shamaal City which is required to housed employees participating in the
start-up, testing and commissioning of the phosphate plants. Associated essential
infrastructure to support the residential area, such as a basic road network throughout the
site, water supply and sewage collection service to the residential area, and storm drainage
improvements are also included.
Figure 1-2 Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex
1.4 THE ESIA

The purpose of this ESIA is to identify environmental and social impacts at an early stage of
the Project, assess these impacts and where necessary propose mitigations to be
implemented. The ESIA is to provide the relevant parties; regulators, lenders and other
stakeholders with sufficient information on the proposed Project, to allow them to make
informed decisions on the Project. The principal audiences for the Project are identified as:
Project Name:
The Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME);
The Ministry of Water and Electricity (MoWE);
The Deputy Ministry for Mineral Resources (DMMR);
Financial Institutions adopting the Equator Principles (EPFIs); and
Stakeholders impacted by the project
Screening and scoping of the ESIA was undertaken for the Project on the basis of
International and National requirements and the potential risks and impacts of the Project.
The screening and scoping process undertaken for the Project is detailed within the ESIA
Terms of Reference document [MD-512-0000-HS-EN-SOW-0001].
1.5 ESIA SCREENING

The Presidency of Meteorology and Environment is the authority responsible for the
environmental performance of developments within the KSA (with the exception of designated
Industrial Cities) and is therefore the regulatory body for the Project. General Environmental
Law and Rules for Implementation (2001) and draft supplementary Environmental Standards
2012 provide the regulatory basis for the control of environmental aspects of the Project.
Article 5 of the General Environmental Law notes the agency in charge of implementation of
the project shall be responsible for conducting the environmental assessment studies in
accordance with the environmental basics and standards determined by the competent
agency in the rules for implementation. The General Environmental Law provides details of
the content of the environmental assessment required for different types of development. The
proposed development has been classified as a Third Category development by the PME.
Equator Principles Financial Institutions require borrowers to comply with the Equator
Principles, to ensure that that the Project has been developed in a manner that is socially
responsible and reflects sound environmental management practices. The first Principle
involves the categorisation of the Project based on the magnitude of its potential risks and
impacts. The proposed development is considered Category A: Projects with potential
significant adverse environmental or social risks and/or that are impacts that are diverse,
irreversible or unprecedented.
1.6 SCOPE OF THE ESIA
The scope of the ESIA is the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex including associated water wellfield, road and rail connections, materials storage and
loading/unloading areas, and the residential area and associated essential infrastructure
required for the Maaden Phosphate Projects employees. Saudi Railway Company (SAR) is
responsible for generating a separate ESIA for the railway line connecting the two sites.
The ESIA Terms of Reference identified the following primary issues which required detail
study as part of the assessment:
Ambient Air Quality and Emissions to Air;
Water Quality Management;
Solid Waste Management;
Terrestrial Environment (including hydrogeology);
Noise and Vibration;
Biological Resources; and
Socio-Economic Aspects
Project Name:
1.7 PREPARATION OF THE ESIA
The baseline environmental and social conditions at the Project site have been determined by
reference to existing literature and the collection of baseline data; these activities were sub-
contracted to Woods Hole Group Middle East. Specialist studies have been undertaken by
Jacobs or its sub-consultants SRK and Woods Hole Group Middle East on all of the above
aspects, with the exception of waste management, and the addition of a traffic survey.
This ESIA examines the possible impacts from the proposed scheme using the methodology
described in Section 5.0 Impact Assessment Methodology, possible mitigation measures and
the residual impact(s).
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITTING

The ESIA forms the means by which approval for the Project is sought from the national
environmental regulator, the PME. Other permits, licences and approvals required to allow the
project to proceed are detailed in Table 1-1 below.
Table 1-1: Permitting Requirements
Umm Wual Site Govt Department Obtained Comment
Environmental permit to construct Presidency of Meteorology No To be
and operate each of the project and Environment (PME) secured via
facilities this ESIA
Electric Power and Co-Generation Electricity & Co-Generation No Maaden to
Licence Regulatory Authority pursue
(ECRA)
Exploration Licence Ministry of Petroleum and Yes N/a
Minerals (MoPM)
Mining Licence MoPM Yes N/a
Easement Permit MoPM No Maaden to
pursue
Water well drilling and abstraction Ministry of Water and No Maaden
licence issued in the name of the Electricity (MoWE) progressing
Project Company
Temporary hazardous/non- Turaif Municipality No Initial
hazardous waste disposal permit discussions
underway
Industrial Licence Ministry of Industry and No Maaden to
Commerce (MoIC) pursue
The easement permit, which provides access to and rights to use the land required for the
Project, and the water well drilling and abstraction licence, which provides rights to obtain the
water from the aquifer, are the key permits to be secured to allow the project to proceed.
Securing these permits is the responsibility of Maaden, and is underway.
While no specific permit is required for the mining operation and associated infrastructure
within the border security zone, all structures are required to be temporary in nature.
1.9 REPORT STRUCTURE

The structure of the ESIA is as follows:
Project Name:
ES Executive Summary. This provides an overview of the Umm Wual
Phosphate Project phases relevant to the Umm Wual site, potential environmental and social
impacts and proposed mitigation and monitoring strategies.
Section 1 Introduction. This section provides a basic description of the Project,
including the key components of the project and an overview of the processes to be
undertaken at the facility.
Section 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework. This section summarises the
key elements of national, local, and international legislation that apply to the proposed Umm
Wual Phosphate Project. A summary of the relevant aspects of the legislation and regulations
is provided and how these apply to the project.
Section 3 Consideration of Alternatives. This section provides a description of the
alternatives considered as part of the Project development, and includes description of the
application of Best Available Techniques (BAT) within the project.
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. This
section provides a description of the proposed works at the Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al
Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex Project site including details of the process and
infrastructure design, plot plans and the different phases of the project (construction,
commissioning, operation and decommissioning / closure) with their proposed schedules.
Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology. This section details the criteria applied
to the assessment of potential impacts arising from the proposed Project elements described
in Section 4. It provides definitions of impact magnitude and significance as they apply to the
potential effects on environmental aspects.
Section 6 Air Quality & Meteorology. This section presents the results and conclusions
of the assessment of ambient air quality and local climate in the vicinity of the facility in order
to establish baseline conditions, and the predicted impacts resulting from air emissions
(including greenhouse gases, where appropriate) during the various stages of development of
the plant.
Section 7 Terrestrial Environment. This section presents the findings of the onshore
physical environment baseline survey, its evaluation and the likely impacts on the physical
environment. The investigation addresses regional and local geological and hydrogeological
conditions, characterises the soil and groundwater quality and presents the results of modelled
water abstraction and spill scenarios to determine impacts on receptors.
Section 8 Biological Resources. This section details the field investigation and
literature review, the baseline assessment and presents the evaluation of the potential
environmental impacts to terrestrial ecology during the lifetime of the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project.
Section 9 Noise & Vibration. This section presents the identification of existing noise
sources and sensitive receptors that could be affected by the noise generated by the project,
conclusions of the noise baseline survey and assessment of the environmental impacts on
receptors resulting from noise generated during the lifetime of Umm Wual Phosphate Project
(in light of applicable criteria, existing noise levels in the area and modelling based
predictions).
Section 10 Waste Management. This section presents the findings of the baseline
investigation detailing the waste management facilities that are available for the Project,
including waste rock, process, hazardous and municipal wastes. The potential environmental
impacts resulting from waste management during the lifetime of the Project are evaluated.
Visual/ aesthetic impacts on the landscape, are also addressed.
Section 11 Surface Water Management. This section provides an overview of the
predicted impacts on the water environment and/or Wastewater treatment facilities due to
various wastewater discharges resulting from the construction, commissioning and operation
of the Project.
Project Name:
Section 12 Socio-Economic Aspects. This section includes a general description of the
socio-economic characteristics on a national, regional and local level including demography,
economic activity, employment, infrastructure, land use and education. Each characteristic is
assessed subjectively based on a review of existing published information, and the results of
community surveys. This section includes also a description of the archaeological and cultural
characteristics on a national and regional level. Potential impacts on the socio-economic and
cultural aspects are evaluated for each phase of the Project
Section 13 Traffic and Transport Infrastructure. This section includes a description of
the existing transport infrastructure, and traffic, and an assessment of the potential impacts of
the Umm Wual Phosphate Project on the usage and demands on transport systems.
Section 14 Utilities Infrastructure and Usage. This section provides a description of the
existing utilities, and evaluation of the utility infrastructure and usage impacts associated with
the Umm Wual Phosphate Project.
Section 15 Health and Safety Aspects. This section presents a brief description of the
potential health and safety issues associated with the Umm Wual Phosphate Project.
Section 16 Sustainable Development. This section includes an analysis of how the
sustainable development elements are integrated into life cycle phases of the Project.
Section 19 Cumulative Impacts Assessment. This section includes an assessment of
the cumulative effects that are likely to result from the Project on all affected environmental
and socioeconomic conditions in the Study Area including other existing, approved and/or
planned projects in the region that could reasonably be expected to have a combined effect.
Section 18 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation. This section summarises in table form
the potential impacts identified and the corresponding mitigation measures/recommendations
that have been identified in light of their applicability and cost effectiveness, including any
interactive impacts between issues.
Section 19 Abbreviations & Acronyms. This section comprises a list of abbreviations
and acronyms contained within the ESIA Report.
Section 20 Reference List. This section comprises a list of references contained within
the ESIA Report.
APPENDICES
Appendix A Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan. This appendix translates
the findings and recommendations of the ESIA process into a succinct, clearly defined set of
procedures and plans for implementation on the ground for all project stages to allow social
and environmental impacts to be managed. The EMMP identifies those parties responsible for
implementing the mitigation measures identified and integrates with existing documents
including corporate and site specific management policies. The EMMP includes an outline of
environmental action plans, staffing and training recommendations, and includes an outline
Closure Plan for the Umm Wual Mine.
Appendix B Environmental Emergency Response Plan Outline This document outlines
the suggested procedures regarding incidents that can potentially impact worker safety, public
health and/or cause environmental damage during the operation phase of the Umm Wual
Phosphate Project.
Appendix C Stakeholder Engagement Plan. This document outlines the approach to be
taken in supporting the communications and engagement objectives, processes and
deliverables required to support the delivery of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project. Methods
for effective two-way stakeholder consultation are outlined for development and
implementation by Maaden during the life of the project, ensuring that mechanisms for
feedback and response are incorporated into the communication cycle list.
Project Name:
Appendix D Ambient Air Quality Assessment. This Appendix provides the baseline
ambient air monitoring data, and results of the air dispersion modelling of the point and fugitive
emission sources at the Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex.
Appendix E Ecology Survey. This appendix presents the detailed results of the terrestrial
ecology baseline survey.
Appendix F Noise Monitoring Survey and Assessment. This appendix presents the
baseline noise monitoring data, presents the results of noise modelling undertaken for the
Project, and includes the calibration certificates for each of the noise meters.
Appendix G Water Quality Results. This appendix presents the baseline water quality
testing results.
Appendix H Socio-Economic Survey. This appendix presents the results of the socio-
economic surveys / consultation undertaken with Maaden, governmental bodies, and local
stakeholders as part of this ESIA.
Appendix I Traffic Survey. This appendix presents the results of the traffic surveys
undertaken as part of this report.
Project Name:
2.0 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK
2.1 INTRODUCTION
The highest institutional authority for the environment within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
(KSA) is the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME). The PME has overall
authority for ensuring that development projects in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) adhere
to environmental standards and is the responsible authority for approval of the EIA
procedures. All mining projects are also subject to approval by the Ministry of Petroleum and
Mineral Resources (MoPM) with the environmental aspects of these projects being reviewed
by the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME).
The proposed Umm Wual mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex (the
Project) falls within the jurisdiction of the PME; as such the key environmental regulations and
standards applicable to the Project are the PME General Environmental Regulations and
Rules for Implementation (2001) and draft supplementary Environmental Standards (2012).
The KSA is subject to international protocols and agreements adopted by the Kingdom and to
other national environmental guidelines and standards, such as those developed by the
Deputy Ministry for Mineral Resources (DMMR) and Ministry of Municipalities and Rural Affairs
(MoMRA). Since the Project shall seek international financing, the Project shall also reference
the international guidance and standards of the World Bank Group and specifically the
International Finance Corporation (IFC part of the World Bank Group) as appropriate. Also
in accordance with the requirements of the IFC and PME the Project shall utilise Best
Available Techniques (BAT) for environmental control (refer to Section 3).
The guidelines and standards relevant to the Project are used as a basis for evaluating the
projects impacts and are summarised in the subsequent sections of this document. As the
guidelines and standards are presented as a summary, the full and most recent legislation will
be consulted prior to implementation of any mitigation or monitoring actions.
All relevant standards, guidelines and performance thresholds which are introduced in the
following sections are referenced as relevant within the individual technical assessment
Sections of this ESIA: Sections 6 16.
2.2 LOCAL AND NATIONAL LEGISLATION AND STANDARDS
2.2.1 PRESIDENCY OF METEREOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
The PME is the competent authority for environmental regulation in Saudi Arabia and is
responsible for the general regulatory framework for the development and enforcement of
environmental rules and regulations.
The PME General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation were enacted in
October 2001. Appendix 1 of the General Environmental Law and Rules for Implementation,
2001 outline the Environmental Protection Standards relevant to facilities in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia.
The PME (2001) General Environmental Protection Standards for New Facilities (Article 7) are
outlined as:
All new major facilities as well as major modifications to existing facilities shall be
designed, operated and maintained so as to avoid exceedances of the ambient
environmental standards as promulgated for the Kingdom at the time of approval of the
design.
Each new major facility or major modification of an existing facility shall incorporate
the best available technology for control of pollutant discharges and for the disposal of
wastes resulting from the operation of the facility.
All new facilities and modifications of an existing facility shall be designed and
operated so as to avoid the discharge of any toxic substance, whether specifically
regulated or not, in sufficient quantities to be harmful to public health.
Project Name:
In 2012 the PME developed a number of draft supplementary Environmental Standards
revising in part the General Standards for the Environment issued by the PME in Appendix 1
to the General Environmental Law and Rules for Implementation. These Standards are:
Standard 1: Material Recovery and Recycling of Waste
Standard 2: Mobile Source Emissions
Standard 3: Environmental Noise
Standard 4: Control of Emissions to Air from Stationary Sources
Standard 5: Prevention of Major Accidents
Standard 6: Storage and Material Reclamation Facilities Design and Operation
Standard 7: Thermal Treatment and Incineration Design and Operation
Standard 8: Waste Acceptance Criteria
Standard 9: Waste Classification
Standard 10: Drinking Water Quality
Standard 11: Biological Treatment Design and Operation
Standard 12: Waste Regulatory Control and Compliance
Standard 13: Waste Handling and Storage
Standard 14: Waste Training and Assessment of Technical Competence of Operators
Standard 15: Waste Transportation
Standard 16: Landfill Design and Operation
Standard 17: Industrial and Municipal Wastewater Discharges
Standard 18: Best Practicable Environmental Option for Waste Disposal
Standard 19 : Ambient Air Quality
Standard 20: Ambient Water Quality
In the event that the PME regulations do not specify a standard relevant to the project site,
then the project shall use for reference other recognised regulations as a basis for technical
justification in the following order:
Royal Commission Environmental Regulations (RCER) 2010;
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA);
U.S. State environmental rules and guidelines;
European Union (EU) members environmental rules and guidelines; and
Other internationally recognised and accepted regulatory bodies.
2.2.2 ESIA REQUIREMENT

The General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation (2001) Appendix 2.1
establishes the procedure for the preparation and auditing of environmental impact
assessment, and identifies the key principles for Environmental Assessment of the Project,
which are:
The nature and magnitude of the intended activity and existence of similar projects at
the site or similar site.
Extent of depletion of natural resources by the installation, particularly agricultural
lands and mineral resources.
Project Name:
Location of the installation and the nature of the surrounding environment and nearby
residential habitats.
The type of power used.
Moreover, Appendix 2.1 includes Guidelines for Classification of Industrial and Development
Projects and indicates that the method of assessment is dependent on the classification of the
project based on the level of expected impacts of these projects into three categories:
First Category Projects: Projects with Limited Environmental Impacts
Second Category Projects: Projects with Significant Environmental Impacts
Third Category Projects: Projects with Serious Environmental Impacts
The Guidelines provide a list of example projects for each category. Major chemical industries
such as fertilizer plants, are designated Category 3; projects anticipated to have serious
negative effects on the environment and as a result require a comprehensive ESIA.
Comprehensive ESIA are required to be undertaken by a qualified consulting office or agency
approved by the PME, in accordance with Appendix 2.4 of the General Environmental Law
and Rules for Implementation; Guidelines for Compiling an EIA study.
The ESIA scoping undertaken for this Project identifies the mine, processing plants, well fields
and associated infrastructure as a Third Category project in accordance with the above.
2.2.3 DEPUTY MINISTRY FOR MINERAL RESOURCES (DMMR)
The DMMR is the sole agency concerned with the application and administration of the Saudi
Mining Executive Regulation and Mining Investment Code (MoPM, 2009). Article 27 of the
Mining Investment Code addresses the protection of the environment and mandates that the
holder of a Mining License, Raw Materials Quarry License or Small Mine License shall carry
out the following:
An environmental evaluation study to be approved by the General Presidency for
Meteorological and Environmental Protection within thirty (30) days from receipt date as
prescribed by the Regulation, whereby the licensee undertakes to take all necessary
measures and precautions at all times to preserve and protect water resources, the
environment and wildlife from any hazardous waste or any other environmental damage.
Rehabilitation of the license area and its maintenance to leave it in a safe and orderly
condition as prescribed by the Regulation.
Protection of and reporting to, the Ministry of any archaeological sites, buildings,
engravings, etching, drawings and other such relics that may be found within the license
area. The Ministry, in turn, shall inform the concerned authority.
The Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources provides Environmental Instructions for
Mining Management (MoPM, 2009) which reflect the requirements of the PME, World Bank
Group and good practice in undertaking ESIA for projects. These advise:
Mining Activities require appropriate environmental management in all fields particular to
mineral exploration, processing, extraction and production. Therefore, economic and
environmental issues must be considered when taking a decision related to any mining
project, taking into account that mineral deposits are non-renewable. The community's social
and economic needs must also be considered taking into account that such minerals,
particularly non-metallic minerals, constitute huge reserves for the use of future generations
through integrated and advanced programs and plans.
Article 2 of the mine licence secured by Maaden for this Project includes the following specific
requirements:
The Company must:
Project Name:
Submit to the Ministry a study evaluating the environmental effects compiled by
specialists working in that field, in three original copies, and the Company must act in
accordance with it in adopting all the precautionary measures required at all times in
order to protect the water sources and the environment and the native life and protect it
from any dangerous residues or from any other environmental damage.
Abide by and comply with the environmental regulations in force in the Kingdom, and
take all health and safety precautions required when constructing and maintaining its
installations, and it must protect the health and safety of its employees and all other
properly authorised personnel when they enter the area covered by the Licence.
It must rehabilitate the area covered by the Licence, and protect it and leave it in a
good and sound condition.
2.2.4 MINISTRY OF WATER AND ELECTRICITY
The Ministry of Water and Electricity (MoWE) is the designated ministry in KSA responsible for
policy and regulation of water and sanitation services. There is no separate regulatory agency
for the sector. MoWE has two main water programmes water resources development, which
includes all activities related to geological and hydrological studies, wastewater reuse
investigations, well drilling and dam construction, and the preparation of the national water
plan; and drinking water supply (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
2009).
MoWE licences the abstraction of groundwater, and regulates the establishment of any
WWTP with regard to public health and environmental aspects. The Wastewater Treatment &
Re-use Policy provides regulation and standards for the disposal and reuse of wastewater with
a view to maximising water efficiency while providing adequate protection of public health and
the environment from pollution and infectious diseases (MoWE, 2010).
2.2.5 MINISTRY OF LABOUR

Royal Decree No. M/51 Labor Law (2005), is the principal legislation defining the Occupational
Health and Safety rights of all workers within Saudi Arabia. The law seeks to provide the
guiding principles for workers rights in terms of pay, welfare, working hours and conditions
and access to healthcare. The most relevant chapters and articles relating to Health and
Safety are detailed below.
Part VI Work conditions and circumstances provides the regulations for pay, working hours,
leave and rest periods.
Chapter 2 (Articles 98 100) set out the guidelines for working hours, which seeks to
ensure that workers do not work more than 8 hours a day (40 hours per week), either
through regular working patterns, or through averaging across a three week period for
shift workers. Working hours are reduced for the period of Ramadan.
Chapter 3 (Articles 101 - 108 ) define the daily and weekly resting periods for all workers,
including the provision of time for prayer, minimum rest times, and meals.
Chapter 4 (Articles 109 - 118) provide the relevant guidance for the provision of annual
and sick leave, including the regulations for remuneration.
Part VIII - Protection against occupational hazards, major industrial accidents and work
injuries, and health and social services, is the principal section related to the protection of
the health of workers.
Chapter 1 (Articles 121 126) define the general level requirements on employers to
protect workers from occupational hazards.
Chapter 2 (Articles 127 131) define the employers responsibilities for the prevention of
major accidents.
Project Name:
Chapter 3 (Articles 132 141) define the rights of employees in the event of work injury or
workplace induce disease, including remuneration.
Chapter 4 (Articles 142 - 148) define the employers duties to provide health and social
facilities for workers, including the provision of first aid facilities, access to medical
supplies, and welfare facilities including prayer rooms. In particular article (147) states:
An employer operating in remote locations, mines, quarries and oil exploration centres
shall provide his workers with accommodation, camps and meals.
Article (148) requires employers to provide transportation for employees from their
residence to work location where access to transport is limited.
Part XII - Working in mines and quarries, defines the additional requirements on employers for
any facility related to the specific industry, including working hours, and provision of medical
facilities. In particular, Article (192) states:
An employer shall establish a rescue point in the vicinity of the workplace, equipped with
necessary rescue and first aid equipment. Said point shall be equipped with suitable means of
communication for immediate access and the employer shall appoint a trained technician to
supervise the rescue and first aid operations.
2.3 INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES AND POLICIES

2.3.1 THE WORLD BANK GROUP
The World Bank Group is a family of five international organisations that makes leveraged
loans:
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD);
International Development Associated (IDA);
International Finance Corporation (IFC);
Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA); and
International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID).
Of most relevance to the Project is the IFC.
The IFC is an international financial institution which offers investment, advisory, and asset
management services to encourage private sector development in projects. It was established
in 1956 as the private sector arm of the World Bank Group to advance economic development
by investing in strictly for-profit and commercial projects which reduce poverty and promote
development.
To provide a means of managing the social and environmental risks and impacts on projects,
the IFC have developed their Performance Standards on Social and Environmental
Sustainability (revised in 2012). The Performance Standards are designed to help avoid,
mitigate, and manage risks and impacts as a means of doing business in a sustainable way,
including stakeholder engagement and disclosure obligations of the client in relation to project-
level activities. The IFC Performance Standards (2012) are:
Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and

Social Risks and Impacts
Performance Standard 2: Labour and Working Conditions
Performance Standard 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention
Performance Standard 4: Community Health, Safety, and Security
Project Name:
Performance Standard 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement
Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management

of Living Natural Resources
Performance Standard 7: Indigenous Peoples

Performance Standard 8: Cultural Heritage
The IFC developed the World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHS
Guidelines) to provide technical reference documents with general and industry-specific
examples of Good International Industry Practice as defined in IFCs Performance Standard 3:
Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention. The IFC uses these Guidelines as a technical
source of information during project appraisal activities. The following guidelines of IFC are
relevant to the Project:
General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, April 30, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Mining, December 10, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Large volume inorganic compounds
manufacturing and coal tar distillation, December 10, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Phosphate fertilizer plants
manufacturing, April 30, 2007; and
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Water and Sanitation, December 10,
2007
On applying these Guidelines, the IFC expect that when host country regulations differ from
the levels and measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects will achieve whichever is
more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project
circumstances, a full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as part
of the site-specific environmental assessment. This justification should demonstrate that the
choice for any alternate performance level protects human health and the environment.
2.3.2 EQUATOR PRINCIPLES
The Equator Principles, established in June 2003, and subsequently reviewed in 2006 and
2013 is a risk framework for identifying, assessing and managing environmental and social
risks in project finance transactions. This framework is based on the IFC Performance
Standards and the World Bank Group EHS Guidelines. Equator Principles Financial
Institutions (EPFIs) have adopted the Equator Principles in order to ensure that the Projects
financed are developed in a manner that is socially responsible and reflects sound
environmental management practises. The principles comprise a set of ten broad principles
that are underpinned by the environmental and social policies, standards and guidance of the
IFC. The Equator Principles are as follows:
Principle 1: Review and Categorisation;
Principle 2: Environmental and Social Assessment;
Principle 3: Applicable Environmental and Social Standards;
Principle 4: Environmental and Social Management System and Action Plan;
Principle 5: Stakeholder Engagement;
Principle 6: Grievance Mechanism;
Principle 7: Independent Review;
Principle 8: Covenants;
Project Name:
Principle 9: Independent Monitoring and Reporting; and
Principle 10: Reporting and Transparency.
2.3.3 ESIA REQUIREMENT
When a Project is proposed for financing, the EPFI is required to categorise the Project based
on the magnitude of its potential risks and impacts. This screening is undertaken using the
following categorisation scheme of the IFC:
Category A: Projects with potential significant adverse environmental social risks and/or
impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented;
Category B: Projects with potential limited adverse environmental social risks and/or
impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily
addressed through mitigation measures; and
Category C: Project with minimal or no adverse environmental and social risks and/or
impacts
The Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex element of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project
is considered to be a Category A project.
2.3.4 PROJECT COMMITMENTS
This ESIA report prepared during the Front End Engineering and Design (FEED) stage of the
Project has been conducted in accordance with the requirements of the PME as well as the
IFC Performance Standards and the Equator Principles (EPIII) as far as practicable (See
Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 respectively).
Those Performance Standards highlighted in italics have been identified as having limited or
no relevance to the Project.
Project Name:
Table 2-1 Maadens commitment to the IFC Performance Standards for the Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex
IFC Performance Standards Comment

Performance Assessment and Management of Social and Environmental Risks and The following documents demonstrate adherence to this
Standard 1 Impacts. Performance Standard during FEED Stage:
Requirements: Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS): a Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA);
methodological approach to managing environmental and social risk and impacts Environmental Monitoring Management Plan (EMMP);
in a structure way on an ongoing basis. The ESMS will incorporate: (i) policy; (ii) Emergency Response Plan (EERP); and
identification of risks and impacts; (iii) management programmes; (iv) Stakeholder Engagement Plant (SEP) and ESIA Socio-
organisational capacity and competency; (v) emergency preparedness and economic Chapter.
response; (vi) stakeholder engagement; and (vii) monitoring and review.
Maaden will establish an ESMS relevant to the Project and
Objectives: support any ongoing management and reporting as required.
To identify and evaluate environmental and social risks and impacts of Maaden will use the ESMS to manage the implementation of the
the project. actions necessary to meet the applicable requirements of all
To adopt a mitigation hierarchy to anticipate and avoid, or where Performance Standard.
avoidance is not possible, minimize, and, where residual impacts
remain, compensate/offset for risks and impacts to workers, Affected
Communities, and the environment.
To promote improved environmental and social performance of clients
through the effective use of management systems.
To ensure that grievances from Affected Communities and external
communications from other stakeholders are responded to and
managed appropriately.
To promote and provide means for adequate engagement with Affected
Communities throughout the project cycle on issues that could
potentially affect them and to ensure that relevant environmental and
social information is disclosed and disseminated.
Performance Labour and Working Conditions Sections 12 and 15 of the ESIA identify and assesses potential
Standard 2 impacts that the proposed project could pose on workers health
Requirements are outlined for: Working Conditions and Management of Worker and conditions as well as proposing measures to manage and
Relationship; Protecting the Work Force; Occupational Health and Safety; monitor them. These have been integrated in the EMMP and
Workers Engaged by Third Parties; Supply Chain. EERP as appropriate (Appendices A and B).
Objectives:
To promote the fair treatment, non-discrimination, and equal opportunity

of workers.
To establish, maintain, and improve the worker-management
Project Name:
relationship.
To promote compliance with national employment and labour laws.
To protect workers, including vulnerable categories of workers such as
children, migrant workers, workers engaged by third parties, and
workers in the clients supply chain.
To promote safe and healthy working conditions, and the health of
workers.
To avoid the use of forced labour.
Performance Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention The ESIA documents how potential impacts on human health and
Standard 3 the environment were identified and assessed.
Requirements are outlined for: Resource Efficiency (Greenhouse Gases and
Water Consumption); and Pollution Prevention (General, Hazardous Materials Section 3 of the ESIA specifically identifies and describes the
Management and Pesticide Use and Management) assessment of the key strategic and technological alternatives that
have been considered for the Project, and the integration of best
Objectives: available techniques (BAT) principles within the facility design in
To avoid or minimize adverse impacts on human health and the order to minimise significant impacts.
environment by avoiding or minimizing pollution from project activities.
To promote more sustainable use of resources, including energy and The Project will emit more than 25,000 tonnes of CO2 equivalent
water. annually (primarily associated with the MCP/DCP and STPP
To reduce project-related GHG emissions. plants); therefore GHG emissions have been estimated and are
reported within Section 6. Since the anticipated GHG emissions
are below 100,000MT Maaden are not required to quantify GHG
emissions annually.
Performance Community Health, Safety and Security Sections 12 and 15 identify and assesses potential impacts that
Standard 4 the proposed Project could pose on workers and community's
Objectives: health as well as proposing measures to manage and monitor
To anticipate and avoid adverse impacts on the health and safety of the them. These have been integrated to the EMMP and EERP as
Affected Community during the project life from both routine and non- appropriate (Appendices A and B).
routine circumstances.
To ensure that the safeguarding of personnel and property is carried out
in accordance with relevant human rights principles and in a manner
that avoids or minimizes risks to the Affected Communities.
Performance Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement Maaden has been allocated the Government land for the Project.
Standard 5 Section 12 identifies and addresses potential impacts resulting
from changes to access to the land upon which the Project is to be
built.
Due to the nature of the Project site location and land ownership,
Project Name:
no assessment of resettlement is required as part of the ESIA.
Performance Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural The ESIA documents how potential impacts biodiversity and living
Standard 6 Resources natural resources were identified and assessed.
Objectives: Section 8 of the ESIA specifically identifies the existing ecological
status of the site and describes the assessment of potential
To protect and conserve biodiversity. impacts to the biodiversity, habitats, and ecosystem services as a
To maintain the benefits from ecosystem services. result of the Project as well as proposing mitigation measures to
To promote the sustainable management of living natural resources manage and monitor them. These have been integrated into the
through the adoption of practices that integrate conservation needs and EMMP as appropriate (Appendix A).
development priorities.
Performance Indigenous Peoples Section 13 of the ESIA describes the assessment of potential
Standard 7 impacts that the proposed Project could pose to indigenous
peoples that may inhabit the region. The baseline assessment
identifies no indigenous peoples occupying the land, but notes
expatriate herders are found tending livestock.
Performance Cultural Heritage Section 13 of the ESIA describes the assessment of potential
Standard 8 impacts that the proposed Project could pose to cultural or
Objectives: archaeological heritage as a result of the Project.
To protect cultural heritage from the adverse impacts of project
activities and support its preservation.
To promote the equitable sharing of benefits from the use of cultural
heritage.
Project Name:
Table 2-2- Maadens commitment to the Equator Principles (EPIII) for the Umm Wual Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex
Equator Principles Comment

Principle 1 Review and Categorisation Classification of the project under Appendix 2.1 of the Rules for
Implementation is to be confirmed by the PME, although following the
Categorisation of the project based on the magnitude of its potential risks and ESIA Scoping the Project is considered to be a Third Category.
impacts in accordance with the environmental and social screening criteria of the
International Finance Corporation (IFC). It is anticipated that the Equator Principle Financial Institutions (EPFIs)
will categorise the Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex as a
Category A project.
Principle 2 Environmental and Social Assessment The ESIA Scoping Report identified the relevant environmental and
social risks and impacts of the proposed Project.
Assessment process to address to the EPFIs satisfaction, the relevant
environmental and social risks and impacts of the proposed Project. The Informed by the ESIA Scoping Report, the ESIA was completed to
Assessment Documentation should also propose measures to minimise, assess all aspects of the Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex
mitigate and offset adverse impacts in a manner relevant and appropriate to the including the wellfield, mine, proposed chemical plants, road and rail
nature and scale of the proposed Project. connections, and materials storage and loading/unloading areas., utilities
and infrastructure.
The Project is not expected to emit more than 100,000 tonnes of CO2
For Category A projects the Assessment Documentation includes an equivalent annually; therefore an alternative analysis to evaluate less
Environmental Impact Assessment (ESIA). greenhouse gases (GHG) intensive alternatives was not required.
Principle 3 Applicable Environmental and Social Standards Saudi Arabia is a Non Designated Country; therefore the assessment
process outlined in this ESIA evaluates compliance with the IFC
Compliance with host country legislation / permits is required to be addressed in Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines. Where PME Regulations
the first instance, are more stringent however, these have been applied.
For Projects located in Non Designated Countries, the assessment is required to Early consideration of the applicable standards was communicated to
evaluate compliance with the respective IFC Performance Standards and World FEED engineering and design teams via an Environmental Basis of
Bank Group EHS Guidelines. Design.
For Projects located in Designated Countries, the relevant host country laws,
regulations and permits apply.
Principle 4 Environmental and Social Management System and Action Plan Maaden will establish and maintain an ESMS.
An ESMS to be developed and maintained by the Client for all Category A and B Appendix A of this ESIA report includes an Environmental
Projects. An Environmental and Social Management Plan is also required to Management & Monitoring Plan (EMMP) developed to address and
address issues raised in the Assessment and incorporate actions required to manage the environmental aspects and impacts related to the
construction, commissioning and operation of the Project. The EMMP is
Project Name:
comply with the applicable standards. considered appropriate as an ESMP.
It is anticipated that all applicable standards will have been met to the
satisfaction of the EPFI. However, if it is deemed necessary by the EPFI
to prepare an Action Plan (AP) to address any gaps identified, Maaden
will work with the EPFI to resolve this.
Principle 5 Stakeholder and Engagement The Socio-Economic Chapter of the ESIA (Section 13) and the
Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) (Appendix C) both address
For all Category A and Category B Projects, effective stakeholder engagement stakeholder engagement appropriate to this Project.
must be demonstrated as an on-going process in a structured and culturally
appropriate manner with affected communities and where appropriate other The SEP outlines the approach to be taken in supporting the
stakeholders. communications and engagement objectives, processes and deliverables
required to support successful delivery of the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project. It also identifies the range of people and organisations that may
For projects with environmental or social risks and adverse impacts, disclosure be regarded as stakeholders in the Project, and describes the strategy to
should occur early in the Assessment process, in any event before the Project be used for engaging with these stakeholders in a culturally appropriate
construction commences, and on an ongoing basis. manner. The SEP will continue to be developed by Maaden for the life of
the Project.
Principle 6 Grievance Mechanism

For all Category A and, as appropriate, Category B Projects, the client will, as The SEP (Appendix C) provides an Action Plan which initiates a
part of the ESMS, establish a grievance mechanism designed to receive and grievance mechanism for use during the life of the Project. This will be
facilitate resolution of concerns and grievances about the Projects developed further and maintained by Maaden during all phases of the
environmental and social performance. Project.
Principle 7 Independent Review

For all Category A and, as appropriate, Category B Projects, an independent An Independent Technical (Mining) Advisor has been appointed to the
Environmental and Social Consultant not directly associated with the client will Umm Wual Phosphate Project.
carry out an Independent Review of the Assessment Documentation including
the ESMP, ESMS and the Stakeholder Engagement process documentation in The EPFI to advise if further Independent Reviewers are appropriate for
order to assist the EPFI's due diligence, and assess Equator Principles the Umm Wual Mine and Processing Complex (Category A) Project.
compliance.
Principle 8 Covenants
The client will covenant in the financing documentation: to comply with all The ESIA will provide the initial documentation to demonstrate
relevant host country environmental and social laws; regulations and permits to compliance with the appropriate regulations as well as commitments
Project Name:
comply with the ESMP and AP (where applicable), to provide periodic reports to related to the outline plans developed for environmental management
the EPFI demonstrating compliance, and to decommission facilities, where and decommissioning/closure.
applicable and appropriate, in accordance with an agreed decommissioning
plan. Maaden will establish and maintain an ESMS relevant to the Project and
support any on-going management and reporting as required by the
EPFI.
Principle 9 Independent Monitoring and Reporting

To assess Project compliance with the Equator Principles and ensure ongoing The EPFI to determine the appropriate requirements for independent
monitoring and reporting after Financial Close and over the life of the loan, the monitoring and reporting for the Umm Wual Mine and Processing
EPFIs will for all Category A and, as appropriate, Category B Projects, require Complex (Category A) Project. .
the appointment of an Independent Environmental and Social Consultant, or
require that the client retain qualified and experienced external experts to verify
its monitoring information which would be shared with the EPFIs.
Principle 10 Reporting and Transparency
For all Category A and, as appropriate, Category B Projects; Maaden will liaise with the EPFI to confirm requirements for disclosing
the Assessment Documentation (e.g. Executive Summary of the ESIA)
The client will ensure that, at a minimum, as summary of the ESIA is online for this Category A Project.
accessible and available online
The Project is not expected to emit more than 100,000 tonnes of CO2
The client will publicly report GHG emission levels during the operational equivalent annually; therefore annually reporting of such emissions will
phase for Projects emitting over 100,000 tonnes of CO2 equivalent annually. not be required.
EP III Annex A Notes:
Clients encouraged to report publicly on Projects emitting over 25,000 tonnes.
In some instances, public disclosure of the full alternatives analysis or project-
level emissions may not be appropriate.
Project Name:
2.4 OTHER STANDARDS AND GUIDANCE
The following standards, principles and guidelines have also been used as reference in
undertaking the environmental and social impact assessment for the Umm Wual Mine and
Processing Complex.
2.4.1 MAADEN ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT
In 2007, Maaden established its corporate Environmental Management System functions and
policies. Environmental aspects of activities, products and services are assessed for
significance and moderated by a Maaden cross-functional team. Aspects assessed include air
and water emissions, releases to land, use of raw materials and natural resources, use of
energy and emission of heat, radiation and vibration, waste and by-products, and physical
attributes. The impact of activities on wildlife and biodiversity are also assessed.
The Maaden Phosphate Company Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Policy (2012)
demonstrates Maadens commitment to improve the environmental (as well as health, safety
and quality) performance and standards associated with its activities.
The Maaden Project Manual implements the Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Policy,
primarily through the Environment and Communities Assurance guide (MD-101-SMPM-PM-
EN-GUI-0001) and Environmental Protection Requirements (MD-101-SMPM-PM-EN-PEI-
0001), while Maadens Engineering Standard and Project Specifications also include
Environmental Health & Safety Design Criteria (MD-101-SMEM-EC-GE-CRT-0001).
2.4.2 SAUDI GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
The Saudi Geological Survey (SGS) provides advisory services to the government of KSA on
geological matters. It has been authorized to study geological aspects of environmental issues
and to determine ways to protect and mitigate the harmful effects of mining activities. A
manual has been published by The Saudi Geological Survey Mining Development Department
and other sectors relevant to mining industry in the Kingdom has published a manual providing
guidelines for the identification of the main factors to be considered when preparing an EIA
study for mining projects in Saudi Arabia (Al Madani et al, 2008).
2.4.3 SAUDI WILDLIFE AUTHORITY
The Saudi Wildlife Authority (SWA) is empowered to conduct wildlife research and use this
information to promote conservation and sustainable development, and in particular to protect
and undertake restoration and protection of native fauna and flora.
The Saudi National e-government portal states that are several legal instruments, national
strategies in KSA to protect the wildlife over and above international instruments to which the
Kingdom is party, listing these as:
The Preserved Areas System and Regulations for Wildlife;
System and Regulations for Hunting Animals and Wild Bird;
The National Strategy for Biological Diversity Conservation in KSA; and
The Convention for Preserving Wildlife in the Six Gulf States.
2.4.4 ISLAMIC PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSERVATION OF THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
The sustainable use of natural resources and the conservation of the environment are Islamic
principles pertaining to the right and privilege of all people. Islamic principles hold that the
protection, conservation and development of the environment and its natural resources are a
mandatory duty to which every Muslim should be committed.
The Islamic trust of stewardship towards the natural environment has been summarized as
follows:
There should be no extravagance, excessive use or over-utilization,
There should be no illegitimate or unlawful attempts at destroying natural resources,
Project Name:
There should be no damage, abuse, pollution or distortion of the natural environment in
any way, and
There should be no construction and development of the earth, its resources, elements
and phenomena without the improvement of natural resources, the protection and
conservation of all existing forms of life, the cultivation of land, and the reclamation and
cleaning of the soil, air and water.
As ownership of all environmental elements is a common and shared right, it is the
responsibility of both individuals and the ruling authorities to uphold these duties, especially in
terms of prevention or treatment of damage. The State is therefore seen as having the right in
Islamic law to hold individuals, organizations, establishments and companies responsible for
whatever measures are necessary to protect and conserve the environment and natural
resources.
2.4.5 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS

The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is a contracting party to the World Heritage Convention and is
also party to a number of international conventions of relevance to this Project, listed below:
Date International Convention

1960 International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Accession21985
Agreement for the Establishment of a Commission for Controlling
1967 Acceptance 1972
the Desert Locust in the Near East (as amended), Rome
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
1973 Accession 2005
Ships (MARPOL)
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild
1979 Ratified 1991
Animals (Bonn Convention)
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) Consent to be
1982
Montego Bay bound 1996
1985 Vienna Convention for the protection of the Ozone Layer, Vienna Accession1993
Montreal Protocol on substances that deplete the ozone layer
1987 Accession 1993
and its Amendments
Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of
1989 Ratified 1990
Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal
1990 Cairo Declaration on Human Rights in Islam Signed 1990
The Arab Declaration on Environment and Development.
Adopted by the Arab Ministerial Conference on Environment and
1991 Adopted 1992
Development in Cairo, A/46/632, cited in U.N. Doc.
E/CN.4/Sub.2/1992/7, 20.
Agenda 21 and the Rio Declaration on Environment and
1992 Signed 1992
Development
Protocol to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil
1992 Accession 2006
Pollution Damage
UN Framework Convention on Climatic Change (UNFCCC) New
1992 Accession 1994
York
1992 Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro Accession 2001
1994 United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification Accession 1994
Agreement relating to the Implementation of Part XI of the UN Consent to be
1994
Convention on the Law of the Sea 1982 (UNCLOS), New York bound 1996
Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety to the Convention on Biological
2000 Accession 20073
Diversity, Montreal
2
"Accession" is the act whereby a state accepts the offer or the opportunity to become a party to a treaty
already negotiated and signed by other states. It has the same legal effect as ratification. Accession
usually occurs after the treaty has entered into force.
3
Adopted in 2000 as a supplementary agreement to the Convention on Biological Diversity and entered
into force on 11 September 2003
Project Name:
United Nations Convention against Transnational Organised
Crime, supplemented by three Protocols; Protocol against
2000 Trafficking in Persons, Especially Woman and Children; Protocol Ratified 2005
against Smuggling of Migrants and Protocol against Illicit
Manufacturing of and Trafficking in Firearms, New York
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
2001 Accession 1996
Fauna and Flora (CITES)
2003 United Nations Convention against Corruption, New York Ratified 2013
Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure
2004 for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Accession 2000
Trade
Kyoto Protocol to the UN Framework Convention on Climate
2005 Accession 2005
Change
2006 Convention on the Right of Persons with Disabilities, New York Ratified 2008
2.5 RELEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

In addition to the IFC requirements, the Project must specifically adhere to the environmental
guidelines and standards set by the PME and Maaden as appropriate.
As referred to in Section 2.2.1, in the event that the PME do not specify a standard relevant to
the project site, then the project shall use for reference other recognised regulations as a basis
for technical justification:
Royal Commission Environmental Regulations (RCER) 2010;
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA);
U.S. State environmental rules and guidelines;
European Union (EU) members environmental rules and guidelines; and
Other internationally recognised and accepted regulatory bodies.
The IFC requires that when host country regulations differ from the levels and measures
presented in the IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, projects are expected to
achieve whichever is more stringent.
The hierarchy of standards to be used for the Umm Wual Phosphate Project is presented in
Figure 2-1.
Project Name:
Ras Al Khair Umm Wual

Lender Institution
/
RCER-2010 IFC Saudi National / PME
Maaden
Saudi National / PME RCER-2010
RCDC 2006
US EPA
US State Environmental Rules & Guidelines
European Union Rules & Guidelines
WHO
Figure 2-1: Hierarchy of standards for UmmWual Phosphate Project
In addition to the PME, the Project should also demonstrate compliance with the requirements
as set out in the Relevant Licensors Specification and Maaden design standards.
2.5.1 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

As indicated in Figure 2-1 above, where numerical standards have not been developed by the
IFC or the PME, the regulatory assessment criteria for the ESIA will be derived from other
international standards or guidelines, including US and EU regulations. Reference will also be
made to best international practice as documented in the following guidance:
General Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, April 30, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Mining, December 10, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Large volume inorganic compounds
manufacturing and coal tar distillation, December 10, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Phosphate fertilizer plants
manufacturing, April 30, 2007;
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Water and Sanitation, December 10,
2007;
World Bank: Environmental Assessment source book updates Health Aspects of
Environmental Assessment July 1997. This Update provides guidance to task managers
and borrowers on systematically integrating public health and safety concerns into
environmental assessment;
World Health Organisation (WHO) guidelines for ambient air quality and irrigation water
quality; and
Project Name:
Legislation of the EU and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA).
The following sections provide a summary of the environmental guidelines relevant to the
Project, which are elaborated more fully within the Project Environmental Design Basis. The
most stringent of these will be used as a basis for evaluating project impacts or as described
in the impact sections or as otherwise described in the impact sections.
2.5.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

2.5.2.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
The IFC General EHS Guidelines (2007) require that project air emissions do not result in
pollutant concentrations that reach or exceed ambient quality guidelines and standards.
Standards are those established through national legislative and regulatory processes, and
guidelines refer to levels primarily developed through clinical, toxicological, and
epidemiological evidence.
IFC guidelines for ambient air quality standards are provided in IFC General EHS Guidelines
on Air emissions and Ambient Air Quality (April 30, 2007).
The PME define ambient air as that portion of the atmosphere, external to buildings, to which
the general public has access.
The PME Environmental Standard 19 - Ambient Air Quality prescribes the standards for
ambient air quality parameters by defining the concentration and a specified averaging time,
and in some cases a number of allowable exceedances. These standards include provision for
dispersion zones within which air quality may exceed the defined standards if this zone does
not impinge upon a sensitive receptor (subject to PME approval).
Ambient air quality criteria and standards which are relevant to the design of the facilities at
Umm Wual comprise, but are not limited to, the following:
IFC General EHS Guidelines on Air emissions and Ambient Air Quality, Table 1.1.1 WHO
Ambient Air Quality Guidelines (April 30, 2007).
PME Environmental Standard 19 - Ambient Air Quality (2012),
Appendix A for threshold concentrations for ambient air pollutants.
2.5.2.2 SOURCE AIR EMISSION STANDARDS
Air quality criteria and standards used during the design and assessment of the Project
comprise the following:
IFC, EHS Guidelines, (April 30, 2007);
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Large Volume Inorganic Compounds Manufacturing and Coal Tar
Distillation (December 10, 2007):
Table 1 outlines the guideline air emission levels relevant to Chemical Acid Plants.
Section 1.1 includes recommendations for emission prevention and control
measures.
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Phosphate Fertiliser Plants Manufacturing (April 30, 2007):
Table 1 outlines the guideline air emission levels specific to Phosphate Fertiliser
Plants.
Section 1.1 includes recommendations for dust management strategies which may
require some specific design consideration.
PME (2001) General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation, Appendix
1 Environmental Protection Standards
11-C Emissions from Fertilizer Plants
Project Name:
11-H Visible Emissions from Industrial Activities
PME Environmental Standard 4- Control of Emissions to Air from Stationary Sources
Standard for KSA(2012),
Appendix A, Table A1 provides emission limit values for emissions to air from
stationary sources
2.5.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

2.5.3.1 AMBIENT WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
The mining and beneficiation processes will not involve the direct discharge of liquid effluents
to surface or ground waters, but uncontaminated surface water run-off may be directed to
near-by wadis.
The receiving water criteria for PME jurisdiction are specified in:
1, Environmental Standard 12 Receiving Water Guidelines.
PME Environmental Standard 20 - Ambient Water Quality (2012)
Appendix A Classification of Water Bodies and Appendix B Prescribed
concentrations and values.
2.5.3.2 WATER QUALITY CRITERIA AND STANDARDS

The FEED approach for water quality within PME jurisdiction will be that the facility must take
necessary precautions to prevent direct or indirect contamination of surface, ground and
coastal waters that may be caused by solid or liquid residues (PME, 2001).
Water quality criteria and standards to which the facilities at Umm Wual will be designed to
comply with, are identified in the following documentation:
Table 2 outlines the guideline effluent emission levels specific to Phosphate Fertiliser
Plants (including to fluoride and temperature).
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Mining (December 10, 2007):
Water Use and Quality (Section 1.1) and Table 2 Effluent Guidelines (relevant to
site runoff and treated effluents to surface waters for general use only).
1 Environmental Protection Standards
13 - Performance Standards for Direct Discharges provides details of the standards
for physiochemical pollutants (B-1), organic pollutants (B-2) inorganic pollutants (B-
3) and biological pollutants (B-4) for direct discharge to water bodies
14 - Pre-treatment Guidelines for Discharge to Central Treatment Facilities provides
details of physiochemical pollutants (D-1), organic and inorganic pollutants (D-2) for
discharge of wastewater to centralised wastewater treatment plants
PME Environmental Standard 17 - Industrial and Municipal Wastewater Discharges
(2012)
Prescribed Concentrations and Values for discharges into industrial and municipal
wastewater plants, emergency discharges and discharges to coastal waters, surface
waters, land and wadi provided in Appendix B
Project Name:
2.5.4 WASTE AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT AND TRANSPORT
2.5.4.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT
Information relevant to waste classification and management, to which the Umm Wual
Phosphate project has been designed to comply with, are identified in the following
documentation:
IFC General EHS Guidelines (April 30, 2007), Guideline 1.6 Waste Management;
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Mining (December 10, 2007);
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Large Volume Inorganic Compounds Manufacturing and Coal Tar
Distillation (December 10, 2007):
Table 4 outlines the guideline waste generation benchmarks.
Table 4 outlines the guideline waste generation benchmarks.
PME General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation (2001):
Article Fourteen
Appendix 4, Hazardous Waste Control Rules and Procedures, Article IV - The
Concepts of Wastes and Hazardous Waste;
PME Environmental Standard 8 - Waste Acceptance Criteria (2012)
PME Environmental Standard 9 - Waste Classification (2012)
PME Environmental Standard 13 - Waste Handling and Storage (2012)
2.5.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT AND TRANSPORT CRITERIA AND STANDARDS

Information relevant to these criteria and standards, and to which the facilities at Umm Wual
were designed to comply with, are identified in the following documentation:
IFC, General EHS Guidelines, April 30, 2007:
Hazardous Materials Management (Guideline 1.5);
Occupational Health and Safety (Guideline 2.0);
Transport of Hazardous Materials (Guideline 3.5);
Emergency Preparedness and Response (Guideline 3.7).
IFC, EHS Guidelines, Mining, (December 10, 2007):
Hazardous Materials (Section 1.1).
The PME regulations in relation to hazardous waste are also relevant for hazardous material
management and transportation.
2.5.6 NOISE
2.5.6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE STANDARDS
The potential noise emissions from the Umm Wual facility are subject to a number of design
criteria and standards which were applicable to noise emissions from the facilities. Information
relevant to noise emissions and management, and to which the Umm Wual Phosphate project
has been designed to comply with, are identified in the following documentation:
IFC, General EHS Guidelines, April 30, 2007;
Environmental, Noise (Guideline 1.7);
Project Name:
Occupational Health and Safety, Physical Hazards, Noise (Guideline 2.3).
PME General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation (2001), Article
Thirteen, 13.3.
PME Environmental Standard 3 - Environmental Noise (2012)
2.6 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

2.6.1 BEST AVAILABLE TECHNIQUES
PME General Law & Rules for Implementation (2001), article six requires projects to utilise
the best possible and most suitable technologies for the local environment and use materials
which introduce the lowest possible level of pollution to the environment. Article 7 of
Appendix 1 of the Regulations, General Environmental Protection Standards for New
Facilities, requires new facilities to incorporate the best available technology for control of
pollutant discharges and for the disposal of wastes resulting from the operation of the facility.
Best Available Technology is not elaborated further within the PME Regulations, however, the
EU Directive on Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) introduces the definition of
Best Available Techniques (BAT) which is used within the ESIA.
As part of the assessment of alternatives within the ESIA, best available techniques are
considered. The following BAT reference documents (BREFs) produced by the European
Commission are considered of relevance to the project:
European Commission (2009) Management of Tailings and Waste-Rock in Mining
Activities;
European Commission (2007) Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Reference
Documents on BAT for the Manufacture of Large volume Inorganic Chemicals -
ammonia, acids and fertilizers industries;
European Commission (2007) Reference Document on BAT for Production of Speciality
Inorganic Chemicals solids and other industries;
European Commission (2009) Reference Document on BAT for Energy Efficiency; and
European Commission (2001) Reference document on the application of BAT to Industrial
Cooling system.
Additionally industry specific documentation on Best Available Techniques is also of relevance

to the Project:
European Sulphuric Acid Association (ESA) and the European Fertilizer Manufacturers
Association (EFMA) (1999), Reference document on the application of Best Available
Techniques Pollution Prevention and Control in the European Fertilizer Industry Booklet 3
of 8 Production of Sulphuric Acid; and
European Fertilizer Manufacturers Association (EFMA) (2000) Best Available Techniques
for Pollution Prevention and Control in the European Fertilizer Industry Booklet 4 of 8
Production of Phosphoric Acid.
The relevant standards, guidelines and performance thresholds applied for the Project are
referenced as relevant within the individual technical assessment chapters.
Project Name:
3.0 CONSIDERATION OF ALTERNATIVES
3.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section firstly provides an overview of the justification for the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project and associated proposed facilities at Umm Wual and then describes various feasible
project and design alternatives considered. It outlines how potential social and environment
impacts are considered for the FEED design phase and provides justification for the selected
alternatives, with a focus on the alternatives where social and environment outcomes are a
determining factor in selecting the preferred alternative. Consideration is given to the
application of Best Available Techniques (BAT) to the Project in accordance with the
requirements of the Presidency of Environment and Meteorology (2001) in addition to
International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards. Through their Performance
Standard 3, the IFC outlines requirements for Resource Efficiency (Greenhouse Gases and
Water Consumption) and Pollution Prevention (General, Hazardous Materials Management
and Pesticide Use and Management). The objectives for this Performance Standard are as
follows:
To avoid or minimise adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding
or minimising pollution from project activities;
To promote more sustainable use of resources, including energy and water; and
To reduce project-related Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions.
The project and design alternatives considered for the proposed Umm Wual Mine and Waad
Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex include:
Alternate Project Do Nothing option;
Site alternatives;
Configuration and alternative production options;
Pollution control alternatives;
Wastewater pre-treatment alternatives; and
Waste management alternatives.
Following the consideration of these alternatives, the selected Project elements are
developed to FEED. Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development provides a detailed description of the ensuing Project design option which was
brought forward to the environmental and social impact assessment process.
The analysis of alternatives takes into account a range of factors with varying criteria
depending on the option being assessed. Examples include health, safety, social, and
environment; technical risk; capital and operating costs; operability; construction schedule;
and geo-political risk. Typically, the selected alternative represents a compromise or
balanced outcome as it is unlikely that all criteria for all factors can be simultaneously
maximised and in fact maximising one factor may come at the expense of another. The
analysis of alternatives is therefore iterative and represents an interplay of potentially
competing demands.
3.2 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION

One of the priorities of the Ninth National Development Plan (2010-2014), produced by the
Ministry of Economy and Planning, and other government strategy such as Vision 2020 is the
diversification of the industrial sector and diversification of exports to reduce the Kingdoms
dependence on hydrocarbon extraction and refinement. The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA)
has some of the largest phosphate reserves in the world and the growth of the phosphate
industry is likely to play a pivotal role in national development. The Saudi Arabian Mining
Company (Maaden) was formed by Royal decree in 1997 to facilitate the development of
Saudi Arabias mineral resources. Maaden is a key strategic organisation which has been
Project Name:
tasked with the primary purpose of developing the mining industry and leading the
privatisation of the mining sector within the KSA. Current forecasts of market conditions
indicate global demand for fertiliser products has increased supported by the development of
the expanding economies in the larger developing countries (such as India, China, and Brazil)
along with the sustained demands of the United States and Europe.
Figure 3-1 below provides a diagram showing the global fertilizer trade-flow, production and
consumption. It is based on 2010 fertilizer trade flows above the threshold of 400,000 product
tonnes, the main countries producing fertilizer products and raw materials in 2011, and the
fertilizer consumption in main consumption countries for years: 2010/11 to 2015/16
(International Fertiliser Industry Association 2013).
Project Name:
Figure 3-1: Global fertiliser trade-flow, production and consumption (International Fertiliser Industry Association 2013).
Project Name:
A key initiative implementing the vision enshrined within the Ninth National Development Plan
is the proposed Waad Al-Shamaal City Development the establishment of which is defined
within Council of Ministers Resolution No. 87 dated 20 February 2012 (Bechtel 2013). The
primary purpose of the Waad Al Shamaal City development is to promote economic
development in the North of the Kingdom, including but not limited to direct and indirect job
creation, and employment opportunities, educational and training benefits, and improved
access to services. The development of the Al Khabra deposit through the Umm Wual
Phosphate Project, and specifically through the development of the Umm Wual Mine and
Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex represents the cornerstone of the Waad Al
Shamaal City development.
3.3 DO-NOTHING OPTION

The Do-Nothing option involves abandoning the idea of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project; in
this scenario the Mine and associated Industrial Complex would not be established. This
option would lead to no change in the current environmental or social impacts, however the
economic benefits of developing the Project would not be realised.
The development of the mining and mineral industry is one of the key strategies for
diversifying the economy of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The Do-Nothing option will not help
growth and diversity in the Saudi economy, given that a significant percentage of the
Kingdoms GDP is based on the development and export of oil and natural gas resources.
This dependence reduces the resilience of the economy during times of global financial
instability, such as during the Global Recession of 2009. Industrial diversification is an
imperative to ensure that the Kingdom maintains economic growth.
Furthermore, the Project represents the first step in developing the Waad Al Shamaal City,
and improving economic development in this region of Saudi Arabia in particular. The Do-
Nothing option would hamper the development of the Waad Al Shamaal City, based as it is on
leveraging mineral resources and phosphate as the anchor industry. As a result the Do-
Nothing option would stymie the wider development potential in this region of Saudi Arabia.
Therefore, the Project seeks to follow internationally accepted protocols and relevant
legislation, design out where possible environmental and social impacts and where impacts
remain apply project-specific mitigation and monitoring measures as identified in later Sections
of this Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA). In this way the Project will be
developed with an acceptable level of environmental and social impacts, and will significantly
contribute to the Kingdoms economy.
3.4 SELECTED SITE SUITABILITY

As part of its ongoing exploration activities Maaden has been evaluating the potential of a
number of sites within the Turayf-Sirhan basin in northern Saudi Arabia, with a view to outline
additional phosphate resources to support its expansion plans. These explorations have
included assessment of five northern phosphate project areas; Thaniyat Turayf, Widyan ar
Rushaydah, Al Amud, Umm Wual and Al Jalamid. Active exploration of the Al Jalamid and
Umm Wual licence blocks, has been a key activity resulting in the commencement of mining
at Al Jalamid in 2011.
Mining Licence 42/Q assigns the geographic area of the Umm Wual mine to Maaden for
exploitation. This area is in the north-west of the wider Al Khabra exploration area (), and its
location within the Border Security Zone, while presenting operational challenges in terms of
access and the prohibition of permanent structures above ground level, means that the mining
operation, does not impinge on any human rights of way, since access to this zone is already
prohibited. Furthermore, the mine location, limits the sterilization of other areas of the
exploration, thus facilitating future exploitation of the wider phosphate resources.
Project Name:
Figure 3-2 Location of Umm Wual Mine within the wider Al Khabra exploration
license.
The Industrial Complex location is determined by the boundary of the proposed Waad Al
Shamaal City development, and within this the area designated for Maaden use. The site is
located to the north of the area, to minimize the distance that crushed ore needs to be
conveyed. This location also distances the Industrial Complex from the proposed future
Waad Al Shamaal community.
The configuration of the Industrial Complex is oriented around the rail infrastructure as
envisaged by the Waad Al Shamaal City development Master Plan, and in consideration of
the prevailing wind direction, which sees winds primarily from the north-west. Thus materials
storage facilities are located on the west of the site for ease of loading and unloading. Plant
emitting to atmosphere and the tailings, and phosphogypsum storage facilities are located on
the east of the site to take advantage of the prevailing wind to disperse air-borne emissions
and particulates away from both the community, and the working environment. The location
of the tailings and phosphogypsum storage facilities to the east, also allows for their future
expansion, should future mining utilise the same Industrial Complex.
3.5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED
The Project elements for which alternatives were considered, and environmental and social
factors were influential are:
Beneficiation technology
Mine backfill
Reuse of Brine
Phosphogypsum stacking method (wet vs dry)
Wadi Diversions
3.5.1 BENEFICIATION
The original pre-feasibility study included calcinations as the beneficiation process. An
options appraisal of calcination and flotation the two principle technology approaches was
undertaken by the design team.
While it was noted that according to the work undertaken during the pre-feasibility study, the
calcination process may use c. 40% less water than flotation, these results were queried, and
Project Name:
an assertion made that the flotation process could be made more water efficient than had
been reported. Additionally it was noted in the pre-feasibility stage that the calcinations
process would produce a lime by-product that could be used for Fluorosilic acid (FSA)
neutralisation, whereas the flotation process does not generate a useful by-product and lime
is required to be sourced outside of the project. The options appraisal however, identified
significant technological, and economic disadvantages for the calcination process; high levels
of scaling, higher capital and operational costs, thus the flotation option was selected.
Nonetheless, the design approach has sought to minimise water use, through water reuse in
the flotation process, and reclamation of water from tailings and slimes through mechanical
filter processes to produce dry tailings. This latter approach has the following added
benefits:
Dry tailings reduce land take required, as these can be stacked higher; and
Dry tailings significantly reduce the risk of dam failure and potential impacts to soil,
surface, and ground water resulting from the subsequent contamination.
3.5.2 MINE BACKFILL / TAILINGS MANAGEMENT
Progressive backfilling of the mine void with waste rock formed a central tenant of the mining
design. Within the Pre-feasibility study the first 5 years of tailings were proposed to be
returned to a tailings management facility located to the west of the site, prior to transferred
by conveyor back to the mine for use in conjunction with waste rock as backfill material.
Investigation of the characteristics of the ore and resultant waste rock, indicated that waste
rock alone was likely to fill the mine void. Thus the original approach would require a final
elevation above grade of approximately 10m, and would require transportation of the tailings
from the beneficiation plant to the mine area throughout the first 5 years. The alternate option
involved the use of the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF) adjacent to the beneficiation plant for
the duration of the project.
Since a TSF was required adjacent to the beneficiation plant for tailings generated from year
5 onwards, the additional transportation requirements and uncertainty of the geochemistry of
the tailings were considered to outweigh the potential environmental benefits of reusing
tailings as backfill. These environmental factors, together with the technological and
economic issues surrounding the double handling of material and the equipment
requirements for transporting tailings back to the mine, resulted in selection of the option to
use the TSF for the duration of the Project.
Additionally, since the results of the geochemical analysis of the beneficiation tailings are not
yet completed, a precautionary approach to the storage of these was deemed appropriate.
Thus the TSF is lined to eliminate potential contamination of soil, surface or groundwater.
Consideration was also given to the option to dispose of phosphogypsum as backfill in the
mine. This option was discounted due to the large quantities to be transported, the increased
height above grade that would result in the Border Security Zone and potential contamination
of soil, surface and groundwater resulting from the composition of the phosphogypsum.
3.5.3 COOLING SYSTEM AND BRINE REUSE
The original design included localised cooling towers and associated brine generation. Brine
is generated by the reverse osmosis (RO) process required to treat water abstracted from the
aquifer for use in the process. The brine is a waste product which would normally be
disposed of in evaporation ponds. Given the Projects location in a region of water scarcity,
and the reliance on fossil water abstracted from a non-renewable aquifer, water efficiency is a
key concern for the Project. Thus the option of reuse of brine was considered and the
following possible uses identified:
Use in a cooling tower;
Use for dust suppression; and
Use as a slurry agent for FSA neutralisation.
Project Name:
Each of these potential uses were found to be viable, thus the alternate option reusing brine
rather than disposing of it to evaporation ponds has been applied in the Project design.
The design includes a cooling tower system which utilises 350m3/h of the brine reject from the
central RO system. This cooling tower will serve users that do not require the lowest process
fluid temperatures achievable with the fresh water cooling tower since the brine will exchange
heat via an indirect closed loop of process water and thus result in higher temperatures at the
process fluid side. Blowdown water from the brine cooling tower will be employed such that:
52m3/h of brine will be used to form limestone slurry which will be used to neutralise the
FSA generated by the Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP);
86m3/h will be pumped to the mine maintenance area for dust suppression on mine haul
roads;
The balance of 242m3/h will be directed to the phosphogypsum stack contact water drainage
system where it will evaporate.
3
It is estimated that 177m /h of water will evaporate from the brine cooling tower which
represents the saving in water abstracted from the well fields if this concept were not
implemented. This is calculated to be equivalent to 2.3Mtpa of water not abstracted from the
aquifer.
The use of brine as a cooling water and centralising the cooling tower was determined to
lower energy and raw water demand, in turn reducing requirements for water treatment, while
also addressing the issue of brine disposal.
3.5.4 PHOSPHOGYPSUM STACKING
The original design considered use of a dry stacking system with a view to minimising water
demand of the project. However the water balance identified an excess of approximately
413m/h of waste water from the process, which was to be directed to the phosphogypsum
stack for evaporation. In light of the availability of this waste water consideration was given to
the feasibility of operating a wet stacking system with this quantity of available water.
The wet stacking approach was considered preferable by the Project partners for the following
reasons:
Increased stability and increased heights of the stack could be achieved, providing
technological and safety benefits;
Reductions in the generation of dust from the stack, thereby benefiting air quality down
wind of the phosphogypsum storage facilities;
Reductions in noise generated by the conveyors and stacking equipment required for the
dry stacking process, through the piping of slurried phosphogypsum; and
Reduced operating costs.
The study concluded that the wet stacking option was not only feasible, but would not require
make-up water. Thus the wet stacking option has been incorporated into the design.
3.5.5 WADI FLOW MANAGEMENT
Three wadis systems are found within the vicinity of the Industrial Complex, of these the
Middle Wadi was considered to pose a potential flood risk to the Industrial Complex, since its
course passed directly across the site from east to west. Two options for the management of
the wadi flow were considered:
1. Earthworks to facilitate a route through the site and on towards the natural depression in
the landform to the west of the site; or
2. Diverting the wadi in a cutting to the south outside the eastern site boundary to drain it to
the South Wadi.
Option 1 requires: reconfiguration of the gypsum stockpile footprints and heights, extension of
conveyor systems and crossing of the wadi, wadi training and the provision of flood protection
embankments, providing culverts under the main site access road and railway, and re-
Project Name:
alignment and protection of the roads and pipelines connecting the main site to the water well
field.
Option 2 requires: a bund across the wadi, construction of a deep diversion channel in the
limestone/sandstone geology and minor realignment of the proposed road alignments.
The Middle wadi flood management options have advantages and disadvantages as follows:
Option Advantages Disadvantages
1 Lower overall cost Greater residual risk to process site
as the wadi passes closer to the site.
Shorter time to construct earthworks
Does not protect the Phase 2
Maintains the close to the existing Process Area development.
wadi route and discharge destination
Requires culvert under rail / road
access adjacent to site.
Requires reconfiguration of gypsum
stockpile footprints and possibly loss
of storage volume available.
Involves both gypsum stockpiles
being adjacent to flood flows, which
have the potential to exceed design
capacity, and possibly infiltrate the
storage.
Involves both gypsum stockpiles
being adjacent to the wadi flow, and
therefore catastrophic breach of
either gypsum containment could
result in contamination of the wadi
flow.
Likely increased flow at the end of
the engineered diversion, may
increase velocity and erosion
potential of the wadi flow waters.
2 Reduced residual risk to process site Larger overall cost.
as wadi diversion is further from the
site. More time needed to construct
earthworks.
Protects the Phase 2 Process Area
development. Minor road rerouting needed.
Wadi diversion cutting will generate Likely increased flow at the end of
materials which may be used in the the engineered diversion, may
construction. increase velocity and erosion
potential of the wadi flow waters in
Diversion route follows edge of a the South wadi.
single gypsum stockpile, thereby
reducing potential for inflow of flood
waters, and possible contamination
from catastrophic breach of gypsum
containment.
The diversion of the Middle wadi to the South wadi was considered to have lower
environmental, technical and economic costs and therefore is implemented in the design.
The northern portion of the Mine is also crossed by a wadi system. The original design
involved the mining of the area through which the wadi flows from year 15. The potential for
Project Name:
the pit to be flooded, and wadi water contaminated by the mining activites was identified and
the following options considered:
1. Not mining the wadi area;
2. Diversion of the wadi at the eastern boundary of the mine with a bund such that the wadi
flow is directed to the north toward the Jordanian border;
3. Diversion of the wadi at the eastern boundary of the mine with a bund such that the wadi
flow is directed through the infrastructure corridor to the north of the mine pit until
reaching the original course to the west of the mine; and
4. Diverting the wadi along a pillar of unmined land along the faultline, which has a high
waste: ore ration and is therefore of lower economic value, via a constructed channel,
slightly to the south of the existing route, and directing the flow to join the original course
to the west of the mine.
Option Advantages Disadvantages
1 No alteration to the wadi flow, in Steralises a significant area of the
particular its route into Jordan mine, reducing the economic
(although this is shortlived) potential of the mine.
2 Allows full mine area to be exploited Amends the flow of the wadi such
that route is entirely altered
Reduced cost of earthworks since
route is small Final destination of wadi flow altered
Requires earthworks to generate the
new wadi channel
3 Returns the flow to the original route Amends the flow of the wadi across
to the west of the mine, retaining the mine such that the route is
flow into Jordan and final destination entirely altered
of flow
Requires earthworks to generate the
Higher costs associated with new wadi channel
earthworks, due to longer route
Requires construction very close to
the International border
Narrow mine infrastructure corridor
insufficient in width
Compromises use of the corridor
4 Maintains flow of the wadi across the Requires earthworks to generate the
mine area, retains flow into Jordan new wadi channel
and final destination of flow
Steralises area of the mine, along
Allows for retention of the wadi route the faultline reducing economic
across the mine following closure, potential of the mine
facilitating rehabilitation of any
ecosystems along its route
It was determined that option 4 provides environmental advantages, and the least substantial
technological and economic disadvantages than the other options and has therefore been
implemented in the design.
3.6 POLLUTION CONTROL ALTERNATIVES
The selection of pollution control measures is an integral part of the design process. Pollution
control measures have been included in the FEED to achieve the more stringent of the
emissions / discharge limits provided by the national regulator the PME, or the IFC. Both
Project Name:
require consideration, and application, where appropriate of Best Available Technique (BAT).
The following sections outline the application of BAT within the FEED.
The development of the Detailed Design by the selected Engineering Procurement and
Construction (EPC) contractor, may result in modifications to the BAT selection, however
compliance with the regulatory requirements of the International Finance Corporation (IFC)
and the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) are necessary as a minimum.
3.7 APPLICATION OF BAT
The European Union, under its Directive on the Control of Pollution (Integrated Control and
Pollution Prevention (96/61/EC)) has established a benchmark standard for industrial
activities, which relates to the main aspects of industrial design and operation and sets out
the Best Available Techniques (BAT) for pollution prevention and control. The BAT is
detailed for each major industrial activity in a series of documents called the EU BAT
Reference (BREF) notes. There are a number of BREF notes applicable to the Project, and
these have been used to guide the design development in FEED; a process which should
continue into Detailed Engineering, and throughout the Project.
The following sections assess the application of BAT within the FEED for the Umm Wual
Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex, against the BAT guidance
available.
3.7.1 SULPHURIC ACID PLANT
To assess the application of BAT for the Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP), Table 3-1 below
provides a comparison between the proposals and the BAT Reference Document (BREF)
which includes internationally agreed BAT specifically for Sulphuric Acid Plants:
BAT (Best Available Techniques) Reference Document (BREF) entitled Reference
Document on Best Available Techniques for the Manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic
Chemicals Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers, 2007 reflects an information exchange
carried out under Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC Directive). Chapter 4
Sulphuric Acid.
While the above BAT reference document does not set legally binding standards, they are
designed to give a basis for the guidance of industry. Note BAT recommendations which are
not applicable for this Project and have been excluded.
Table 3-1: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance - Sulphuric Acid
BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals
1. BAT is to use recoverable energy: co-generated The reaction of sulphur with oxygen to produce
steam, electrical power, hot water SO2 is highly exothermic. The thermal energy is
captured in the form of high pressure steam which
is used to generate power and low pressure steam
using two independent steam turbine generators,
100% of which is used to supply the majority of
the Projects low pressure steam and electrical
demand.
Approximately 3.5Gj/ tonne of 100% H2SO4.
A heat recovery system (HRS) whereby acid
cooling is in part achieved by rejecting heat to a
low pressure steam generation system is excluded
from the base design on the basis of higher
investment cost and complexity, however, the
Invitation to Bid allows EPC bidders to include
HRS as an option.
The design utilises a double contact / double
2. BAT is to apply a combination of the following absorption process whereby one of the absorbers
techniques and achieve the conversion rates and is used prior to the final catalyst bed(s) resulting in
a shift in the conversion equilibrium and overall
Project Name:

emission levels given below: higher conversion efficiency.
a. Double contact / double absorption; The design is a 4 pass system which achieves a
b. Single contact / absorption; conversion rate of >97%, a performance of 2kg
c. Addition of a 5th catalyst bed; SO2 per tonne of acid and SO2 emissions of
3
1250mg/Nm .
d. Using a caesium promoted catalyst in bed 4
or 5; The regular screening and replacement of
e. Change over from single to double catalysts is an operational rather than design
absorption; issue, however it should be noted that the
f. Wet or combined wet/dry processes; proposed replacement frequency for the catalyst
in bed 1 is every 3 years.
g. Regular screening and replacement of
catalyst, especially of catalyst bed 1; The design utilises a number of BAT technologies
h. Replace brick arch converters by stainless and approaches to achieve the IFC 2kg/t acid
steel converters; performance standard.
i. Improve raw gas cleaning;
j. Improve air filtration e.g, by two stage filtration
(sulphur burning)
k. Improve sulphur filtration e.g. by applying
polishing filters (sulphur burning);
l. Maintaining heat exchanger efficiency; and
m. Tail gas scrubbing, provided that by-products
can be recycled on site.
Emission levels:
Conversion rate 99.9 99.92%
3
SO2 30-340mg/Nm
Note 1: These conversion rates relate to the conversion
including the absorption tower, they do not include the
effect of tail gas scrubbing.
Note 2: These levels might include the effect of tail gas
scrubbing
3. BAT is to continuously monitor the SO2 levels SO2 monitoring is provided within the design.
required to determine the SO2 conversion rate and
the SO2 emission limit.
4. BAT is to minimise and reduce SO3 / H2SO4 The design includes the following BAT
mist emissions by applying a combination of the technologies:
following techniques and to achieve the emission
Gas drying;
levels given below.
Circulating acid temperate/ concentration
a. Use of sulphur with a low impurity content;
control; and
b. Adequate drying of inlet gas and combustion
air (only for dry processes); High performance candle filters.
c. Use of larger condensation area (only for wet However the design does not achieve the BAT
catalyst process); emission levels, but does achieve 60mg/Nm3
d. Adequate high performance candle filters (0.075kg/tonne H2SO4, in accordance with the IFC
after absorption; emission level guideline.
e. Control concentration and temperature of the
The design includes raw gas is drying to minimise
absorber acid; and
H2SO4 mist emissions
f. Apply recovery / abatement techniques in wet
processes such as electrostatic precipitator
(ESP), wet electrostatic precipitator (WESP),
wet scrubbing
Emission levels:
H2SO4 10 - 35 mg/Nm3
Project Name:
5. BAT is to minimise of abate NOx emissions. The design basis is to meet the most stringent
requirement of PME or World Bank guidelines for
NOx emissions, in this case 200mg/Nm as per
IFC.
NOx levels can be minimized by applying low NOx
burners; however, the burner design is proprietary
to the technology provider, therefore no further
information is available at this time.
6. General BAT is to minimise energy losses by: As indicated above, the design includes utlisation
of 100% of the steam generated to produce
Avoiding steam pressure reduction without energy for the Project.
using the energy;
Adjusting the whole steam system in order to An auxiliary boiler with 20MWe capacity is
minimise excess steam generation; provided for SAP start up, and other upsets, and is
proposed to operate continuously at 20% capacity.
Using excess thermal energy on-site or off-
site; and
Using steam for generating electrical power, if
local factors prevent the use of excess
thermal energy on-site or off-site.
7. BAT is to improve the environmental The implementation of an Environmental

performance of the production site by a Management System (EMS) shall be undertaken
combination of the following techniques: by the EPC contractor during the construction
phase. During operation of the facility, Maaden
a. Implementation of an Environmental will be responsible for EMS implementation. The
Management System (EMS) EMS will outline the necessary requirements for
b. Carry out routine energy audits managing and improving environmental
c. Recycling or re-routing mass streams performance at the facility.
d. Efficiently sharing equipment
The existing phosphate production facility at Ras
e. Increasing heat integration Al Khair operated by Maaden Phosphate
f. Preheating of combustion air Company, an affiliate of the Saudi Arabian Mining
g. Maintaining heat exchanger efficiency Company Maaden has recently been received
h. Reducing waste water volumes and loads by accreditation for the following ISO standards:
recycling condensates, process and ISO 9001 (Quality Management);
scrubbing waters
ISO 140001 (Environmental Management);
i. Applying advanced process control systems and
j. Maintenance ISO 50001 (Energy Management).
8. BAT for storage is to apply BAT given in The main storage requirements for the SAP are
3 3
European Commission (2005) BREF on for a 1012m sulphur day tank and for a 108m
Emissions from Storage. diesel day tank. These tanks are provided with
secondary containment and will be continuously
monitored for leaks.
3.7.2 PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANT

To assess the application of BAT for the Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP), Table 3-2 below
provides a comparison between the proposals and the BAT Reference Document (BREF)
which includes internationally agreed BAT specifically for PAPs:
Chemicals Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers, 2007 reflects an information exchange
carried out under Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC Directive). Chapter 5
Phosphoric Acid.
Project Name:
Table 3-2: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance Phosphoric Acid
1. BAT for new installations is to achieve P2O5 The efficiency over the filter is expected to be
efficiencies of 98% or higher. 98% or higher, however of both reactor and filter,
the expected performance figure is a 95% yield on
P2O5. The plant will be one of the most efficient in
the world, and few if any are currently known to
achieve 98%.
2. BAT for the wet process is to minimise the The vapours from the PAP evaporation /
emissions of P2O5 by applying one or a concentration stage are passed through an
combination of the following techniques: Entrainment Separator, two scrubbers and a
scrubber separator to minimise emissions.
a. Entrainment separators, where vacuum flash
coolers and/or vacuum evaporators are used; Scrubbing liquid is re-circulated and reused in the
b. Liquid ring pumps with recycling of the ring scrubbing system.
liquid to the process; and
c. Scrubbing with recycling of the scrubbing
liquid.
3. BAT is reduce dust emissions from rock Rock grinding does not take place within the PAP;
grinding e.g. by application of fabric filters or rather the plant is supplied with rock slurry from
ceramic filters and to achieve dust emission levels the beneficiation plant. The beneficiation plant is
3
of 2.5 10mg/Nm fitted with dust collector systems.
4. BAT is to prevent dispersion of phosphate rock All conveyor systems included in the design are
dust by using covered conveyor belts, indoor covered. All crushing, grinding and milling
storage and frequently cleaning / sweeping the activities which may generate dust are undertaken
plant grounds. under cover, or are provided with dust extraction
systems.
5. BAT is to reduce fluoride emissions by The PAP includes a scrubber system which is
application of scrubbers with suitable scrubbing designed to achieve 5mg/Nm3 expressed as HF
liquids and to achieve fluoride emission levels of from each of the three stacks.
3
1-5mg/Nm expressed as Hydrogen Fluoride (HF).
6. BAT for wet processes is to market the No market for phosphogypsum of FSA generated
generated phosphogypsum and FSA, and if there by the Project has been identified within KSA.
is no market to dispose of it. Therefore the Project includes provision of two
lined storage facilities.
7. BAT for wet processes is to prevent fluoride Fluorine emissions to water are prevented through
emissions to water e.g. by application of indirect the recycling of scrubbing liquid. Any blowdown is
condensation system or by scrubbing with directed to the FSA neutralisation process where
recycling or marketing the scrubbing liquid. contained fluorine is stablised through the
formation of Flurospar.
8. BAT is to treat wastewater by applying a Wastewater generated is reused within the

combination of the following techniques: process where possible, a small quantity is used
to form the lime slurry which is used to neutralise
a. Neutralisation with lime; FSA, and other wastewaters.
b. Filtration and optionally sedimentation; and
Phosphogypsum, and Fluorspar are both directed
Recycling of solids to the phosphogypsum pile. to the phosphogypsum storage facilities.
9. BAT is to improve the environmental The implementation of an Environmental

performance of the production site by a Management System (EMS) shall be undertaken
by the EPC contractor during the construction
Project Name:

combination of the following techniques: phase. During operation of the facility, Maaden
will be responsible for EMS implementation. The
a. Implementation of an Environmental EMS will outline the necessary requirements for
Management System (EMS) managing and improving environmental
b. Carry out routine energy audits performance at the facility.
c. Recycling or re-routing mass streams
The existing phosphate production facility at Ras
d. Efficiently sharing equipment Al Khair operated by Maaden Phosphate
e. Increasing heat integration Company, an affiliate of the Saudi Arabian Mining
f. Preheating of combustion air Company Maaden has recently been received
g. Maintaining heat exchanger efficiency accreditation for the following ISO standards:
h. Reducing waste water volumes and loads by ISO 9001 (Quality Management);
recycling condensates, process and
ISO 140001 (Environmental Management);
scrubbing waters
and
i. Applying advanced process control systems
ISO 50001 (Energy Management).
j. Maintenance
10. BAT for storage is to apply BAT given in All tanks within the PAP process are provided with
European Commission (2005) BREF on secondary containment and will be continuously
Emissions from Storage. monitored for leaks.
3.7.3 DOWNSTREAM PLANTS

No specific BAT guidance is available for the phosphoric acid purification process, however
BAT guidance is available for STPP and DCP, and are provided in the following sections.
3.7.4 SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE (STPP) PLANT

To assess the application of BAT for the STPP Plant, Table 3-3 below provides a comparison
between the proposals and the BAT Reference Document (BREF) which includes
internationally agreed BAT specifically for STPP Plants:
Chemicals Solids and Others, 2007 reflects an information exchange carried out under
Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC Directive). Chapter 6 Inorganic
Phosphates.
Table 3-3: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance STPP
1. BAT is to reduce the impact on the The STPP process utilises purified food grade
environment by selecting either purified non- phosphoric acid generated on site, following
fertiliser grade wet phosphoric acid or pure production of phosphoric acid in the PAP.
thermal grade phosphoric acid for the production
of food grade phosphates.
2. BAT is to maintain the consumption of main raw The Technology provider is allowing for a 2% loss
materials in the maximum range of 581 588kg of product due to mechanical/dust losses.
P2O5 equivalent and 545-550kg NaOH equivalent Without these equipment losses the STPP plant
per tonne of STPP by optimising and controlling would use 578.5kg of P2O5 equivalent/ per tonne
process parameters. of STPP. This number will be provided more
accurately during detail design and the selection
of the dust filtration equipment.
100 % NaOH would be 554 kg NaOH per tonne of
Project Name:

STPP with losses. Again the 2% mechanical
losses are impacting this ratio. Without any losses
the ratio would be 543.5 kg NaOH per tonne of
STPP.
The BAT converts the Na2CO3 to NaOH for
comparison.
3. BAT is to reduce the total emissions to below The emissions levels achieved by the process
the following levels by applying a suitable are:
combination of preventative and abatement
techniques: Fluorine 0.01 kg/tonne of STPP
3
Fluorine 0.3kg F/ tonne of STPP Fluorine concentration (F<1mg/NM dry air)
P2O5 0.5kg P2O5/tonne of STPP (wet air P2O5 and dust emissions per tonne of STPP
streams) are to be determined in detail design, but are
anticipated to meet BAT.
Dust 0.9kg dust / tonne of STPP (dry air
streams)
3
The AEL for dust is <20mg/Nm , and for fluorine is
3
<3mg F/Nm
4. BAT is to minimise the total consumption of LPG is used as the source of thermal energy for
thermal energy within the range of 4.8 8.3Gj per the calciner. Approximately 5Gj per tonne of
tonne of STPP (depending on the concentration of STPP is used. This is in addition to 0.34Gj of
the purified non-fertiliser grade wet phosphoric electrical energy per tonne of STPP produced.
acid) by controlling the concentration of the
supplied acid and optimising the process on a
regular basis.
3.7.5 MONOCALCIUM/DICALCIUM (MCP/DCP) PLANT

To assess the application of BAT for the MCP/DCP Plant, Table 3-4 below provides a
comparison between the proposals and the BAT Reference Document (BREF) which
includes internationally agreed BAT specifically for DCP Plants:
Chemicals Solids and Others, 2007 reflects an information exchange carried out under
Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC Directive). Chapter 6 Inorganic
Phosphates.
Table 3-4: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance DCP
1. BAT is to reduce the impact on the environment The MCP/DCP process utilises purified food
by selecting either purified non-fertiliser grade wet grade phosphoric acid generated on site, following
phosphoric acid or pure thermal grade phosphoric production of phosphoric acid in the PAP.
acid for the production of food grade phosphates.
2. BAT is to maintain the consumption of main In order to achieve BAT the amount of phosphoric
raw: acid and calcium carbonate required to achieve
PPA & CaO (and/or CaCO3) in the maximum the required 18% DCP is flow ratio is controlled.
range of 0.4-0.5 tonnes P2O5 equivalent and 0.2- The limestone flowrate is set by the 0.4-0.5
0.3 tonnes Ca equivalent per tonne of 18% DCP tonnes P2O5 equivalent required and is optimised
by optimising and controlling process parameters. through proportional integrative derivative (PID)
Project Name:

looping tuning.
3. BAT is to reduce the content of phosphates in Process water is reused in the scrubbing system,
the wastewaters to 0-5g P per m3 of wastewater and therefore generation of wastewaters are
by recovery of spills from acid conditioning and intermittent and small scale.
reaction, and the reuse of water.
4. BAT is to reduce the total dust emissions to air Dust collection systems are installed as part of the
to <20mg/Nm3 in the exhaust gas by using a design to achieve <5mg/Nm3 with the exception of
suitable combination of preventative measures the limestone silo and hopper filters which achieve
and de-dusting techniques. 3
<50mg/Nm . Total dust emissions have not been
calculated.
5. BAT is to minimise the total consumption of Energy efficiency of the gas fired rotary drier is to
thermal energy within the range of 40-350kWh per be addressed in detailed design.
tonne of 18% DCP (depending on the
concentration of the purified non-fertiliser grade
wet phosphoric acid) by controlling the
concentration of the supplied acid and optimising
the process on a regular basis.
3.7.6 TAILINGS AND WASTE ROCK

To assess the application of BAT for the tailings and waste rock generated from the mining of
phosphate, Table 3-5 below provides a comparison between the proposals and the BAT
Reference Document (BREF) which includes internationally agreed BAT specifically for
tailings and waste rock from mining activities:
Document on Best Available Techniques for the Management of Tailings and Waste
Rock from Mining Activities, 2009 reflects an information exchange carried out under
Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC Directive).
Table 3-5: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance Tailings and
Waste Rock
1. BAT is to evaluate alternative options for: An evaluation of mining methods was undertaken.
Conventional truck and shovel with drilling and
a. Minimising the volume of tailings and waste blasting has been selected for the majority of the
rock generated, e.g. by proper choice of mining operation, but includes a component of
mining method; ripping in waste material of thickness less than
b. Maximising opportunities for the alternative 3m. This method is expected to bring operational
use of tailing and waste rock such as: efficiency, best selectivity, and low dilution factors.
Use as aggregate;
Waste rock is used to progressively backfill the
Use in the restoration of other mine sites; mine void.
Use in backfilling
The temporary waste rock dump required prior to
c. Conditioning the tailings and waste rock
commencement of backfill operations, is to be
within the process to minimise environmental
contained to minimise potential for contamination
or safety hazard.
of infrequent surface water flows with any contact
2. BAT is to provide a suitable management warter from the dump.
strategy for tailings / waste rock that cannot be
avoided and that are not suitable for alternative Dry tailings are generated by the process, and
use. stored within an engineered storage facility,
Project Name:
3. BAT is to apply a life cycle management thereby minimising environmental and safety
approach to tailings and waste rock. hazards.
4. BAT is to: The use of reagents within the beneficiation

a. Reduce reagent consumption; process is per requirements to achieve the
b. Prevent water erosion required rock slurry.
c. Prevent dusting; The resultant tailings are 80% solid, and from
d. Carry out a water balance and use the results experience at Al Jalamid are understood to result
to develop a water management plan; in minimal dust generation. Tailings are stored in
e. Apply free water management; and an engineered facility with contact water
f. Monitor groundwater around all tailings and management systems, thereby protecting water
waste rock areas. systems.
The outline Environmental Monitoring and
Management Plan (EMMP) (see Appendix A)
developed as part of the ESIA includes
groundwater monitoring requirements appropriate
to the site and the associated risks.
4. BAT is to prevent the generation of acid rock Initial geochemical analysis of the waste rock
drainage (ARD), and where this is not possible indicates ARD to be of minimal concern. It is
control it or apply treatment options. understood tailings to be of similar composition,
however final analysis has not yet been received.
4. BAT is to locate tailings or waste rock facilities The temporary waste rock facility is not lined, and
such that a liner is not necessary. However, if this minimal seepage is anticipated. Since the full
is not possible and the seepage quality is geochemical analysis of the tailings is not
detrimental and/or the seepage flowrate is high, available, the tailings management facility is
then seepage needs to be prevented, reduced or designed with liner as a precautionary approach.
controlled.
4. In relation to emissions to water BAT is to: Potentially contaminated water from the waste
a. Reuse process water; rock dump, surface water collecting in the working
b. Mix process water with other effluents mine pit, and contact water from the tailings
containing dissolved metals; storage facility is to be directed to contaminated
c. Install sedimentation ponds to capture eroded water ponds, and tested prior to any discharge to
fines; the environment. Waters not complying with
d. Remove suspended solids and dissolved ambient water quality standards, are evaporated
metals prior to discharge of the effluent to in situ, and the resultant solids disposed to a
receiving watercourses; licensed waste facility as appropriate.
e. Neutralise alkaline effluents with sulphuric
acid or CO2; and
f. Remove arsenic from mining effluents by the
addition of ferric salts.
5. In relation to noise BAT is to: The operation of the mine is proposed as a
a. Use continuous working systems; 24hour operation. Thus the equipment, conveyor
b. Encapsulate belt drives in areas where noise etc used will be in operation continuously. The
is a local issue; and primary ore crusher is below ground level and
c. Create the outer slope of a heap and then enclosed, and conveyors are covered thereby
transfer ramps and working benches into the providing noise abatement. These are addressed
heaps inner area as far as possible. as part of the noise impact assessment.
7. BAT is to: External runoff is diverted away from the tailings

a. Divert natural external runoff; storage facility by the wadi diversion scheme.
b. Manage tailings or waste rock in pits;
Waste rock is managed primarily in pit through its
c. Apply a safety factor of at least 1:3 to all use as backfill. Insufficient excavated area is
heaps and dams during operation, and available for the management of tailings in this
d. Carry out progressive restoration / way. Waste rock and tailings storage facilities are
revegetation.
Project Name:

designed with a 1:3 slope.
The mine is to be progressively backfilled /
restored. More detail of the restoration of the TSF
will be developed through Project life.
8. BAT is to monitor heaps the following: Monitoring requirements are included in the
a. Bench / slope geometry; outline EMMP developed with the ESIA and are to
b. Sub-tip drainage; and be further developed through the detailed design
c. Pore pressure phase by the EPC contractor.
And to carry out the following:
Visual inspections
Geotechnical reviews
Independent geotechnical audits
9. BAT is to: The Environmental Emergency Response Plan
a. Carry out emergency planning; (Appendix B) sets in motion the means by which
b. Evaluate and follow up incidents; this BAT is achieved.
10. BAT is to: The mining schedule is devised to allow for the
a. If possible, prevent and/or reduce the progressive backfill of the mine void with waste
generation of tailings / waste rock; rock. In sufficient void space is available given
b. Back fill tailings under the following conditions the anticipated expansion factors that tailings may
when: also be used for backfill. Therefore a TSF is
Backfill is required as part of the mining required for the duration of the Project.
method
The additional cost of backfilling is at
least compensated for by the higher ore
recovery
In open pit mining if the tailings easily
dewater and thereby a TSF can be
avoided or reduced in size
Use nearby mined out open pits if
available for backfilling
Backfill large stops in underground mines
c. Backfill tailings in the form of paste fill if the
conditions to apply backfill are met and if
There is a need for a competent backfill
The tailings are very fine, so that little
material would be available for hydraulic
backfill
It is desirable to keep water out of the
mine, or where it is costly to pump the
water draining from the tailings
d. Backfill waste rock under the following
conditions:
It can be backfilled within an
underground mine
One or more mined out open pits are
nearby
The open pit operation is carried out in
such a way that it is possible to backfill the
waste rock without inhibiting mining
operations
e. Investigate possible uses of tailings and
waste rock.
11. BAT is to: The outline EMMP developed as part of this ESIA,
Project Name:

a. Develop closure and after care plans during includes and outline closure plan for further
the planning phase of an operation, including development and refinement by Maaden
cost estimates and then to update them over throughout the duration of the Project, and in
time. However the requirements for advance of closure.
rehabilitation develop through the lifetime of
an operation and can first be considered in
precise detail in the closure phase of a TSF;
and
b. Applying a safety factor of at least 1:3 for
dams and heaps after closure
3.7.7 COOLINGS SYSTEMS

To assess the application of BAT for the cooling systems Table 3-6 below provides a
comparison between the proposals and the BAT Reference Document (BREF) which
includes internationally agreed BAT specifically for cooling systems:
Document on Best Available Techniques to Industrial Cooling Systems, 2001 reflects an
information exchange carried out under Article 16(2) of Council Directive 96/61/EC (IPPC
Directive).
Table 3-6: Comparison of proposals and international BAT guidance Cooling Systems
1. BAT is to: The cooling water system design utilises brine

a. Increase the overall energy efficiency; from the treatment of raw water by reverse
osmosis. This approach reduced the quantity of
b. Reduce the use of water and cooling water water required to be abstracted by 15%. The
additives; brine cooling system makes energy savings in
c. Reduce emissions to air and water; pumping raw water equivalent to a 450kW motor
d. Reduce noise; running continuously for 20 years, and in treating
e. Reduce entrainment of aquatic organisms; the raw water by RO is equivalent to a 200kW
and motor running continuously for 20 years. A
f. Reduce biological risks reduction in size of the RO plant of 2.9Mtpa (28%)
is also achieved by the design. Furthermore, the
volume of brine for disposal is reduced from
3.2Mtpa to 1.7Mtpa; a reduction of 47%.
3.7.8 BAT CONCLUSIONS

As identified in the sections above, the Project utilises techniques and activities identified as
BAT, however in a number of instances the application of these techniques does not result in
the achievement of all the emissions levels identified as BAT. Nonetheless it should be noted
that the values provided by BREF are provided as guidance to industry to which continuous
improvement should aspire. The Project is to be compliant with the regulatory requirements
as identified in Section 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework, and has sought to
implement BAT to the extent possible within the technological and economic context of the
Project. Air dispersion modelling reveals that ambient air quality at receptors and the
available environmental headroom are not reduced as a result of the Project. Therefore it is
considered that sufficient application of BAT has been achieved, and additional investment to
achieve further emission reductions, are not warranted.
Project Name:
3.8 RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
IFC Performance Standard 3 provides for the consideration of resource efficiency and
pollution prevention and control. Within this context, the IFC EHS Guidelines provides
specific resource efficiency and energy efficiency benchmarks indicators against which
projects may be assessed. Thus over and above the assessment of the application of BAT,
the Project can be assessed in terms of the extent to which it meets the resource efficiency
benchmark indicators set out in both the General and Sector Specific EHS Guidelines. These
industry benchmark indicators, are supplied to provide guidance on industry best practice.
Table 3-7 provides a comparison between these industry benchmark indicators, and the
Project performance, and demonstrates that for the most part the Project is meeting or
exceeding industry benchmark indicators. Where the project does not achieve industry best
practice benchmark indicators, it should be noted, that it does nonetheless achieve the
required regulatory standards.
Table 3-7: Comparison of Resource and Energy Consumption
Product Unit IFC Industry Project
Benchmark1
Tonne phosphate rock/tonne P2O5 2.6 3.5 3.5
Tonne H2SO4 / tonne P2O5 2.1 2.3 2.9
KWh / tonne P2O5 120 - 180 95
3
m cooling water / tonne P2O5 100 - 150 0.9 (evaporate)
Phosphoric Acid
Tonne phosphogypsum/tonne P2O5 4-5 5.3
3
mg/Nm Fluorides 0.6 - 5 5
kg SO2/tonne HF 0.001 0.01 N/A
Tonne CaSO4 (anhydrite)/tonne HF 3.7 <1
3
Sulphuric Acid mg SO2 / Nm 30 - 350 1250
Project Name:
4.0 DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND LAYOUT OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
4.1 INTRODUCTION
As introduced in Section 1.0 Introduction, the Maaden Umm Wual Phosphate Project will be
based on two sites, namely Umm Wual and Ras Al Khair. The proposed industrial complex
at Ras Al Khair Industrial City will include an Ammonia Production Plant, a Diammonium
Phosphate (DAP)/Nitrogen Phosphate Potash (NPK) Plant and a Materials Storage and
Handling Facility, and is the subject of a separate Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA). The Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex will include an open cast mine and an industrial complex which will include a
Beneficiation plant, Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP), Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP), Purified
Phosphoric Acid (PPA) plant, Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP) plant, Monocalcium
Phosphate/Dicalcium Phosphate (MCP/DCP) plant and required utilities. For the purpose of
this report, the new developments proposed by Maaden at the Umm Wual site will be
referred to collectively as the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex (the Project). Where addressed separately the following naming shall be applied
throughout the report; Umm Wual Mine (the Mine) and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate
Industrial Complex (the Industrial Complex).
4.2 MAIN FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
The Project will produce the following products:
Table 4-1: Umm Wual Phosphate Project Products
Main Facilities Product Quantity

Mine Phosphate Ore 13.5Mtpa
Beneficiation Plant Phosphate Concentrate 5.3Mtpa
Sulphuric Acid Plant Sulphuric Acid 5Mtpa
Phosphoric Acid Plant Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid(MGA) 1.5Mtpa
Purified Phosphoric Acid Plant PPA 0.1 Mtpa
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate plant STPP 0.09Mtpa
Monocalcium Phosphate/Dicalcium MCP/DCP 0.25Mtpa

Phosphate (MCP/DCP) plant
Molten Sulphur, will be transported by rail to the Industrial Complex while Soda Ash, and
Limestone; other materials required for use in the chemical process will be transported by
road. The following processed materials will be transported by rail from the Umm Wual site
to the proposed industrial complex at Ras Al Khair or to Jubail / Dammam for storage, use
and/or export:
Table 4-2: Umm Wual Phosphate Project - Materials Transfer
Storage and Use at Ras Storage and Export from Export from Jubail /
Al Khair DAP/NPK Plant Ras Al Khair Damman
Merchant Grade Merchant Grade Phosphoric Sodium TriPolyPhosphate
Phosphoric Acid (MGA) Acid (MGA) (STPP)
Raffinate Purified Phosphoric Acid Mono/Dicalcium Phosphate
(PPA) (MCP/DCP)
Sulphuric Acid
Project Name:
4.3 PROJECT LOCATION
The Umm Wual site, illustrated in Figure 4-1, is situated within the Northern Borders Province
of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia close to the border with Jordan. The Project is to be
developed on Government land provided for this purpose. Maaden holds the exploration and
mining licence for the Al Khabra deposit and surrounding area, allowing the development of
the project in this location.
The Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex cover an area of
approximately 58km2. The mine covers an area of 37.82km2 and is located close to the
border with Jordan within the 10km border security zone and 26km to the southwest of the
Iraq border.
Approximately 13km to the south of the proposed mine and outside the border security zone,
is the location of the proposed Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex, which is
within the boundaries of the planned Waad Al Shamaal City development. There is also a
well field area for the abstraction of water located approximately 60km to the east of the
Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex.
The closest sizable population centre is Turaif, which is approximately 40 km to the south-
west of the site, with a population of 48,929, of which 82% are Saudi nationals (Central
Department of Statistics and Information, 2010). The nearest dwellings within Jordan appear
to be developments along the route of Highway 10 transecting the Mafraq region of Northeast
Jordan, some 80-90km to the north of the International border with the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia; the most sizable of which appears to be Ar Ruwayshid as shown in Figure 4-1 and
the satellite image in Figure 4-2.
4.4 SITE LAYOUT
Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4 illustrate the proposed site layout of the Umm Wual Mine and Waad
Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex.
Project Name:
Figure 4-1: Site Location of the Umm Wual Site
Project Name:
390,000 400,000 410,000 420,000 430,000 440,000 450,000 460,000 470,000 480,000 490,000 500,000 510,000 520,000 530,000 540,000
Landsat 7 Satellite Imagery courtesy of the U.S. Geological Survey - January 2013
Ar Ruwayshid Airfield
3,600,000
3,600,000
0 2.5 5 10 15 20 Kilometers
Ar Ruwayshid Settlement
3,590,000
3,590,000
Ruwayshid Airfield
Iraq
3,580,000
3,580,000
3,570,000
3,570,000
Jordan
3,560,000
3,560,000
3,550,000
3,550,000
3,540,000
3,540,000
3,530,000
3,530,000
3,520,000
3,520,000
Saudi Arabia
3,510,000
3,510,000
Turaif Airport
Turayf City
3,500,000
3,500,000
390,000 400,000 410,000 420,000 430,000 440,000 450,000 460,000 470,000 480,000 490,000 500,000 510,000 520,000 530,000 540,000
Figure 4-2: Satellite Image of the Closest Settlements to the Project (January 2013)
Project Name:
Figure 4-3: Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex Layout
Project Name:
Figure 4-4: Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex Layout
Project Name:
4.5 SITE CONNECTIVITY
The Project site will be accessed via the Trans-Arabian Highway (National Highway 85) from
a proposed junction 7.5km east of Turaif and from a proposed 135km railway branch line
taken from the recently constructed 2400km long North South Railway Line. Once the branch
line is completed the site will be approximately 1600km by rail from the Port of Ras Al Khair
(RAK) on the Arabian Gulf, which will be developed to cater for the planned throughput of
product exports and raw material imports. Figure 4-5 illustrates the connectivity of the site
with other parts of Saudi Arabia.
Figure 4-5: Site Connectivity
4.6 NEIGHBOURING INDUSTRIES

This Project represents the first industrial development within the proposed Waad Al Shamaal
Development City. As such the site is considered a greenfield site. To the south of the project
site, on the National Highway 85 is a poultry farm, and in the surrounding area transient
livestock herding stations can be found (see Figure 4-1)
The primary purpose of the proposed Waad Al Shamaal City development is to promote
economic development in the Northern Province of Saudi Arabia for the benefit of residents in
this region. The Waad Al Shamaal City development is envisaged to include further
downstream industries related to phosphate, other primary mineral industries and other
industrial and service facilities, and will provide infrastructure to support the Industrial Complex
including roads, rail, electrical power facilities, gas distribution, water supply and distribution
systems, wastewater collection system and treatment plant, facilities for solid waste handling
and a storm drainage protection system. It is also proposed to include development of a full
residential community to house employees of the industries and to accommodate a full range
of commercial and governmental facilities to serve the residents (Bechtel, 2012). Figure 4-6
Project Name:
indicates current proposals for the development of Waad Al Shamaal City, while Figure 4-7
shows the phasing of the development (Bechtel 2013).
Figure 4-6: Waad Al Shamaal City development [Source: Bechtel 2013]
Project Name:
Figure 4-7: Proposed Phasing of the Waad Al Shamaal City Development [Source:
Bechtel 2012]
The initial phase of the Waad Al Shamaal City development will include the first phase of
development of a residential area for Maadens permanent employees (approximately 1,000
employees) and dependents in the community zone development. In addition to its residential
area, Maaden will also simultaneously develop essential infrastructure to support the
residential area, such as a basic road network throughout the site, water supply and sewage
collection service to the residential area, and storm drainage improvements. These are
described in more detail in Section 4.6.1.
In addition to the Maaden residential area, other elements of the community will be developed
simultaneously, although not under Maadens direct management. These other elements will
include community infrastructure (schools, mosques, commercial areas, civic facilities such as
police and fire stations and government buildings, and other facilities, as well as separate
residential areas for employees of these facilities. Site-wide infrastructure will also be provided
in conjunction with these facilities.
Other developments within the Waad Al Shamaal City are outside the scope of this ESIA, and
will be the subject of a separate Environmental Assessment, however, given the concurrent
development of the Maaden residential area and essential services adjacent to the Project
site, the potential environmental and social impacts of the housing and essential services as
well as the Projects impacts on these receptors will be considered in this ESIA.
4.6.1 WAAD AL SHAMMAL ESSENTIAL SERVICES
Concurrent with the development of the Umm Wual mine and associated processing complex,
a portion of the Waad Al Shamaal City Development will be constructed to provide permanent
accommodation for approximately 1,000 Maaden employees who will operate the mine and
associated processing complex, and their dependents. This essential infrastructure
comprises:
Accommodation (villas and apartments);
Community facilities (schools, mosques, emergency services, retail and social facilities);
Local roads;
Local utilities (power, telecommunications, potable and irrigation water supply, sewerage
and stormwater collection);
A highway to connect the residential and phosphate complex to Highway 85
Figure 4-8 identifies in blue the aspects of the Waad Al Shamaal city development included
within the scope of this ESIA.
Project Name:
Figure 4-8: Waad Al Shamaal City Essential Services Phase 1 up to 2016 as included
within the scope if the ESIA identified in blue [Based on: Bechtel 2013]
The essential infrastructure is to be available for occupancy by the second half of 2016 to
provide necessary infrastructure for Maaden employees participating in the start-up, testing
and commissioning of the phosphate plants.
4.6.2 WAAD AL SHAMAAL CITY
In parallel to the residential development being carried out by Maaden, it is planned that a
separate agency will develop additional residential areas and infrastructure for a population
other than Maaden employees. It is intended that this agency will be the ultimate city
developer and operator (similar to the Royal Commission in Jubail and Yanbu). The decision
of which agency will take this role is pending from the Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral
Resources (MoPM).
Project Name:
The King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development Masterplan estimates that
the total employment in Waad Al Shamaal at the end of 2016 will be 2,458. This comprises
Maaden employees (1000) and other residents. This results in a total population of the
community of 4,588 individuals.
The King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development Masterplan report also
defines the infrastructure required and corresponding population at 2021 (defined as Phase
1) for the whole Waad Al Shamaal City (i.e. separate to the development associated with the
Project). Based on the masterplan assumptions the infrastructure requirements for Waad Al
Shamaal City at 2021 are as follows:
Provision of internal roads;
Provision of power supply to deliver 13.7MW;

3
Provision of 1,078m /day of potable water;
Provision of 506m3/day of irrigation water;
Provision of sanitary wastewater collection / treatment facilities for 862m3/day; and
Provision of solid waste collection and disposal facilities for 23 tonnes of waste per day
The provision of these infrastructure services is described below, as they are of relevance to
the Project in terms of their availability for Maaden housing provided for the Project.
Power will be provided to Waad Al Shamaal by the Saudi Electricity Company (SEC). SEC
will provide transmission lines from the national grid connections at Tabajal and Qurayyat.
SEC will also construct substations and transmission lines within Waad Al Shamaal. The
interface point between SEC and Maaden (and the other development agency) is yet to be
agreed. Should this permanent power not be available when required, the residential area will
be power by local diesel generators.
Potable water will be tankered from Turaif to the temporary potable water pumping station
adjacent to the community, stored in tanks, and pumped around the residential area. In the
longer term potable water will be supplied from a wellfield accessing the Tawil aquifer, and
treated and distributed through a centralised treatment, storage and distribution network.
A network of sanitary wastewater pipes will be constructed around the community. In the
short term this network will connect to septic tanks from which wastewater will be tankered to
the Turaif sewerage treatment plant, assuming this is fully operational by 2016 and also has
spare capacity to supply the required TSE for irrigation purposes. In the long term this
network will connect to the Waad Al Shamaal permanent wastewater treatment plant.
Solid waste will be disposed of to the existing Turaif landfill until such time as the landfills
identified to service the Waad Al Shamaal City are in operation.
The centralised infrastructure services anticipated to service Waad Al Shamaal are envisaged
to be operational by 2021; the end of Phase 1.
Project Name:
4.7 PROJECT SCHEDULE

Project phases and planned timing is summarised in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex
Schedule
Project Phase Start Finish
Front End Engineering Design and Bankable

July 2012 July 2013
Feasibility Study
ESIA Scoping Meeting with the Presidency of

December 2012 December 2012
Meteorology and Environment
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment Site
May 2013 May 2013
Visit
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment

May 2013 May 2013
Approval for Commencement of Early Works sought
Presidency for Meteorology and Environment
July 2013 November 2013*
Review of ESIA for Environmental Approval
EPC Contract Award & Commencement of Detailed

July 2013 November 2015
Engineering
Early Works & Site Preparation October 2013 April 2014
Detailed Engineering December 2013 September 2015
Main Construction May 2014 March 2017
Commissioning February 2016 July 2017
Facility Ready For Start Up May 2016 July 2017

* Predicted date subject to PME review duration.
4.8 WORKFORCE AND NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

During the construction phase, the workforce is estimated to be between 7,000 and 10,000
direct workers as per current schedule. Construction work week will be 10 hours/day for 6
days/week.
During the operation phase, the mine and associated industrial complex will operate 24 hours
per day. The anticipated operational workforce used within the OPEX calculations is
summarised in Table 4-4. It should be noted that in accordance with Saudi Labour Law, the
proportion of Saudi employees is required to be 65% at the commencement of the project,
rising to a minimum of 85% by year 5 of the Projects operation. Thus the employment values
identified in Table 4-4. Table 4-4 represents indicative figures to be refined as the Project
progresses.
Project Name:
Table 4-4: Operational Workforce Estimate
MANPOWER Number of Personnel
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024- 2033 2034 -2037
VP Saudi 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Manager Saudi 14 14 14 14 20 20 22 30 33
Manager NS 10 10 10 10 22 22 22 0 1
Supervisor Saudi 114 114 114 114 157 157 159 168 168
Supervisor NS - Western 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 31 31
Skilled Saudi 330 330 330 330 381 381 381 381 381
Skilled NS - Eastern 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Semiskilled Saudi 435 435 435 435 515 515 511 539 571
Semiskilled NS - Eastern 20 20 20 20 8 8 8 0 0
Unskilled Saudi 137 137 137 137 155 155 151 195 191
Unskilled NS - Eastern 125 125 125 125 121 121 129 101 97
TOTAL 1,279 1,279 1,279 1,279 1,473 1,473 1,477 1,482 1,510
Total Saudi 1,031 1,031 1,031 1,031 1,229 1,229 1,225 1,314 1,345
Total Non Saudi (NS) 248 248 248 248 244 244 252 168 165
Saudization Percentage 81 81 81 81 83 83 83 89 89
Project Name:
Operations staffing is estimated to at least 700 individuals on site within any shift, working 8
and 12 hour shifts; 0600 to 1400, 1400 to 2200 and 2200 to 0600 and 0600 to 1800 & 1800 to
0600 respectively.
The operational workforce will be transported to site by bus, and private car, resulting in an
estimated 20 vehicles per hour at peak times.
The number of daily visitors is estimated on average to be 4 persons per day, and up to 154
trainees attending training at the site; this is including the 116 Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGV)
that will visit the site on a daily basis to deliver materials required for the operation of the
Project.
4.9 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The construction phase of the project is to be divided into an Early Works Package, and main
construction phase. The Early Works package allows the preparation of the site in advance
of the main construction phase and is envisaged to commence in September 2013.
4.9.1 EARLY WORKS
The early works package will allow preparation of the site, and basic infrastructure provision
to allow Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) contractors to commence
construction. The early works package is divided into two phases.
Phase 1 will include the following:
the preparation of the Industrial Complex, including the Rail loading area and perimeter
roads to deliver the levels required for the efficient functioning of the Project;
preliminary grading of laydown areas and temporary roads and associated drainage;
construction of temporary road network around, and within the Industrial Complex and
laydown area, and connecting roads to the construction camp, Highway 85 and the Waad
Al Shamaal interim construction road;
clearance and preparation of the construction camp; and
excavation and construction of temporary flood protection works (wadi diversion scheme)
from in-situ materials at the Industrial Complex (completion of the wadi diversion will
occur during the main construction phase).
Phase 2 will involve the preliminary grading of the waste storage areas and includes grading
and bunding both the Phosphogypsm Storage Facility (PSF) and Tailings Storage Facility
(TSF).
The preparation of the process area will involve cut and fill activities deliver the levels
required for construction of the process plants. The cut and fill calculations undertaken for
the early works indicate that all material derived from this process will be reused on site as
part of the cut and fill, the preparation of temporary roads, and the implementation of the
embankments, and bunds required for the wadi diversion scheme.
A significant element of the early works package, which will continue into the main
construction phase, will be the flood protection works, which will involve realignment of the
wadi to the north of the Industrial Complex to prevent encroachment on the Project area, and
the diversion of the middle wadi currently running through the Industrial Complex to the
southern wadi. These wadi realignment and diversions will comprise bunding, permanent
culverts, and rock erosion protection and are illustrated in Figure 4-9.
Project Name:
Figure 4-9: Wadi Re-alignment and Diversion Schematic
4.9.2 MAIN CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The various construction areas are illustrated in Figure 4-10 and Table 4-5 provides a
summary of the scope of each area shown.
Project Name:
Figure 4-10: Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex Construction Areas
Project Name:
Table 4-5: Identification of Construction Areas
Facilities associated with

Construction Area Type Total Area
Construction Area
Laydown, Fabrication & Office Space 16,000 m2

General Services and Utilities
Process Plant Area 230,000 m2
2
Laydown, Fabrication & Office Space 37,500 m
Beneficiation 2
Process Plant Area 625,000 m

SAP
2
2
PAP

PPA 2
2
DCP/MCP
STPP 2
2
Laydown, Fabrication & Office Space Administration/Maintenance 14,000 m
Plant Area Buildings etc. 6,0000 m2
It is envisaged that the process facilities will be constructed using major contractors with the
standing and capability to deliver a vertical package type arrangement, reliant on off-site pre-
fabrication and modular construction. The infrastructure works will be constructed using a
more traditional horizontal package arrangement, by subcontracting with local contractors
where available to undertake areas of work on a by discipline type of arrangement.
4.9.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
2
An area of 1.5km to the south of the contractors laydown area has been allocated for the
camp area. 1km2 has been allocated to the EPC Contractors, with 0.5km2 allocated to the
early works contractor for use as camp and equipment storage/maintenance The location of
the construction camp some 5km to the south of the main Industrial Complex area is shown
in Figure 4-1.
While the construction camp is yet to be designed, it is anticipated to include site offices and
associated facilities, and accommodation consisting of approximately 100 eight person
rooms, 35 four person rooms, 5 two-person rooms and ten individual suites. Communal
facilities proposed for the camp include:
Recreation building, including sports facilities;
Kitchens and Dining halls;
Laundry;
Medical centre; and
Mosque.
Utilities provided for the construction camp; wastewater treatment, waste disposal, are
described in section 4.9.4 below.
Project Name:
4.9.4 CONSTRUCTION UTILITIES

The temporary facilities will include provision for the storage of 2 days potable of water,
estimated to be some 5.2 million litres of water, which will be delivered by tanker to the site
from Turaif, or a locally sunk well. This water will be used for drinking, as well as in
construction for activities such as concrete mixing and dust suppression.
Wastewater conveyance will be provided within the temporary facilities to septic tanks to be
emptied by tanker to temporary wastewater treatment facility to be provided within the
Construction Camp. Sanitary wastewater will be treated for use in irrigation, to the standards
required by the Ministry of Water and Electricity (MoWE).
Power will be provided by an array of diesel generators to provide the anticipated power
demand of 16MW, until such time as the installation of a sub-station connecting to the
National Grid.
The wastes anticipated to be generated during the 30 month construction are provided in
Table 4-6.
Table 4-6: Anticipated Construction Wastes
Waste Stream Tonnes
Concrete Waste 9,324
Pipework offcuts etc. 11,373
Steelwork offcuts etc. 7,560
Electrical Cable Waste 1,480
Miscellaneous Construction Waste 37,072
Municipal Waste 7,062
Solid Sanitary Waste 546
Total 96,892
Hazardous wastes are not quantified, but may be expected to include empty drums and
containers (oil, chemicals, paints), resins, oil contaminated materials, filters, oils and
lubricants, chemicals, paints, thinners, solvents, fire fighting agents etc.
A Construction Site Waste Management Plan (CWMP) will be prepared, in compliance with
regulations and best practise, and implemented by the Contractor before the production of
any waste material. This plan will identify in more detail the types and volumes of waste and
how this waste will be handled, stored, managed, treated, disposed of and controlled. The
requirements for this CWMP are addressed in the outline Environmental Management and
Monitoring Plan (Appendix A).
Suitably qualified and accredited sub-contractors will be used during the removal and
transportation of hazardous materials. All records for the transportation and disposal of
hazardous waste will be maintained (and kept available for random inspection) on site.
In the absence of recycling facilities in the Northern Borders Province, all construction waste,
is anticipated to be re-used on site, or disposed to a licensed waste management facility.
4.9.5 TRAFFIC AND LOGISTICS
The construction works will be performed in many areas at the same time to meet the
required schedule. This will result in large movements of personnel and materials to and from
the Mine area located inside the border security zone, as well as throughout the Industrial
Complex.
Project Name:
Particular attention will be paid to areas which may impact or be impacted by the
simultaneous development of Waad Al Shamaal essential infrastructure and phase 1
residential development.
It is anticipated that workers will be transported to the site by dedicated fleet of buses, with an
estimated maximum of 250 vehicle movements per shift. Traffic movements required to
support the temporary camp are anticipated to be 3 to 5 deliveries/waste collections by HGVs
per day. To supply the temporary accommodation camp with potable water a further 60
water tanker movements per day are required; this will cease once a well and water treatment
plant are in place.
Materials and equipment required for the construction of the Project will be delivered by rail
and HGV. The North-South Railway will be available for deliveries of materials from the
Eastern Province to Al-Jalamid, where they would be unloaded and delivered to Umm Wual
by HGVs. Materials such as steelwork, piping, cabling, prefabricated process equipment and
general construction materials are anticipated to be delivered by rail. The majority of
construction materials are expected to be transported to the site by road; either from their port
of origin (e.g. Jubail or Yanbu), or from the rail head at Al-Jalamid where they would be
unloaded and delivered to site by HGV resulting in approximately 293 movements per week.
Locally won materials, such as sand and fill etc will be utilised wherever possible to reduce
the requirement to import bulk materials from other locations
4.10 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING PHASE
System dry-out;
Inerting;
Static, de-energized test of equipment;
Preliminary, and Functional checks;
Operational test; and
Pre-start up activities.
Hydrotesting of pipelines, tanks, and vessels will be conducted using fresh (desalinated) water
in order to meet quality criteria needed for this activity and to avoid corrosion damage to the
equipment prior to start-up. In particular, tanks filled to a pre-set level, will be required to
maintain this loaded state for a certain period of time before being drained. The total quantity
of fresh water to be used during hydrotesting activities is not available at this stage, but the
total quantity will be minimised through hydrotest water reuse by transferring it from one tank
to another. However, as the tanks have different volumes, careful planning in the hydrotest
sequence will be applied, considering the construction schedule, applicable engineering
standards and project specifications. The fresh water needed for hydrotesting activities will be
supplied from the well sunk for the construction phase, or the Project wellfield when
operational. Approximately 83,000m3 of water will be required, of which 4,000m3 will be
demineralised water, which is anticipated to be reused.
Discharge of hydrotest wastewater will be routed to the contaminated stormwater pond and
analysed to determine compliance with surface water standards, or where non-compliance
discharged to the industrial wastewater treatment plant for treatment. The location of any
discharge ponds, or discharge to the environment will be determined on the basis of an
assessment of recharge / drainage capacity. The rate of discharge will be controlled in order
to avoid overloading the receiving stream. These activities to be undertaken by the Contractor,
are addressed in the EMMP (Appendix A). Hydrotest water, may also be captured and stored
as initial charge water for the phosphogypsum wet stacking system.
Project Name:
4.11 OPERATION PHASE
The Block Flow Diagram shown in Figure 4-11 illustrates the proposed operation of the mine
and associated processing complex.
In summary the operation of the Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex involves the open cast mining of phosphate containing rock which undergoes initial
crushing before being transported by conveyor to the beneficiation plant. Non ore containing
material is rejected, and ore containing rock is passed through a flotation process to separate
the phosphate from the gangue and form rock slurry and tailings which are dewatered and
disposed of in a tailings storage facility with the rejected material.
Sulphuric acid is produced on site through the combustion of molten sulphur and reaction with
heated air with the assistance of vanadium oxide and alkali sulphate catalysts ; the process
generates heat which is used to produce energy for the Project enabling it to be largely self-
sufficient, and gases containing sulphur dioxide and hydrogen sulphide.
The rock slurry is reacted with the sulphuric acid, and kaolin to produce weak phosphoric acid,
and phosphogypsum waste. The concentration of the weak phosphoric acid through an
evaporator system results in the production fluorisilic acid (FSA) which is neutralised with lime
to produce fluorspar, gaseous fluorides which are scrubbed before being released to
atmosphere and 54% Phosphoric acid (Merchant Grade). This MGA is both a product for
export and an input to other processes.
In the Purified Phosphoric Acid (PPA) plant the MGA undergoes desulphurisation and
defluorination, and metal removal resulting in the formation of gypsum, CO2, and small
quantities of HF and SiF4 as well as H2S. FSA is precipitated out as sodium fluorosilicate.
The resultant phosphoric acid is purified through contact with a solvent; traces of organic
impurities are absorbed by activated carbon before further concentration of the acid and
decolourisation with hydrogen peroxide to produce Food Grade Phosphoric Acid. Solvent is
regenerated and solvent containing fumes are scrubbed before undergoing thermal
oxidisation,
The PPA is mixed with of soda ash and caustic soda to produce a mixture of Monosodium
Phosphate (MSP) and Disodium Phosphate (DSP) which is dried and calcined to produce dry
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP).
MGA from the PAP is also defluorinated with diatomaceous earth, generating SiF4 which is
passed through a scrubbing system which in turn generates FSA which is neutralised with
calcium hydroxide to produces calcium fluorosilicate and calcium silicate solids. The acid is
combined with limestone slurry resulting in a reaction producing gypsum and a defluorinated
phosphoric acid, which is heated and again reacted with limestone slurry and a recycle stream
of MCP/DCP to produce a granular MCP / DCP product which is dried and screened.
All gypsum and neutralised FSA wastes are disposed of to a lined PSF.
In support of the above mining and chemical processes the Project provides infrastructure in
the form of a wellfield supplying the Projects water demand, and associated water treatment,
cooling water, loading / unloading, materials handling and storage facilities, auxiliary and
emergency power, wastewater treatment, and drainage services as well as the waste facilities
referred to above.
The Project also involves the provision of administrative areas such as offices, a training
centre, workshops and laboratories, and the provision of housing and essential services for
the Maaden staff that will operate the facility.
Project Name:
Figure 4-11: Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex Block Flow Diagram
Project Name:
The mine and associated processing facilities and infrastructure are designed for a 25 year
life. The following sections describe the main processes undertaken at the Umm Wual Mine
and Processing site.
4.11.1 MINING
The Umm Wual mining licence number 42/Q was granted by the MoPM to Maaden on 26th
July 2006. The licence area is located within the Al Khabra mining concession and covers an
area of 37.82km, of Government land, allocated to Maaden for the purpose of developing the
Umm Wual Mine. The mining licence allows exploitation of the resource for a period of 30
years from the date of the licence. The licence includes standard conditions regarding the
protection of the environment and restoration of the mine, as identified in Section 2 Policy,
Legal and Regulatory Framework.
Figure 4-12 illustrates the proposed mine layout.
Figure 4-12: Mine Layout [Source: SRK (2013a)]
Project Name:
4.11.1.1 MINING DESCRIPTION
The phosphate deposit is relatively shallow and will be mined using open pit methods working
4 hours per day, 330 days per year. The average mine depth is expected to be 25m with the
maximum depth to be 45m and the mine life is expected to be in the region of 28 to 30 years.
Traditional drilling and blasting techniques are proposed, with overburden soils being
excavated and stripped away from the bedrock. The mining will commence in the northwest of
the Mining Licence and progress east and south.
The Ore Reserve Estimate calculates some 390,000,000 tonnes of ore to be available from
the selected pit shell, of which 54% is classified as measured, and the remaining indicated; a
further 47,300,000 tonnes is inferred. It is, therefore, estimated that the Umm Wu'al Mine will
produce an average of 13.5Mtpa raw phosphate rock. Based on a mine life of 29 years an
average of 31.6 million tonnes of waste rock per year will be generated (SRK, 2013b).
The production schedule is designed to maintain a constant feed of P2O5 of some 2.35Mtpa
which due to variations in grade will require an ore head feed of some 14-16Mtpa. The
average waste stripping ratio is 2.6 (tonne waste: tonne ore), but the thickness of waste varies
and increases with the life of mine as thicker waste zones have been inferred.
Shallow overburden of less than 3m depth will be excavated via ripping and dozing, while
thicker overburden will be subject to drilling and blasting. The ore and interburden will be
mined as separate units where possible.
Blasting is to be conducted using Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil (ANFO) as the principal base
charge; using diesel as the type of fuel oil. Ammonium nitrate will be stored in a dedicated
magazine building located to the north of the Industrial Complex and loaded into licenced
explosives trucks for transportation to the mine face. Fuel oil will be added and mixed with the
ammonium nitrate prior to being loaded into the blast holes. Drilling is anticipated to be a daily
activity, while blasting will occur once every second day in the first five years of operation, and
daily thereafter. An anticipated 20-30 tonnes of ANFO will be used daily.
Figure 4-13 illustrates the progressive stages of pit excavation proposed for the life of the Mine
devised by SRK to minimise material re-handling, and vehicle movements within the mine.
Project Name:
Figure 4-13: Pit Stage Plan [Source: SRK (2013a)]

Waste rock (overburden and inter-burden) waste from the initial mine development
(approximately 20Mt), the first 1.5 years, will be stored at a temporary waste rock dump some
2
1km by 10m high located in the north east of the mine licence. The temporary waste rock
dump is split into two dumps. This is to avoid building in the middle of the existing wadi which
currently crosses the area from east in a north-westerly direction.
Two separate drainage systems are provided. Channels constructed around the perimeter will
intercept rain water runoff emanating from the waste rock in water drainage channels and
convey the water to designated discharge locations.
From the geochemical analysis water from the waste rock dumps is currently classified as
dirty water, it is therefore proposed that this water is collected via sumps in the WRD
drainage solution and pumped to the pit dewatering system to promote evaporation.
Backfilling of the pit will commence from Year 1.5. The backfilling of the mine will occur
progressively as shown in Figure 4-14, with the temporary waste rock dump removed and re-
handled in later years of production life as backfill to create access to reserves. By
progressively backfilling the pit as part of regular mining operations reclamation and closure
activities are effectively part of regular operations. Closure of the mine is addressed within
Attachment 1 of Appendix A Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan.
Project Name:
Figure 4-14: Progressive mining and backfill operations [Source: SRK (2013a)]
Project Name:
There is insufficient backfill material to completely fill the mine void. However the backfill
3
approach illustrated in Figure 4-15 is expected to result, at the end mine life (year 29), a 4Mm
void space in the south-east corner of the mine. Waste rock re-handling may be required to
ensure that the whole excavation is backfilled. The deficit is equivalent to a height difference
in the final land surface of less than 11cm.
Figure 4-15 Mine at End of Life [Source: SRK 2013a]

Until year 15 the mining activity will impact the existing wadi bed only through the
transportation of material to the waste dumps. At year 15 the wadi will be diverted to the
south, to run along a pillar of unmined land (see Figure 4-16) left along the fault in the rock
which has lower phosphate content, and a high stripping ratio. The wadi realignment will allow
the wadi to continue to flow across the area along a similar route to the existing path, and will
be directed to exit the mine site, at the original point as it approaches the International Border.
Figure 4-16 illustrates the flood extents for a 1 x 20year water level and identifies the proposed
route across the mine, for the pillar which will accommodate the wadi diversion channel once
mining in the wadi area commences.
Project Name:
Figure 4-16: Flood Extents and Pillar Route

The pillar will provide a channel for the wadi flow capable of accommodating a 1 in 20 year
flood event; an event frequency considered appropriate given the channel will not be required
to be operational until year 15 of the mines 25 year design life. The channel will be lined to
provide assurance against pillar instability with a sprayed on soil-cement mixture of relatively
low quality but which is found to be successful in protecting surfaces of slopes against erosion.
The pillar and associated channel will remain in place as the mining progresses, and the
excavated pits are gradually backfilled.
Figure 4-17: Sketch of the Proposed Pillar and Wadi Diversion Channel
Stormwater breaching the pillar channel, or falling directly into the working mine pit will be
pumped out, and transferred to evaporation ponds located within the mine infrastructure
corridor on the west, south west side of the mine. Stormwater will be tested for contaminants;
Project Name:
where stormwater is found to meet the ambient water quality standards, it will be discharged to
the nearest wadi system. Where found to be contaminated, it will be retained within the
evaporation pond.
Ore from two principal horizons shall be delivered to the Primary Ore Crusher (POC); horizon
2 and horizon 3 as defined in the Mineral Resource Estimate (SRK 2012b) which is estimated
to account for approximately 83.5% of the ore reporting to the POC. The remaining 15.5% of
ore reporting to the POC has been identified as being delivered from horizons 1 and 4.
Ore will be hauled from the mine face and unloaded at the POC. The POC is to be located
within the mining concession, at the eastern boundary in an excavation approximately 15m
deep. To minimize stockpiling and re-handling of material, ore generated from the mine will be
fed directly into the Primary Ore Crusher, however, a stockpile equivalent to one month of
normal production, some 1Mt of ore will be stored adjacent to the POC to allow for disruptions
to normal mining operations.
Initial unloading, and any rock breaking required for large rock, occurs within an enclosed,
temporary fabric building fitted with bag filter system to minimise dust emissions. Vehicles will
unload ore to one of the two grizzly feeders, which transfers material via covered conveyor to
the jaw crusher. Ore is crushed to achieve 100% passing 150mm and transported via an
inclined, covered belt feed conveyor to the first transfer tower. From here the crushed ore is
transported to the beneficiation plant via a 12km long conveyor.
The POC has a total capacity of 3,000 metric per hour and is split into two parallel primary
crushing circuits. Ore horizons will be mixed to form a single Run of Mine (RoM) material prior
to feeding the crushing circuits. The layout and section of the POC is provided in Figure 4-18
and Figure 4-19.
Figure 4-18: Primary Ore Crusher Layout [Source: SRK 2013a]
Project Name:
Figure 4-19: Primary Ore Crusher section [Source: SRK 2013c]
Above ground permanent structures are prohibited within the Border Security Zone, therefore
the Primary Ore Crusher is located 15m below surface.
The primary crushing equipment, including the dump station, bins, and screens will be covered
and any dust will be removed using dust extraction system linking to a bag-house. The
conveyors will also be covered to minimize dust. Additionally, a total of 87m3/hr of brine is to
be transferred from the reverse osmosis plant within the Industrial Complex to the Mine for use
in dust suppression. This brine will be sprayed by mining water trucks for dust suppression on
haulage roads.
The conveyor transporting the crushed ore to the beneficiation plant is discussed in Section
4.12.2.
4.11.2 MINING INFRASTRUCTURE
The mining infrastructure supports the mining operation and includes the Mine Maintenance
Area (MMA) located 3km inside the border security zone, inside the mining concession and
the Ammonium Nitrate Facility (ANF) located in the north of the processing site.
The Mine Maintenance Area comprises the following:
Potable water storage and distribution;
Diesel storage and distribution;
Heavy vehicle refuelling;
Light vehicle refuelling;
Heavy vehicle wash bay, including oily water separation and wash water recycle;
Light vehicle wash bay, including oily water separation and wash water recycle;
Mine vehicle tyre bay;
Project Name:
Heavy vehicle lubrication storage and distribution;
Mine water truck filling station for dust suppression (brine will be used for this duty);
Domestic sewage storage; and
Raw well water storage for and pumping to the fire fighting system.
Buildings provided in this area include laboratory and core store, vehicle maintenance,
workshops and warehouses, administration, facilities, medical centre, canteen, fire station,
control rooms and entry/exit check points.
The Ammonium Nitrate Facility (ANF) will handle, store and prepare explosives, detonators
and cartridges at a separate location. Bulk ammonium nitrate (AN) storage facilities will
turnover of large quantities of stock, and are designed to store one months supply of AN;
approximately 900t. The AN is expected to be packaged in 1t palletised bulk bags and
delivered in twenty foot containers with sufficient capacity for approximately 28t each. It is
expected that the warehouse will be on a split level with the AN stored on the upper level. The
bulk bags will be emptied into a suitable sized hopper which screens the AN.
The ANF will also include:
Potable water storage and reticulation;
Domestic sewage storage;
Raw well water storage for and pumping to the fire fighting system; and
Emergency power generation;
Administration.
The MMA and ANF will operate 24 hours a day.
Potable water is delivered to a storage tank (2 day capacity) via the potable water pipeline.
The stored potable water is pumped to the MMA/ANF buildings for services. Sewage
generated in these buildings is stored in tanks until removed daily by a sewage truck for
treatment at the Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant (SWTP). The fire water system will
normally be pressurised with potable water from the potable water tank, and uses potable
water during small fires. In the event of a large fire, untreated raw well water is sourced from
two storage tanks (the stored water is sourced from the untreated raw well water pipeline).
Brine is delivered from a pipeline and stored in a tank. The stored brine is then pumped from
the tank into two Water trucks for dust suppression of roads.
Diesel is delivered to a storage tank (7 day capacity) via a pipeline for used for vehicle
refuelling and for use in blasting. Diesel is pumped to the local day tanks in the heavy and
light vehicle refuelling areas, and will be transferred by road to the mine for use in blasting
activities. The storage and distribution areas are bunded.
Service fluids, e.g. oils and coolants are delivered in a tanker (except for EP Grease which will
be delivered in bulk bags) and unloaded to a storage tank. Waste oil/coolant is stored in a
tank until drained and removed by trucks. The storage and distribution areas are bunded.
Vehicles will undergo washing in one of two bays provided at both heavy and light vehicle
washing areas. The waste wash water will flow to a settling pond which under flocculant
addition will separate out into solids and oil-water solution. Solids will be air dried and
removed via a front end loader. The solution will overflow into a sump where oil will be
skimmed into a collection dry and the water will be recycled back via a sump pump.
4.11.3 BENEFICIATION PLANT
The Umm Wual phosphate deposit contains phosphate of varying concentrations from 12.5%
up to 20.25% with chert and clay. The beneficiation process is designed to separate the
gangue minerals of calcite (calcium carbonate - CaCO3) and silica (SiO2) from the phosphate
mineral. The Phosphates deposits from the Mine are mostly of lower grade at ~17%
Project Name:
Phosphorous and require processing and upgrading to a marketable concentration with P2O5
content of 30%.
The Beneficiation plant will process 13.5Mtpa and produce 5.3Mtpa of phosphate concentrate
that will be delivered to the Phosphoric acid plant located within the same site as the
Beneficiation plant. The Beneficiation plant will operate 24 hours per day for 350 days per
year.
Figure 4-20 illustrates the overall beneficiation process which is described in more detail in
section.
Project Name:
Figure 4-20: Block Flow Diagram Beneficiation
Project Name:
Run of mine rock with a maximum size of 150mm is conveyed to the beneficiation plant and is
screened and sorted to remove chert which is discharged to the tailings storage facility (TSF)
described in Section 4.16.2. An optical sorter and X-ray transmission (XRT) sorter are
employed to remove siliceous material, which is also discharged to the TSF. These sorting
techniques contribute to improved water and energy efficiency in mining industries, by
ensuring waste materials are removed, rather than proceeding through the process for
treatment. Non chert material is discharged into the secondary crushing circuit (impact
crushers) and the crushed product is re-cycled back over the pre-screen to deliver a uniform
size to a blended ore stockpile which has a capacity of 180,000 metric tonnes or
approximately 6 days storage.
Dust collector systems will extract dust, which is filtered through a dust collection filter, with the
clean air being vented to atmosphere. Periodic pulse air is used to knock the dust particles off
the dust collection filter. The dust particles fall into the dust collection silo through a rotary
valve, which ensures a vacuum pressure is maintained within the dust extraction system. The
dust collection silo will be periodically emptied by a vacuum truck. Additionally, process water
is sprayed on the blended ore stockpile to control dust.
The blended ore is fed into blade mills with process water, to form a slurry, which is screened
and ground to separate slimes. The purpose of the Blade Mill is not to break the ore down in
size, but to break up the mud and clays and clean the rocks surface. A dust collector system
is included here also. Hydrosizer units are used to achieve size classification by using up-flow
water flow to remove finer smaller particles from the slurry. Water is drained from the sized
material and de-watered sized ore tested to determine the grade of the sized material. If it
meets the required grade it is milled/washed and pumped to the Phosphoric acid plant. If it
fails to meet the required grade it is milled and sent to a flotation circuit.
Water from de-watering is discharged to the on-plot water treatment plant for subsequent
return to the beneficiation process.
Oversize material undergoes further grinding, milling, crushing. If the sized material meets the
required grade specification it will be pumped to the concentrate tank, if not it will be pumped
to the de-slime cyclones from which underflow is directed to the floatation process, while
overflow is thickened using flocculant before being dewatered.
The beneficiation plant uses open circuit reverse flotation whereby the gangue minerals (silica
and carbonate) are floated and the phosphate mineral is depressed reporting out the bottom of
the last cell. Flotation reagents (amine, sulphonated fatty acid and phosphoric acid) and
process water are added before the slurry is fed to one of the six floatation trains.
Froth from the floatation circuit gravitates to the tailings thickener, and the concentrate flows
out from the bottom of the last cell into a pump hopper.
The concentrate is pumped to thickening cyclones located above the belt filter plant.
Thickening cyclone underflow gravitates onto the belt filter; the filter will operate in a three
stage counter wash cycle using potable water to remove soluble chloride from the
concentrate. Washed belt filter cake discharges onto a conveyor belt and discharges into a re-
pulper tank where potable water is added to obtain the correct density to pump to the
phosphoric acid plant. The final filtrate from the filtered concentrate is pumped to the water
treatment plant.
Flotation tailings are pumped to the tailings thickener, flocculant is added to aid in settlement.
Thickener underflow and slimes thickener underflow is dewatered. With filter cake being
discharged into the tailings management facility and filtrate pumped back to the water
treatment plant for reuse in the beneficiation process.
A tailings storage facility with an area of 5km2, (2km by 2.5km) is provided adjacent to the
beneficiation plot for receipt of 5.8Mtpa of beneficiation tailings. Dewatered tailings with a
minimum 80% solids by weight will be dry stacked in a truncated pyramid format and is
anticipated to reach a height of 45-50m, over the course of the project life (see Section 4.16.2
for further details of the Tailings Storage Facility and its design).
Project Name:
All process water streams including drainage water are returned to an on plot process water
3
treatment facility which will treat 950m /hr. Flocculant is added to help settle out any solids;
and 0.525Mtpa wastewater treatment sludge is discharged to the tailings storage facility
adjacent to the plot. Froth water is pumped to the tailings de-watering for water recovery,
while remaining water is pumped to a clarifier and then to process water tanks for return to the
beneficiation plant for reuse.
The reverse osmosis (RO) plant within the beneficiation plot will produce water of potable
quality to be used as rinse water to remove soluble chloride from the flotation plant
concentrate. Additionally some process water is diverted through a RO plant for seal water
usage in the slurry pumps around the Beneficiation plant. Brine from this RO plant will join up
with brine from the first RO plant which treats a process water bleed stream in order to control
3
the chloride levels in the circulating process water. Brine streams equalling 138m /hr from
both RO plants will be combined and discharged to the battery limit of the beneficiation facility.
Reagents used in the beneficiation plant include Phosphoric acid (Phosphate depressant),
Amine Collector (silica collector), Sulphonated fatty acid (carbonate collector) and Flocculant.
These will be delivered to central bulk storage facility located inside battery limits (ISBL).
Storage, dosing and mixing tanks are provided for the required reagents. These are all
located within a bunded area, which collects any spills / run off.
Most areas within the beneficiation plot will be set out for ease of maintenance of the large
process equipment. Some areas will have a roof but will not be enclosed. The exception to
this is the flotation circuit which will be located inside its own building complete with travelling
gantry crane for maintenance. However, the beneficiation process includes dust collection
systems and dust suppression spraying to minimise dust emissions.
Figure 4-21 illustrates the inputs and outputs of the beneficiation process.
Figure 4-21: Simplified Beneficiation Mass Balance

4.11.4 SULPHURIC ACID PLANT
The Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP) is designed to produce a maximum yearly capacity of 5,445
metric kilotons of 100% Sulphuric Acid. The plant is split into three identical trains, each
having a nominal capacity of 5,500tpd of 100% H2SO4. The principal steps involved in the
process of producing Sulphuric Acid include burning sulphur in air to form sulphur dioxide,
combining the sulphur dioxide with oxygen to form sulphur trioxide, and absorbing the sulphur
trioxide into water to form sulphuric acid (refer to Figure 4-22).
Project Name:
Figure 4-22: Sulphuric Acid Plant Block Flow Diagram
Project Name:
The SAP is designed as a Double Conversion Double Absorption Contact Process, using
licensor proprietary catalyst. The reaction is highly exothermic and the heat generated is used
to generate high pressure steam (65 bar, superheated), which is exported to the power plant.
It is expected that there will be sufficient steam to supply the total power (electricity)
requirement for the Umm Wual site.
The SAP is designed to be independent of the other plants at the Umm Wu'al facility site due
to the high dependency of the power generation plant on receiving the bulk of its steam from
the production of sulphuric acid
4.11.4.1 SULPHURIC ACID PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The SAP will produce sulphuric acid from molten sulphur. Molten sulphur is supplied to the
site by train from the Berri Gas Plant and the future Wasit Gas Plant near Jubail. Molten
sulphur is fed from the central storage area to three day tanks each with a 24 hour capacity of
3
1,012m , one for each of the three production lines.
Liquid sulphur is combusted in burners with dry air from atmosphere to produce SO2. The air
is dried by contact with 98.5 wt% H2SO4 in the drying tower. A demister is positioned in the top
part of the Drying Tower; this helps to remove any acid mist captured in the air after contact
with H2SO4. During normal operation, the dried air leaving the drying tower flows to the sulphur
furnace.
The sulphur burners can burn either liquid sulphur or fuel oil/diesel. Fuel oil/diesel is used to
start up the sulphur furnace. When the furnace reaches high temperature to allow for sulphur
burning, the fuel oil is turned off and the liquid sulphur is pumped in. When the sulphur
furnace is at operating conditions, the furnace temperature is hot enough to auto-ignite the
sulphur. Sulphur reacts with the oxygen to produce SO2. This reaction is fast, complete and is
highly exothermic. The excess heat of combustion can be effectively captured by producing
high pressure steam
The reaction of sulphur dioxide with oxygen to produce sulphur trioxide is an equilibrium
reaction which proceeds quickly in the presence of the vanadium oxide catalyst. The double
contact process is used for this project. Sulphur dioxide is passed over four packed catalyst
(converter) beds. The catalyst is a mixture of vanadium oxide and alkali sulphates which are
promoters. Each bed can have a different catalyst composition to maximize the conversion
reaction. To achieve the required point source emissions standards, a fifth converter bed, or
tail gas scrubbing system will be applied.
An intermediate absorption Tower is utilized to absorb SO3 from the process gas after the third
converter bed. The Final Absorption Tower is used to capture SO3 following the final converter
bed pass. A network of heat exchangers (superheaters, economizers, and interchangers) is
used to recover and exchange heat from the process gas between the Converter bed stages.
This heat is used to produce high pressure steam which is sent to the Power Island and used
to generate electrical energy via Steam Turbine Generators.
Due to the exothermic reactions involved in the SAP process, significant heat must be
removed from the H2SO4 that circulates through the drying tower, intermediate Absorption
Tower, and Final Absorption Tower. A closed loop cooling water system is used for cooling
the acid. Product acid is cooled by a combination of closed loop and open loop cooling water.
The sulphuric acid generated by the SAP is stored at approximately 105C within the SAP plot
and in tanks with a capacity of 8,347m3, before being pumped to the project storage tanks in
the storage area.
Sumps are also provided to collect any acid from Drying Tower, Stack, and spills from any
equipment in acid service and in the boiler area, diesel/fuel oil area and liquid sulphur area. A
liquid level will be maintained in the liquid sulphur sump to allow for quenching of any liquid
sulphur. Following a spill or drainage, solid sulphur will be manually removed by plant
personnel so that it does not enter the sump pump. The contents of the non-acid service
sumps are sent to neutralization prior to the industrial wastewater plant.
Project Name:
Figure 4-23 illustrates the inputs and outputs of the SAP process.
Figure 4-23: Simplified SAP Mass Balance
4.11.5 PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANT

The Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP) is designed to produce 1.5Mtpa of P2O5 as a base for
merchant grade acid (MGA). The plant is split into three identical trains, each having a
nominal capacity 1,615tpd P2O5 as MGA. The principal steps involved in producing
Phosphoric Acid include grinding phosphate rock received from the beneficiation plant,
reaction with sulphuric acid, filtration of the resultant slurry to separate 28% phosphoric acid
from the gypsum by-product and clarification and concentration via evaporation of the
phosphoric acid to produce 54% MGA.
The PAP is designed as a dihydrate process, using Jacobs proprietary technology; the
process is illustrated in Figure 4-24 and described in more detail in Section4.11.5.1.
Project Name:
Figure 4-24: Phosphoric Acid Plant Block Flow Diagram
Project Name:
4.11.5.1 PHOSPHORIC ACID PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Phosphate rock slurry and sulphuric acid (98.5% H2SO4) are pumped separately into the
Jacobs Annular Reactor where they combine to form phosphoric acid and calcium sulphate
dihydrate (CaSO42H2O) or gypsum. Kaolin is used to promote stable crystallisation in the
reactor, and although the reaction is exothermic the temperature is controlled to promote
formation of dehydrate gypsum crystals. Rock digestion and gypsum crystallization occur in
the Reactor and the Cooler Seal Compartment with very high slurry recirculation and mixing.
Reaction slurry from the Reactor is transferred to the Maturation Tank before being pumped to
the Tilting Pan Filters. The final compartments of the Maturation Tank provide additional
residence time for increased crystal growth.
The fumes released during the reaction stage from the Annular Reactor and Maturation Tank
are vented to the Fume Scrubber.
In the filtration section, two Tilting Pan Filters separate phosphoric acid and gypsum. The two
filters operate in parallel. The following process description applies to each individual filter.
The reactor slurry to the filter initially passes into feed boxes which distribute the slurry onto
the filter pans which are rotating below. The gypsum cake is formed in the pans and the liquid
in the pans passes through the cake, filter cloth, and a hose before entering the appropriate
stationary vacuum compartment inside the central valve below the pans. After forming the
initial cake in the filter pans, the gypsum solids are counter current washed four times on the
filter to reduce the water soluble P2O5 in the solids to less than 1.0% P2O5. Filter product acid
containing approximately 28% P2O5 is pumped to the 28% acid clarification and storage area.
Dry gypsum cake (20% moisture content) at a rate of 1,350tph will be re-slurried and piped to
the PSF described in Section 4.16.3.
The 28% P2O5 concentration acid is then clarified, with the sludge returned to the reactor and
the overflow sent to the concentration unit.
The 28% P2O5 is cooled (in heat exchangers supplied by the cooling tower dedicated to the
PAP) and clarified before being transferred to the concentration process. The acid sludge
generated by the clarification is returned to the reactor.
The 28% P2O5 contains more than 55% free water therefore further concentration of the acid
is accomplished in an evaporator, in which the primary mechanism is removal of water by
boiling under vacuum. The evaporator system utilises four evaporators per train and has been
designed to produce an acid concentration of 54% P2O5 that has less than 23% free water.
The vapours leaving the evaporation stage contain FSA and are passed through an
Entrainment Separator to two FSA Scrubbers and FSA Scrubber Separator.
The FSA recovered from the entrainment separator is collected and sent for neutralization with
lime to produce CaF2, or fluorspar; a stable form of fluorine, before being pumped to a
3
clarified. Water is recovered for use in lime slurry production and 120m /hr of fluorspar is
transferred to the gypsum conveyor for disposal at the PSF.
The 54% P2O5 concentration acid is then clarified and the sludge is returned to the 28%
concentration acid clarifier and the overflow is sent to storage tanks.
Following evaporation to achieve 54% phosphoric acid, the acid is again clarified, with any
sludge being diverted back to the 28% acid clarification stage, and the clarified 54%
phosphoric acid directed to product storage tanks located outside the battery limit of this
process.
Gaseous fluorides are generated in the Reaction, Filtration, and Concentration areas are
vented through a plant-wide header system to the Fume Scrubber. To prevent deposition of
silica, the fluoride vapour from the Reactor and Maturation Tank is washed with water sprays
at three locations:
with a single spray every 10 meters in the ventilation duct;
with 5 sprays at the scrubber inlet plenum; and
with multiple sprays upstream of the first scrubber packing stage.
Project Name:
After these initial sprays, the gases flow horizontally through a void spray section and then
three packing stages and one demister stage in series. The first two packing stages are
washed with recycled process water. The third stage is continuously washed with recycled
process water from the Filter Scrubbers and the demister intermittently washed with fresh
process water. The final demister stage eliminates droplet entrainment.
The fume scrubber operates at a slight vacuum, from about minus 150mm H2O (g) at the inlet
to about minus 400mm H2O (g) at the outlet. The vacuum is provided by the Scrubber
Exhaust Fan which discharges to the Stack. Spray water effluent from the scrubber is sealed
and drains to the Process Water Sump and is pumped to the Fume Scrubber spray nozzles,
thereby recirculating the water. Blowdown from the scrubber is directed to the secondary FSA
seal tank.
Fumes from the scrubber are discharged via a 50m high fume scrubber stack at 60C. The
process is designed to minimise fluorine emissions, and achieved 5mg/Nm3 emission
3
standard. It is anticipated that approximately 86,300kg/h or 78,804 Am /h gases to be emitted
from each of the three Exhaust Stacks. Three sample points are included within the design to
monitor emissions. Sampling will be continuous, or as per PME instruction.
Figure 4-25 illustrates the inputs and outputs from the process.
Figure 4-25: Simplified PAP Mass Balance
4.11.6 PURIFIED PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANT

The Purified Phosphoric Acid (PPA) Plant will receive a feed of MGA from the Phosphoric Acid
Plant. The PPA plant is designed to purify 100,000tpy (P2O5 basis) of Phosphoric Acid. The
unit will be split into two trains each designed for 50% of the total capacity. The plant provides
50% (P2O5 basis) of the purified phosphoric acid as feedstock to the STPP unit to produce
88,000tpy of STPP. The remaining 50% of phosphoric acid (P2O5 basis) will be concentrated
to meet Food Grade Phosphoric Acid requirements.
The PAP treats supplied Phosphoric Acid to remove metals, fluorine and organic contaminants
to meet food grade specification, and production of phosphoric acid concentrated at 65% P2O5
(89.7% H3PO4). Figure 4-26 illustrates the process and Section 4.11.6.1 describes the
process further.
Project Name:
Figure 4-26: Purified Phosphoric Acid Block Flow Diagram
Project Name:
4.11.6.1 PURIFIED PHOSPHORIC ACID PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The pre-treatment of the Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid (MGA) received from the
Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP), involves mixing the MGA in a series of four stirred reactors with
phosphate rock slurry to reduce the concentration of sulphates, kaolin and caustic soda to
reduce the fluorine concentrations and sodium sulphide to remove the heavy metals. Each
reaction results in the target contaminant precipitating out of the acid which is subsequently
filtered to remove these and achieve concentration of the acid to 53% P2O5; the correct
content for the solvent extraction process.
The reactions also result in the formation of carbon dioxide, and small quantities of hydrogen
fluoride (HF), hydrogen sulphide (H2S), silicon fluoride (SiF) and silicon tetrafluoride (SiF4).
The vent lines from the reactors are connected to two scrubbing systems. The first scrubber
prevents the emission of fluorine from the reactors to atmosphere through aqueous scrubbing
on a recirculation loop with a make-up of process water. Fluorine concentrations are to
3
achieve level of 3ppm (= 2.3mg/m ). The second scrubber uses caustic solution (NaOH) to
remove traces of fluorine and H2S gases. The H2S emissions are monitored to assure a
3
maximum level of 3ppm (= 4.1mg/m )
A small amount of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) is added to precipitate the fluorosilic acid
(H2SiF6) generated as sodium fluorosilicate (Na2SiF6). The gypsum slurry also generated by
this pre-treatment process contains 47% P2O5 and 5-6% solids. The gypsum filter cake with
typically 40% moisture is conveyed to the PSF.
The Solvent Extraction process is principle purification step in the process. Two trains each
consisting of three Bateman Pulsed Columns perform the main steps. In the first column a
barren Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) solvent and the pre-treated acid are contacted, the
raffinate and a dirty laden solvent are produced. Prior to entering the second column the dirty
laden solvent is reacted with barium carbonate to reduce the sulphate concentrations present
in the solvent stream. The barium sulphate produced precipitates and is settled out as a
sludge from the solvent. In the second column the dirty laden solvent and a recycle of purified
acid are contacted, a clean laden solvent and a dirty acid are produced. The dirty acid is fed to
the first column with the conditioned acid. Finally in the third column deionised water and the
clean laden solvent are contacted to produce the purified acid and barren solvent. All three
aqueous product streams, the raffinate, the dirty recycled acid and the purified acid are
stripped of any solvent that they contain. During the stripping all three streams are
concentrated to the required 43% P2O5 content.
All vents from all vessels are connected to the barium system scrubber which is designed to
remove MIBK prior to thermal oxidation to eliminate solvent emissions prior to vent of
emissions to atmosphere.
Post Treatment consists of steps to achieve the final fluorine and colour specification, two
parallel post treatment trains are provided. Firstly organic carbon is removed by passing the
purified acid through an absorber bed of granular activated carbon. Secondly the acid is
concentrated prior to defluorination by direct addition of steam to achieve <10ppm fluorine.
Finally the product acid is bleached with hydrogen peroxide to ensure the final product is
stable and will not develop a colour over time. The quality of the resultant final PPA food grade
product (65% P2O5) is verified by laboratory and sent to product storage or the STPP plant.
The spent NaOH streams are diverted to the waste treatment system. The activated carbon
bed, can only be regenerated a specific number of times before being exhausted and requiring
disposal off site in a licensed waste facility.
The acid containing vents from various units are scrubbed in a Vent Scrubber. Demineralised
water and Caustic are used as scrubbing solution. Some effluent gases are also treated in a
thermal oxidizer prior to release to atmosphere.
Figure 4-27 illustrates the inputs and outputs of the PPA process.
Project Name:
Figure 4-27: Simplified PPA Mass Balance
4.11.7 SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE PLANT

The Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP) Plant will produce 88,000tpy of Food and Technical
Grade Sodium TriPolyPhosphate, from the 50,000tpy of P2O5 supplied by the PPA.
The Sodium TriPolyPhosphate Plant will consist of two sections. The wet section involves
neutralisation of the purified phosphoric acid with a sodium source, and associated scrubbing
of exhaust gases, and concentration of the salt solution through evaporation. The dry section
comprises drying and calcination of the salt solution to produce the anhydrous STPP,
scrubbing of the exhaust gases with the feed to the calciner to recover any entrained product,
cooling and hydrating, crushing and sieving the product to the required size range, milling of
oversized product its combination with the under sized product and recycle to the calciner and
bagging of the final product. Figure 4-28 illustrates the process.
Project Name:
Figure 4-28: STPP Block Flow Diagram
Project Name:
4.11.7.1 STPP PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Fifty per cent of the purified phosphoric acid (PPA) is received from outside battery limits
(OSBL) and stored in the PPA Feed Tank immediately prior to use. The feed tank is sized to
hold a maximum amount equal to the quantity consumed by the STPP Plant during a normal
24-hour period.
PPA, a combination of soda ash and caustic soda are introduced into a series of four reactor
tanks in the proper stoichiometric ratio and mixed using agitator. The solutions are mixed in
stoichiometrically correct proportions to provide a 5:3 molar Sodium to Phosphorus ratio in the
feed ortho solution to produce PentaSodium TriPolyPhosphate, also known STPP.
This Salts Solution is forwarded to the spray dryer, where the solution is pumped into the
spray dryer via the spraying nozzles. The spray dryer is equipped with a number of
hammering vibrators to prevent accumulation of the material. The spray dryer mixed powder
is fed by a series of screw feeders to the rotary calciner, where it is heated indirectly by
Natural Gas to temperatures of approximately 600C. The calciner product is conveyed to the
rotary cooler where cooling water cools the product to 40C.
The exhaust gases at the bottom of the spray dryer are sucked via two cyclones to the wet
scrubber before release to atmosphere. Exhaust gases from the calciner are mixed with the
spray dryer inlet gases for energy efficiency.
The screening process segregates the solid STPP product into separate streams based solely
on the size of the solid particles (lump, granule, powder, dust, etc.). The product stream is fed
to a rotating screen. The coarse faction is milled and the product conveyed to the powder
storage silo. Some coarse factions are recovered and conveyed to the granular silo. Silos
direct the product via screw conveyors to the bagging machine, where product is bagged into
one tonne big bags. Filled bags are transported to storage/warehousing/shipping areas.
The loading units are equipped with ducts which capture fine solid dust particles which would
otherwise be lost, representing lost product and a source of solid emissions. These streams
are routed to a Dust Collector Package which compacts the particles together and conveyed
back to the inlet of the Calciner.
Figure 4-29 illustrates the inputs and outputs of the STPP process.
Figure 4-29: Simplified STPP Mass Balance
4.11.8 MONO/DICALCIUM PHOSPHATE PLANT

The Mono/Dicalcium Phosphate (MCP/DCP) plant is designed to produce either Monocalcium
Phosphate or Dicalcium Phosphate which are predominantly used for animal forage / dietary
supplementation. The plant is designed to produce Dicalcium Phosphate at a rate of
0.25Mtpa (Dry DCP basis).
MCP/DCP production comprises two identical trains. Each train is able to produce either MCP
or DCP. MCP will have a typical analysis of minimum phosphorus (as P) of 21% and minimum
Project Name:
calcium (as Ca) of 17%. DCP will have a typical analysis of minimum phosphorus (as P) of
18% and minimum calcium (as Ca) of 24%.
Figure 4-30 illustrates the process, which is described in more detail in Section 4.11.8.1.
Figure 4-30: MCP/DCP Block Flow Diagram
4.11.8.1 MCP/DCP PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Quarried limestone rock delivered to site by truck is stored before being crushed and ground
for use in the MCP/DCP production process. Ground limestone is mixed with blowdown
(process water from the scrubbing package) to produce limestone slurry which is pumped to
the MCP/DCP pre-mix reactor. The limestone crushing and grinding plant will be operated
between eight hours and sixteen hours a day, depending on whether MCP, DCP or a
combination of both are produced.
MGA produced in the Phosphoric Acid Plant has too high fluorine and sulphuric acid content
for the typical applications of MCP/DCP therefore, the MGA is defluorinated. Diatomaceous
earth (DE) (SiO2) is mixed with a side stream of recirculated acid ensuring that the DE is
properly mixed and wetted before entering the defluorination tank. This prevents DE creating
dust and clumping inside the defluorination tank. The defluorination reaction produces silicon
tetrafluoride (SiF4) vapour in solution. This vapour is stripped from the acid and the vapour
swept from the tank by the defluorination exhaust gas scrubbing system which draws a large
volume of atmospheric air through vents in the tank roof, through the tank vapour space and
into the scrubber. A two-stage venturi scrubber which uses process water removes silicon
tetrafluoride from the vent gas. The defluorination scrubber waste (bleed) contains FSA
(H2SiF6) which is neutralised by dosing with calcium hydroxide to produces calcium
fluorosilicate and calcium silicate solids. The neutralised FSA sludge is transferred by truck to
the PSF, while the neutralised liquid is returned for reuse in the process.
Defluorination recirculation continues for a minimum of four hours after which limestone slurry
from the MCP/DCP limestone system is added to complete the desulphurisation. This
reaction results in the generation of phosphogypsum / defluorinated phosphoric acid slurry.
Project Name:
Defluorinated Phosphoric Acid is stored in two tanks with a total storage capacity of 24h acid
consumption to provide surge capacity between the batch defluorination process and the
continuous MCP/DCP production process in a bunded area.
Defluorinated acid is heated and is fed into MCP/DCP pre-mix reactor with 64 wt% limestone
slurry to create a thick slurry/paste, before entering the MCP/DCP reactor. In the MCP/DCP
Reactor, a proprietary pin/pug mill, the defluorinated phosphoric acid / limestone mixture is
combined with a recycle stream of MCP/DCP to form a relatively dry granular DCP or MCP
product of the required size range, and CO2 and water by-products. The reactor discharges
onto a conveyor over which air swept to remove acid mist, fumes and dust from the hot reactor
products. The air is treated in; a single stage wet venturi scrubber which uses process water
to collect dust and mist. This scrubbing system captures any dust and acid mist in the air
stream to allow the air to be vented. The scrubber blow-down liquor is then used to make up
limestone slurry with process water used as makeup.
The MCP/DCP product is dried using a steam tube rotary dryer, which evaporates most of the
free water. As the product dries out and is partially broken up by the tumbling action of the
Dryer, significant quantities of dust are generated. Dust is removed from the Dryer through
dryer cyclone and any fine dust not removed by the cyclone is then removed by the exhaust
gas dust collector package; a baghouse filter which removes dust from the exhaust gas to a
level sufficient to meet environmental discharge criteria.
The product is screened by mass and size. The conveyors, screens, mills and other
equipment handling dry MCP/DCP are completely enclosed to prevent dust escaping to the
environment. Dust from each of these equipment items is extracted through ducts connected
to the MCP/DCP dust collector package and collected dust solids are returned to the process.
3
The final product is bagged using a semi-automated bagging machine into 1m bulk bags for,
export by rail. Dust generated by the product bagging machine and product truck loading
chute is extracted and collected by the MCP/DCP product bagging dust collector package and
returned to the process.
4.12 PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS STORAGE AND HANDLING FACILITIES
The principal method for delivery of raw materials and export of product to/from the site is via
rail. The project includes provision for rail sidings to enable loading / unloading of materials,
via 12 loading arms. Some materials of smaller quantity will be delivered by road.
4.12.1 PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS STORAGE
The principal raw material for the process is the phosphate ore. A stockpile equivalent to one
month of normal production, some 1Mt of ore, is provided adjacent to the POC to allow for
disruptions to normal mining operations. This stockpile is to be approximately 320m by 250m
and 10m high.
Raw materials delivered to the site are stored, either within the OSBL storage area, or
delivered directly to storage facilities within the relevant process unit plot. Table 4-7
summarises the import and storage of raw materials at the project site.
Project Name:
Table 4-7: Raw Materials Storage
Raw Material Storage Quantity Delivered Tank / Silo No. of Total

Area (tpy) By Capacity Tanks Storage
/ Silo Capacity
Central Storage
3 3
Molten OBSL 1,784,376 Rail 16,810 m 3 50,430 m
Sulphur
Limestone OBSL 161,000 Road n/a n/a

3 3
Caustic Soda OBSL 192,000 Road 4,887 m 2 9,774 m
Storage within Process Plots
Molten SAP Rail 1012 m3 3 3,036 m3

Sulphur
3 3
Sulphuric Acid SAP Generate 8,347 m 2 16,694 m
d onsite
Fatty Acid Beneficiation 23,760 Rail System fill only

(collector)
Amine Beneficiation 19,008 Rail 1,169 m3 2 2,338 m3
(collector)
Flocculant Beneficiation 243 Road System fill only
Defoamer PAP Road 9.8 m3 3 30 m3

3 3
Kaolin PAP 37,476 Rail 252 m 1 252 m
3 3
Lime PAP 192,000 2036 m 1 2036 m
Kaolin/ clay PPA 13,200 Road 60t 1 60t
Barium PPA 825 Road 10t 1 10t

Carbonate
Methyl PPA 600 Road 80 m3 1 80 m3
Isobutyl
Ketone
(solvent)
3 3
Sodium PPA/STPP Road 300 m 2 600 m
Hydroxide
Sodium PPA 2000 Road n/a n/a 14 big bag

Sulphide
Hydrogen PPA 810 Road 50 m3 1 50 m3
Peroxide
3 3
Hexafluorosili PPA 440 Road 20 m 1 20 m
c acid
Soda Ash STPP Road/Rail 2,642 m3 2 5,284 m3
3 3
Caustic Soda STPP & 97,500 Road 215.7 m 2 431.4 m
MCP/DCP
Project Name:
Raw Material Storage Quantity Delivered Tank / Silo No. of Total

Area (tpy) By Capacity Tanks Storage
/ Silo Capacity
Lime MCP/DCP 540 Road 380 m3 1 380 m3
Diatomaceous MCP/DCP 1,000 Road 30 m3 1 30 m3

Earth
The following products are stored on site for export by rail.

Table 4-8: Product Stored for Export
Raw Quantity Delivered Tank No. of Total Exported

Material (tpy) to OSBL Capacity Tanks Storage To
Storage (m3) Capacity (m3)
Sulphuric 5,528,952 Pipe 8,347 10 83,470 Ras Al

Acid Khair
MGA and 132,557 Pipe 5,616 8 44,928 Ras Al
Raffinate Khair
MGA 2,327,207 Pipe 5,417 3 16,251 Ras Al

Khair
PPA 81,900 Pipe 1,907 3 5,721 Ras Al
Khair
STPP 89,400 Bagged n/a n/a Jubail /

Dammam
MCP/DCP 250,000 Bagged n/a n/a Jubail /

Dammam
4.12.2 MATERIALS HANDLING FACILITIES AND TRANSPORT

The movement of crushed ore and solid waste product around and between the mine and the
process plant utilise a number of conveyor belt systems:
Ore Conveying System from the Mine to the Beneficiation Plant 2,500tph
Gypsum Transfer Conveyor and Stacker 1,7500tph
Reject Ore Conveyor 300tph
The crushed phosphate ore is discharged from the crusher to a transfer tower located
approximately 45m downstream of the crusher, which directs the ore via chutes to a new
conveyor for transport to a second transfer tower. The ore is discharged to the Overland
Conveyor system, where it is transported, via a trough shaped belt conveyor system, the 14km
to the beneficiation plant. Figure 4-31 provides an example of such an overland conveyor
system.
Project Name:
Figure 4-31: Example Overland Conveyor System

The Overland Conveyor is covered to minimize dust emissions, and includes dust extraction
systems for the removal of dust generated. The dust collected in these systems is disposed of
to the Tailings Storage Facility (refer to Section 4.16.2 for further details of this waste storage
area).
In the event of a failure of the Overland Conveyor the crushed ore will be re-routed through
chutes and a conveyor to a Truck Loading Station located approximately 50m from the
crushing plant. This facility will enable the ore to be transferred to the Beneficiation Plant by
truck along the main access road between the Mine and the Industrial Complex, which runs
parallel and to the west of the conveyor route.
On arrival at the beneficiation plant the ore greater than 9mm in size is passed through an
optical sorter to remove siliceous material. The silaceous material removed by the optical ore
sorter is rejected and conveyed to a transfer tower and from there via chutes to a Mobile
Telescopic Conveyor running west to east alone the Tailings Storage Facility.
Phosphogypsum generated at the PAP, is transferred to the PFS via a slurry pipe system
which conveys the phosphogypsum over a distance of up to 1,600m for disposal at the lined
PSF (refer to Section 4.16.3 for further details of this waste storage area).
In addition to the above, gypsum slurry generated by the PPA plant is pumped to the PFS,
while gypsum cake and neutralised fluorosilic acid generated by the MCP/DCP plant are
trucked to the stacks for disposal.
In addition to the above specific materials handling systems, the Project also includes a
materials handling facility for materials arriving at and being exported from the site.
The materials handling facility will unload a 55 tank wagon train delivering 5,407tpd (330 days
per year) of molten sulphur from Saudi Aramco facilities at Berri and Wasit in the Eastern
Region daily. Twelve dedicated loading arms are provided to enable each train to be loaded /
unloaded within 8 hours. Molten sulphur is unloaded via heated pipework, via the sulphur pits,
to three dedicated heated sulphur tanks. Provision is also made for the unloading of other raw
materials that may be delivered to site by rail in the future.
The loading for export will consist of one 68 tank wagon train per day to transport 6,709tpd of
MGA, and raffinate, and one 20 wagon train, which will consist of 5 tank wagons for MGA
(460tpd), three tank wagons for PPA (237tpd), 12 tank wagons for Sulphuric Acid (1,010tpd)
and a flatbed train consisting of 9 box car wagons for MCP/DCP (758tpd) and 4 box car
wagons for STPP (271tpd).
Project Name:
Specific product handling systems are provided for the bagging of dry product (MCP/DCP and
STPP). These systems are to provide automatic bagging of material, within enclosed
environments, with associated dust collection systems to minimise loss of product, and
potential dust emissions to the environment.
In addition of material handling by rail, a number of raw materials will be delivered to site by
road in trucks. These include limestone / lime (from a local quarry), caustic soda / soda ash
(from Jubail) and kaolin (from Hail) and are anticipated to require some 74 trucks per day.
Other materials of smaller quantities such as flocculant, vanadium catalyst, MIBK solvent,
barium carbonate, activated carbon, caustic soda, hydrogen peroxide, calcium hydroxide, and
diatomaceous earth will also be delivered by truck.
4.13 POWER
The facility will be connected to the national grid, supplied by Saudi Electric Company,
however it is anticipated that the site will be self-supporting through the provision of Steam
Turbine Generators in combination with an auxiliary boiler and emergency diesel generator.
4.13.1 STEAM TURBINE GENERATORS
The Power Generation Plant located at Umm Wual, industrial complex will receive high
pressure steam from the SAP and will in normal circumstances generate power and low
pressure steam using two independent Steam Turbine Generators. The estimated maximum
Gross Electrical Output from each turbine train (during 110% SAP operation) is 92.6MWe.
During normal operating case this reduces to 78.2MWe Gross
The power generating facility deliver 802,000kg/hr of low pressure steam; 100% site LP steam
demanded by consumers during all operating conditions, and 100% of all electricity demand.
Supplementary electricity and high pressure steam demand will be supplied by the auxiliary
boiler.
Table 4-9: Umm Wual Power Demands
User Electrical LP Steam

Requirement Requirement
(kVA) (kg/hr)
Beneficiation (incl Mine & Conveyors) 35,874 -
SAP 59,152 105,000
PAP 55,342 600,000
PPA, STPP, MCP/DCP 10,642 74,000
Utilities, Storage, Administration 6,000
Power Plant 8,000
Water Intake 4,800
TOTAL 179,810 779,000
4.13.2 AUXILIARY BOILER

A 20MWe auxiliary boiler designed to run continuously at 20% capacity under normal
operation is provided to supply initial start up steam for the SAP (1 train) and also to provide
supplementary high pressure (HP) steam as required. It will also be used to provide steam
requirements for a single PAP train when the Sulphuric Acid Plants are not working. The
boiler is specified to be capable of operating with both Arabian Light Crude (ALC) and Natural
Gas as the fuel. The auxiliary boiler is supplied with a flue gas desulphurisation unit, to ensure
compliance with the required point source emissions limits and has a stack height of 40m.
Project Name:
4.13.3 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR
Emergency generation consisting of two 2MWe (approx) net diesel driven generators are
provided for back-up and black-start conditions site. The Emergency Diesel Generators
(EDG) will provide the required consumable power required by the auxiliary boiler during start-
up. The EDG is supplied by fuel oil from local 48 hour capacity storage tank and forwarding
pumps arrangement. The EDG will be located inside a building, and will be complete with
combustion air and flue gas ducts and any coolers required
4.13.4 FUELS
The site has no internal production of fuel so supply will be met by the provision of unloading
facilities from road truck to storage, and transfer pumps to the users. Four fuels will be
available for use by the Project; ALC, Diesel, Gasoline and Natural Gas.
Fuel oil is delivered to site by rail or road tanker and offloaded using a dedicated offloading
pump for storage. Fuel oil is stored in a bunded tank with 3,308m3 capacity. Two days storage
3 3
capacity is provided, equating to a nominal 190m at continuous use of 4m /h using a
dedicated transfer pump (with spare). Diesel is supplied to the auxiliary boiler to provide steam
at plant start-up, and to the SAP preheater for start-up.
Diesel is also supplied to the site by tanker and stored in two diesel storage tanks each with
3
1,445m capacity. Diesel is provided to supply the emergency diesel generator diesel storage
tank and is also distributed to the MMA diesel storage tank for vehicle refuelling and as the
supply for the use in blasting. A gasoline storage tank with a capacity of 271m3 is also
provided for vehicle refuelling.
All fuel storage tanks are bunded, with oil / water separators. Any spills / contaminated waters
are to be tankered off for disposal.
The site is also to be connected to a Natural Gas supply provided by Saudi Aramco. There
will be no storage of Natural Gas on site; rather the fuel will be piped directly to the users
namely the MCP/DCP dryer and STPP dryer and calciner. The auxiliary boiler is to have the
capability to utilise this fuel also.
4.14 WATER
Raw water abstracted from the Tawil aquifer will be used to supply the water needs of the
Project. Water will be abstracted from wellfield to the east of the Project site, and pumped to
the Project for treatment and use. The total water demand consists of 2,204m3/hr sourced
3 3
from the wellfields, 164m /hr of assumed water in the ore, and 0.45m /hr recovered from the
air supplying the SAP. Losses from the daily water consumption include the moisture content
of waste effluent and solid streams, evaporation from cooling towers and phosphogypsum
storage facilities and the reject streams from the water treatment plant. A proportion of the
water consumed is also incorporated into various products for export from the site. Figure
4-32 provides a schematic of the water balance for the Project, and illustrates the extent to
which the Project maximises water recycling and reuse.
In recognition of the scarcity of water in this region, and the low recharge of the aquifer, waste
water volumes from all treatment process units have been minimized and re-used wherever
possible to reduce the amount of water abstracted from the wells. Furthermore, the brine
generated by the by the RO is re-used as the medium within the brine open cooling water
circuit, for slaking limestone in the FSA neutralization plant within PAP and as a dust
suppressant at the mine. Decant water from the phosphogypsum storage facility is returned to
the process for use in the slurrying of the phosphgypsum for transport. These approaches
reduce the quantity of wastewater for disposal, and minimise the demand for raw water for
these activities.
Project Name:
Figure 4-32: Project Water Balance
Project Name:
4.14.1 WELLFIELDS
The wellfields are located 60km to the east of the Project site, as identified in. The wellfields
location has been determined following extensive study and modelling by SRK and illustrated
in Figure 4-33 below.
Figure 4-33: Wellfield Location [Source: SRK 2013d]

The wellfields will deliver the required 18Mm3/y of raw water annually over a 29 year period,
and consist of twenty boreholes, plus 4 standby wells configured in an inverted L shape with
boreholes spaced 1km apart as indicated in Figure 4-33. Raw water is abstracted by pumps
and transferred to four groundwater storage tanks each with a capacity of 15,000m3. Figure
4-34 provides a schematic to illustrate the wellfield design.
Project Name:
Figure 4-34: Wellfields Schematic
Twelve observation wells, one per two supply wells are anticipated to be required to monitor
the performance of the well field over time.
The wellfields are accessed by a service road along the service corridor to and along the
wellfield.
Raw water is pumped to the water treatment facilities within the Processing Complex, to
provide process water, including cooling water, demineralised water, and potable water.
Some raw water is pumped directly to the beneficiation plant for use in the floatation process.
The basis of the water demands is provided in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Site water requirements
Unit Process Potable Demineralised Cooling Raw
Water Water Water Water Water
3 3 3
m /h m /h m /h
Beneficiation - 0.3 - 660
PAP 855 0.3 -
SAP 45 0.3 136 1607
MCP/ DCP 19 0.3
PPA / STPP 50 0.3/0.3 60 6157/163
O&U area 123(1) 0.3 26 904 (9) 1562
O&U area 276
(5)
Power Island 0.3

Mine 6 25
Ammonium Nitrate Storage 0.1
Administration Area 4.6
Operation Area 3.0
Site Main Entrance 0.3
Total 1542
(7)
16.4
(3)
222 2247
Design 1689
(6)
50.0
(2)
265
(4)
2486
(8)
(1)Water makes up supply to Open Loop Cooling system

3
(2)Potable water production is based on total demand + 34 m /h for Fire System filling and re-filling after one event.
(3)Potable water distribution considers the total continuous demand + additional 2 safety showers and 2 eyes wash
stations operating simultaneously in one of the areas (intermittent: 10.6 m3/h).
(4)Demineralised Water design flow includes a 20% margin.
(5)Process Water to 2nd Pass RO Capacity for demineralized water production.
(6)1st Pass RO design capacity including users demand + waste and wash water
(7)Process Water demand including 2nd Pass RO.
(8)Includes 10% margin to cover users peak flows.
(9)Return LP Condensate cooling.
4.14.2 PROCESS WATER

Process water will be produced by the treatment of raw water by acidification and
decarbonisation, followed by pre-treatment and reverse osmosis. First pass RO permeate is
to be utilised as Process Water.
Project Name:
Pre-treatment for RO will include one or two stages of filtration. Sand filtration will be required
for removal of soluble iron and manganese after pH elevation and oxidation using sodium
hypochlorite.
First pass RO permeate is believed to be of sufficient quality for the majority of Process Water
users.
The RO will generate 677m3/hr of brine; 340m3/hr will be directed to one of the cooling towers
3
as make up. Some 87m /hr of brine will be tankered to the MMA for use as dust suppressant
on the haul roads within the mine, while the remainder, some 250m3/hr for which there is no
further use will be directed to the PSF contact water system for evaporation.
4.14.3 COOLING WATER
Cooling Water will be derived from process water to supply site cooling towers. Cooling water
systems will be treated to prevent scale, corrosion, and microbial growth by chemical dosing
regimes as decided by the nominated cooling treatment chemical supplier. Any suspended
solids present within the recalculating Cooling Water will be removed by side-stream filtration.
Two central cooling towers packages are located north of the PAP and east of the SAP units,
and downwind of the prevailing wind direction, to minimise drift across the site (refer to Figure
4-4).
The open cooling water circuit receives hot cooling water return from the SAP, PAP, PPA and
STPP plants. This cooling tower package will comprise of Cooling Towers, Induced Draft type
fans, distribution pipework and cooling water sump.
Fresh first pass RO water will be provided to make up for the losses from the Cooling Tower.
Cooling Tower losses comprise of losses due to evaporation and losses due to purge.
Cooling water from this system is supplied to the SAP (3 lines, for product acid cooling), PPA,
STPP, PAP and side stream filtration.
Additionally a brine open cooling water circuit is included within the design. This receives hot
brine return from the intermediate heat exchanger. Brine from different heat exchangers is
combined and routed to the top of a vendor supplied cooling tower package comprising
Cooling Towers, Induced Draft type fans, distribution pipework and cooling water sump.
Cooling Tower losses comprise of losses due to evaporation and losses due to purge. First
pass RO reject will be provided to make up for these losses.
Cooling water from this system is distributed to brine/closed loop cooling water heat
exchangers for each PAP train, utility services and side stream filtration, located adjacent to
the brine cooling tower.
The cooling water sumps are sized to accommodate approximately 15 minutes of the total RO
water / brine recirculation capacity. Any overfilling of the sumps in these systems, caused by
heavy rain will discharge via an overflow to Clean Storm Water Collection.
In addition to the open loop systems, there are four closed cooling water circuit, one for the
Utility system and three for PAP plant (one circuit per each train). Each circuit consists of a
storage Tank, pumps and a heat exchangers. Each closed loop cooling water system
receives hot cooling water return from Power Generation Plant, Steam Condensate system,
Instrument Air system and MCP/DCP plant. Cooled Brine from the Brine open loop cooling
water is utilised to remove the heat from returned hot cooling water.
This configuration has been determined as offering the lowest water use, best brine re-use
and meets the process unit requirements in terms of water temperature and chloride
contamination mitigation. Additionally this configuration provides lower temperature water to
SAP (and others) which has positive impacts on the sizing of heat exchangers and other
equipment with associated financial benefits.
The cooling water systems are shown in Figure 4-35.
Project Name:
Figure 4-35: Cooling Water Systems
Project Name:
4.14.4 RAW WATER TREATMENT
The water treatment processes adopted for the Project involves:
Decarbonation;
Pre-treatment for Reverse Osmosis;
Two pass Reverse Osmosis;
Remineralisation for potable water; and
Ion exchange polishing for demineralised water
The raw water received from the aquifer is decarbonated to reduce the concentration of
calcium carbonate that may otherwise precipitate in the subsequent RO units and negatively
impact their recovery rate. The raw water is dosed with sulphuric acid and then fed into the top
of one of the three packed towers provided at atmospheric pressure while air is forced up from
the bottom of the tower to strip the CO2. The air becomes saturated with CO2 and is removed
at the top of the tower.
Decarbonated water is fed to the RO pre-treatment process; this comprises of pressure sand
filters and UF membrane filtration to produce water of sufficient quality for supply to the RO
unit.
The UF filtered water is supplied to the two pass RO system. First pass RO water is drawn off
between the two RO passes and is supplied to the Industrial Complex as process water.
Some first pass RO water is also supplied to the Potable water system. To meet the drinking
water requirements the potable water will be post treated with CO2 and Calcite filters to
remineralise the water.
The remaining first pass RO water is supplied to the second pass RO unit for further
purification, second pass permeate is supplied to the PPA process and to the deionisation
unit. Second pass reject is recycled to the supply to the first pass RO unit.
The final water treatment process is the Demineralisation process. Second pass RO permeate
is further treated using a mixed bed ion exchange system to polish the treated water for use
within the PPA, SAP and for Boiler Feed Water make up.
The water treatment process is illustrated in Figure 4-36.
Figure 4-36: Raw Water Treatment Block Flow Diagram

4.15 WASTEWATER
4.15.1 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER
Within the Industrial Complex, discharge waste effluent expected to be small and intermittent,
in nature from process upsets, spills and wash-downs from tanks and hard standings.
Project Name:
The following is typical of the expected wastewater streams and composition:
Wastewater by-products of the production of phosphoric acid are descalants and gas
scrubbers wash-down water which may contain FSA.
Wastewater discharges from the purification of the fertilizer grade to produce animal feed
via solvent extraction process would include arsenic and fluorine by-products;
Discharges from the STPP production plant will contain some STPP (but which is not
considered a health risk);
Wash-down water may contain traces of soda ash (non-hazardous), fluoride impurities,
and solvent;
General Contaminants of concern include micropollutants such as poly-aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAH) (e.g. from diesel oil, fossil fuel burning) and heavy metals arsenic,
cadmium, mercury, chromium, cobalt and copper.
It is not the intention to treat the industrial wastewater discharges and effluents generated at
the Industrial Complex to a standard that makes them suitable for release to the environment
or to a quality that makes them available for recovery to the water treatment plant. The
purpose of the IWTP is to condition the discharges arising from Umm Wual into a form that
can be safely discharged to the contact water system of the PSF for evaporation. To this end,
the effluents will be neutralized, depleted of fats, oils and greases and polished to remove
suspended solids. The wastewater will not be chemically or biologically oxidized to remove
Chemical Oxygen Demand since the discharge will not find its way to a water course. Nor will
the effluent be disinfected as there is no intention to use it for irrigation. The IWTP will treat up
3 3 3
to 50m /hr peak flow, with a nominal 600m /day average daily design flow (25m /hr).
Dilution and homogenization of the various wastewater streams will be take place in a covered
Reception / Equalisation Tank. This tank will be mixed / aerated to maintain solids in
suspension to prevent sludge accumulations and odours. Upon reaching a certain level a float
switch will initiate automatic start-up of the Treatment Plant. The wastewater will be screened
for large objects and fibrous materials before passing through a lamella separator for
suspended solids removal. The effluent is then pumped through to a dissolved air flotation
(DAF) package where coagulant, flocculants and caustic are injected via a static mixer and
free and emulsified oils are separated from the main flow and skimmed from the surface to be
treated with the sludge lines. Flow from the DAF will then gravitate to the final effluent pump
station via a tertiary drum filter for fine suspended solids removal. Solids will be backwashed
to the balancing tank. Sludge from the process is thickened and oil is recovered in a 5m3 oil
storage tank and the subnatant liquors returning by gravity to the balancing tank. Thickened
sludge is pumped to a dewatering centrifuge. Polymer is injected into the sludge to enable
dewaterability and promote cake formation. The concentrate liquors gravitate from the
centrifuge to the balancing tank whilst the dewatered cake at approximately 27% is discharged
to a hopper and conveyor where it is transferred to a skip for offsite disposal.
A neutralisation plant for managing acidic spills may be located adjacent to the IWTP.
Waste oil and engine coolant generated at the MMA will be collected and held in separate
storage tanks before being tankered offsite by a specialist contractor for processing or safe
disposal. Waste oil arising from the light and heavy vehicle wash-bays will be retained in
waste oil storage drums and also transported off site for reprocessing or disposal.
4.15.2 SANITARY WASTEWATER
Domestic wastewater shall be treated on site with the resultant treated sanitary wastewater
effluent (TSE) used for irrigation. The sanitary wastewater treatment plant (SWTP) shall
receive all the sanitary effluent discharges from the wellfields, mine and Industrial Complex by
a combination of gravity sewers, pressurized sewers and tankered waste imports.
Sanitary wastewater generated at the MMA is directed to septic tanks, with overflow to a
soakaway, while the mine itself, watch towers and check point, the Ammonium Nitrate Facility
(ANF) and wellfield booster stations are served by septic tanks with no overflow outlet,
otherwise known as closed cesspits. Each of these septic tanks are collected by tanker and
Project Name:
transported to the SWTP for treatment. The buildings located within the administration and
process areas will have a local sump which will collect all the sanitary drainage from this area
and pump this to the SWTP. Sanitary wastewater from individual process units is directed to
dedicated closed septic tanks at each unit and the contents are tankered to the SWTP.
Sanitary wastewater is macerated passed through an automatically raked screen. The raw
influent contains rags and other suspended non-biodegradable material; the screenings are
discharged to a bin or skip for disposal off site. Primary and humus solids are co-settled in the
primary settlement tank then passed to the biological treatment stage for oxidation of
wastewater.
The liquors undergo secondary treatment in anoxic, followed by anaerobic biological reactors,
before being passed through an humus lamella separator, and directed to the tertiary filtration
system for the removal of fine solids prior to disinfection by a chlorination system to meet
discharge standards for use as irrigation water, providing some 16m3/hr of irrigation water.
Sludge is pumped in discreet batches for dewatering in a simple bagged gravity filter system
which can accept one days sludge production. Around 400l of sludge will be produced every
day at 3% DS (assumed) which is dewatered in the bag filter system to around 50%DS for
land disposal as cake.
The package wastewater treatment plant will produce waste sludge from the waste water
treatment process. The sludge will collect in the hopper of the primary settlement unit and be
discharged at pre-set intervals to allow a degree of pre-thickening to occur. The sludge will be
pumped to an intermittently mixed sludge storage tank before being transferred to a package
sludge thickening and dewatering process. A bag filter system is proposed to produce a
sludge with 50% dry solids, the bags are removed and stored on a rack for solar drying, before
being disposed off-site in a licensed waste management facility. Figure 4-37 illustrates the
process.
Figure 4-37: Block Flow Diagram Sanitary Wastewater Treatment
Project Name:
4.16 WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
A significant quantity of waste will be generated by the Project. The principal waste streams are identified in Table 4-11 together with details of the
waste management facility to which they are disposed.
Table 4-11: Principal Waste Streams
Waste Stream Source Generating Activity Quantity (tpy) Classification Disposal Destination
4
Overburden/Interburden Mine Ripping and dozing at the mine to access the 33,650,000 Inert Yr1-5 Waste Rock Dump
ore horizons Yr6-29 Backfilled in Mine
Silaceous materials Beneficiation Optical Ore Sorter rejects silaceous material 1,653,000 Inert Tailing Storage Facility
>9mm contained within the crushed ore
delivered to beneficiation
Tailings Beneficiation Flotation process separating silica and 5,582,000 Non-hazardous Tailing Storage Facility
carbonate from the phosphate, and
subsequent thickening, and dewatering
Phosphogypsum PAP Reaction of rock slurry, H2SO4 and dilute P2O5 11,407,000 Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
and subsequent washing,
Fluorspa PAP Neutralisation of FSA with lime 1,224,000 Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
Phosphogypsum PPA Pretreatment of MGA from the PAP 39,000 Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
Sodium Fluorosilicate PPA Precipitation of FSA generated by the Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
defluorination of reduced H2SO4.
Phosphogypsum MCP/DCP Defluorination of MGA from the PPA 18,000 Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
Calcium Fluorosilicate MCP/DCP Neutralisation of FSA with calcium hydroxide 126 Hazardous Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
& Calcium Silicate
3
Spent Vanadium SAP Conversion of SO2 to SO3 840 m Hazardous Off Site Thermal Treatment of
Catalyst Regeneration
Activated Carbon PPA 1000 Hazardous Off Site Thermal Treatment of
Regeneration
4
Average quantity per year. Actual quantities estimated by the mining schedule vary per year.
Project Name:
All other wastes generated by the Project are to be transferred off site for disposal in licensed
waste management facilities, either in Turaif, or in facilities developed as part of the Waad Al
Shamaal City development. Where necessary hazardous and clinical wastes, which cannot
be accommodated locally, will be transported to the nearest hazardous waste treatment facility
in appropriate waste transportation vehicles.
4.16.1 TEMPORARY WASTE ROCK DUMP
Waste rock (overburden and inter-burden) generated through the excavation, stripping, and
blasting at the mine during the first 5 years of exploitation, will be stored at temporary waste
rock dump located in the north east of the mine licence, prior to commencement of backfill
operations. The waste dump is split into two separate units to avoid building it in area of an
existing wadi as shown in Figure 4-38. During these first 5 years, approximately 20M tonnes
of waste rock will be stored. Temporary dumps will be removed and re-handled in Years 8 to
11 of production life to be used as backfill and provide access to underlying reserves.
Figure 4-38: Temporary Waste Rock Dump [Source SRK 2013e]

The temporary waste rock dump is not lined, however all run off from the temporary waste
dump will be captured by perimeter ditches and pumped to the mine pit de-watering system,
which directs potentially contaminated water to attenuations ponds located in the western
infrastructure corridor, where water will be tested for compliance with surface water discharge
limits; if compliant water will be discharged to the nearest wadi, where not, this will be retained
and evaporated in the pond.
4.16.2 TAILINGS STORAGE FACILITY
The beneficiation plant will generate 8.5Mtpa of tailings; some 170Mt over the life of the mine,
3
with an anticipated volume of 140Mm . Tailings will be conveyed to the Tailings Storage
2
Facility (TSF) with an area of 5km , (2km by 2.5km) adjacent to the beneficiation plot. Figure
4-39 shows the plot plan for the TSF, which includes an area for the stockpiling of optical ore
sorter reject (OOSR) material, storage for off specification tailings, and an evaporation /
stormwater attenuation pond of 46,000m2 capacity.
Project Name:
Figure 4-39: Tailings Storage Facility Plot Plan (N.B. PCMR and OOSR are used
synonymously).[Source SRK 2013f]
A water and off-specification material storage area has been provided directly to the west of
the TSF waste deposition area. This area includes the contact water storage/clarification pond
and the temporary storage area for off-specification tailings.
Dewatered tailings with a minimum 80% solids by weight will be dry stacked in a truncated
pyramid format and is anticipated to reach a height of 30m to 35m, a 20year period in two lifts,
(SRK 2013d) over an assumed life of mine (LoM) of 20 years. Increasing the LoM to 29 years
would require deposition of a third tailings lift at the TSF.
Siliceous material rejected by the optical ore sorter, will be conveyed separately to the TSF,
deposited in a temporary stockpile before being used to progressively restore the tailings
stack, through the construction of the permanent outer TSF slopes (in accordance with
requirements to ensure stability), and provide dust mitigation. Optical ore sorter reject
(OOSR) material (also known as PCMR) will be deposited using a mobile fleet on the side
slopes of the deposited tailings material and over the top surface of the first and second lift.
While the tailings are considered to be of benign composition, the TSF design includes
provision of a basal lining system which enables drainage and collection of excess water that
may be released by the stacked tailings and optical ore reject material. Table 4-12 provides
details of this lining system.
Table 4-12: TMF Basal Liner Composition
Liner component Purpose
500mm gravel To provide the seepage water transfer zone and a suitable
working platform / running surface for the MHS during placement
of tailings lift 1
Geotextile separator To provide protection to the upper-side of the HDPE

geomembrane liner.
Project Name:
Liner component Purpose
HDPE geomembrane liner To provide the artificial sealing liner to the TSF.
Geotextile separator To provide protection to the under-side of the HDPE

geomembrane liner.
100mm reworked sub- To remove all particles in excess of 10 mm in diameter with the
grade intention of providing a suitable surface for installation of the
overlying geosynthetics
Tailings will be conveyed to transfer tower 1, from whence the tailings materials handling
system deposits the tailings into the facility using a spine conveyor located along the southern
boundary of the TMF coupled with a crawler mounted boom (with trip conveyor and stacker)
conveyor orientated perpendicular to the spine conveyor to deposit the tailings over the TSF
area. The fixed spine conveyor will operate in an East/West orientation and the
crawler/stacker conveyor will operate in a North/South orientation. Figure 4-40 illustrates the
progressive deposition of tailings and OOSR in the TSF.
Figure 4-40: Tailings Storage Facility Progressive Deposition [Source: SRK 2013f]
Dust control on vehicle routes and laydown areas is provided by water bowsers spraying a
brine mixture, while fogging canons are to be provided to for the materials handling facilities.
The application of OOSR provides dust suppression across the TSF as the absence of fines
within this material limit the potential for dust generation.
The contact water management system comprises a permanent surface water ditch has been
provided along the perimeter of the battery limits a series of open ditches around the footprint
Project Name:
of the waste mass and on intermediate waste lift levels that are designed to collect and
manage the seepage from the waste together with contact surface water run-off from the
design storm event. The ditches channel collected fluids to the low point of the TSF located in
the south-west corner of the footprint where they discharge into a lined settlement pond for
evaporation located in the strip of land to the west of the waste mass. The water balance for
the TSF is provided in Figure 4-41.
Figure 4-41: TSF Water Balance [Source: SRK 2013f]

Construction and post construction monitoring systems are to monitor deformation, pore
water pressure, seepage rates/quantities, stored volumes and precipitation run off as a
minimum to ensure the safety and stability of tailings.
4.16.3 PHOSPHOGYPSUM STORAGE FACILITIES

The area designated for the receipt of phosphogypsum wastes and the fluorspar, Calcium
Fluorosilicate and Calcium Silicate generated by the neutralisation of FSA from the PAP, PPA
and MCP/DCP and is located in the east of the Industrial Complex. The road to the wellfield
bisects the PSF, consequently there will be two separate storage stacks for phosphogypsum;
2
each is 3km . The area designated for this waste stream is currently transected by an
ephemeral wadi course, which is to be diverted to the wadi to the south of the Industrial
Complex as part of the works.
The basal lining approach used for the PSF will be akin to that described in Section 4.16.2.
Slurryed phosphogypsum will be piped to the PSF where it will flow into a conveyance ditch on
the perimeter of the stack. The phosphogypsum is deposited through a decanting process as
the slurry flows around the stack perimeter. Deposited phosphogypsum is removed with a
backhoe, placed on the perimeter dyke and levelled to raise the stack. An initial charge of
40,000m3 of water is required for the operation of the stack (to be supplied by storing
Project Name:
construction water). In the first three years of operation the stacks will operate a three
compartment system, which reduces the evaporation of water (see ).
Figure 4-42 Plan view of Phosphogypsum Storage Facility with Three Compartments
Discharge lines are strategically placed around the periphery of the stack to facilitate the
efficient building of the stack. These lines are raised and mved as needed to facilitate stack
construction on an on-going basis. The slurry flow is moved from compartment to
compartment as needed to allow the progressive building of the stack and to keep the three
compartments at relatively the same height.
Each stack is expected to be approximately 50m high with angle of repose of approximately
sH:1V and will be built progressively. Figure 4-43 illustrates this.
Project Name:
Figure 4-43: Phosphogypsum Storage Facility in Section
Project Name:
Brine which cannot be reused elsewhere in the facility and any industrial wastewater effluents
arising from the process will be directed to the phosphogypsum stack.
Decant / contact water derived from gradual compression of the material driving out water, or
from precipitation is collected via conveyance ditches, which direct the water to a separate
lined containment basin adjacent to the stack. This water will be pumped to the gypsum
mixing tank for re-use in slurrying the phosphogypsum for transportation.
Construction and post construction monitoring systems are to monitor deformation, pore
water pressure, seepage rates/quantities, stored volumes and precipitation run off as a
minimum to ensure the safety and stability of the stacks.
4.16.4 OTHER WASTES

The Project will generate other wastes which will be temporarily stored on site, in appropriate
storage areas, providing secondary containment where necessary, before being transported
off site for disposal in a waste management facility licenced to accept the waste. Examples of
the wastes to be disposed of off-site include, but are not limited to:
Oils and coolants, and oil contaminated water from the MMA;
Spent vanadium catalyst;
SWTP and IWTP sludges;
Activated carbon;
Dust extraction filter waste;
Clinical wastes; and
Municipal wastes
4.17 SUPPORTING BUILDINGS AND INFRASTRUCTURE
4.17.1 ADMINISTRATIVE AREAS
In addition to the above, the Project includes a general administrative and maintenance area,
which includes a number of support buildings as follows:
Workshops and warehouses;
Gatehouses and weighbridge;
Administration building and clinic;
Central Quality Control and Research and Development laboratories
Training centre
Cafeteria
Mosque; and
Security and reception buildings.
Project Name:
5.0 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
Section 3 Consideration of Alternatives describes the various project / design alternatives
considered as part of the Project development; the selected Project elements have been
described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. This
Section, Impact Assessment Methodology, presents an overview of the general impact
assessment methodology applied to the assessment of potential impacts arising from the
Project elements so that this is not repeated across Sections 6 16.
The impact assessment criteria, outlined in the following sub-sections, have been applied to
the assessment of each of the proposed Project elements during construction, operation and
decommissioning stages and documented within Sections 6-16. Where specific methods of
assessment have been applied for an environmental aspect, these are presented in the
relevant Section (6-16).
In accordance with IFC Performance Standard 1 Assessment and Management of
Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts, the methodology for this Environmental and
Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) has been developed in accordance with good international
industry practice and potential impacts have been identified in the context of the Projects
area of influence.
5.1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION
The Project site, illustrated in Figure 5-1, is situated within the Northern Borders Province of
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia close to the border with Jordan. The Umm Wual Mine and
Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex covers an area of approximately 58km2. The
2
mine covers an area of 37.82km and is located close to the border with Jordan within the
10km border security zone and 26km to the southwest of the Iraq border. Approximately
13km to the south of the proposed mine and outside the border security zone, is the location
of the proposed Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex, which is within the
boundaries of the planned Waad Al Shamaal City development. There is also a well field area
for the abstraction of water located approximately 60km to the east of the Waad Al Shamaal
Phosphate Industrial Complex. The closest sizable population centre is Turaif, which is
approximately 40km to the south-west of the site
The Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex will include an
open cast mine and an industrial complex which will include a beneficiation plant, Sulphuric
Acid Plant (SAP), Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP), Purified Phosphoric Acid (PPA) plant, Sodium
TriPolyPhosphate (STPP) plant, and Monocalcium Phosphate/Dicalcium Phosphate (MCP/
DCP) plant. Utilities required for the operation of the Project include the provision of a wellfield
consisting of 24 wells approximately 60km to the east of the site, water treatment, and
wastewater treatment facilities, cooling water provision and connection to natural gas, electric
and telecommunications supply.
Project Name:
Figure 5-1 Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex
Project Name:
5.1.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE CONDITIONS
Baseline information for the ESIA has been collated from desk-based studies and
literature reviews, sites visits and monitoring, and consultation. These can be
summarised below, with further detail of literature review provided in Section 20
Reference List:
Literature Review:
Environmental impact assessment reports previously completed for the Maaden
Phosphate Project (2000, 2005, 2006, 2008, and 2012);
King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development Masterplan (2013);
Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency (SAMA) 48th Annual Report (2012);
Central Department of Statistics and Information (2010) Census Statistics; and
Ministry of Economy and Planning (2009) Ninth Development Plan.
Site Visits and Consultation:
September 2012: Preliminary site visit to review existing land use and identify
receptors;
November 2012: Ecological Baseline Survey, part 1a;
December 2012: Environmental Scoping meeting with the Presidency for
Meteorology and Environment (PME);
December 2012: Air monitoring and ecological baseline survey, part 1b;
January 2013: Air and noise monitoring, water sampling and consultations with
Maaden staff, government officials and local community;
February 2013: Air monitoring, and traffic counts;
March 2013: Air monitoring, traffic survey;
April 2013: Air monitoring and ecological baseline survey, part 2; and
June 2013: Noise monitoring.
5.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT CRITERIA

Prediction and evaluation of environmental and social impacts within Sections 6-17 of
this ESIA are considered against the baseline (including its value / sensitivity). In
addition to the Key Principles provided by the PME (2001) and draft supplementary
guidance notes (2012), and as a basis for assessing environmental impacts, the
methodology applied to this ESIA has been developed using a combination of the
criteria, methodology and guidance provided by international requirements/best
practice.
The PME Key Principles are as follows:
Nature and magnitude of the intended activity and the existence of similar
projects at the site or similar sites;
Extent of depletion by the installation of the natural resources, particularly
agricultural lands and mineral resources;
Location of the installation and the nature of the surrounding environment and
nearby residential clusters;
Type of power used.
The international sources considered are as follows:
Project Name:
IFC (2012) Performance Standard 1 IFC Performance Standard 1 Assessment
and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts (and
associated Guidance Note);
Directive 2011/92/EU on the assessment of the effects of certain public and
private projects (codified version of the initial Directive of 1985 and its three
amendments 97/11/EC, 2003/35/EC and 2009/31/EC)5; and
Impact Assessment Guidelines and the ES Review Criteria from the Institute of
Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA).
The ESIA methodology has been adopted in combination with PME requirements on
ESIA content.
The following factors are considered in classifying each potential impact generated by
the Project, as presented in Table 5-1:
Frequency: Occurrence of activity producing the impact, e.g. continuous,
intermittent or a single event / less than once per year;
Likelihood: Probability of impact occurrence (e.g., 100%, 50%, 0%);
Extent: Spatial extent of the impact (e.g. within 2km of site boundary, outside
the Project site but within 20km, within 200km, within KSA, outside KSA;
Duration: Extent in time of the impact. Short term impact (less than the life of the
project), medium term impacts (equal to the lifetime of the Project) and long term
impacts (greater than the lifetime of the Project);
Magnitude: Impact magnitude defined in relation to the limit criterion specified
by the PME or international standards where available.
Type of impact: Positive or negative effect; direct or indirect action.
Potential significance: A combination of all the factors described in the
preceding bullet points is used to determine the type and significance of a
potential impact prior to mitigation. This is defined as low, medium or high.
Table 5-1 presents the terminology used throughout Sections 6-17 to describe and
rank environmental and social impacts according to the categories defined above.
Figure 5-2 presents how these criteria are combined in order to assess the
significance of the potential environmental and social impacts identified.
Table 5-1 Terminology Used to Describe Environmental and Social Impacts
Category Terminology Definition
Scope of Impact(1)
Continuous Uninterrupted or on a daily basis
Frequent Once or more per day
Frequency
Infrequent Less than once per day
Rare Single event / less than once per year
Certain Impact possibility estimated to be 100%
Likely Impact possibility estimated as between 50% and 99%
Likelihood
Unlikely Impact possibility estimated as < 50%
No impact Zero estimated possibility of impact
Local Within 2 km of the Project site
Extent Provincial Outside the Project site but <20 km away
Regional Outside the Project site but < 200 km away
5
The European Commission has proposed amendments to this Directive 2011/92/EU. Following a review of the
proposed amendments, it is not considered that the amended Directive will significantly alter the impact assessment
criteria defined for use in this ESIA.
Project Name:
Category Terminology Definition
National Within KSA
International Outside KSA
Short Less than the life of Project
Duration Medium The life of project
Long Greater than the life of Project
Defined in relation to the limit criterion where available, e.g.:
Very low: Parameter < 10% limit criterion
Low: Parameter 10 to <50% limit criterion
Medium: Parameter 50 100% limit criterion
High: Parameter 100 200% limit criterion
Very High: Parameter > 200% limit criterion.
Very low
Or, for qualitative assessments:
Low
Very low: No degradation/adverse alteration to
Magnitude(2) Medium
resource/receptor
High
Low: Minor degradation/adverse alteration to
Very high resource/receptor
Medium: Moderate degradation/adverse alteration
to resource/receptor.
High: Significant degradation/adverse alteration to
resource/receptor.
Very High: Permanent degradation/detrimental
alteration to resource/receptor.
Type of Impact
Positive Beneficial impact
Effect
Negative Adverse impact
Direct Impact caused solely by activities within scope of Project
Action Impact which does not result directly from by activities within
the scope of Project, but which has a connection with the
Indirect Projects presence.
Potential Significance
Low Any low magnitude impact, or medium magnitude impact
that is unlikely to occur or is of short duration.
Medium Any medium magnitude impact that is certain or likely to
occur and of medium or long duration. Also, any high
Significance
magnitude impact that is unlikely to occur, of short duration,
or local in extent.
High Any high magnitude impact that is certain or likely to occur,
of medium or long duration, and regional in extent.
(1) All terms are characteristics of the impact(s). For example, duration refers to duration of impact, not the
activity causing it.
(2) As indicated, the impact magnitude for some environmental aspects can be defined in relation to the limit
criterion specified by the PME or international regulations, or best practices when national standards are not
available. However, in the absence of definitive quantitative criteria, a qualitative assessment of the
magnitude is used relating to the impact type.
Project Name:
Figure 5-2: Combination of ESIA Criteria Used to Assess the Potential Environmental and Social Impacts Identified
Project Name:
5.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORTING
The findings of the assessment process for each environmental aspect are presented in
Sections 6 17 with the significance of any predicted environmental impacts being defined as
Low, Medium or High and documented in bold italics.
Impacts predicted as being of medium to high significance are then assessed against
appropriate mitigation measures to predict the residual impact significance. An example of
how Sections 6 17 report the mitigation identified for impacts of medium to high significance
is illustrated by Table 5-2. The Identification (ID) Codes assigned to each impact are used to
reference the impacts and association mitigation measures through other sections of the ESIA
(e.g. Section 18 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation).
Table 5-2: Example of Impact and Mitigation Summaries
Significance
ID Potential
Impact Mitigation Measure after
Code Significance
Mitigation
A structured approach to traffic
management and vehicle
standards should be specified and
Increase in Vehicle
safety measures should be
movement will
implemented. Ensure the transport
result in potential
T2 High plan for the Project is developed Medium
road traffic
and implemented during the
accidents during
lifetime of the project.
Construction
Establish pedestrian routes within
the construction area to be used
by workers;
5.4 MITIGATION MEASURES AND REPORTING

Two types of mitigation measures are identified through this ESIA Report in order to alleviate
or manage the potential impacts identified:
Type 1: Measures to be taken to manage potential impacts considered to be of medium or
high significance. Following application of these measures, residual impacts are
expected to be lower.
Type 2: Recommended measures that could be taken to manage impacts classified as
low/insignificant. These measures can be considered as good management practices.
5.5 CONCLUSION
The impact assessment methodology applied across this ESIA demonstrates an appropriate
mitigation hierarchy for predicted impacts which gives preference to the avoidance of impacts
over minimisation. This is achieved firstly by the examination of feasible alternatives;
alternative project locations, designs, or operational processes, as documented in Section 3
Consideration of Alternatives, and then the remainder of the ESIA outlines the alternative
ways identified for dealing with any predicted environmental and social impacts.
Project Name:
6.0 AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY
6.1 INTRODUCTION & SCOPE
This Chapter presents a summary of the existing ambient air quality in the vicinity of the Umm
Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex (referred to herein as the
Project) site and the prediction of potential air quality impacts resulting from the various stages
of the Project. The phases considered in this assessment include construction, operations,
and de-commissioning. Detailed Project emissions input data as well as modelling results are
presented in Appendix D.
6.2 BASELINE CONDITIONS/ EXISTING ENVIRONMENT
6.2.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section presents a description of the baseline air quality and meteorological conditions
at the Project site, based on a desktop review of relevant literature and data collection by
WHGME. Site visits were conducted by WHGME on December 2012, January, February,
March and April 2013.
The literature review for the Project includes previous environmental assessments conducted
for Maaden in order to gather information about the regional context. Studies reviewed
include:
GHD Global Pty / Environmental Consulting Bureau (ECB) (2008) Maaden Phosphate
Project Supplementary Environmental Impact Assessment.
SNC Lavalin (2005) Environmental Impact Study Chemical Complex, Maaden
Phosphate Project Bankable Feasibility Study Report, Volume 13B.
Sofreco-Technip (2012) Environment Scoping Study and HSE Report, Maaden
Phosphate Project Bankable Feasibility Study Report, Volume 10 and Annexes.
SRK Consulting (2000) Environmental Baseline Assessment for the Northern Phosphate
Project Sites.
6.2.2 REGIONAL AIR QUALITY DATA

The Project represents the first industrial development within the proposed Waad Al Shamaal
Development City and is currently an undeveloped, rural area. As such, the site is considered
a greenfield site.
Ambient air quality data for this assessment was provided by local monitoring data collected
on the site by WHGME in 2012-2013 and from the SRK Northern Phosphate Sites
Environmental Baseline Report from 2000.
6.2.3 METEOROLOGY
The climate of the proposed Project area is typical of the desert environment in Saudi Arabia.
Summers are generally long, hot and dry while winters are short and cool. There are
transitional seasons separating the two defined seasons of summer and winter.
The Mine area in the proposed Project site is located north-east of Turaif city. Table 6-1
provides a summary of the average monthly conditions in Turaif during the period from 1978-
2005, based on data from the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME). Recent
meteorological data from Turaif airport from September 2011 to August 2012 is also presented
in Table 6-2.
Project Name:
Table 6-1: Average Meteorological Conditions in Turaif City 1978-2005
Month Temp Relative Prevailing wind Wind speed Rainfall (mm)
o
( C) humidity (%) direction (m/s)
Jan 7.3 67 W 8 15.2
Feb 8.9 58 W 9 15.0
Mar 12.8 47 W 9 12.7
Apr 18.7 36 W 9 11.6
May 23.6 28 W 9 3.9
Jun 27.2 25 W 8 0.1
Jul 29.3 26 W 8 0.0
Aug 29.3 26 W 8 0.0
Sept 26.6 27 W 7 0.3
Oct 21.2 38 W 7 7.4
Nov 13.9 53 E 7 10.9
Dec 8.8 65 ESE 7 13.0
Source: PME (2005)
Table 6-2: Meteorological data for Turaif City from September 2011 August 2012
Wind Wind Total

Temp Temp Hum Min Hum Mean Max Prec
o o
Month Min ( C) Max ( C) (%) Max (%) (m/s) (m/s) (mm)
Sep-11 17 38 12 91 4 12 0
Oct-11 9 32 15 98 3.6 13 0
Nov-11 2 22 15 100 3.6 11 0
Dec-11 0 20 9 100 3 10 9
Jan-12 0 17 15 98 3.6 12 10.9
Feb-12 1 22 19 100 5 18.5 6.3
Mar-12 1 25 9 100 5 15 0.3
Apr-12 6 32.5 8 82 4.6 29 0
May-12 12 35 7 87 3.6 17 0.6
Jun-12 17 43 5 64 4.6 16 0
Jul-12 18 43 8 76 4 11 0
Aug-12 19 39 9 91 4 10 0
Source: Turaif Airport 2011-2012
6.2.4 TEMPERATURE
As shown in Table 6-1, average temperatures range from 2129C in summer and 714C in
winter. More recent data from 2011 and 2012 shows temperatures ranging of 0 C in winter
months to a high of 40C in March 2012.
6.2.5 PRECIPITATION
Table 6-1 also shows that the average precipitation range over the monitoring period was 0-4
mm in summer and 715mm in winter. More recent data from 2011-2012 shows similar trends
to the earlier monitoring data. There was almost no precipitation in the months from
September to December and from April to August. The highest total precipitation value of
10.9mm was recorded in January 2012.
6.2.6 HUMIDITY
Table 6-1 shows that the average relative humidity over the long term monitoring period
ranged from 25 to 67%. More recent data from 2011-2012 shows humidity ranging from a
minimum of 7 to a maximum of 100%.
Project Name:
6.2.7 WIND
Long term monitoring data shows that the prevailing wind direction for the majority of the year
is from the west changing to east or east south east for two months of the year. The average
wind speed ranged from 3-5 m/s.
Data from 2011-2012 shows the maximum wind speed to be 29 m/s. The annual wind rose for
the period September 2011 to August 2012 is shown below in Figure 6-1, showing again the
predominant wind direction to be westerly. Meteorological monitoring at the nearby Al Jalamid
phosphate mine was conducted by SRK for 12 months during 1999-2000 and was made
available for this assessment. This data shows similar meteorological trends.
Figure 6-1: Annual Wind Rose for September 2011 to August 2012
Source: WHG, 2013
6.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

6.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Existing sources of air pollutants in vicinity of the Project Site are limited. The Project
represents the first industrial development within the proposed Waad Al Shamaal
Development City. The closest sizable population centre is Turaif, which is approximately 40
km to the south west of the site. Existing pollution sources in the wider are include:
National Highway 85 located 25 km south of the Project site (which runs from Al Qurayyat
in the west to join highway 95 north west of Jubail);
Turaif;
Turaif Airport, located to the north east of Turaif; and
The existing Al Jalamid mine, located some 100 km east of the Project. The Al Jalamid
site consists of a phosphate mine, beneficiation plant and supporting infrastructure in an
area of approx. 50 sq. km.
The closest sensitive receptors in the area are also located in Turaif. The only exception to
this is a chicken farm currently located 30 km to the southwest of the Project site. However,
this chicken farm will be moving to an alternate location prior to commencement of project
operations. As part of the first phase of the Wadd Al Shamal city development, residences will
be developed for the Maaden Phosphate staff - the proposed site is south of Umm Wual
mountain. The Project site is located within an international-boundary buffer zone, a 10 mile
Project Name:
restricted zone adjacent to the border of Jordan. The nearest dwellings on the Jordanian side
appear to be developments along the route of Highway 10, transecting the Mafraq region of
north east Jordan, some 80-90 km to the north of the international border; the most sizable of
which appears to be Ar Ruwayshid.
6.3.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY BACKGROUND AND MONITORING DATA

The purpose of background data in a modelling context is to derive justifiable additions to the
process contributions (PC) to allow a good indication of the overall predicted environmental
concentration in a region for comparison to Ambient Air Quality Standards (AAQS). Modelling
tools used can actually combine the contemporaneous hourly air concentration derived from
a process with the background concentration measured during that hour. This gives the best
indication of predicted environmental concentration (PEC) since the overall results undergo
the averaging process within the modelling tools. However, this requires a continuous and
extensive data set, which is not available here.
The second approach is to identify appropriately averaged background environmental data to
add to the PC. Thus, the addition of annual average background data to 1 hour PC for
comparison to a 1-hour AAQS is usually inappropriate, since it gives no indication of the likely
extremes of the range of measured background concentrations. Set against this is the
conservative assumption that a peak background measurement coincides with a peak PC
assessed concentration (hence why the combination of contemporaneous data in models is
the best approach).
The closest relevant hourly data available in the Umm Wual region are derived at a distance
too remote from the current site to be relevant, so the approach taken for this analysis is to
make use of the data produced at the site. This comprises the initial baseline study
undertaken in by SRK in 2000 and the recent sampling data undertaken at the site as part of
this Project.
6.3.2.1 SITE MONITORING

Gradko tubes were placed by WHGME on the site for the measurement of SO2, NO2 20%,
NOx, and PM10 levels. The results of this monitoring are presented in Table 6-3, Table 6-4,
Table 6-4, Table 6-5 and Table 6-6, and the location of the diffusion tubes are shown in Figure
6-2. The three sampling periods were:
December 2012 January 2013;
January February 2013; and
March April 2013.
Project Name:
Figure 6-2: Umm Wual Air Quality Monitoring Sites
For SO2, NO2 and NOx, tubes were installed at the corners of the Mine area and the rear of
the existing chicken farm at a height of 1.5 m, along with controls and removed as per the
schedule provided in the tables. The exposed Gradko tubes were sent to Gradko
Environmental, in the UK for analyses. SO2 levels were determined by ion chromatography.
NO2 20% and NOx concentrations were determined by UV spectrophotometry.
Project Name:
Table 6-3: Result of SO2, NO2 20% and NOx Monthly Levels at the Project site (Dec 2012
Jan 2013).
Tube Relative
Monitoring Tube Location location 3
ppb
Serial ug/m
period Type N E
number
NOx 078748 NE corner of 5.71 2.97
04/12/2012 - NO2 the Mine area 2.10 1.09
07/01/2013 078711 31 59 37.9 39 00 47.3
20%
SO2 078674 1.33 0.50
NOx 078749 Old Border 5.08 2.65

NO2 Guards 7.04 3.67
078750 station
04/12/2012 - 20%
07/01/2013 SO2 078712 2.08 1.08
31 58 18.6 38 59 57.7
NOx 078713 0.34 0.18
NO2 < LOD < LOD
078675
20%
SO2 078751 SE corner of 0.32 1.41
04/12/2012 - NOx 078715 the Mine area 2.70 0.17
07/01/2013 NO2 31 56 41.4 39 01 41.3 2.31 1.20
078714
20%
SO2 078676 7.56 2.84
NOx 078752 Maaden 4.52 2.36
05/12/2012 - Camp point 1
NO2 0.36 0.19
06/01/2013 078716 31 38 04.3 38 51 16.7
20%
SO2 078677 0.93 0.35
NOx 078753 SW corner of 5.77 3.00
05/12/2012 - the Mine area
NO2 2.87 1.49
07/01/2013 078717 31 55 42.1 38 59 28.9
20%
SO2 078678 2.57 0.96
Source: Gradko 2013
Table 6-4: Results of SO2, NO2 20% and NOx Monthly Levels at the Project site (Jan
Feb 2013).
Tube Relative
Monitoring Location 3
Tube Type Serial location ug/m ppb
period N E
number
06/01/2013 NOx 078754 Inside the 2.71 1.41
31 45 38 57
- NO2 20% 078701 plant area 2.38 1.24
41.6 24.8
19/02/2013 SO2 078679 4.37 1.64
07/01/2013 NOx 078738 Old Border 4.34 2.26
31 58 38 59
- NO2 20% 078702 Guards station 1.17 0.61
18.6 57.7
19/02/2013 SO2 078680 1.21 0.45
07/01/2013 NOx 078739 Mine area 4.09 2.13
31 57 39 00
- NO2 20% 078703 1.80 0.94
30.0 10.8
19/02/2013 SO2 078664 10.43 3.91
07/01/2013 NOx 078740 SW corner of 2.71 1.41
31 55 38 59
- NO2 20% 078704 the Mine area 1.37 0.72
42.1 28.9
19/02/2013 SO2 078665 1.58 0.59
07/01/2013 NOx 078741 SE corner of 4.20 2.19
31 56 39 01
- NO2 20% 078705 the Mine area 1.20 0.62
41.4 41.3
19/02/2013 SO2 078666 1.97 0.74
08/01/2013 NOx 078742 Maaden 6.65 3.46
31 38 38 51
- NO2 20% 078668 Camp point 1 5.38 2.80
04.3 16.7
19/02/2013 SO2 078667 13.95 5.23
13/01/2013 NOx 078743 Chicken farm 4.63 2.41
31 38 38 49
- NO2 20% 078706 (outside) east 6.30 3.28
33.4 29.4
19/02/2013 SO2 078669 side. 7.55 2.83
08/01/2013 NOx 078744 Chicken farm 13.76 7.17
31 39 38 47
- NO2 20% 078707 (outside) west 5.82 3.03
03.6 28.6
19/02/2013 SO2 078670 side 13.73 5.15
Source: Gradko 2013
Project Name:
Table 6-5: Results of Gradko Tube Monthly Measurement of SO2, NO2 20% and NOx
levels at the Project site (Mar April 2013)
Tube
Monitoring Tube Location Relative 3 ppb
Serial ug/m
period Type N E location
number
13/03/2013 NOx 119184 6.20 3.23
31 59 39 00 NE corner of
- NO2 20% 119204 2.88 1.50
37.9 47.3 the Mine area
12/04/2013 SO2 119164 1.27 0.48
13/03/2013 NOx 119185 6.88 3.58
31 56 39 01 SE corner of
- NO2 20% 119205 2.49 1.30
12/04/2013 SO2 119165 2.46 0.92
13/03/2013 NOx 119186 6.30 3.28
31 55 38 59 SW corner of
- NO2 20% 119206 2.83 1.48
12/04/2013 SO2 119166 2.25 0.84
14/03/2013 NOx 119187 3.27 1.70
31 38 38 51 Maaden
- NO2 20% 110207 3.43 1.79
04.3 16.7 Camp point 1
14/04/2013 SO2 119167 10.45 3.92
14/03/2013 NOx 119188 3.56 1.85
31 38 38 51 Maaden
- NO2 20% 119208 1.81 0.94
03.4 17.9 Camp Point 2
12/04/2013 SO2 119168 6.35 2.38
14/03/2013 NOx 119189 Chicken farm 3.08 1.60
31 38 38 49
- NO2 20% 119209 (outside) east 3.40 1.77
33.4 29.4
12/04/2013 SO2 119169 side 0.82 0.31
14/03/2013 NOx 119190 Chicken farm 6.21 3.24
31 39 38 47
- NO2 20% 119210 (outside) west 5.99 3.12
03.6 28.6
12/04/2013 SO2 119170 side LOD LOD
Source: Gradko 2013
A PM10 high volume sampler was also installed at a fixed location at the rear of the Project site
on 15th March 2012 for data collection over a 30 day period. Daily readings were taken and
weighed to determine the concentrations of PM 10 in the air.
Depositional quantities and samples for chemical analysis of dust were obtained via the
installation of Bergerhoff jars at the rear of the Project site and inside the Mine for 30 day
periods in January and February 2013.
The off-site analysis of samples collected in the Bergerhoff jars was undertaken at Exova Co.
Ltd in Dammam 2nd Industrial Area. Laboratory analyses included testing for heavy metals
(Cd, Cr, As, Cu, Zn, Pb, Hg, Ni, Co, Sb, Se, Mo, Ag) and radionuclides.
th th
Results of PM10 monitoring over a 30 days period from 16 March to 14 April 2013 are shown
in Table 6-6. The average amount of dust collected per day was 0.49 g.
Project Name:
Table 6-6: PM10 data collection from 16th March 14th April 2013
Pressure PM10
No. Starting date Time Dust weight (g) average (inches Concentration
in H2O)
1 16/03/2013 17:00 0.464 18.5 278.50
2 17/03/2013 17:00 0.859 20.6 526.97
3 18/03/2013 17:00 0.253 17.8 154.39
4 19/03/2013 17:00 0.285 18.5 173.76
5 20/03/2013 17:00 0.165 19.7 100.25
6 21/03/2013 17:00 0.177 19.7 107.26
7 22/03/2013 17:00 0.081 21.7 49.39
8 23/03/2013 17:00 3.234 20.7 1978.71
9 24/03/2013 17:00 0.192 19.8 117.58
10 25/03/2013 17:00 0.041 18.6 24.91
11 26/03/2013 17:00 0.390 18.0 235.30
12 27/03/2013 17:00 0.426 17.0 256.13
13 28/03/2013 17:00 0.091 18.0 55.05
14 29/03/2013 17:00 0.024 17.7 14.46
15 30/03/2013 17:00 0.188 18.5 113.13
16 31/03/2013 17:00 0.751 21.5 454.69
17 01/04/2013 17:00 0.742 20.0 447.29
18 02/04/2013 17:00 0.770 18.5 463.36
19 03/04/2013 17:00 0.181 18.5 108.92
20 04/04/2013 17:00 1.907 17.5 1145.59
21 05/04/2013 17:00 0.808 21.0 496.12
22 06/04/2013 17:00 0.135 19.0 81.95
23 07/04/2013 17:00 0.105 17.5 63.08
24 08/04/2013 17:00 0.130 20.1 78.43
25 09/04/2013 17:00 0.165 19.0 100.16
26 10/04/2013 17:00 0.770 17.5 465.38
27 11/04/2013 17:00 0.876 17.0 529.91
28 12/04/2013 17:00 0.512 17.3 309.99
29 13/04/2013 17:00 0.145 21.1 89.03
30 14/04/2013 17:00 0.087 18.6 53.04
Source: WHG, 2013
A conversion factor was applied to convert monthly data to annual data and then compared to
PME standards in Table 6-7 below. Exceedances of the PME standards are shown in bold.
Results of the site monitoring for PM10 show high levels of particulates that exceed annual
PME standards.
Table 6-7: Gradko Diffusion Tubes Conversion from Monthly to Annual Data (ug/m3)
PME Dec-
Pollutant Jan-Feb March-April
AAQS Jan
NOX annual 100 2.64 2.99 2.81
SO2 Annual 80 .80 6.84 2.185
PM10 annual 80 NA - 168*
Source: Jacobs 2013
*Conversion factor of 1.8 assumed.
Results of the laboratory analysis conducted on dust samples collected through Bergerhoff
jars are in January and February 2013 shown in Table 6-8.
Project Name:
Table 6-8: Chemical Analysis of Dust Samples
Mine Mine Maaden Comp Maaden Comp
07 Jan 2013 19 Feb 2013 06 Jan 2013 19 Feb 2013
Parameter
19 Feb 2013 12 Apr 2013 19 Feb 2013 14 Apr 2013
Dust Content 160 mg 230 mg 590 mg 720 mg

Reporting unit(mg/kg)
Antimony 0.21 0.16 < 0.1 < 0.1
Arsenic 4.8 2.5 4.3 2.4
Cadmium 1.3 0.64 0.69 0.34
Chromium 46 26 30 17
Cobalt 10 5.1 8.7 5.1
Copper 23 9.0 14 8.4
Lead 14 6.4 8.6 5.0
Mercury 1.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
Molybdenum 4.7 2.6 2.8 1.6
Nickel 41 21 38 23
Selenium 2.5 0.96 1.6 0.86
Silver 3.4 2.1 0.81 0.90
Zinc 160 36 66 27
Source: WHG, 2013
As shown in the results above, the concentrations of the various heavy metals in the dust for
samples taken in Jan Feb are approximately double those recorded in Feb Apr 2013. The
dust jars in the second cycle were exposed longer as the dust content collected in the first
month of the cycle was very low.
A comparison of the Jan Feb 2013 results between the Mine and the Chemical Complex site
(titled Maaden Comp) shows that the concentration of most heavy metals was higher at the
Mine site than the Chemical Complex. The concentrations of chromium, nickel and zinc were
on the higher side of the heavy metals found in the dust.
6.3.2.2 BACKGROUND CONCENTRATIONS
The samples taken above were recorded over periods of time different to the averaging
period for the relevant AAQS. In order to derive relevant background concentrations for
comparative purposes, scaling factors can be derived. This can involve detailed statistical
analysis, and pragmatic approaches to compare modelling results and AAQS over different
averaging periods, using a conversion factor to scale them appropriately. For example, for a 1
month to 1 year comparison, the scaling factor is calculated as 1.8 (so to compare a 1 month
to a 1 year standard, divide the monthly conc. by 1.8). Details of the calculations applied for
the Project background are included in Appendix D. Exceedances of PME standards are
shown in bold. The values to be used for background concentrations in this analysis are
shown in Table 6-9.
Table 6-9 Background Concentrations Used in the Assessment
Derived Derived background
Pollutant and background concentration at the
PME AAQS
averaging period concentration Border receptor
-3 -3
(g m ) (g m )
NOX 1H3H 660 109 33.2
NOX annual 100 6
SO2 1H3H 730 61.2 13.6
SO2 24H2H 365 25.1
SO2 Annual 80 5.1
PM10 24H1H 150 1979
PM10 annual 50 62
Project Name:
All background levels were within PME standards, except PM10 levels. The PM10 data
-3
collected shows higher maximum daily concentrations of 1979 and 1145 g m on two days
in March 2013 alone (probably during dust storms). The following is a general description of
the pollutants of concern in the Project area and a description of ambient measurements
related to each.
Nitrogen Dioxide
Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is a brownish gas that can irritate the lungs and cause breathing
difficulties at high concentrations. NO2 is generally not directly emitted from an emission
source, but is formed through a reaction between nitric oxide (NO) and atmospheric oxygen.
NO and NO2 are collectively referred to as NOX and are major contributors to ozone formation.
NO2 also contributes to the formation of PM10. In high concentrations, the result is a brownish
red cast to the atmosphere and reduced visibility.
In the general urban environment the principal sources of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) are traffic,
and to a lesser extent industry, shipping and households.
Background NO2 concentrations recorded at the at the Umm Wual site (diffusion tube and
SRK 2000 data) are well within the PME maximum annual and hourly standards.
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless gas that interferes with the transfer of oxygen by the
blood. CO is emitted almost exclusively from the incomplete combustion of fossil fuels. On-
road motor vehicle exhaust is the primary source of CO. In cities, 85 to 95 % of all CO
emissions may come from motor vehicle exhaust.
Natural background levels of carbon monoxide (CO) range between 0.06 and 0.14 g/m3.
Concentrations in urban areas typically depend on weather and traffic density, and they also
vary greatly over time and with distance from the source. The 8-hour average concentrations
3
are generally lower than 20 g/m .
In relation to PME standards for the 1-hour average and 8-hour average at the background
concentrations did not exceed the above-criteria concentrations.
Sulphur Dioxide
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) is a product of high sulphur fuel combustion. The main sources of SO2
are coal and oil combustion in power stations, industry and for domestic heating. Industrial
chemical manufacturing is another source. It can cause plant leaves to yellow, and corrode
iron and steel.
Existing SO2 concentrations at the Umm Wual site (diffusion tube and SRK 2000 data) are
within the PME 1-hour average, 24-hour average and annual standards.
Particulate Matter (PM 10)
Particulate pollution is composed of solid particles or liquid droplets that are small enough to
remain suspended in the air. Particulate matter pollution consists of very small liquid and solid
particles floating in the air, which can include smoke, soot, dust, salts, acids, and metals.
Particulate matter also forms when gases emitted from industrial and combustion sources, and
motor vehicles undergo chemical reactions in the atmosphere. Particulate pollution also can
include bits of solid or liquid substances that can be highly toxic. Exposure to such particles
can affect both the lungs and heart.
PM10 refers to particulate matter less than 10 microns in diameter, about one seventh the
thickness of a human hair. Major sources of PM10 include motor vehicles; wood burning stoves
and fireplaces; dust from construction, landfills, and agriculture; wildfires and brush/waste
burning, industrial sources, windblown dust from open lands; and atmospheric chemical and
photochemical reactions. Suspended particulates produce haze and reduce visibility.
PM10 concentrations monitored at the Umm Wual site (diffusion tube and SRK 2000 data)
exceeded PME annual standards and 24 hour PME standards. It should be noted that the high
concentration of PM 10 in the desert regions are likely to be associated with sand storms from
Project Name:
seasonal high winds, and it would not be possible to separate such natural particulate
contributions from anthropogenic contributions.
Fluorides/Hydrogen Fluoride
Hydrogen fluoride (HF) is a colourless, pungent liquid or gas that is highly soluble in organic
solvents (e.g., benzene) and in water. Hydrofluoric acid is the fluoride synthesized on the
largest scale. It is produced by treating fluoride minerals with sulphuric acid. Hydrofluoric acid
and its anhydrous form hydrogen fluoride are used in the production of fluorocarbons and
aluminium fluorides. HF can result in fatal exposure through inhalation or upon contact with
the skin. The PME has not specified any standards for HF specifically, but the monthly RC
standard for Fluoride is 1 g m-3. No HF monitoring data for the site is currently available.
Ozone (03)
Ozone is a secondary pollutant formed in the lower atmosphere by the action of sunlight
(insolation) on NOx and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Under strong summer insolation,
coastal recirculation is likely to become a large natural photochemical reactor. Most of the
NOx emissions and other ozone precursors are transformed into oxidants, acidic compounds,
aerosols and ozone, which may potentially result in the exceedance of thresholds. Ozone is
effectively generated at a regional scale from emissions from both industrial and urban areas,
and a proportion of the observed ozone at any one location may result from advection within
the recirculating air masses. This complicates data interpretation from the AQMSs and means
that interpretation of pollution episodes need to be considered on a regional basis in addition
to the impact of localized sources.
6.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT
6.4.1 OVERVIEW
The Project may impact upon the air quality and meteorology environment during construction,
commissioning and operational and decommissioning phases. The potential significance of
these impacts upon air quality and meteorology at the site is assessed with reference to the
methodology presented in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology with the sensitivity of
the impacted resource / receptor also taken into account. The Project will be represented as
two separate sites within the same domain. The first consists of the Mining area and the
second the Chemical Complex, comprised of the beneficiation area, sulphuric and phosphoric
acid plants.
Based on available data, the contributions from each Project site component were compared
to the existing air quality conditions to determine the overall impact of the Project on air
quality. The IFC require that emissions do not result in pollutant concentrations that reach or
exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated
standards or in their absence, the current WHO Air Quality Guidelines or other internationally
recognized sources. As a result, this analysis relies on PME standards for determining Project
impacts.
Additionally, Project analysis has been conducted in accordance with the IFCs Performance
Standards and the Equator Principles related to GHG emissions requirements. Project
consistency with Equator Principle 2 and IFC Performance Standard 3 are included in this
analysis.
The methodology adopted for this assessment and proposed mitigation measures for each
impact are summarized in the following sections. The detailed dispersion modelling
methodology and results obtained are presented in Appendix D.
6.4.2 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
6.4.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The assessment of construction phase impacts on air quality and climate considers fugitive
emissions such as dust and vehicle emissions that will arise primarily during construction of
the Chemical Complex. Dust emissions will be generated from road traffic on un-metalled
roads, earth clearance operations, and wind driven site erosion typical of a site of this nature.
Project Name:
The US EPA AP42 methodologies were used as the basis of the assessment for the
construction phase.
6.4.2.2 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION PHASES
This Section considers the emissions from point sources and fugitive air emissions which will
be generated as a result of the operation of the proposed Mine and Chemical Complex sites.
To inform the impact assessment for this Project phase, air dispersion modelling was
undertaken to represent point source emissions and model outputs compared with PME
standards. The approach taken for this analysis was to assess the projected point source
emissions for each site individually, as well as fugitive emissions resulting from activities at
each site and then to present the combined total emissions for the site. For fugitive emissions,
US EPA AP42 was used primarily to estimate dust emissions from activities at the site, EU
and EPA approaches are used to estimate fugitive emissions from vehicles at the site.
Version 8.2 of the American Meteorological Society / US-EPA AERMOD model was used to
generate Project emissions. AERMOD is a new generation atmospheric dispersion model
developed by a working group comprising of scientists from the American Meteorological
Society (AMS) and the U.S Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). AERMOD
incorporates the following modules:
Building Profile Input Program (BPIP), designed to determine the important buildings for
each stack in ten degree wind directional increments, following the Good Engineering
Practice (GEP) Stack Height and Building Downwash guidance (USEPA, 1985).
AERMET meteorological pre-processor designed to calculate meteorological variables used
in air dispersion modelling assessments from a variety of formats of data reported worldwide
AERMAP Terrain pre-processor used to include the effects of the Complex terrain in the
model. Though this module was not applied in this study as there were no appreciable terrain
gradients (> 1:10) in the areas were maximum concentrations occurred.
Background concentrations for the site were developed based on SRK 2000 data and the
diffusion tube data input into the AERMOD model as this is a more extensive dataset. Details
of the background concentrations used are detailed in Table 6-10 above. Background
concentrations are presented in the analysis as combined with the Mine, the Complex, and
with the combined Project.
The Chemical Complex will be represented as a series of point source, area and line
emissions in the model, to represent identified stacks, road, railway lines and fugitive
emissions from identified areas of the site. Because there are no point source emissions from
the mining area, the Mine will be modelled as a series of fugitive emissions from the area
footprint of the Mine. Individual emission sources, point or fugitive, will be assigned to one of
two source groups, Mine or Complex, thus allowing the peak air concentrations arising from
each area to be identified, the process contribution (PC) identified and compared to relevant
AAQS. Total predicted environmental concentration (PEC) in air is calculated by combining
the PC with the ambient background concentrations.
Results are presented for both the Mine and the Chemical Complex as well as combined air
emissions from all sources. Air emissions were also modelled for sensitive receptor locations,
including one in Turaif, one on the border of Jordan at the point closest to the Mine, and one
in the proposed residential area located in Waad Al Shamal city.
6.4.2.3 DECOMMISSIONING
At the end of operational lifespan of the Industrial Complex and it is assumed that equipment
will be dismantled and salvaged using the best available techniques at the time of
decommissioning. Usable materials should be salvaged for recycling or reuse while
hazardous and toxic waste shall be disposed of according to PME regulations.
Project Name:
6.4.3 CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS
6.4.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Construction activities could negatively impact air quality on the Project site. Specific potential
impacts on the air quality environment due to construction are summarised in Table 6-10 and
discussed in the following text.
Table 6-10: Construction Phase Impacts Assessment
Factor AQ1 AQ2
Receptor Importance / Low Low
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely
Extent Local Local
Duration Short Short
Magnitude Medium Medium
Effect Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct
Significance Low Low
6.4.3.2 IMPACTS FROM CONSTRUCTION DUST EMISSIONS

Heavy construction activities are expected to generate dust emissions that may have a
substantial temporary impact on local air quality. Dust generation is likely to be particularly
significant in a dry environment such as that of Saudi Arabia.
As described in Section 3 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development,
planned construction is to occur over a 3 year period starting in 2013. Construction work will
involve soil disturbance and movement, concrete mixing, excavation, compaction and piling.
Table 6-11 outlines the potential emission calculations with and without mitigation. Below are
the parameters derived for calculating dust emissions relevant to site clearance and
construction activities assuming recommendations such as those outlined in Section 6.7.2 of
the ESIA. Exact construction equipment to be utilised for the Project is not known at this time,
but Table 6-11 below is indicative of the type of construction equipment and resulting
construction dust that would be generated by the Project.
Project Name:
Table 6-11: Construction Dust Emission Calculations
1 Truck Unloading (veh/hr) 35 Estimated maximum truck flow
Truck Volume (Mg) 10 Estimated
Total Material Handling (Mg/hr) 350 Calculated
Dust mitigation efficiency (%) 75 For four times daily watering
Calculated based on AP-42 Table
TSP emission rate (kg/hr) 0.38 11.9-4, Refer to Equation (1)
2 Truck Loading
2-way truck flow (veh/hr) 40 Estimated maximum truck flow
Truck volume (Mg) 10 Estimated
Total material handling (Mg/hr) 200 Calculated
3 Bulldozing
Moisture content (%) 7.9 Mean value from AP-42 Table 11.9-3
Silt content (%) 6.9 Mean value from AP-42 Table 11.9-3
4 Vehicle traffic on unpaved road

Silt content (%) 4.3 Mean value from AP-42 Table 11.9-3
Moisture content (%) 2.4 Mean value from AP-42 Table 11.9-3
Average weight of vehicle (Mg) 36 Estimated
2-way truck flow (veh/hr) 100 Estimated maximum truck flow
Average one-way travel distance w/in the site 0.7 Estimated
Dust reduction due to speed control (%) 50 Speed limit reduced to 10 km/hr
4.5 Calculated based on AP-42 Sec
TSP emission rate (kg/hr) 13.2.2, Refer to Equation (4)
5 Site erosion
TSP emission rate (Mg/ha/yr) 0.85 AP-42 Table 11.9-4
2
Total site area (m ) 21,000 Estimated
Percentage exposed active work area 50 Estimated
TSP emission rate (kg/hr) 0.03 Calculated
Total TSP emissions (unmitigated) 5.53 kg/hr

2
5.3e-5 g/s/m
Source: Jacobs, 2013
Equation 1 TSP emission rate (kg/hr) = 0.001 (Total material handling) (Mg/hr)
Equation 2 TSP emission rate (kg/hr) = 0.018 (Total material handling) (Mg/hr)
1.2 1.3100
Equation 3 EF = 2.6(s) /(M)
a b c
Equation 4 E = k(s/12) (W/3) / (M/0.2) Conversion:
E = E(281.9)Veh(L)
s = silt moisture content E = TSP emission rate (kg/hr)
W = mean vehicle weight Veh = 2-way truck flow
M = surface material moisture content (%) L = Ave one way travel
Constant for TSP; k=10; a=0.8; b=0.5; distance w/site
c=0.4 1 lb/VMT = 281.9 g/VKT
1 kg = 2.2 lb
Project Name:
Existing dust levels are already high and construction can be expected to substantially
contribute to dust levels on the Project site, however construction would add little to existing
dust levels outside the property boundary. Therefore, construction dust impacts are
considered to be of low significance.
Impact AQ1 Low Significance
6.4.3.3 IMPACTS FROM CONSTRUCTION EXHAUST EMISSIONS
Vehicles and large construction machinery operating during construction are sources of
gaseous exhaust emissions, including NOx, CO, PM10 and hydrocarbons. As described in
Section 3 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development, planned
construction is to occur over a 3 year period starting in 2013, during which time the number of
trucks arriving at the Project area be approximately 110per day in the peak period.
Although vehicle exhaust emissions will be released close to ground level (i.e. close to the
breathing zone of receptors), these emissions will generally be released in open areas where
rapid dispersion and dilution will occur. Thus, the maximum concentrations are expected at or
near each facility rather than the site boundary. In addition, such emissions will be limited to
the duration of the construction phase.
The magnitude of exhaust emissions associated with construction activity is likely to be low
outside the Project site and high near the construction area. NOx and CO concentrations
from exhaust emissions during construction were projected to be of low magnitude when
added to the baseline. However, overall PM10 and PM2.5 levels are expected to be high due to
the high existing background levels recorded at the AQMS, even though the contribution from
the Project is considered minimal.
Existing PM10 levels are already high and exhaust emissions from construction would further
contribute to PM10 levels on the Project site, but would add little to existing PM10 levels
outside the property boundary. Therefore, impacts from exhaust emissions during
construction are considered to be of low significance.
6.5 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATIONS
6.5.1 INTRODUCTION
Impacts during the commissioning and operations phase include exhaust emissions from
vehicles, emissions from operations of the beneficiation plant, the phosphoric acid plant
(PAP), emissions from the sulphuric acid plant, cooling tower emissions, and emissions from
the Mine area. Impacts are discussed below by pollutant. Specific impacts on air quality due
to operational activities are summarised in Table 6-12 and discussed in the following text. A
discussion of fugitive emissions for the Complex and radiological impacts from uranium
exposure are also included.
Table 6-12: Operational Phase Impacts Assessment
Factor AQ3 AQ4 AQ5 AQ6
Receptor Importance Low Low Low Low
/ Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely Likely
Extent Local Local Local Regional
Duration Medium Medium Medium Medium
Magnitude Low High Low High
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Low Low Low Low
Project Name:
Factor AQ7 AQ8 AQ9

Receptor Importance Low Low Low
/ Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely
Extent Local Local Local
Duration Medium Medium Medium
Magnitude High High High
Effect Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct
Significance Low Low Low
6.5.2 OPERATIONAL IMPACTS
Figure 6-3 shows a lay out of the proposed Project site including the proposed Mining area
and the Chemical Complex site. For this analysis, impacts during the commissioning and
operations phase will be described in three parts, those attributable to the Chemical Complex,
those attributable to the Mine, and a discussion of the combined impacts on the site.
Project Name:
Figure 6-3: Umm Wual Project Layout
6.5.2.1 CHEMICAL COMPLEX

The Chemical Complex site will be comprised of industrial buildings including: tanks,
conveyors and pipetrains of varying sizes. Buildings with a significant height in the vicinity of
an air emission source can substantially modify the dispersion characteristics of the
emissions, usually interfering with dispersion and reducing its effectiveness. Typical US EPA
guidance for dispersion modelling is to include all buildings within a factor of 2.5 times of the
stack release height. For this analysis, all significant structures or groups of structures
proposed were included within the model, based on the latest Chemical Complex plot plan
(as of March 2013). For the Complex modelling, the nominal release height for the STTP
Scrubber stack has been increased to 25m to allow discharges above the enclosing steel
work. This will be subject to design review as the Project progresses. All buildings included
are shown in
Project Name:
Table 6-13 and Figure 6-4.
Project Name:
Table 6-13: Buildings Included in Air Quality Modelling for the Chemical Complex
Structure (or group of Number Average Maximum
structures) Height (m)
Beneficiation plant Modelled as 1 20
area
Beneficiation clarifier 1 10
Sulphuric acid plant 3 30
Phosphoric acid plants 3 20
PAP feeder tanks Modelled as 1 15
area
PAP drying and storage Modelled as 1 15
area
Sulphuric acid tanks 6 18
Tank and storage area 1 18
PPA plant 2 12
Power plant 1 30
MCP/DCP plant 2 25
Warehouse 1 1 18
Warehouse 2 1 12
Figure 6-4 is a 3-D representation of buildings and sources at the chemical Complex site
within AERMOD viewed from the west.
Figure 6-4: Proposed Chemical Complex Buildings in a 3D Representation of the Site in

AERMOD
Fugitive emissions for the Project were modelled based on US EPA AP42 guidance. The
methodologies for each emissions source are described in detail in Appendix D. The fugitive
emissions from each area described are summarised in
Project Name:
Table 6-14.These fugitive sources were simplistically modelled as six area and one line
source, defined by the footprints of the areas of site where these activities take place.
Project Name:
Table 6-14: Projected Maximum Fugitive Emissions from Complex
Description Area Activities Emissions
2
(m ) (g/s)
AREA1 Phosphogypsum 6.00E+6 Unloading of material from 0.052(PM10)
Storage Facility conveyor from PAP and
(PSF) beneficiation plant
Truck unloading in waste
area
AREA2 Beneficiation 5.50E+5 Unloading of ROM from 0.018 (PM10)
area conveyor
Loading of conveyor to
PAP
Tailings Storage Facility
AREA3 Cooling tower 3.50E+3 Area emissions of dust 5.0e-5 (PM10 )
from cooling tower
LINE1 Fugitive 2.7E+4 Locomotive emissions in 0.0083 (PM10)
emissions from sidings
0.014 (VOC)
railway sidings
0.52 (NOX)
0.13 (CO)
AREA4 Tailings Storage 4.56E+6 Unloading of material from 0.042 (PM10)
Facility (TSF) conveyor
Truck unloading in waste
area
AREA5 Site area for 2.10E+06 Vehicle emissions from 0.0017 (PM10)
fugitive vehicle transport and truck
0.0049 (VOC)
emissions deliveries to chemical
Complex 0.05 (NOX)
0.036 (CO)
AREA6 Fugitive 6.00E+03 Emissions from 2 diesel 0.015 (VOC)
emissions from tanks and 1 MIBK tank
diesel and MIBK
tanks
AREA7 PAP dust area 1.50E+05 Unloading of conveyor 0.0041 (PM10)
source from beneficiation
PSF
Note: Following design change introducing wet stack in preference to dry stack the fugitive
(dust) emissions generated by the transportation of slurried phosphogypsum (rather than
dry), will be reduced at the PSF. Modelling has not been re-run, as the modelled scenario is
considered to be conservative for the updated wet stack design.
The stack parameters, tanks and area sources in each of the units depicted above and the
pollutant emissions rates used in the modelling analysis are presented in Appendix D.
Emissions from the proposed Chemical Complex facility including the fugitive emissions
above have been modelled for NO2, CO, SO2, PM10, VOC, and HF. The modelling results for
the 6 pollutants from the Chemical Complex are included in Table 6-15. The Table shows the
Project Name:
peak air concentration averaged over the period of the relevant ambient air quality standard.
Results are compared to the PME standards. Any exceedances are represented in bold.
The combined contributions resulting from all proposed Project facilities are summarised
below in Table 6-19 for 2009. The combined impacts of both the Mine and Chemical Complex
are discussed on a pollutant-specific basis.
Table 6-15: Maximum Modelled Stack Discharge Concentrations for Criteria Pollutants
3
at the Chemical Complex (g/m )
PME
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
AAQS
NOX 1H3H 660 389 376 453 408 375
NOX annual 100 17.6 12.6 18.2 17.6 17.9
CO 1H3H 40000 100 98.1 117 106 98.2
CO 8H3H 10000 32.7 27.8 26.9 24.9 25.1
SO2 1H3H 730 540 548 553 552 555
SO2 24H2H 365 150 140 152 142 146
SO2 Annual 80 42.3 43.8 42.5 42.3 38.7
PM10 24H1H 340 197 196 318 233 165
PM10 annual 80 16.7 16.5 20.1 16.4 15.1
VOC 3H1H 160 60.3 38.2 39.7 40.1 28.2
HF monthly* 1 0.48 0.55 0.50 0.51 0.42
Source: Jacobs, AERMOD, 2013
Note: All results are g m-3
* RC standard as no PME standard for HF
The results show that PCs for all pollutant emissions from the Project are within PME ambient
air quality standards.
Fugitive emissions associated with the Complex consist of:
Loading/Unloading from the conveyor in the beneficiation area;
Locomotive emissions;
Emissions from diesel storage tanks;
Loading/unloading at the Phosphogypsum storage
Vehicle emissions from cars/coaches/trucks on the site;
Waste storage ;and
Area emissions of dust from cooling tower.
6.5.2.2 MINING AREA

The mining area is comprised of the following activities that contribute to fugitive PM10
emissions:
Blasting;
Loading material onto trucks;
Driving tuck to crushing area;
Unloading from truck at crushing area;
Crushing/sizing;
Loading onto conveyor for transport to Beneficiation area in the Phosphate plant;
Loading waste onto truck for return to mining area;
Driving truck to waste tipping area; and
Unloading Mine spoil from truck at infill area.
Project Name:
The fugitive emissions associated with the Mine are summarized in Table 6-16. Additionally
the area includes heavy equipment that would also result in fugitive emissions. All sources of
fugitive emissions have been included in the Project totals shown in Table 6-19.
Table 6-16: Projected Maximum Fugitive Emissions from Mine
2
Description Area (m ) Activities Emissions
(g/s)
AREA1 Crushing 2.00E+5 Unloading of mined ore from 0.31 (PM10)
Area trucks.
Crushing activities
Loading of ROM onto conveyor
PAREA1 Mining Area 3.72E+7 Dust from blasting 27.37
(PM10)
Emissions from explosives
1.64 (VOC)
Loading ore onto trucks
17.8 (NOX)
Driving trucks on unpaved
roads 3.77 (CO)
Vehicle emissions from Mine
machinery and trucks
Unloading of waste from trucks
PAREA2 Mine 1.50E+6 Emissions from 1 diesel tank 0.0047
Maintenance (VOC)
Area
In addition NOX, CO and PM10 VOC fugitive emissions will arise from the operation of trucks
and other site machinery and fugitive VOCs would arise from diesel/oil tanks in the Mine
maintenance area. The modelling results for the 6 pollutants from the mining area are
included in Table 6-17.
Table 6-17: Maximum Modelled Stack Discharge Concentrations for Criteria Pollutants
3
at the Mine (g/m )
PME
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
AAQS
NOX1H3H 660 233 233 233 232 233
NOX annual 100 7.5 7.1 8.5 7.7 6.5
CO1H3H 40000 388 384 386 391 378
CO8H3H 10000 204 231 258 214 156
SO2 1H3H 730 8.3 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.1
SO224H2H 365 2.4 1.8 2.5 2.4 1.5
SO2 Annual 80 0.13 0.13 0.17 0.13 0.11
PM10 24H1H 340 155 120 218 165 124
PM10 annual 80 10.5 10.0 12.2 10.8 9.4
VOC 3H1H 160 43.3 43.5 43.6 45.1 36.1
HF monthly* 1 0 0 0 0 0
Note: All results are g m-3
The modelling results show that all of the mining operations would be within PME standards.
Project Name:
6.5.2.3 PREDICTED COMBINED CONCENTRATIONS FROM BOTH SITES
The predicted air emissions concentrations resulting from either site are shown in Table 6-18.
No year is noticeably the worst case for all pollutants, reflecting the multiplicity of pollutants
and sources in the Complex site covered in this Project. 2009 is used as a typical year for
further analysis of results below.
The concentrations shown include Project contributions from both site and background air
concentrations (data from the SRK 2000 report and on site diffusion tubes). The AERMOD
post-processor takes the hourly results data and combines these with the hourly background
air concentration to provide a better indication of the actual air concentration than that
achieved by simply adding an average background level. Exceedances are shown in bold. The
Total column is the total peak concentration observed including contributions from all
sources such as road traffic.
Table 6-18: Combined PECs from the Mine and Complex (g/m3)
PME Mine+ Complex + Total inc.
Mine Complex
AAQS Bkg Bkg Bkg
NOX 1H3H 660 233 342 376 485 606
NOX annual 100 7.1 13.1 12.6 18.6 50.3
CO 1H3H 40000 384 384 98.1 98.1 384
CO 8H3H 10000 231 231 27.8 27.8 231
SO2 1H3H 730 8.2 69.4 548 622 622
SO2 24H2H 365 1.8 26.9 140 165 165
SO2 Annual 80 0.13 5.2 43.8 48.9 48.9
PM10 24H1H 340 120 2099 196 2175 2175
PM10 annual 80 10.0 72 16.5 78.5 78.5
VOC 3H1H 160 43.5 43.5 38.2 38.2 43.5
HF monthly* 1 0 0 0.55 0.55 0.55
Notes: Background data for NOx is the Gradko tube results factored by 6.8 for hourly standard
NB no background data for VOC or HF, Note: All results are g m-3
The inclusion of background ambient air concentration data shows the domination of
background data for PM10 by local dust storm events in the area, which exceeds any industrial
contribution. Contour plots for each pollutant are shown below.
Pollutant levels form the combined Mine and Complex sites are shown in Table 6-19 for 2009
at nominated sensitive receptors. Pollutant levels are compared to PME standards. IFC/WB
standards are also shown for informational purposes for comparison to emissions levels at the
international border with Jordan. Violations of PME standards are shown in bold. All pollutant
levels are within the PME AAQSs, with the exception of PM10 levels. As noted above under
background concentrations, this is largely due to dust storm events.
3
Table 6-19: PECs from the Project at discrete receptors (g/m )
NOX PM10 HF SO2 CO VOC
Discrete Receptors
1H3H 24H1H 1M1H 1H3H 1H3H 3H1H
PME AAQS 660 730
340 (50) 1 40000 160
(IFC/WB Standards) (200) (500)
Turaif (17km south west of the
159.6 1986 0.0019 118 26.47 1.8
site)
The border with Jordan at the
144 2029 0.0012 74.4 273 23.1
closest point to the mine
The proposed residential area
239 2005 0.0051 144 74.2 5.5
close to site
Source: Jacobs, AERMOD 2013
Note: All results are g m-3, *Since PME has no HF standard, RC standard for HF is used
NB no background data for CO, VOC or HF
Project Name:
6.5.2.4 IMPACTS FROM NOX

Air concentrations of nitrogen oxides are compared to the hourly and annual standards in
Table 6-18. Maximum combined site hourly emissions including background concentrations
were 606g m-3 for 2009. This is under the PME AAQS of 660 g m-3. Annual NOx
emissions were 50.3g m-3, which is also within PME standards.
Contour plots of the hourly averaged NOx results from AERMOD for the Complex and the
Mine in 2009 are included in Figure 6-5. Therefore, impacts were considered to be of low
significance.
Complex
Project Name:
Mine
3
Figure 6-5: Contour plots of 1H3H PC for NOX(g/m ) (2009)
6.5.2.5 IMPACTS FROM CO

Air concentrations of carbon monoxide are compared to the hourly and eight hour standards
in Table 6-18. Maximum hourly emissions for the Project were 384 g m-3 and eight hour
emissions were g 231 in 2009. These are considerably lower than the relevant AAQSs of
40000g m-3and 10000g m-3respectively. This demonstrates that the Project would be
compliant with the relevant environmental regulations. Contour plots of the hourly averaged
CO results for 2009 of the Complex and the Mine are included in Figure 6-6 demonstrating
that concentrations were highest immediately adjacent to the Complex. Impacts were
Project Name:
Complex
Mine
3
Figure 6-6: Contour plots of 1H3H PC for CO(g/m ) (2009)
Project Name:
6.5.2.6 IMPACTS FROM SO2

Air concentrations of oxides of sulphur are compared to the hourly and 24 hour standards in
Table 6-18. Maximum hourly emissions were 622 g m-3 and 24 hour emissions were 165 g
m-3 in 2009. Annual emissions were 48.9 g m-3for the combined Project plus the
background in 2009. Maximum concentrations were well below the 730 g m-3 (hourly), 365
g m-3 (24-hourly) and 80 g m-3 (annual) AAQSs, demonstrating that the site would be well
within the relevant environmental regulations.
A contour plot of the hourly averaged SO2 results for 2009 of the Complex is included in
Figure 6-7. No SO2 emissions would be associated with mining operations. Based on all of
the above, impacts to SO2 were considered to be of low significance.

Figure 6-7: Contour plots of 1H3H PC for SO2 (g/m3) (2009)
Project Name:
6.5.2.7 IMPACTS FROM PM10

Project generated air concentrations of Particulate Matter (PM10) are compared to the 24-
hourly and annual standards in Table 6-18. Maximum concentrations were 2175g m-3 (24-
hourly) and 78.5 g m-3 (annual) for 2009. This is above the relevant PME AAQS of 340 g
m-3, but within the 80 g m-3 annual standard. However, the existing PM10 values were found
to be higher than the AAQSs, demonstrating that high regional background PM10
concentrations are leading to exceedances of the relevant environmental regulations.
A contour plot of the 24-hourly PM10 concentrations at the Mine in 2009 is included in Figure
6-8.

Note - The scale on the graph in Figure 6-8 is 1-tenth of the calculated concentration
Figure 6-8: Contour plot of 24H1H PC for PM10 at the Mine (g/m3) (2009)
Given the high baseline concentrations, no amount of mitigation on point source PM

emissions (which are relatively low) will reduce the general PM10 issue in the local
environment. Therefore, PM10 impacts are considered to be of low significance.
Project Name:
6.5.2.8 IMPACTS FROM HF

Air concentrations of HF are compared to the monthly RC fluoride standards in Table 6-18.
Maximum monthly g m-3 emissions were 0.55. These are below the RC AAQS of 1 per
month. The results demonstrate that the site would be within the relevant environmental
regulations.
A contour plot of the monthly averaged HF results for 2009 of the plant is included in Figure
6-9, demonstrating that concentrations would be highest immediately adjacent to the
Complex. NO HF emissions would be generated by the Mine. Therefore, Project impacts on
HF would be considered of low significance.

Figure 6-9: Contour plot of monthly average HF at the Complex
Project Name:
6.5.2.9 IMPACTS FROM VOCS

Air concentrations of VOCs are compared to the one hour PME standards in Table 6-18.
Maximum hourly emissions were .43.5g m-3. These are well below the PME AAQS of 160
g m-3 per hour. The results demonstrate that the site would be within the relevant
environmental regulations.
A contour plot of the monthly averaged VOC results for 2009 of the Complex is included in
Figure 6-10, demonstrating that concentrations would be highest immediately adjacent to the
Complex. Therefore, Project impacts on VOCs would be considered of low significance.

3
Figure 6-10: Contour plots of 1H3H PC VOC (g/m ) (2009)
6.5.3 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACTS

Phosphate ore tends to have relatively higher concentrations of uranium and so a screening
radiological assessment was undertaken to assess likely doses to workers at the mine
exposed to dust generated there and to the raw material in-ground. If these doses are judged
to be acceptable then those resulting from offsite movement will be no worse, since the same
material is involved (assuming soil/sand is derived from the underlying rock) and
concentrations will only decrease by dilution as the rock is processed. The assessment
considered doses resulting from inhalation of dust and from external irradiation from the rock
and soil.
Experience shows that the main environmental problem associated with tailings waste is due
to leaching of radionuclides into surface and ground waters. The two waste stores associated
with the Project are designed to best practice and will be lined and bunded, allowing control
of leachate to be maintained. In the arid environment around Umm Wual infiltration into the
stack and hence potential for leaching will be low.
Project Name:
The assessment undertaken is a conservative one based on the concentration of all
radionuclides (including all daughter radionuclides at secular equilibrium) in the original ore. It
is assumed there is no chemical concentration of the final form of the waste is involved (there
is additional of significant quantities of inert material as part of the waste management
process). It is recognised that as a result of the acidification process, that there is a partial
geochemical separation of the uranium and radium isotopes. However, this is unlikely to
result in an increase in concentration, since additional inert material will be added as part of
the post-processing which bulks the concentrations back to the initial values. This can be
seen in the geochemical characterisation report (MD-510-0000-PM-GE-RPT-0012) there is
little change in uranium concentration between the rock and the tailings waste. Obviously,
well documented observations that concentrations in phosphogypsum stacks are higher than
local soils are implicit from this due to the derivation of this material from phosphate ore with
elevated radionuclide concentrations. Concentrations in tailings and phosphogypsum waste
will not be significantly different to those measured in the rock and so this assessment will
also cover exposures in those areas as well
Results of the assessment are shown in Table 6-20 for the three natural series described
above. The total dose from exposure to radionuclides by inhalation of dust or by external
exposure to the soil whilst standing upon it is 125 Sv/yr. This is lower than typical average
exposure to background radiation of ~2 mSv/yr (UNSCEAR, 2008). The actual exposures at
the site are likely to be even lower as a very conservative assumption on dust in air has been
made for the assessment and it is likely that at those concentrations PE would be required,
which would also reduce these doses. In addition, the external dose will be reduced as a
result of shielding by the vehicle, in which it is assumed the majority of work will be
undertaken. Therefore, Project impacts from radiological exposure are considered to be of
low significance.
Table 6-20: Calculation of Radiological Dosage from Exposure to Project Ore and
Waste
Inhalation External dose
Inhalation External
Dose co- co-efficient Total
Nuclide dose dose
efficient (Sv/y per (Sv/y)
(Sv/y) (Sv/y)
(Sv/Bq) Bq/kg)
Uranium238
series
U238 0.000008 2.99E-09 1.58E-06 4.21E-08 1.62E-06
Th234 7.7E-09 2.05E-08 1.52E-09 2.89E-07 2.91E-07
Pa234m 0 2.48E-08 0 3.5E-07 3.5E-07
Pa234 4E-10 3.84E-06 1.58E-13 1.08E-07 1.08E-07
U234 9.4E-06 3.81E-09 1.86E-06 5.37E-08 1.91E-06
Th230 0.0001 3.4E-09 1.98E-05 4.8E-08 1.98E-05
Ra226 9.5E-06 1.48E-08 1.88E-06 2.09E-07 2.09E-06
Rn222 1.3E-08 8.74E-10 2.57E-09 1.23E-08 1.49E-08
Po218 3.3E-09 2E-11 6.52E-10 2.82E-10 9.35E-10
Pb214 1.5E-08 5.49E-07 2.96E-09 7.74E-06 7.75E-06
Bi214 1.4E-08 3.21E-06 2.77E-09 4.52E-05 4.52E-05
Po214 0 1.83E-10 0 2.58E-09 2.58E-09
Pb210 5.6E-06 1.06E-08 1.11E-06 1.49E-07 1.26E-06
Bi210 9.3E-08 0 1.84E-08 0 1.84E-08
Po210 4.3E-06 1.87E-11 8.5E-07 2.63E-10 8.5E-07
Project Name:
Inhalation External dose
Inhalation External
Dose co- co-efficient Total
Nuclide dose dose
efficient (Sv/y per (Sv/y)
(Sv/y) (Sv/y)
(Sv/Bq) Bq/kg)
Subtotal 2.71E-05 5.42E-05 8.13E-05
Uranium235
series
U235 8.5E-06 3.38E-07 7.83E-08 2.22E-07 3.01E-07
Th231 3.3E-10 5.6E-08 3.04E-12 3.68E-08 3.68E-08
Pa231 0.00014 1.05E-07 1.29E-06 6.87E-08 1.36E-06
Ac227 0.00055 5.07E-10 5.07E-06 3.34E-10 5.07E-06
Th227 0.00001 2.33E-07 9.22E-08 1.53E-07 2.45E-07
Ra223 8.7E-06 2.92E-07 8.02E-08 1.92E-07 2.72E-07
Rn219 0 1.23E-07 0 8.06E-08 8.06E-08
Po215 0 3.87E-10 0 2.54E-10 2.54E-10
Pb211 1.2E-08 1.1E-07 1.11E-10 7.26E-08 7.28E-08
Bi211 0 1.02E-07 0 6.73E-08 6.73E-08
Tl207 0 4.85E-09 0 3.19E-09 3.19E-09
Subtotal 6.61E-06 8.97E-07 7.51E-06
Thorium232
series
Th232 0.00011 2.92E-09 7.16E-06 1.36E-08 7.18E-06
Ra228 0.000016 8.79E-15 1.04E-06 4.08E-14 1.04E-06
Ac228 2.5E-08 2.04E-06 1.63E-09 9.49E-06 9.49E-06
Th228 0.00004 7.25E-09 2.61E-06 3.37E-08 2.64E-06
Ra224 3.4E-06 2.17E-08 2.21E-07 1.01E-07 3.22E-07
Rn220 0 8.46E-10 0 3.93E-09 3.93E-09
Po216 0 3.71E-11 0 1.73E-10 1.73E-10
Pb212 1.9E-07 3.25E-07 1.24E-08 1.51E-06 1.52E-06
Bi212 3.1E-08 4.06E-07 2.02E-09 1.89E-06 1.89E-06
Po212 0 0 0 0 0
Tl208 0 7.38E-06 0 1.23E-05 1.23E-05
Subtotal 1.11E-05 2.54E-05 3.64E-05
Total 4.47E-05 8.05E-05 1.25E-04
Source: Jacobs 2013
6.6 GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
6.6.1 INTRODUCTION
CO2 emissions associated with the Project could also result in negative impacts upon global
greenhouse emissions. Specific potential impacts on the air quality environment due to the
greenhouse gas emissions are summarised in Table 6-21 and discussed in the following text.
Project Name:
Table 6-21: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Impacts Assessment
Factor AQ10
Receptor Importance / Sensitivity Low
Frequency Continuous
Likelihood Likely
Extent International
Duration Long
Magnitude High
Effect Negative
Action Direct
Significance Low
6.6.2 GHG IMPACT ASSESSMENT

As described in the Section 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework, the proposed
Project is subject to the Equator Principles and the IFC Performance Standards. As such,
Principle 2 and IFC Performance Standard 3 include requirements for resource efficiency and
pollution prevention. This includes the requirement to minimize the Project impacts upon
greenhouse gas emissions. According to the Equator principles, Principle 2, if the Project is
expected to emit more than 100,000 Metric tonnes of CO2 equivalent annually, an alternative
analysis to evaluate less greenhouse gases (GHG) intensive alternatives is required.
The International Energy Agency (IEA) has estimated the total CO2 emission in KSA was 446
Million Metric tonnes in 2010 (IEA, 2012). Of this total, 104 Million Metric tonnes were from
manufacturing and industry. The proposed Project is anticipated to generate CO2 emissions
through industrial and mining operations. Construction vehicles would also be a source of CO2
emissions, however, these emissions would be temporary and are not included in the
discussion below. Energy use from the emergency diesel generator is also excluded from this
discussion as it is only operational in emergencies. Table 6-22 shows the total Project CO2
emissions associated with Project operations primarily from the chemical complex, with a
small portion from the mine.
Table 6-22: Total GHG Emissions by Source Category
Source Type MW Distance Annual MT CO2
Travelled Emissions
Auxiliary Boiler 4 700
Heavy Equipment at the Mine 4.45 2,000
Trains 6,400 km per day 3.8
Operational Vehicles 39,300 km per day 2.2
MCP/DCP 60,000
STPP 15,000
Total 77,706
Source: Jacobs, 2013. The following calculations are based on Table 2.12 and Table 2.15 of the U.S. Department of
Energys Transportation Energy Data Book (Davis 2012) and the UK EA GHG emission factors paper. Operational
CO2 emissions calculations are based on FEED data. Represents the worst case operational scenario.
Notes: MW=Megawatts
MT= Metric tonnes
Project Name:
As described in the Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development, energy consumption has been minimized wherever possible throughout all
phases of the operational life of the Project. The Sulphuric Acid Plant is designed as a
Double Conversion Double Absorption Contact Process, which means that it generates
high pressure steam that is expected to be able supply the total power (electricity) requirement
for the Umm Wual site. Therefore, the Project would not increase total energy demand.
The total estimated CO2 emissions that would be generated by the Project including
operations and vehicle emissions would be 77,706 MT. Therefore, emissions associated with
the proposed facility are not expected to significantly incrementally impact global greenhouse
gas emissions.
6.7 MITIGATION
6.7.1 OVERVIEW
In accordance with the methodology established in Section 5 Impact Assessment
Methodology, mitigation measures are to be implemented to minimise potential negative
impacts of the activities on the air quality, including construction dust and operational
emissions. The impact assessment has identified no negative impacts of medium or high
significance; however, recommendations can be made to apply good management practice
and mitigate those negative impacts identified of low significance.
6.7.2 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction phase
Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and a Construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP) as based on the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
(Appendix A of this ESIA). These plans should detail responsibilities and procedures for
environmental and emergency response management during construction, including:
Cover of all dust generating materials being moved by truck,etc., with a suitable weighted
tarpaulin;
Establish pedestrian routes within the construction area to be used by workers;
Minimisation of the amount of materials stockpiled as far as is practicable, with any
required stockpiles aligned parallel to the prevailing wind direction ;
Cover of exposed soils in heavily trafficked areas such as roads or car parks and dust
generating stockpiles where feasible with gravel or crushed stone to reduce wind blown
dust generation;
A reduced construction site speed limit to prevent the generation of large dust clouds form
vehicles;
Subject to water availability and the time of the year, surface spraying of road surfaces
with water and a soil binding agent;
Periodic grading of any uneven surfaces that arise on construction traffic routes;
Routing of pedestrian areas away from dust generating areas; and
Implementation of a monitoring programme to verify construction vehicles comply with
regulations.
6.7.3 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATIONS RECOMMENDATIONS
The site operator shall develop, implement and maintain an Environmental Emergency
Response Plan (EERP) and Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) for the
operational phase, to further protect against impact of local air quality. These plans should
detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental and emergency response
management during operation, including:
Emissions monitoring and reporting to relevant authorities;
Project Name:
Appropriate maintenance of important mitigation equipment such as scrubbers, catalyst
beds etc.;
lines of communication in the event of an emergency (including accidental releases of
hazardous substances);
Minimizing use of auxiliary and back up boilers;
Minimisation of stockpiled materials, provision of suitable cover for potentially dust
generating materials, and consideration of aligning stockpiles parallel to the prevailing
wind direction;
Damping down of roads, and storage areas for dust suppression, and periodic grading of
uneven surfaces;
A reduced site speed limit to prevent the generation of large dust clouds form vehicles;
Monitoring of dust suppression measures used on the tailings and phosphogypsum
storage areas;
Monitoring and maintenance of dust extraction systems to ensure effectiveness; and
Regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their ongoing effectiveness.
Prior to commencement of operations, ambient air quality data should again be gathered and
such data sets built on during the course of operations.
Further more detailed recommendations are included in the Operational Implementation Plan
within the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan included in Appendix A.
Project Name:
7.0 TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION
This section presents the findings of the terrestrial environment baseline review and the likely
impacts on the terrestrial environment arising from the Project. The assessment addresses
regional and local geological and hydrogeological conditions, characterises the soil and
groundwater quality as well as groundwater resources issues, and assesses potential impacts
on receptors. Baseline conditions and related impact assessment for surface water are
provided in Section 11 Surface Water Management. Surface water information is only
presented in this chapter where it relates to the groundwater environment or local soils.
Similarly, any impacts on the terrestrial environment relating to dust are covered in Section 6 -
Air Quality & Meteorology.
The Umm Wual area is part of an extensive gently undulating and relatively featureless, wind-
swept Al Hamad gravel plain. Undulations in topography are reflected in a 20 m difference in
elevation across the whole Umm Wual Mine with the surface elevation approximately 860 m
above sea level. Most of the Umm Wual region is covered by a thin residual soil that has been
periodically cut into by gentle dipping temporal water courses, known locally as wadis. The
area is sparsely vegetated with vegetation being generally confined to the network of wadi flow
channels. These are relatively minor channels within the phosphate deposit area and drain
into a larger wadi flowing from the north to the south outside the western boundary of the
deposit area (SRK, 2013c).
7.2 BASELINE CONDITIONS

7.2.1 INTRODUCTION
The terrestrial environment baseline conditions of the Project site have been established
taking into consideration the geological and hydrogeological information collated by previous
studies and field investigations carried out for the Project and other supporting local and
regional information.
The geological and hydrogeological baseline conditions have been determined through
reference to existing literature, and the results of the SRK studies on mining, hydrology and
hydrogeology / water supply (SRK 2004, 2013a, 2013b). These studies present information
based on extensive literature searches and field investigations including:
Data from the Al Jalamid wellfield and Saudi Aramco;
Hydrocensus data collected in 2002, 2003, 2012 and 2013;
Test and observation well works to assess water levels and hydraulic characteristics
of the aquifer; and
Water quality analysis on samples taken from the test and observation wells.
This data was used to update the Conceptual Site Model, and construct numerical models
which predicted the local and regional impact of the required groundwater abstraction from a
variety of wellfield layouts and locations.
A programme of soil sampling and testing was undertaken across the project site which
included 101 shallow soil samples which were analysed for a range of chemical parameters to
characterize the soil chemistry and identify occurrences of existing contamination.
7.2.2 REGIONAL GEOLOGY
The information regarding regional geology described in this section is derived from the
Geological Map and Explanatory Notes of the Al Jawf Quadrangle (Meissner, et al., 1989) and
description of the geology of the shield area of western Saudi Arabia (Brown, Schmidt and
Huffman, 1989).
Project Name:
Umm Wual mining licence
Figure 6-11: Extract of the stratigraphy of the regional geology [Source: Based on a
compilation by Brown, Schmidt and Huffman (1989)]
The solid geology of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is characterised by the Precambrian
crystalline rocks of the Arabian Shield, which is overlain by thick Palaeozoic, Mesozoic and
Tertiary sedimentary rocks, known as the Arabian Shelf (see Figure 6-11). These formations
are generally composed of sandstones, limestones and shales. The sedimentary rock
sequences are up to 10 km thickness in places.
The younger Tertiary rocks include notable phosphate bearing horizons, that can be laterally
continuous over several hundred kilometres within the study area.
The regional structural geology is characterised by several geological structures. The study
area is occupied by two sedimentary basins; the Wadi Sirhan Basin to the west and the
Widyan Basin to the east. The basins are separated by the Hail arch, a major N-NW trending
anticline.
The Sirhan Graben Fault and the Umm Wual Fault are found to the south-west of the study
area. The furthest structure is the Sirhan Graben and consists of five north-west to south-east
trending parallel faults approximately 100 km to the south-west of the study area. The Umm
Wual Fault runs parallel to the Sirhan Graben Faults approximately 30 km to the south-west
of the study area and it is the closest known structural discontinuity.
7.2.3 LOCAL GEOLOGY
Based on published information (Brown, Schmidt and Huffman, 1989) and the Project Mining
Report (SRK, 2013a), the site is underlain by Tertiary rocks of the Turayf Group, comprising
the Jalamid, Mira and the Umm Wual Formations. The Tertiary layers comprise interbedded
carbonate rocks of limestones and dolomites, shales and phosphorites. The Tertiary
formations also contain the phosphate bearing lithologies of the Al Jalamid mine, located to
the east of the Project.
The Turayf Group is underlain by Cretaceous sedimentary sequences. The younger Aruma
Formation is predominantly composed of argillaceous and horizontally interbedded
limestones. The older Waisa Formation is characterised by horizontally bedded sandstones
with general occurrence of siltstone and shale.
The Waisa Formation is underlain by the Supra-Jauf Formation of various lithologies,
generally comprising sandstones, limestones and shales of Jurassic-Carboniferous age.
Project Name:
Beneath the Carboniferous layers lies the Jauf Formation. This formation is composed of
Early to Middle Devonian heterogeneous sedimentary rocks of sandstones, limestones and
shales.
The Jauf Formation is underlain by fluvial sandstones of the Tawil Formation. The Tawil
formation is characterised by medium to thick cross-bedded, well sorted quartz sandstones,
with iron concentrations and iron cement in places. Minor interbeds of thin silty sandstone
and shale generally occur in the middle and lower sections of the formation. The Tawil is
proposed to be the main aquifer to provide water supply for the site.
The Tawil Formation is underlain by Lower Silurian sedimentary rocks of the Qalibah
Formation. The Qalibah Formation comprises graptolitic shales with isolated sandstone and
siltstone bands in its upper sections, and micaceous sandstones with minor laminated shales
and siltstones in the lower part.
The Silurian layers are underlain by Ordovician sedimentary rocks of the Zarga, Sarah and
Quassim Formations. The formations are mainly composed of sandstones and silty
sandstones with intercalated layers of shales.
Beneath the Ordovician formations lies the last member of the Arabian Shelf, the Cambrian
SAQ Formation. The SAQ comprising fine to coarse sandstones with interbedded siltstone
and shale layers, lying unconformably over the crystalline basement rocks.
The local geology is summarised in Table 6-23.
Table 6-23: Regional Stratigraphic Column [Source: SRK, 2013b (modified from BRGM,
2008)]
Thickness
Period Formation Notes
(m)
Tertiary Jaramid, Mira and ~160 Phosphate bearing sequences
Umm Wual comprised of micrites, bioclastic
limestones, vuggy limestones, chert,
phosphatic limestones, phosphatic
sands, phosphatic sandstones
Cretaceous Aruma ~150 Horizontally bedded limestone
Waisa ~150 Horizontally bedded sand and

limestones
Angular Unconformity
Jurassic - Supra-Jauf N/A Includes various units comprising

Carboniferous dipping (anticlinal) limestones, shales
and sandstones. Not present in the
vicinity of the site.
Devonian Jauf 200 - 300 Dipping (anticlinal) inter-bedded
sandstones, limestones and shales.
Tawil 400 - 500 Dipping (anticlinal) sandstones
Silurian Qalibah ~700 Dipping (anticlinal). Includes the

Sharawra Sandstone and the Qusaiba
shale.
Ordovician Zarga + Sarah ~350 Dipping (anticlinal) sandstone and
Formation shales.
Qassim
Cambrian SAQ ~700 Dipping (anticlinal) sandstone.
Pre-Cambrian Basement Rocks N/A Crystalline Bedrock
Project Name:
Additional information on bedrock was obtained from several phases of ground investigation.
Three boreholes have been constructed as part of the 2003 initial hydrogeological feasibility
study (SRK, 2004). The boreholes are located 25 km ENE of the proposed Maaden
phosphate mine and targeted the Tawil aquifer. The boreholes provided information to a
depth of 850 m. The description of the encountered rock strata is summarised below:
0 167 mBGL, cherty micritic limestone with cavities (Aruma Formation).
167 240 mBGL, fine grained sandstone and argillic siltstone with occasional shale
beds (Zallum Formation, lower part of Aruma Formation).
240 257 mBGL, medium grained calcareous sandstone (upper part of Jauf
Formation).
257 411 mBGL, mainly red and green banded shale with thin horizons of siltstone
and sandstone (lower part of Jauf Formation).
411 850 mBGL, fine to very coarse grained sandstone with occasional thin horizons
of shale. The sandstone is noticeably more coarse in lower section (670 850
mBGL), (Tawil Formation).
Information on deeper bedrock strata was also available from two further boreholes, the
Ma'aden Test Well and Maaden Observation Well, drilled during 2012, for aquifer testing
purposes (SKR, 2013b). The borehole logs provide detail to a depth of 1,490 m. The logs
recorded various sequences of sedimentary rocks and confirmed the heterogeneity of the
published bedrock geology. The description of the encountered rock strata is summarised
below:
0 170 mBGL, soft limestone, small proportion of siltstone and chert, (Umm Wual
and Mira Formations).
170 260 mBGL, limestone interbedded with siltstone, shale and chert (from 220
mbgl), (Aruma Formation).
260 350 mBGL, fine, occasionally medium to coarse sandstone interbedded with
siltstone and shale, (Jubah Formation).
350 670 mBGL, silty sandstone and fine to coarse sandstone, interbedded with
shale, (Tawil Formation).
670 1240 mBGL, shale, fine to medium sandstone and fine sandstone, (Sharawra
Formation).
1240 1490 mBGL, siltstone, shale and fine to medium sandstone, (Quisaba
Formation).
The exploratory holes undertaken between December 2012 and March 2013 as part of the
Geotechnical Investigation Umm Wual Phosphate Project were targeting the upper horizons
of the phosphatic formations, and only provided information to a depth of 30 m (SRK, 2013c).
A total of 119 exploratory hole logs were available. The majority of the exploratory holes were
targeting the 10 to 15m BGL horizons.
The encountered bedrock strata confirmed the published information. Various rock types
were recorded beneath the site. The sandstones were typically described as moderately
weathered, moderately strong rocks with closely to widely spaced joints.
The encountered carbonate rocks were silty grey limestones, dolomitic limestones and
dolomites. The carbonate rocks were described as moderately strong to strong, moderately
weathered rocks with close to widely spaced joints.
Conglomerates were recorded as moderate strong, severely to moderately weathered rocks
with very closely to medium spaced joints.
The main structural features within the Project Area are as follows:
A major N-NW trending anticline whose axis is known as the Hail Arch;
Project Name:
the Wadi Sirhan Graben and associated faults; and
the Umm Wual fault.
The Hail Arch is a post-Hercynian event horst structure that is thought to reflect past
displacements along large north south trending faults passing at great depth to the west of
Al Jalamid village (SRK, 2013b). It folds all of the strata beneath the angular unconformity
dividing the sedimentary succession into two distinct basins: the Wadi as Sirhan basin to the
west and Widyan Basin Margin to the east.
The Umm Wual fault trends NW-SE and is in close proximity to the Al Khabra Mining Licence
(approximately 15.5 km at its closest point).
7.2.4 SOILS AND SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS
An indication of the soil types present in the Project area has been taken from Saudi Arabia:
An Environmental Overview (P Vincent, 2008). The general soil map of Saudi Arabia (Figure
8.6 in the report) shows that soils at the site and across the surrounding area are of the
Calciorthid-type. They typically have a calcium carbonate equivalent content of 15% to 40%
and most importantly, where rock exposures are not too numerous, irrigated agriculture is
possible. Land Use is addressed in Section 12 Socio-Economic Aspects
The encountered soils and superficial deposits in the investigations from December 2012 to
March 2013 were heterogeneous and predominantly granular in nature, typically described as
dense brown sands with variable silt and gravel content. Bands of gravel and silt deposits
were generally encountered as interbedded lenses within the sandy deposits. Occasional
bedrock boulders and conglomerates were also recorded within the superficial layer.
The thickness of the superficial deposits is variable, generally ranging from 0.5 mBGL to 12
mBGL. The maximum recorded thickness exceeded 15m.
7.2.5 SOIL QUALITY
A total of 101 soil samples for environmental analysis were collected on the Project site
during the 2013 ground investigations (Fugro, 2013). The soil samples were obtained from
various locations across the site, at depth intervals up to 1.0 m below the existing grade.
The samples were analysed for a range of determinands:
General soil parameters.
Organics suite.
Metals.
These results show soil pH is slightly above neutral, in the range 8.1 to 9.0 (i.e. slightly to
moderately alkaline). Organic matter content of surface soils is in the range 0.5 to 1.0 % and
there is no evidence for significant levels of salinity.
No local soils contamination standards were identified against which to assess the soils
analysis results. Therefore, a range of other national guidelines were consulted as a guide to
relative contamination levels, these included standards from the UK, USA, Netherlands and
Western Australia (EA 2009, USEPA 2009, DEC 2010).
All organic compounds analyses were below limits of detection.
The levels of all metals analysed are below intervention guideline values for residential use,
with the exception of selenium. Selenium is consistently around or just above the available
residential guideline values, but well below guidelines for industrial use where these are
available.
Generally, there is no evidence of soil contamination in these results (Fugro, 2013). The soil
concentrations are expected to reflect local natural/background values. It should be noted
that many of the Total Dissolved Solids results, which reflect water soluble salts in the soil,
are indicative of conditions which can have detrimental effects on plant growth and
infrastructure. The levels of Chloride and Sulphate in the soils, while considered to be
naturally occurring, indicate conditions that may be corrosive to concrete and metals.
Project Name:
There is limited information with which to assess soil fertility and potential agricultural use.
However, organic matter content of surface soils is low and Phosphorous levels are low.
There are occasional relatively high levels of Zinc, but not such that should limit agricultural
use. There are relatively elevated levels of Selenium in most samples; potential agricultural
use would need to consider the sensitivity to and the potential to concentrate Selenium of
proposed plant species. These data suggest that soils in the Project area are likely to be of
low fertility but suitability for future vegetation development can not be ruled out, provided
adequate irrigation could be provided and possibly with some soil improvement being
required.
7.2.6 GROUNDWATER
It has been reported that hydrogeological studies undertaken as part of the Pre-Feasibility
Study (PFS) concluded that groundwater is more than 160 m below surface (SRK, 2013a).
However, the surveys undertaken (SRK, 2004 and SRK, 2013b), suggest that groundwater
levels within the Umm Wual region are between 250 and 350m below ground levels and
under confined conditions. Groundwater was not encountered during the 2012-2013 ground
investigations (Fugro, 2013) due to the relatively shallow depth of the exploratory holes (a
maximum of 30 mBGL).
The main hydrogeological units of the study area are summarised in Table 6-24.
Table 6-24: Hydrogeological Sequence [Source: SRK, 2004]

Hydrogeological Unit Formation Member Main Lithology Classification
Recent Cover Superficial N/A Limestone and shale Aquifer

Deposits
Aruma N/A Limestone and Aquifer
sandstone with shale
bands
Wasia N/A Sandstone with Aquifer
shale bands
Jauf Upper N/A Sandstone and Aquifer
Jauf limestone with shale
(Jubah) bands
Jauf N/A Shale with Aquitard
sandstone bands at
base
Tawil Tawil N/A Sandstone with Aquifer
shale bands
Qalibah Qalibah Sharawra Sandstone with Aquifer
Sandstone shale and siltstone
at the top
Qusaiba Shale with siltstone Aquitard
Shale and sandstone
bands
Lower Tabuk Qassim, N/A Interbedded Aquifer
Zarga and sandstone and silty
Sarah sandstone
Saq Saq N/A Interbedded siltstone Aquifer
and sandstone
The average transmissivity (m2/d) and storativity values for the different aquifer units,
compiled from various sources during the 2004 hydrology study (SRK, 2004), are
summarised below:
Project Name:

2
Recent Cover: 15552 m /d, 0.45.

2
Tawil Aqifer: 2632 m /d, 0.01.
Tawil/Sharawra Aquifers: 475 m2/d.
Tabuk Aquifer: 233 m2/d.

2
Saq Aquifer: 1805 m /d, 0.09.
The hydrogeology and water supply report (SRK, 2013b) compiled an assessment of regional
aquifers based on various published sources. The recent, superficial, deposits in the area are
expected to have limited potential to hold groundwater and are unlikely to represent a
significant, arealy contiguous water resource. Simiarly, the Aruma and Wasia Formations are
generally thin and are expected to be above the prevailing water table. Water quality is
expected to be poor in these formations, with high salinity. The Wasia may be locally exploited
but is highly variable. The Jubah is recognised in some areas as a minor aquifer but is not
exploited in the area of the Project.
The Tawil aquifer is proposed as the main hydrogeological unit to supply the water demands
of the Project. The variation of the Tawil aquifer thickness is indicated on Figure 6-12. The
Hail Arch seems to delineate a change in physical characteristics (finer grained) of the Tawil
Aquifer west of the Hail Arch with an associated reduction in hydraulic conductivity (SRK,
2013b).
Figure 6-12: Thickness of the Tawil Aquifer [Source: SRK, 2013 - based on, previous
publication (BRGM,2008)]
The Tawil and Sharawra Sandstone are likely to be hydraulically linked as they are not
separated by a thick and well developed aquitard; however, there is a greater incidence of
very fine grained sandstone, siltstone and shale in the Sharawra, therefore the latter tends to
Project Name:
have lower overall hydraulic conductivity. The overlying shales of the main Jauf formation are
believed to confine both aquifer units at depth, although it is expected that some leakage will
occur where more permeable horizons exist within the Jauf aquifer.
The available aquifer property values mainly relate to the Tawil and Saq aquifers with only
limited data for the Sharawra Sandstone and the near surface units, and no data for the Juaf
aquifer. There is no aquifer property data for any of the units to the west of Hail Arch (in the
immediate vicinity of the Umm Wual licence area) or to the south of the main road from Turaif
to Al Jalamid.
Pumping tests were conducted on the Tawil formation by SRK in 2004, using a purpose drilled
850 m deep borehole and observation wells (test interval between 460 and 850 mBGL). The
first significant water strike recorded during drilling of these wells was at the base of the Lower
Jauf shale member, at around 400 mBGL. The rest water level from this strike was between
270 and 273 m BGL, indicating that the Tawil Formation is confined at this location. The
preferred values of transmissivity and storativity derived from these tests were: transmissivity
= 1.12E-02 m2/s and storativity = 3.49E-04.
Further pumping tests were carried out in the new boreholes drilled during 2012 (Maaden
Test and Observation Wells) during June 2012 and March 2013 (SRK, 2013b). These also
targeted the Tawil aquifer (test interval between 500 and 950 mBGL). The Tawil Formation
was again found to be confined, with rest water levels around 320 mBGL. The preferred
values of transmissivity and storativity derived from these tests were: transmissivity = 2.178E-
03 2 -05
m /s and storativity = 9.7E .
7.2.7 AQUIFER VULNERABILITY
KSA environmental regulation/guidance provides a method to determine the vulnerability of an
aquifer to pollution (Kingdom of Saudi Arabia National Environmental Standard Industrial and
Municipal Wastewater Discharges, PME En_EnvStand17). This requires further assessment
for any aquifer classified as Moderate or higher vulnerability.
Using this methodology, the Tawil and Saq aquifers are classified as Negligible vulnerability.
The uppermost groundwater, reported at 250m depth, may be classified as Low or Negligible
vulnerability, depending on whether or not it is considered that the overlying of sub-horizontal
layering of limestones and sandstones create confined conditions. The quality of the main
aquifer (Tawil) used for abstraction locally and the source for the proposed wellfield, is not
vulnerable to pollution.
7.2.8 AQUIFER RECHARGE
The climate of the study area is arid, characterized by sporadic and isolated rainfall events.
Daily rainfall data have been obtained from the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment
for Turaif Airport for the period January 1978 to October 2012 (with missing calendar years
1980, 1981 and 1997). Turaif Airport is located approximately 40km to the south-west of the
site. In addition, for the data from January 1999, the duration over which daily rainfall
occurred on each day was provided.
The daily rainfall data provided for Turaif Airport indicates that the annual average rainfall is
approximately 87mm, although the annual totals vary significantly between 30mm and
300mm. The annual rainfall totals for the period of record are shown in Figure 6-13. .
Project Name:
350
300
250
Rainfall Depth (mm)
200
150
100
50
0
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Year
Figure 6-13: Annual Rainfall Turaif Airport
The rainfall data indicates that rainfall is rare and very sporadic, with rainfall rarely occurring
on consecutive days. The summer season, which is largely devoid of any rainfall, runs from
March to September.
More details of the local climate are provided in Section 6 - Air Quality & Meteorology.
Due to the extremely arid and hot conditions of the study area, aquifer recharge is very
limited.
From data analysis and a literature review carried out as part of the 2004 initial phase of
hydrogeological studies for the Project site (SRK, 2004), it was estimated that a conservative
groundwater recharge of 1% of the observed precipitation is likely to occur, this equates to a
recharge rate of between 0.5 1mm per year. This is in agreement with a recent regional
study (BRGM, 2008), which concluded that recharge is unlikely to exceed a few millimetres
and will certainly be less than 5 mm.
On a regional scale it is likely that there will be a number of mechanisms of groundwater
recharge which influence the deep aquifers of the study area:
These may include the following mechanisms:
Direct recharge at aquifer outcrop and eventual mixing with older water at depth;
Lowering of groundwater heads within the aquifers due to abstraction resulting in
release of water stored in the overlying aquifers;
Vertical flow through faults and fault zones resulting in recharge from aquifers either
above or below (depending on the direction of the hydraulic gradient).
The regional recharge mechanism is visualised in a conceptual hydrogeological model as
shown in Figure 6-14.
Project Name:
Figure 6-14: Conceptual Hydrogeological Model [Source: BRGM, 2008]
Data presented in the report Groundwater Management in Saudi Arabia (UN, 2009 )
indicates a gradual decline in major aquifer water levels in KSA since the start of the data in
1980. A declining trend in aquifer water levels in the Project area may also be expected and
the UN report also states that the water table in the Tawil aquifer declined by 34m between
1981 and 2002.
7.2.9 POTENTIOMETRIC SURFACE & GROUNDWATER FLOW
Hydrogeological surveys carried out in 2004 and 2012 (SRK, 2013b) suggest that
groundwater levels in water supply boreholes within the detailed study area are between 250
and 350 mBGL, with groundwater at 270mBGL at the proposed wellfield location.
The highest groundwater elevations within the Tawil occur to the south and south east of the
region and ensue as a result of increased recharge over the Tawil outcrop and beneath the
sand dunes. Moving northwards, flow appears to be channelled along the strike (NW-SE) of a
number of faults and graben structures. This suggests that successive faulting has created a
zone of enhanced permeability within the Tawil aquifer and vertically adjacent units. To the
north of the faults there is a N-S groundwater divide that is approximately co-incident with the
axis of the Hail Arch, with groundwater flow to the east and west conditioned by shallow
hydraulic gradients of 1:750 and 1:3,000 respectively. It should be noted that the aquifer is
expected to be unconfined along the axis of the Hail Arch and located closer to the ground
surface (approximately 200m below ground level) (SRK, 2013b). The main discharge zone in
the Project Area is in the northeast, along the border between KSA and Iraq. The main flow
components are conceptualised in Figure 6-15.
Project Name:
Figure 6-15: Conceptual Hydrogeological Flow Regime [Source: SRK, 2013]
7.2.10 ABSTRACTIONS
Widescale abstraction from the Saq aquifer and overlying units has been taking place since
1985, predominately to provide water for domestic supply and irrigation. The majority of
abstractions exploit the Tawil Aquifer and occur to the south of the Umm Wual site.
According to the Hydrogeology and Water Supply report (SRK, 2013b), whilst there was a
large increase in abstraction rates between 1984 and 2000, this trend appears to have
flattened off with rates remaining consistent throughout the period 2000 2005.
A summary of water consumption by aquifers is given in the Table 6-25.
Project Name:
Table 6-25: National Aquifer Supply Summary [Source: Complied by SRK (2013b) from
BGRM, 2008]
Model 1984 2005 % of total in

3 3
Aquifer layer (Mm /a) (Mm /a) 2005
STQ 1 141 1388 15.9
Khuff 3 87 159 1.8
Jubah 5 86 12 0.1
Jauf 6 9 158 1.8
Tawil 7 39 876 10.0
Quwara 9 90 128 1.5
Kahfah 11 187 298 3.4
Saq 13 1427 5708 65.4
Total 2064 8727 100.0
The largest groundwater abstraction within the region is related to the Al Jalamid wellfield,
located approximately 100 km to the SE of the Project site (SRK, 2004 confirmed by SRK,
2013b). The wellfield supplies water to the Al Jalamid phosphate mine. The wellfield
comprises a total of 7 wells, which all abstract groundwater from the Tawil aquifer. The exact
date and details of when the wellfield became operational is not known. It is assumed that
some wells began pumping in June 2009 with the remaining wells becoming operational in
3
early 2012. The current abstraction rate is believed to be in the order of 1350 m /hr.
Comparison between historical drawdown from 2008 against recent groundwater level
records suggest that the dynamic water level in the wellfield is currently about 20m below pre-
operational levels (SRK, 2013b).
A cement plant is known to be located to the south of the Trans-Arabian highway between
Turaif and Arar, however to date no information has been obtained regarding water usage.
A survey of water supply wells conducted during the PFS hydrogeological studies (RSK, 2004
updated by RSK, 1013b) identified a number of smaller abstractions in the region of the
Project. The results are reproduced in Table 6-25. A number of these appear to be
abstracting from the Tawil aquifer. Some may be short term, related to construction and oil
and gas projects. The closest identified abstraction to the Project is well EW6 to the north,
which appears to be used to supply small quantities of water to local people (herders) and
livestock. Groundwater is also used by ARAMCO for their gas well drilling operations. The
ARAMCO abstractions are considered to be temporary.
The town of Turaif (approximately 40 km southwest of the Project) may obtain water supply
from groundwater. The 2004 survey identified one well in the vicinity of the town (1-NW-30),
which may not exploit the Tawil aquifer and appeared to be out of use. The 2012 survey did
not revisit this location. The 2004 survey suggested that the town is supplied from wells to the
southwest, including EW8 and AJ03, which are among the more significant domestic
abstractions identified from the Tawil aquifer (see Table 6-26). Water is also supplied to
Turaif via a pipeline from Al Jouf.
Project Name:
Table 6-26: Results of SRK Water Census Survey [Source: RSK, 2013]
Monthly
Depth Target Year Date SWL TDS EC Temp Redox
Well Name X Y Z Abstraction pH
(mBGL) Formation Completed Visited (mbtc) (ppm) (ms/m) (C) (mv)
(m3)
AJ-02 557988 3479490 817 723 Tawil 1992 Mar-13 259 1490 35
AJ-03 557940 3479495 815 706 Tawil 1992 2003 249 1490 216 35 7
AJ-04 557990 3477995 815 701 Tawil 1992 2012 249 1490 35
2003 272 220 35 7.2
SRK_Q1 568789 3509703 830 850 Tawil 2004
Nov-12 268
2003 267
SRK_OB1 568761 3509813 831 700 Tawil 2004
Nov-12 268
2003 267
SRK_OB2 568497 3509638 833 850 Tawil 2004
Nov-12 270
TW-01-2004 581140 3488590 789 2004 N/A
OW-01-2004 581096 3488599 789 953 2004 N/A 223
OW-02-2004 580890 3488494 788 951 2004 N/A 224
Dec-03 325 864 2085 254 34 8
EW6 547041 3539041 898 601 Tawil 1984
Aug-12 1548 309 30 7.5
Dec-03 270 24529 662 126 52 8
EW8 553211 3478638 825 2000 Tabuk 1984
Dec-12 35 7
Dec-03 270 12960
New well at EW8 553504 3478168 833* 750 Tawil 2001
Dec-12 6713.28 1536 305 38 7.24
84 523697 3502214 No information
1-NW-88 511702 3491818 862* 350 1990 Dec-03 150
Dec-03 260 21600 270 32 8
Roadside Quarry 531130 3485787 700 Tawil 2000
Dec-12 297
S-457 529697 3498908 878 425 Tabuk 1951 323
S-459 564679 3475907 806 327 Tawil 1951 246 1507 55
Project Name:
Monthly
(m3)
WW-5A2 605052 3461097 789 480 Tawil 1951 303 2431 34
1-NW-30 467682 3503361 No information
Al Jalamid Well Field 546838 3485643 100 Tawil 6804000
Aramco Well Al Jalamid
555043 3485153 889* 1998
2
Aramco_Water_Well_N 885* Oct-12 339
524796 3504431
o1 862* Mar-13 339
Aramco_Water_Well_N
524303 3504374 No information
o2
JLMD_OW_1,2,3 /
586479 3481832 789** 2008
JLMD_PW1,2
JLMD-801 554128 3475400 No information

UMWL-801 507637 3539985 No information

Sharawra
UMWL-802 507137 3539985 920** (No 2009 558
UMWL-803 505192 3523148 Tawil) No information

Aug-12 1074 215 34 7.2
SP106 557336 3479069 812* 400 Tawil 2011
Mar-13 18000 186 32.6 6.68 206
STWW-4501 432755 3507220 No information
Project Name:
Monthly
(m3)
STWW-4502 432255 3507220 745** 2009 560
STWW-5201 West of Hail Arch 1280 Sharawra - 332.5 750# 47.4
STWW5202 West of Hail Arch 1189 Sharawra - 338.9 1427 45.3
STWW-5301 West of Hail Arch 1524 Sharawra 2011 - 365.8 1850# 51.6
STWW-5302 West of Hail Arch 1494 Sharawra 2011 - 365.42 2869 53.2
STWW-5701 West of Hail Arch 762 Tawil 2012 - 322.35 3638 34
STWW-5702 West of Hail Arch 411 Tawil - 322.04 5061 34.3
Notes:
# measured in the field (rather than in the lab)
* Elevation from Hand held GPS ** Elevation from SOFRECO PFS 2012
Project Name:
7.2.11 GROUNDWATER QUALITY

Regional groundwater quality data, predominantly for the Tawil Aquifer, was compiled by
SRK (2013b) and is summarised in Table 6-27.
Project Name:
Table 6-27: Regional Groundwater Quality [Source: SRK, 2013b]
Temp Cond. TDS Ca Mg Na K Cl SO4 HCO3 NO3 SiO2

Aquifer Well (oC) (us/cm) pH (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l)
Eocene S451 1417
WW5A2 34 2431
EW-6 34 2685 7.5 2085 177 100 314 18 500 702 232 4 13
EW-8 34 3450 7.8 2170 231 89 379 15 563 649 229 33 19
Tawil AJ-3 35 7.4 1490 89 58 236 25 501 251 238 3 Nil

AJ-2 35 1490
AJ-4 35 1490
Q1 2140 8 1163 99 59 176 44 534 265 <3
MW-
01-04 40 1420 6.5 700
MW-
02-04 39 1140 6.7 600
S459 55 1507
Tabuk
EW-8 55 1070 8.2 662 27 31 175 35 170 68 348 11 27
Saq 435
EU - - - - - - - - 250 - - 50 -
6.5
WHO - - 8.5 - - - - - - - - - -
IFC - - 6-9 - - - - - - - - - -
PME - - ABD ABD - - 150 - ABD ABD - - -
N.B. Most parameters in the table are indicators of water type (e.g. major ions) and do not have associated water quality standards.
Where available, associated European or Worldwide standards are quoted. The PME Env Standard 20 document does not have specific
groundwater criteria for most parameters, only stating Above Background Levels (ABD) for some. The PME standard of 150 mg/l for
Sodium (Na) must relate to the protection of known freshwater resources with no salinity impacts, as it is very low compared to any slightly
saline water and compared to any stated aquifer values.
Project Name:
The data indicates that water temperature for the Tawil Aquifer is likely to range from 35 to
40C and is expected to be of a fairly neutral pH. The concentration of Total Dissolved Solids
(TDS) is anticipated to be between 600 and 2000 mg/l, whilst the concentration of Chloride is
expected to be approximately 500 mg/l and Sodium between around 175 and 350 mg/l.
These regional groundwater quality data have been compared to standards set out in the KSA
National Environmental Standard for Industrial and Municipal Wastewater Discharges (PME),
Appendix B, for discharges to surface waters and municipal collecting systems. Where there
are applicable data, water from two wells (EW-6 and EW-8) would be just above the specified
limit for sulphate (SO4) for discharge to both receptors. Water from one well (EW-8) would be
above the specified limit for nitrate (NO3) for discharge to surface waters.
The regional groundwater quality data have also been compared to water quality standards
when available:
Drinking water standards produced by the World Health Organisation (WHO, 2011)
European Union Directive 98/83/EC
International Finance Corporation (World Bank Group) Mine Effluent Guidelines
Regional groundwater quality is shown to exceed EU standards for Chloride. Although there
are no specific health protective standards set, the salinity levels in most of these waters are
unlikely to be acceptable for potable water use without treatment.
Shallower aquifers such as the Tawil are reported as been generally more mineralised than
underlying Sharawra, Tabuk and Saq (SRK, 2013b).
Site specific groundwater quality data for the Tawil aquifer was obtained from the aquifer test
boreholes installed for the Project (SRK, 2013b). Data from the Umm Wual Maaden Test and
Observation boreholes are presented in Table 6-28.
Compared to the regional data (Table 6-27), TDS, Chloride and Sodium levels for the Umm
Wual boreholes are around the lower range of values for regional water quality, indicating
salinity levels at the lower end of the expected range. These data have also been compared
to the KSA National Environmental Standard for Industrial and Municipal Wastewater
Discharges (PME), Appendix B, for discharges to surface waters and municipal collecting
systems. Where there are applicable data, the majority of samples are close to (but below) the
Phosphate limit and above the turbidity limit for discharge to surface waters.
Compared to the WHO, EU and IFC water quality standards, there are common exceedances
for turbidity, boron and manganese and two samples exceed guidelines for a few other metals
(arsenic, copper, aluminium, iron). Exceedances are highlighted with red background in Table
6-28.
Project Name:
Table 6-28: Local Groundwater Quality (Tawil Formation) [Source: SRK, 2013b]
Project Name:
KEY (All values in mg/l unless specified)
EU European Union Directive 98/83/EC

WHO World Health Organisation, guideline values for chemical that are of health significance in drinking-water
IFC International Finance Corporation (World Bank Group) Mine Effluent Guidelines
DOC Dissolved Organic Carbon
TDS Total Dissolved Solids (180C)
M_T_S Ma'aden Test Well Sample
M_O_S Ma'aden Observation Well Sample
A
The value applies to a sample of water intended for human consumption obtained by an adequate sampling method at the tap and taken so as to be representative of a weekly average value
ingested by consumers. Member States must take account of the occurrence of peak levels that may cause adverse effects on human health.
B
Water supplied from a distribution network (at the point where it emerges a tap for human consumption), a tanker (at the point where it emerges from the tanker) and water used in food
production (at the point where it is used) must comply with this guideline value within 15 calendar years after the entry into force of this Directive. The value for lead from five years after the entry
into force of this Directive until 15 years after its entry into force is 0.025 mg/l. Member States must ensure that all appropriate measures are taken to reduce the concentration of lead in water
intended for human consumption as much as possible during the period needed to achieve compliance with the parametric value. When implementing the measures to achieve compliance with
that value Member States must progressively give priority where lead concentrations in water intended for human consumption are highest.
C
Member States must ensure that the condition that [nitrate]/50 + [nitrite]/3 <= 1, the square brackets signifying the concentrations in mg/l for nitrate (NO3) and nitrite (NO2), is complied with and
that the value of 0.10 mg/l for nitrites is complied with ex water treatment works
1
Note Acceptable to consumers and no abnormal change.
2
Note Tot.<Filtered from laboratory result.
Project Name:
7.2.12 SURFACE WATER
The proposed works at Umm Wual lie in an area drained by wadis. The wadis are
ephemeral watercourses which drain the surrounding higher ground to depressions in the
ground surface generally to the west of the main Project area. The wadis are generally dry
but flow in response to heavy, but infrequent rainfall. Three main wadis have the potential to
pose a flood risk to the site, all these flow from east to west towards the natural depression in
the landform which lies to the west of the site. Wadis also flow across the KSA-Jordan border.
Site specific flood estimate studies undertaken in 2013 indicate that the site is at risk of
flooding in a 1 in 200 year flood event.
More details on the surface water environment, including the related impact assessment is
provided in Section 11 Surface Water Management.
7.3.1 OVERVIEW
The development of the Project may result in potential impacts to the terrestrial environment
during the construction, commissioning, operation and decommissioning/ closure phases.
Accidental events may also result in potential impacts. The assessment of impacts on quality
of soil and quality of groundwater has been undertaken on the basis of a Source-Pathway-
Receptor approach. Given the existing site conditions described in the baseline, where a deep
groundwater system exist and the vulnerability of the uppermost groundwater is defined as
Low or Negligible and the vulnerability of the Tawil and Saq aquifers defined as Negligible,
groundwater / spill modelling was considered of limited value. Therefore risks to the
groundwater system have been assessed qualitatively.
The significance of potential impacts on soils, geological deposits and groundwater have been
assessed and where appropriate, mitigation measures identified and the resulting residual
impacts evaluated. Potential groundwater impacts relate to water quality and also water
resource potential and existing abstractions, which may be impacted for example by
groundwater abstraction for the development.
The assessment of surface water impacts is provided in Section 11 Surface Water
Management. Any groundwater input to surface water flows, primarily in the wadis, during
rainfall events, will be ephemeral and relate solely to the rainfall event. This eventually is
therefore considered part of the surface water assessment and not discussed further in this
chapter. Similarly the ecological habitats associated with the wadis will be dependant on
surface water and potentially shallow sub-surface flows during rainfall events. Any impacts on
the deeper permanent groundwater bodies discussed in this chapter will not relate to
ecological habitats and therefore no discussion of ecology is presented in this chapter.
Section 8 - Biological Resources provides the full ecology assessment.
The storage and handling of non-hazardous and hazardous materials and wastes generated
during all phases of the project may lead to spillages and releases which could impact the
terrestrial environment if not adequately managed. A detailed assessment of waste
management is presented in Section 10 - Waste Management and of wastewater
management in Section 11 Surface Water Management. These aspects are not assessed in
detail in this section.
The magnitude and significance of impacts are assessed and defined according to the criteria
presented in Section 5 - Impact Assessment Methodology Each impact is identified by a
unique reference number (in the format TE#) in the impact assessment and mitigation
sections.
7.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
The construction phase of the Project is considered to present potential impacts upon the soils
and groundwater at the site from activities such as: leveling and other earthworks; facility
construction; trenching, excavation and backfilling for subsurface infrastructure; vehicle
movements; chemical and fuel/oil movement and storage; and general maintenance activities.
Project Name:
The excavation of the mine pit is an ongoing activity and is considered under Operations
(Section 7.3.4).
Potential impacts on the terrestrial environment due to the above activities are summarised in
Table 6-29 and discussed in the following text.
Table 6-29: Construction Phase Potential Impacts Summary
Factor TE1 TE2 TE3 TE4 TE5
Receptor Medium Low Low Medium Medium
Importance/
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Frequent Frequent
Likelihood Likely Certain Certain Likely Unlikely
Extent Local Local Local Local Local
Duration Medium/Long Long Medium Short Short
Magnitude Low Low Low High Low
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Medium (locally Low Low High Low
only)
7.3.2.1 IMPACT ON SOIL RESOURCES

General construction activities, including vehicles movements and earthworks, have the
potential to cause soil erosion, including an increase in the effect of wind and storm water
erosion. There is currently no agricultural land use in the Project area, but the potential for
future vegetation growth has not been ruled out in the baseline, supported by irrigation and
potential soil improvements. The soils are also linked to ecology, where other conditions are
appropriate particularly local to wadis.
The utility of the soil present within the Project areas will be largely lost due to the presence of
the built infrastructure and associated services. The soils present at the Project site are
present across a much wider area and therefore the local soil resources are not rare or
unique. However, if developed with irrigation the soils have localised ecology value,
particularly in the vicinity of wadis, this indicates a degree of sensitivity to the potential
impacts. It should be noted that the assessed potential impact significance is limited to soils
within parts of the Project area and that because these soil types extend across a much wider
area the impact on regional soil resources will be low or negligible.
Impact TE1 Medium significance (locally only)
7.3.2.2 ALTERATION OF TOPOGRAPHY
Earthworks required during construction of the Project are limited to some cut and fill activities
to achieve leveling and/or re-grading. The Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development document indicates that, based on cut and fill calculations undertaken for the
early works, all material derived from this process will be reused on site as part of the cut and
fill, the preparation of temporary roads, the implementation of the embankments and bunds
required for the wadi diversion scheme.
The significance is considered to be low due to the limited scale of planned activity and the
lack of significant natural topographic features.
Impact TE2 Low significance
Project Name:
7.3.2.3 ALTERATION OF THE RECHARGE REGIME
Alteration of surface drainage and infiltration patterns could affect groundwater recharge rates.
This includes long term reduction in recharge below paved/surfaced areas. However, the
depth to groundwater is significant in the project area, recharge has been assessed to be a
very small percentage of annual precipitation in the baseline, and the baseline also showed
how the key recharge areas of the main abstracted aquifer (Tawil Aquifer) are located outside
the Project Area. In addition, the paved/surfaced area will be small relative to the surrounding
environment. Also, there will be local diversion of some wadi channels and disconnection of
part of one wadi, but any local change in recharge rates is anticipated to be negligible.
Therefore, this impact is considered to be of low significance.
7.3.2.4 DEGRADATION OF SOIL QUALITY
Maintenance activities could include small repairs, routine lubrication and wash down of
equipment. A large amount of equipment may be involved in the construction phase and the
routine maintenance tasks may pose a significant contamination risk if not controlled. Release
of larger quantities of washdown water, which may contain contamination, is identified as the
most significant potential source of contaminants related to maintenance. A medium
significance is assessed.
Construction activities will require a large number of vehicle movements and the introduction
of oils, fuels and chemical storage both for construction purposes but more significantly in
preparation for the operational phase. Spillage or leakage from vehicles, tanks or pipelines
represents a significant risk and for the worst case scenario, if not controlled, the potential
impact on local soils is considered to be of high significance.
Impact TE4 High significance
7.3.2.5 DEGRADATION OF GROUNDWATER QUALITY
The same activities described above relating to potential impact on soils (TE4) are also
relevant to the potential impact on the quality of the underlying groundwater. The local soils if
contaminated in this way would become a source and pathway for the contaminants to impact
on the groundwater. However reported data in the baseline conditions indicate that the local
groundwater is present at a depth of well over 100m and the aquifers used for abstraction are
reported in the baseline to be at least 250m below surface. Protection will be offered to all
groundwater by the attenuation (reduction) of contaminants that would occur as they migrated
vertically through such a thick sequence before reaching groundwater, while the exploited
aquifers will also be protected by at least one overlying aquitard. The significance of the
potential impact on groundwater quality is assessed as low.
7.3.3 COMMISSIONING
Commissioning activities which may impact the terrestrial environment include; hydrostatic
testing, flushing/cleaning of pipelines and accidental release of hazardous substances. In
addition, the potential spillage and leakage risks described for the construction phase are
present, albeit the scale of activity and therefore the risks are much lower for the
commissioning phase and will be less significant than the potential impacts specific to this
phase.
Potential impacts on the terrestrial environment due to the above activities are summarised in
Project Name:
Project Name:
Table 6-30: Commissioning Phase Potential Impacts Summary
Factor TE6 TE7
Receptor Medium Medium
Importance/
Sensitivity
Frequency Infrequent Infrequent
Likelihood Likely Unlikely
Extent Local Local
Duration Long Long
Magnitude Low/Medium Very Low
Significance Medium Low

Hydrostatic testing and flushing will be carried out on new tanks and pipelines. Desalinated
fresh water will be used for these activities. During these activities the water used could pick
up trace concentrations of contaminants, potentially including hydrocarbons and inorganic
contaminants. Discharge of the wastewater produced may therefore negatively impact soils
quality. However, the impact on soils is expected to be minimal, particularly in comparison to
operational releases and is considered to be of low significance.
Small amounts of hazardous or contaminative materials may be used during the
commissioning phase, such as for testing process plant or in minor repairs and modifications.
The amounts of these materials expected to be used during commissioning are small,
however if not controlled significant impact from spillage could occur. Therefore, any potential
impacts to local soils are considered to be of medium significance.
Impact TE6 Medium significance

The described activities specific to the commissioning phase have the potential to impact on
the underlying groundwater quality, with any soils which become contaminated by the
activities acting as a source and pathway (as discussed in the construction phase). However,
given the medium significance of potential impact on soils and the protection offered to
groundwater by nature of its depth and overlying aquitards, the significance is assessed as
low.
7.3.4 OPERATIONS
Operational activities which could potentially impact the terrestrial environment include the
excavation of the mine pit, operation of the processing plants at the Waad Al Shamaal
Phosphate Industrial Complex (PIC) and transport of raw materials and products.
Potential impacts on the terrestrial environment due to the above activities are summarised
and discussed in the following text.
Project Name:
Table 6-31: Operation Phase Potential Impacts Summary

Factor TE8 TE9 TE10 TE11 TE12 TE13 TE14 TE15
Receptor Low Medium Medium Medium Medium High High Low
Importance/
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Continuous Continuous Rare Rare Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Certain Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Certain Unlikely Certain
Extent Local Local Local Local Local International Local Local
Duration Long Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Long
Magnitude Low Low Low High Low Low/ Low/ Low
Medium Medium
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Low Low Low Medium Low Medium Medium Low
Project Name:
7.3.4.1 MINE BLASTING

This activity is specific to the operational phase and relates to rock blasting within the mine
excavation as part of the rock extraction process. It will continue throughout most of the
operational phase. The potential impacts arising from rock blasting on the terrestrial
environment are limited to the local increase in fracturing of rock adjacent to the mine pit both
laterally and beneath the pit. The increased fracturing will produce higher rock permeability
and therefore higher rates of infiltration with reduced attenuation of any migrating
contaminants. However the effect will not extend far beyond the base of the mine pit relative
to the depth of groundwater and therefore the impact of increasing the risk to groundwater is
very minor and the assessed significance is low.
Along with the PIC processing plants the main administrative and maintenance area includes
various support buildings: Workshops; Warehouses; Fire station; Domestic and Administrative
residential buildings (for approximately 1,000 employees). Operations will generate traffic
movement, maintenance operations and solid and liquid waste. Impacts due to traffic
movements should be considerably less than during the construction phase. Impacts due to
routine operations may pose a significant contamination risk if not controlled. Waste
management facilities are provided and waste will either be stored on-site or transported off-
site to suitable disposal facilities. The significance of potential impact for these activities is
medium.
Specific activities with related potential impacts on local soil quality include:
Wastewater generation resulting from activities such as equipment washdown,
cleaning, descaling and sludge supernatant discharge. Contaminants in wastewater
streams may include: flurosilicic acid, arsenic and fluorine byproducts, STPP (but
which is not considered a health risk), soda ash (non-hazardous), fluoride impurities,
solvent such as tri-butyl phosphate (TBP). General Contaminants of concern include
micropollutants such as PAH (e.g. from diesel oil, fossil fuel burning) and heavy
metals arsenic, cadmium, mercury, chromium, cobalt and copper. The wastewater will
be treated at the Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant (IWTP), which will remove
dissolved and suspended solids and neutralise the effluent. The discharge from the
IWPT will be directed to a lined area of the Phosphogypsum Storage Facility (PSF) for
evaporation, to prevent any impact on local soil quality. .
Stormwater discharge - run-off generation from the mine and PIC site may be
significant during the short periods of heavy rainfall that can be experienced in the
Project area. Runoff from the PIC site will have the greater potential for contaminants
but a stormwater drainage collection system will be in place to capture this run-off.
Stormwater from the mine will be routed to a wadi initially, but contamination from
vehicles and blasting will collect in pits and be pumped to lined evaporation ponds.
In all areas, the first flush from storm events will convey rainwater or firewater into
catch pits in each area, from where submersible pumps will transfer the water to a
contaminated water pond. The contaminated water pond is located adjacent to the
IWTP and when it is in use, an operator will be required to test the contents in order to
determine whether it is environmentally compliant and therefore acceptable to
discharge directly to the wadis, or requires to go to the IWPT.
Runoff and Seepage from the Tailings Storage Facility (TSF) and PSF - Both the TSF
and PSF will have impermeable liners, bund structures with capacity for storm inputs
and peripheral interceptor drains. The stack will also have an underdrainage collection
system. The runoff and seepage from both is not expected to have a high potential for
contamination, but a water treatment system will be added if required following
chemical profiling.
Project Name:
Temporary waste rock dumps will be operating and will then be removed and re-
handled in Years 8 to 11 of production life to be used as backfill and provide access to
underlying reserves. The temporary waste rock dump is not lined, however all run off
from the temporary waste dump will be captured by perimeter ditches and pumped to
the mine pit de-watering system, which directs potentially contaminated water to
attenuations ponds located in the western infrastructure corridor. Water will be tested
for compliance with surface water discharge limits; if compliant water will be
discharged to the nearest wadi, where not, this will be retained and evaporated in the
pond.
Brine from the Reverse Osmosis Plant is proposed to be sprayed on roads to the
mine. The brine will evaporate, rather than infiltrate to groundwater. This process is
expected to create a salt crust, while existing soils are generally reported to have
relatively low salt contents suggesting they are not affected by a salt crust. This
impact will however be limited to the road surfaces and a small area of adjacent soils.
Although these specific activities have the potential to generate significant levels of
contaminants in the water, the control and treatment measures incorporated in the base
design will prevent introduction of significant contaminants into local soils, or in the case of
brine spraying the extent is very limited, and therefore the assessed potential impact is low.
Occurrence of accidents and spills is covered as separate impact factors.
It should be noted that potential impacts relating to dust generation are assessed Section 6 -
Air Quality & Meteorology and are not discussed here.
The various operational activities described above for TE9 have the potential to impact on
underlying groundwater quality subsequent to an impact on soil quality covered by TE9.
However the potential impact relating to groundwater is very limited due to the depth of
groundwater and the presence of at least one protective aquitard above locally productive
aquifers. The significance is therefore assessed as low.
7.3.4.4 DEGRADATION OF SOIL QUALITY FROM ACCIDENTS AND SPILLS
Potential impacts to the quality of local soils may result from unplanned and accidental
releases, leaks and spills. Significant potential releases may result from storage of large
volumes of material associated with the PIC, during transport and handling of input materials
and process products and from breach of TSF or PSF containment.
The assessment of potential impact from accidents and spills are discussed below for different
aspects of operation.
Transport
Large volumes of raw materials and process products will be transported to and from the site
by rail and road.
Major imports by rail include: Molten sulphur (5,407 tonnes/day of tanked liquid).
Major exports by rail include: Sulphuric Acid (1,010 tonnes/day of tanked liquid), Merchant
grade phosphoric acid (MGA) and raffinate (7,169 tonnes/day of tanked liquid), Purified
Phosphoric Acid (PPA) (237 tonnes/day of tanked liquid), Mono / Di Calcium Phosphate (MCP
/ DCP) (758 tonnes/day, bagged), Sodium Tri Poly Phosphate (STPP) (271 tonnes/day,
bagged).
Imports by road (truck) include: Caustic soda, Flocculant, Vanadium catalyst, MIBK solvent,
Barium carbonate, Activated carbon, Caustic soda, Hydrogen peroxide, Calcium hydroxide,
Diatomaceous earth, Kaolin, limestone, fatty acid and amine collectors, and soda ash.
Fuel oil, diesel and gasoline will also be delivered by road tanker.
Project Name:
Accidents during transport and the absence or inadequacy of containment associated with
materials handling facilities cannot be ruled out. The likelihood of major spillages is considered
to be unlikely, although not insignificant given the long distances of transportation. The
potential magnitude is assessed as high for some substances handled in large volumes (e.g
molten sulphur, acids and raffinate) and for fuels/oils. Molten sulphur would solidify when
released so the impact would be limited to soils in the immediate vicinity, while the other
hazardous liquids have the potential to affect soil quality over a wider area and, in the case of
major incidents, to impact on the quality of underlying groundwater, where this isnt protected
by virtue of large depth and overlying aquitards to minimize vertical migration. The potential
impact for this aspect is considered to be of medium significance.
Failure of TSF or PSF Containment
Failure of the engineered containment for the TSF and PSF could lead to release of
contaminated run-off and seepage to underlying and surrounding soils and groundwater. The
runoff/seepage from both the TSF and PSF has the potential to contain substances hazardous
to the water environment. This remains to be confirmed following detailed geochemical
profiling. This is considered to be particularly the case with respect to the PSF, which will
receive a wider range of inputs from the PIC processing plants. The Phos Acid Pilot Plant
Study (Jacobs 2013a) suggests that levels of metals, Chloride, Fluoride and Sulphate are
likely to be at a level that will have low potential for contamination in the stack. However,
residual acids may be significant and heavy metals have not been included in the analysis.
Low levels of radionuclides are known to occur in this type of byproduct, with U-238 typically in
the range 0.1 to 0.2 Bq/g and Ra-226 in the range 0.5 to 1.3 Bq/g (CPCB, 2012). The same
reference document states that there is no restriction for use of phosphogypsum in
agricultural applications from the radiological safety considerations. It is therefore considered
that the level of radionuclides that may be released from the stack would not have a
discernible impact on soil quality.
A conservative approach is taken in the stack design and it will include a multi-layered liner,
collector drain system and lined evaporation pond for collected runoff and seepage. The
design is such that a significant release is unlikely and given the high evaporation rates,
impact on soil quality would be relatively small scale. The potential impact on soils from this
specific source, given the design, is assessed as medium magnitude and a consequent
medium significance.
The contaminative potential of releases from the similarly engineered TSF is considered to be
of low magnitude and therefore the potential impact associated with this specific source is
Accidental Release of Raw Materials or Process Products from Storage Tanks
A range of different input materials and process products are associated with the PIC
processing plants, the most significant of which based on volume and hazard include:
sulphuric acid, molten (liquid) sulphur, caustic soda, phosphoric acid (various grades),
raffinate and fuels (diesel, fuel oil). The base design includes for all tanks being located within
bunded areas of hardstanding with a capacity of at least 110% of the tank capacity. Therefore
the only risk of an impact from storage tanks is if this containment fails, which is highly unlikely
if constructed and maintained appropriately.
Key selected hazardous materials storage, based on capacity and contents, are listed in Table
6-26 below.
Project Name:
Table 6-4: Key potentially hazardous materials storage
Location Feature Details

Plant Item Tank Contents Tank Capacity Throughput
(m3)
3
SAP Diesel/Fuel Oil Day Tank Distillate Fuel Oil 108 3,696 m /yr
SAP Liquid Sulphur Day Tank Sulphur (molten) 1,012 333,708
3
m /yr
PAP FSA Storage 24% FSA 905 38 m3/hr
3
PAP FSA Storage 24% FSA 905 38 m /hr
PAP FSA Aging 24% FSA 628 170 m3/hr
3
PAP FSA Aging 24% FSA 628 170 m /hr
PAP Acid Cooling Tank 28% P2O5 4,241 200 m3/hr
3
PAP Acid Cooling Tank 28% P2O5 8,385 200 m /hr
PAP Aging Tank 28% P2O5 7,698
PAP Aging Tank 28% P2O5 7,698
PAP Evaporator Feed 28% P2O5 2,984
PAP Evaporator Feed 28% P2O5 2,984
3
PAP 54% Acid Pump Tank 54% P2O5 1,510 400 m /hr
PAP 54% Acid Pump Tank 54% P2O5 1,510 400 m3/hr
3
PAP 54% Clarifier 54% P2O5 2,513 102 m /hr
PAP Weak Sulphuric Acid 5% Sulphuric Acid 1,526 313 m3/hr
3
Common and Diesel Storage Tank Diesel 1,016 5.0 m /hr
Infrastructure
3
Common and Diesel Storage Tank Diesel 1,016 5.0 m /hr
Infrastructure
3
Common and Liquid Sulphur Storage Liquid Sulphur 10,093 191 m /hr
Infrastructure Tank
3
Infrastructure Tank
3
Infrastructure Tank
3
Common and Caustic Soda Storage Caustic Soda (50% 3,676 22 m /h
Infrastructure Tank conc.)
3
Common and Caustic Soda Storage Caustic Soda (50% 3,676 22 m /h
Infrastructure Tank conc.)
3
Common and Sulphuric Acid Storage Sulphuric Acid 6,223 500 m /h
Infrastructure Tank (98.5% conc.)
3
Common and Sulphuric Acid Storage 5% Sulphuric Acid 6,223 500 m /h
Infrastructure Tank
Project Name:
Location Feature Details

Plant Item Tank Contents Tank Capacity Throughput
3
(m )
Common and Sulphuric Acid Storage 5% Sulphuric Acid 6,223 500 m3/h
Infrastructure Tank
Infrastructure Tank
Infrastructure Tank
Infrastructure Tank
Infrastructure Tank
Infrastructure Tank
3
Infrastructure Tank
3
Infrastructure Tank
3
Common and MGA Storage Tank MGA (54% P2O5, 3,773 453 m /hr
Infrastructure 75% H3PO4)
3
3
3
Common and MGA + Raffinate MGA (54% P2O5, 4,115 450 m /hr
Infrastructure Storage Tank 75% H3PO4) +
Raffinate (32%
P2O5, 44% H3PO4)
Common and Concentrated PPA Purified Phosphoric 1,385 200 m3/hr
Infrastructure Storage Tank Acid
(62% P2O5, 85 wt%
H3PO4)
Common and Concentrated PPA Purified Phosphoric 1,385 200 m3/hr
(62% P2O5, 85 wt%
H3PO4)
3
Common and Concentrated PPA Purified Phosphoric 1,385 200 m /hr
(62% P2O5, 85 wt%
H3PO4)
3
Common and Fuel Oil Storage Tank Fuel Oil 2,405 40 m /hr
Infrastructure
Project Name:
The main chemicals of concern in relation to accidental release from the storage facilities
would be the various acids and fuels/oils, as they are relatively mobile when released, create a
significant impact on local soil quality and are in many cases stored in large volume. It should
be noted that although liquid sulphur is stored in the largest tanks, it would rapidly solidify on
release and would create a surface impact that would be relatively easy to remediate.
Although the probability of a significant spillage/leakage incidence is unlikely, given the base
design control measures, the potential magnitude is assessed as high and the potential impact
is assessed as Medium.
Leaks/Spills from Infrastructure and Services
Smaller volume leakage and spillages from pipes, storage tanks and domestic and support
facilities may occur during the lifetime of the Project. Substances released could include:
fuel/oil, domestic sewage and wastewater, and chemicals from laboratory facilities.
Long duration impacts to soils and superficial geology may be generated, however the impact
will be limited to the location of the release and the magnitude is considered to be low.
Therefore, this aspect is considered to be of low significance.
Firewater Runoff during Emergency Event
In the event that firefighting is necessary, a large volume of firewater runoff could potentially
be generated. This run-off could contain process chemicals from the PIC site, hydrocarbons
and fire-fighting foam which may impact soil quality if the final discharge is not controlled. As
this would be an emergency situation, complete containment and controlled discharge cannot
be guaranteed.
Soils and superficial geology could be impacted by contaminative substances with a medium
to high magnitude and medium to long duration. Therefore, this aspect is considered to be of
medium significance.
In summary of the various aspects relevant to accidents and spills, it is considered that the
potential impact significance is medium.
7.3.4.5 DEGRADATION OF GROUNDWATER QUALITY FROM ACCIDENTS AND SPILLS
Each of the aspects described for TE11 above has the potential to impact on the underlying
groundwater resulting from contaminants being introduced to the soils and superficial geology.
However, although some of the potential occurrences of soil contamination covered in TE11
could be locally very significant, it is considered that the attenuation (cleansing) effect of the
very thick sequence of unsaturated rock above groundwater (even at the base of the mine),
and the presence of an aquitard above the main groundwater aquifers, results in a low
significance.
7.3.4.6 DEPLETION OF GROUNDWATER RESOURCES
A 3D transient modeling exercise has been undertaken to determine the level of impact to be
3
expected on the Tawil Aquifer as a result of a pumping rate of 18Mm /yr for the full LoM (29
years). The modeling suggests (scenario 5) a likely drawdown of about 20m (minimum of 18m
and maximum of 24m), with a likely drawdown at the Al Jalamid mine (the other major wellfield
in the area) of 2.9m (minimum of 2.6m and maximum of 3.2m).
It has been estimated (SRK, 2004) that the combined groundwater abstraction for the Project
and for the Al Jalamid mine (the other major wellfield in the area) corresponds to 1.65% of the
total water available from the Tawil aquifer. It should be noted that any change in groundwater
recharge rates in the project area as a result of the development will be completely negligible
in comparison with the required groundwater abstraction.
Although this relatively low percentage suggests the water required is available for abstraction,
it is known that recharge to deep aquifers like the Tawil is very low and therefore this water
Project Name:
resource is effectively non-renewable. This is evidenced by falling groundwater levels in the
countrys major aquifers.
The significance of this impact is difficult to assess, with a reported (UN, 2009) increasing
reliance on desalinated water in preference to groundwater across the country.
Overall, it is considered that the significance of impact on regional and national groundwater
resources will relate to future government policy and strategy on groundwater resource
protection and replacement. However, for the purposes of this assessment it is considered to
be of medium significance.
7.3.4.7 IMPACT ON OTHER AQUIFER USERS
Preliminary estimations and groundwater modeling undertaken by SRK have indicated that the
volumes of water required to be abstracted for the Project and the Al Jalamid wellfield
approximately 100km to the SE are small compared to the total available water in the Tawil
aquifer.
As indicated above, an additional drawdown of about 3m is expected at the Al Jalamid
wellfield, the operation of which had already resulted to date in a local drawdown of 20m. It
would be expected that for such a large wellfield, the Al Jalamid has been designed to
accommodate a further drop in groundwater levels of this order of magnitude.
Key other predicted impacts are as follows:
No drawdown effect is expected to the north west of the wellfield; however a
drawdown of up to 3-4m is expected to the north east;, This drawdown is considered
neglible given the depth of the aquifer, and the anticipated rapid reduction in the
drawdown as active abstraction stabilises;
EW6 is the closest known active abstraction to the possible wellfield sites (around
30km to the north) and is used by herders for their livestock. For the preferred
wellfield location (Scenario 5, SRK 2013b) the predicted drawdown at EW6 relating to
the proposed wellfield abstraction is 2.0m; and
EW8 lies to the south of the possible wellfield locations at a similar distance to EW6.
It is one of the supply wells for the town of Turaif. An associated drawdown of 1.4m is
predicted at EW8, for the preferred wellfield location.
There are other smaller groundwater abstractions closer to the Project, as listed in Table
6-26, and many of these also abstract from the Tawil aquifer. Some of the abstractions are
believed to be short term for construction and oil and gas projects.
There is also a risk that groundwater quality deteriorates overtime as a result of continued
exploitation and continued worsen drawdown. However, the scale of the predicted drawdown
at the closest known active abstractions is very small compared to the depth at which water is
abstracted from the Tawil aquifer and it is considered very likely that the abstraction wells can
accommodate the slight reductions in water level predicted.
Given the information available the magnitude of impact on other aquifer users is assessed as
low to medium, as is the significance.
7.3.4.8 DEPLETION OF NATURAL PHOSPHATE RESOURCES
The Tertiary phosphorite deposits which will be exploited at the mine, can be considered a
non-renewable resource given the geological timescale in which they take to form. The
removal of some deposits at the Umm Wual mine will therefore have a permanent impact on
the available phosphorite resources in KSA.
The phosphorites at Umm Wual and across the whole Hazm Al-Jalamid area form part of the
extensive Middle East-North Africa phosphate belt. An estimated extraction of approximately
370 million tonnes of phosphate-bearing rock over the 29 years of the mine life is considered
Project Name:
to be a minor reduction in the resource available in the overall phosphate belt and even within
KSA. The estimated phosphate resources in KSA is 7,800 million tonnes (USGS data
th
presented at the 18 AFA International Fertilizer Form, Feb 2012) and therefore the Umm
Wual production would represent less than 5% of the national resource and a negligible
amount of the global resource.
The significance of this necessary impact is assessed as low.
7.3.5 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING

Potential impacts from this phase of the project are both short term, resulting from
decommissioning activities, and long term legacy issues resulting from materials and
conditions left in place.
Impacts on the terrestrial environment due to the related activities are summarised in Table
6-27 and discussed in the following text.
Table 6-5: Closure / Decommissioning Phase Potential Impacts Summary
Factor TE16 TE17 TE18 TE19 TE20
Receptor Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium
Importance/
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Frequent Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Unlikely Likely Unlikely Unlikely
Extent Local Local Local Local Local
Duration Short Short Long Long Long
Magnitude High Low Medium Low High
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Medium Low Medium Low Medium

Similar impacts from general decommissioning activities, including associated maintenance
activities, are expected as from construction activities. Release of quantities of contaminated
materials, including residual process materials and products and release of larger quantities of
washdown water, are identified as the most significant risk. Potential impact to soils is
considered to be of medium to high magnitude and of medium significance.
Maintenance activities could include small repairs, routine lubrication and wash down of
equipment. A large amount of equipment may be involved in the decommissioning phase and
routine maintenance tasks may pose a significant contamination risk if not controlled and have
a medium significance.
The medium significance of potential impact on soil quality described above for TE15 is not
predicted to result in the same level of significance for underlying groundwater. This is
because of the depth to groundwater and the effect this has on the risk from shallow soil
contaminants, as described in previously discussed potential impacts. The assessed
significance is low.
Project Name:
7.3.5.3 LEGACY IMPACTS ON SOIL QUALITY
Any remaining plant items, services and demolition wastes left on site could pose a
contaminative risk and limit potential future uses. The potential impact to soils and limits on
future land use are considered to be of medium magnitude and of medium significance.
The TSF and PSF will be left in place permanently following decommissioning. These features
will gradually dry out and are expected to be stable sediment masses and substantially dry
before their liner and drainage systems are likely to degrade. As discussed for the operational
phase chemical profiling is required to be undertaken and it is anticipated that the PSF will
contain contaminants including residual acids and potentially heavy metals, as well as low
levels of some radionuclides which are typically at acceptable levels in relation to agricultural
land use. The potential impact is considered to be medium, but decreasing over time as the
material in the TSF and PSF dries out and consolidates.
7.3.5.4 LEGACY IMPACTS ON GROUNDWATER QUALITY
Any contaminants entering the local soils from remaining plant, services and wastes etc, or
from the TSF and PSF, are not predicted to have a discernible impact on the underlying
groundwater because of the depth of unsaturated rock. The impact significance is therefore
assessed as low.
7.3.5.5 LEGACY IMPACTS ON SOIL STABILITY
The backfilled mine pit will represent a large area of disturbed ground which could be
considered for further use following the end of the Project life. The area is currently within the
border security zone, with no access or development permitted. However, there is a risk that
stability issue may pose a risk to vehicle movements by the border / military police. In
particular, it is possible that the finished landform may be lower in parts of the mine area than
original ground surface due to shortfall of backfill and settling effects.
In the unlikely event of the designation of the area changing in the future, further development
may become possible. The magnitude and resultant significance of impact on potential future
agricultural uses are considered to be low as no building structures or infrastructure services
would be involved. The potential for future construction on the former mine site would be
dependant on the type of construction.
Potential instability impact is expected to have a medium to high magnitude and the assessed
associated significance is low/medium.
7.4 MITIGATION
7.4.1 OVERVIEW
Impacts identified in Section 7.3 that are predicted to be of medium (including low/medium) or
high significance are assessed against appropriate mitigation measures in this section and the
residual impact significance assessed. It should be noted that many of the potential impacts
that have been assessed as being of low significance will still be mitigated by measures
presented in the tables below. For example, although potential impacts on groundwater quality
have been assessed as low largely due to the depth to groundwater, the measures adopted to
protect soil quality will further protect groundwater quality as contaminated soils would be a
source and pathway to contaminate underlying groundwater.
Project Name:
7.4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

ID Impact Potential Mitigation Measure Significance
Code Significance after
Mitigation
TE1 Loss of soil resource due to Project Medium (at Where possible soils will be stockpiled and reused as Low (at local
construction local level part of the Project design to minimize impact. level only)
only)
Some areas of soil resource will be unavoidably lost due
to development. It should be noted that the soil types are
present across a much wider area and the significance to
regional soil resources is Low
TE4 Degradation of soil quality due to High designated refuelling and maintenance areas and areas Low
construction processes. for delivery and storage (in tanks/containers) of
potentially contaminative liquids will be constructed.
These areas will be hard-surfaced and contained by
walls or bunds, with drainage systems and collection
arrangement for spills and stormwater management.
all storage tanks shall be above ground and
maintained in good condition and inspected regularly. A
record must be kept of all liquids/tanks/containers
delivered to the site.
all vehicles used on site shall be serviced and
maintained to the highest standard, with a record kept
of maintenance undertaken.
at each vehicle wash area, there shall be a regularly
maintained washwater collection and recycling system.
Project Name:
7.4.3 CONSTRUCTION PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

The contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction phase Environmental
Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and a Construction Environmental Management Plan
(CEMP). These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental and
emergency response management during construction, including:
Minimum technical standard of construction plant;
Competencies and training requirements of staff with environmental responsibilities,
and lines of communication in the event of an emergency (including accidental
releases of hazardous substances);
Procedures to be implemented following an accidental release of hazardous
substances, e.g. during refuelling, including details of containment and recovery
measures to be applied; and
Availability of pumps and spill mitigation materials such as absorbent granules to
contain and recover hazardous substances releases.
The contractor will undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their
ongoing effectiveness.
There are no specific recommendations required in relation to the low significance potential
impacts associated with topography, recharge and groundwater. It should be noted however
that the mitigation measures put in place for TE4 will also further protect groundwater quality.
Project Name:
7.4.4 COMMISSIONING PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Mitigation
TE6 Degradation of soil quality due to Medium In addition to the mitigation measures presented for TE4, Low
commissioning processes the following measures should be adopted.
specific commissioning activities such as hydrotesting
and flushing and disposal of wastewater will be
undertaken in line with methodologies ,agreed in
advance, which contain appropriate measures to
control, collect and treat the produced water as
appropriate.
wastewater will be treated if required to comply with
water quality standards applied to discharge and as a
minimum will pass through an oil/fuel interceptor facility
7.4.5 COMMISSIONING PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

If commissioning phase activities are not already included within the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Environmental
Emergency Response Plan (EERP), discussed in section 4.2.1.1, additional corresponding documents should be compiled for the phase.
There are no specific recommendations required in relation to the low significance potential impact associated with groundwater quality. It should be
noted however that the mitigation measures put in place for TE6 will also further protect groundwater quality.
Project Name:
7.4.6 OPERATIONS PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Mitigation
TE11 Degradation of soil quality due to accidents Medium The measures included in TE4 will be designed in part to Low
and spills minimise the potential for accidents and spills. Additional
measures are as follows.
any accidental spill/leak will be fully cleaned as soon as
the incident occurs, and if required polluted soil/sand
will be excavated and removed to a licenced waste
disposal site. Any accidental spill/leak will be recorded.
where possible the site design would be such that
accidental release from bunded containment areas
would still discharge to a site drainage system in
preference to entering the ground.
TE13 Depletion of groundwater resources Medium groundwater level monitoring should be undertaken Low
prior to and during the Project life to allow appraisal of
long term impacts. This can be supplied to the Ministry
to assist in continued assessment of overall status of
Tawil aquifer.
efficient re-use of suitable water within the project is a
key consideration and all practical design measures
(during detailed design stage) should be taken to
maximise this and hence minimise the abstraction.
TE14 Impact on other aquifer users Medium groundwater level monitoring and efficient reuse of Low
water by the project to be incorporated in design
Project Name:
7.4.7 OPERATION PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

The site operator shall develop, implement and maintain an Environmental Emergency
Response Plan (EERP) and Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) for the
operational phase, to further protect against impact of local soil and groundwater quality .
These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental and emergency
response management during operation, including:
substances, e.g. during refuelling, including details of containment and recovery
measures to be applied;
contain and recover hazardous substances releases; and
Maintenance procedures of all equipment, pipelines and drainage systems in place.
The operator will undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their
Prior to commencement of operations, chemical profiling will be undertaken to assess the
requirement, if any, for treatment facilities assigned to the runoff/seepage from the TSF and
PSF.
There are no specific recommendations for the low significance potential impacts associated
with mine blasting, soil. No mitigation is possible for the reduction in national phosphate
resources (TE15). Further detailed recommendations are included in the Operational
Implementation Plan provided within the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
supplied at Appendix A.
Project Name:
7.4.8 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Mitigation
TE16 Degradation of soil quality due to Medium See TE4. Low
decommissioning activities.
TE18 Degradation of soil quality related to Project Medium any demolition and other waste materials left on site, Low
legacy along with disused plant etc must be checked and
contained/treated as necessary prior to site closure to
ensure no potential soil contamination source remains.
If materials cannot be made safe in this regard they
must be removed from site.
the drainage systems, including evaporation ponds, for
the TSF and PSF shall continue to be maintained for a
period after operations have ceased, while they are still
producing significant potentially contaminative liquid.
TE20 Soil stability at the mine pit location following Medium the backfilled material should be compacted ensure the Low
restoration stability is sufficient to sustain vehicle movements.
In the unlikely event of the designation of the area
changing and other development becoming possible,
further stability measures may need to be put in place
to re-enforce local ground conditions
7.4.9 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

Many of the decommissioning activities will be similar to those undertaken during construction in relation to the potential for contamination of the
terrestrial environment and therefore an Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
(EMMP) which covers the decommissioning phase is required.
There are no specific recommendations required in relation to the low significance potential impacts associated with groundwater. It should be noted
however that the mitigation measures put in place for TE16 and TE18 will also further protect groundwater quality.
Project Name:
8.0 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
8.1 INTRODUCTION
This section describes the ecological baseline for the proposed phosphate mine at Umm Wual
in the Sirhan-Turaif region of northern Saudi Arabia, and presents the findings of the
assessment of likely impacts arising from the construction, commissioning, operational and
decommissioning phases of the project.
The Umm Wu'al ecological Study Area, hereafter referred to as the Study Area, is
approximately 2947km2 and is shown on. The Study Area includes the principal locations of
development associated with the Umm Wu'al phosphate mine which covers an area of
approximately 59km2. These are referred to as:
the Mine the relatively undisturbed area controlled by rangers of the Frontier Forces
close to the international border between Saudi Arabia and Jordan and the location of the
actual Umm Wu'al mine; and
the Industrial Complex to the south of the mine the remaining project area that is not
patrolled by the Frontier Forces and is currently open to the public. The Industrial
Complex is located near Umm Wu'al and includes the Waad Al Shamaal city
development included within the scope of this ESIA and the Umm Wu'al wells.
The Study Area, including the Mine and Industrial Complex which hereafter are collectively
referred to as the Project area, is located within true steppe desert in the far north of the
Arabian Peninsula adjacent to the International border with Jordan (Figure 8-1). The Study
Area resides within the Northern Wildlife Management Zone, an IUCN Protected Area
(Category VI), and in close proximity to two further Protected Areas; Harrat al Harrah and At
Tubayq which are approximately 70km south, and 170km south-west respectively (Figure 8-2).
Project Name:
Figure 8-1: Ecological Study Area and Nearby Protected Areas
Project Name:
Figure 8-2 Protected Areas in Saudi Arabia
The region encompasses the largest of Saudi Arabias basalt lava fields which extends
northwards into Jordan and Syria. It is the most extensive lava field in the Arabian Peninsula
and the area is characterized by huge sheets of weathered black basalt rock (harrahs). The
harrahs were formed by lava flows in prehistoric times, and the Northern Wildlife Management
Zone is dotted with extinct volcanic cones. The largely treeless area supports hardy perennial
plants in networks of wadis and drainage lines.
There is a gentle increase in altitude from south to north across the Study Area. The area is
dotted with extinct volcanic cones (makman), rugged basalt outcrops (jabals) and large silty
depressions (qa), and cut by numerous large wadis and smaller washes (shaib). Lava flows
covered large areas of limestone and the weathering of these lava sheets has broken the
basalt into rocks and boulders. Limestone gravel plains and undulating hills dominate central
part of the Study Area while moderate areas of sand are more common around the Industrial
Complex. Basalt predominates elsewhere, with large jabals and the Study Area is surrounded
by undulating plains of chert and gravels virtually devoid of vegetation.
2
The basalts of the region extend south-west for over 7,000km and are contiguous with those
of the Harrat al Harrat and At Tubayq Protected Areas. These sandstones are exposed along
eastern edge of the Harrat in south and west and they extend eastwards to form a landscape
of highly sculpted buttes and narrow canyons (Plate 8-1, illustrates these and the extreme
weather experienced during the field visit).
Project Name:
Plate 8-1: Geomorphology at Umm Wual Mountain (Source: Panoramio.com)
The Northern Wildlife Management Zone is home to several important species including the
Arabian wolf Canus lupus, Blanfords fox Vulpes cana and the Houbara bustard Chlamydotis
(undulate) macqueenii. It also attracts migratory birds including several globally threatened
species and serves as an important corridor for various taxa to the nearby protected areas of
Harrat al Harrat and At Tubayq (Goriup et al., 1988). The region also formed part of the
historical range of the Arabian oryx Oryx leucoryx, cheetah Acinonyx jubatus, ostrich Struthio
camelus syriacus, and possibly Arabian leopard Panthera pardus nimr (Child and Grainger
1990). The area may have once held both sand gazelle Gazella subgutturosa and mountain
gazelle Gazella gazella, and functioned as part of the extended northern grazing grounds for
these species before the area was effectively divided by major highways and development
projects.
The Umm Wu'al mine is located within the 10km Border Security Zone which is patrolled. This
high level of official presence close to the International border has protected several animals
from illegal hunting, and has allowed the persistence of populations of other threatened
mammals, such as the Arabian wolf and the striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena. However, the
area beyond the Border Security Zone controlled by the rangers of the Frontier Forces shows
signs of disturbance and over-grazing due to presence of large numbers of domestic
livestock, principally sheep, goats, camels and donkeys.
8.2 METHODOLOGY
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION
Baseline conditions of the terrestrial ecology were determined through a review of existing
literature to develop a regional context, and then supplemented through field surveys
conducted in November & December 2012 and April 2013.
Project Name:
8.2.2 FIELD SURVEY METHODOLOGIES
Surveys were conducted in the field between 1319 November, 3-6 December 2012 and 10-
12 April 2013 by a team of ecologists using three complimentary approaches: (1) Vehicle
survey to cover larger area; (2) Foot transect near the Mine; (3) Camera trapping. These
three techniques are explained below in detail. The Study Area was defined in relation to
known sites where several globally threatened species of birds, mammals and other wildlife
had been seen in the last 10-50 years. The Study Area does not cover the location of the
proposed well field, as this location was not determined at the time of the fieldwork.
Nonetheless given the largely homogenous nature of the area, the field survey results are
considered representative of the area in which the well field will be located. Furthermore
mitigation measures include pre-construction surveys which will provide full geographic
coverage.
Wildlife observations were collected in three principle ways: i) direct observations of mammals
birds and reptiles from a moving vehicle; ii) careful scrutiny of ground for tracks and signs
through evenly distributed 500m rapid assessment transects on foot (the Mine only); and iii)
night observations by deployment of camera traps.
Figure 8-3 illustrates the locations of vehicle and foot transects.
Project Name:
Figure 8-3: Ecological Survey Vehicle and Foot Transects
Project Name:
8.2.2.1 VEHICLE SURVEY
The main survey method was vehicle based, following a path from the Chicken Farm to the
Industrial Complex (i.e. Umm Wual), then visiting the Mine site en route to the wadis in
between. A map showing the location of the Study Area and vehicle transects is shown in
Figure 8-3.
A transect survey design was planned for the Study Area. Prior knowledge of the terrain and
conditions provided assurance that pre-planned routes could be completed. A provisional
survey zone of 47.3 km x 62.3 km = 2946.79km2 was identified for the project (Figure 8-3).
GPS waypoints defining 5 km transects were laid down randomly. The basic design was
transposed 20km further north than originally planned in response to actual ground conditions
with the result that 30 full transects were completed in the main survey.
A more extensive semi-systematic approach was adopted in order to cover the area to record
birds, reptiles and mammals, while continuing to distribute survey effort evenly across the
Project area.
8.2.2.2 FOOT TRANSECTS AND HABITAT RECORDING
The vehicle survey was supplemented with foot transects and habitat recording at the Mine to
provide a greater resolution of survey detail for this area (Figure 8-3). Transects were
randomly selected and rapid assessment was conducted on foot, walking in line abreast for
200m (controlled by GPS) over a 50m transect width. All observations of wildlife and wildlife
tracks and signs found were recorded, with verification by consensus where necessary with
field survey colleagues. Animal tracks too old or unclear to identify with confidence were
ignored. Track sets were scored individually but subsequently grouped into categories: not
seen, few (1-5 sets), many (6-20), abundant (>20). Details of plant species, conditions present
and abundance were added on completion of the foot transect.
Landform, dominant shrubs, grass species, herb layer plants and their growth condition were
recorded in more detail at a single point along each transect. Sample points were semi-
randomised by selection in advance by using the trigonometric centre point of the Mine. The
vegetation sample points were then fixed by randomly applying a displacement to the
reference point of zero, 200m in all directions along the transect to assess the impacts of
mining activities in the area.
In the case of birds, walked transect census of 30 minutes duration were carried out at dawn,
the time when most birds are active (i.e. singing, displaying and feeding). A transect was not
possible every day because of security and accommodation constraints, the need for an early
start for other work or adverse weather. A total of eight kilometres were travelled in 31 foot
transects near the Mine. In the larger Industrial Complex area birds were recorded each day
while carrying out the car transects from immediately after sun-rise to sun-set.
During the censuses all birds seen or heard, including those flying, were counted. Most were
recorded within 30m of the observation although some particularly vocal species, with far
carrying calls (e.g. Temmincks horned lark Eremophila bilopha, Fan-tailed Raven Corvus
rhipidurus) could be heard at 400m or more in distance. In view of this bias and that quiet
skulking species might be missed, census results should not be regarded as an assessment of
relative abundance of species. However they are an indication of the number of each species
present in a given habitat.
All observations of human activity, livestock or wildlife, including data on habitat, tracks and
signs, were collected. All direct sightings of mammals and were recorded (i.e. group size,
dominant activity and location). All animal signs and tracks were classed as indirect
observations. For all observations the context (recorded from the moving vehicle, on or off
transect, in the course of a transect on foot, or casual exploration on foot) was indicated,
enabling appropriate grouping for subsequent analysis. Locations of all livestock (camels,
sheep and goats, donkeys) were recorded with distance information.
Project Name:
8.2.2.3 CAMERA TRAPS
The vehicle and foot-transects were supplemented with the use of fifteen Bushnell passive
infra-red cameras. These were deployed most nights during field surveys in November and
December 2012 and April 2013. The cameras were set up close to sun-set and removed
shortly after sun-rise each day. As these were single night deployments at new locations, all
cameras were baited with sardine to improve chances of photographing small predators. It
should be noted that while experience suggests that sardine bait is highly attractive to small
canids, the situation is less clear for other groups, notably cats and mustelids. The possibility
that some species might in the worst case be repelled by sardine has not been fully
investigated. Because cameras are baited, data reporting is limited to simple
presence/absence information for each camera.
Cameras were set up at 9 locations (Figure 8-4) for a total of 45 camera nights (i.e. 1 camera
left in position for 5 nights). The camera traps were in position for a total of 225 hours
nocturnal trapping time and a total of 75 pictures were analysed.
Project Name:
Figure 8-4: Camera Trap Positions
Project Name:
8.3 ECOLOGICAL BASELINE which Saudi Arabia represents a
critical range).
8.3.1 INTRODUCTION
4. Relict genera, species, or
This section describes the
subspecies that are of global,
ecological baseline of the Project
regional, or national significance.
area as determined by a literature
review and field surveys. Within the 5. Genera or species of special
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, there is ecological importance (i.e.
limited legislation which affords fulfilling a vitally important
specific species with legal function in an ecosystem such as
protection and there is also limited providing a key habitat for other
data on the conservation status and species, serving as indicator
population trends of individual species, etc).
species. Therefore the value, or
6. Genera of species of significant
potential value, of each biological
economic importance.
resource has been developed using
the following: 7. Genera or species that serve a
flagship function (i.e. high-
the list of species of High
profile species of cultural value,
Conservation Priority as
the protection of which will also
prepared by the former National
protect large numbers of other
Commission for Wildlife
species that share their habitats).
Conservation &
Development(undated), now the The IUCN Red List categorises
Saudi Wildlife Authority, in species into nine groups based on
response to the ratification of their risk of global extinction, set
the U.N. Convention on through criteria such as rate of
Biological Diversity (1993); and decline, population size, area of
geographic distribution, and degree of
the International Union for the population and distribution
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) fragmentation. The nine categories
Red List (IUCN, 2012). are:
The species of High Conservation
Extinct (EX) No known
Priority are assigned a value in
individuals remaining.
accordance with the following
categories, and species may fall Extinct in the Wild (EW)
within one or more categories: Known only to survive in captivity,
or as a naturalized population
1. Genera, species, or subspecies
outside its historic range.
that are critically endangered,
endangered, or vulnerable Critically Endangered (CR)
(globally, regionally, or Extremely high risk of extinction in
nationally); taxa which are the wild.
locally extinct in the wild may
be included, provided that there Endangered (EN) High risk
is an SWA policy to reintroduce of extinction in the wild.
them. Vulnerable (VU) High risk of
2. Genera, species, or subspecies endangerment in the wild.
that are endemic to the Arabian Near Threatened (NT) Likely
Peninsula, the Red Sea, or the to become endangered in the
Gulf. near future.
3. Genera, species, or subspecies Least Concern (LC) Lowest
of which the conservation of risk. Does not qualify for a more at
populations within Saudi Arabia risk category. Widespread and
is essential to the conservation abundant taxa are included in this
of the taxon (e.g. near- category.
endemics and migrants for
Project Name:
Data Deficient (DD) Not Value / Importance Criteria / Ex
enough data to make an
assessment of its risk of Internationally designated sites or hab
extinction. Nationally significant populations of gl
Not Evaluated (NE) Has International
species (e.g., IUCN Vulnerable or End
not yet been evaluated against species).
the criteria. Sites supporting >1% of a biogeograp
Using the list of species of High subspecies.
Conservation Priority and the IUCN Not Valued (Negligible) Species, population or habitat not meeting
Red List (IUCN, 2012), a
geographical frame of reference has
been developed to assign value The IUCN Red List of species is
(Table 8-1). To fully acknowledge founded on a scientific understanding
the spatial range associated with of the population status and trends of
some biological resources (e.g. species. The value of utilising the list
migratory birds) and potential of species of High Conservation
impacts outside national Priority is that the cultural and
boundaries, a very high level of economic value of species is
significance will be considered recognised and assigned a value of
where appropriate. importance.
Table 8-1: Criteria for Valuing The Study Area covers an area of
Biological Resources approximately 2947km2 and the
Value / Importance survey methods
Criteria / Exampleshave been designed
to maximise the coverage of the
Areas of semi-natural vegetation
survey orwhilst habitat considered
optimising to appreciably
the
enrich the habitat resource within the context
characterisation of ofthethe site and
ecological
Local
surrounding area. Sustainable
baseline.populations
However of uncommon
there orare declining
species. limitations to the resolution of detail
that can be established for such a
Areas of habitat considered
largetoStudy
enrichArea
the and
habitatit isresource within 50 km
not possible
of the site or within a defined geographic area of the
to determine the precise usage of the country.
Provincially designated site by particular
or protected sites.species, and the key
Provincial locations of
Sustainable or strong populations which provide
nationally scarceimportant
species (would
foraging areas and
be defined according to the size of the country and of places of rest
information
and shelter (i.e. dens, burrows,
available, e.g., species occurring in less than 5% of the land surface of
the country). breeding sites etc). Accordingly, a
pre-cautionary approach has been
taken when
Sites or habitats internationally assigning
recognised but anot value to each
necessarily
designated or protectedof(e.g.,
the Important
biologicalBird resources
Areas). and the
assessment
Strong populations of endemic of ecologicalspecies
or near-endemic impact.or subspecies
Regional
to the Arabian Peninsula.
8.3.2 DESIGNATIONS
Extensive areas of semi-natural
The Study vegetation
Area is or habitats
located characteristic
within the of
the Arabian Peninsula. jurisdiction of the Northern Wildlife
Management Zone which is
Nationally designated or protected sites.
designated as a Category VI
Best examples of habitat within theArea.
Protected country The (e.g.,
IUCN the definition
largest area of a
particular habitat, a goodforexample
this of a threatened
category is to: or declining
National
habitat).
"conserve ecosystems and habitats,
Strong populations of rare or nationally
together with threatened
associated species (e.g., a
cultural
species occurring in lessvalues
than 1% of the land surface
and traditional natural resourceof the country).
management systems. They are
generally large, with most of the area
in a natural condition, where a
proportion is under sustainable natural
resource management and where
Project Name:
low-level non-industrial use of areas of conservation in
natural resources compatible with correlation to an identifiable
nature conservation is seen as one species or habitat that requires
of the main aims of the area." continuous protection. These
(IUCN, 2012). protected areas will be sufficiently
controlled to ensure the
Category VI protected areas do
maintenance, conservation and
conserve biodiversity, particularly at
restoration of particular species
ecosystem and landscape scale,
and habitats - possibly through
but the aim would not be to protect
traditional means - and public
them strictly from human
education of such areas is widely
interference. Although scientific
encouraged as part of the
research may be important, it would
management objectives. Habitat
be considered a priority only when
or Species Management Areas
applied to sustainable uses of
may exist as a fraction of a wider
natural resources, either in order to
ecosystem or protected area and
improve them, or to understand how
may require varying levels of
to minimize the risks to ecological
active intervention including - but
sustainability (IUCN, 2012).
not limited to - the prevention of
Therefore a key objective of this
poaching, creation of artificial
category of Protected Area is to
habitats, halting natural
promote the sustainable use of
succession and supplementary
natural resources, ensuring
feeding practices." (IUCN, 2012).
consideration is given to the
ecological, economic and social This site was in part designated
dimensions. to afford protection to the
Houbara bustard Chlamydotis
In addition, there are two Protected
(undulata) macqueenii.
Areas to the south of the Study
Area and Project. These are as At Tubayq Protected Area: This is
follows: an IUCN Category III site and
covers an area of c.12,200km
Harrat Al Harrah Protected
south of Harrat Al Harrah. The site
Area: This is an IUCN Category
consists primarily of desert and
IV site and covers an area of
sandstone rocky plateaus and is
12,150km2 the landscape is
one of the last remaining
dominated by numerous uplifted
strongholds for the Nubian Ibex
extinct volcanic cones and black
Capra nubiana.
basaltic boulders of the middle
Miocene, making vehicle The definition for IUCN Category
access mostly impossible. The III sites is:
Harrat al Harrah Protected Area
"These are comparatively smaller
was one of the initial
areas that are specifically
biodiversity reserves
allocated to protect a natural
established in Saudi Arabia
monument and its surrounding
(Child & Grainger, 1990;
habitats. Natural Monuments or
Seddon et al., 1997). The
Features can be natural in the
reserve provides habitat to over
wholest sense, or include
250 species of plants, 50
elements that have been
species of birds and 22 species
influenced or introduced by
of mammals (Nader 1995;
humans. The latter should hold
Seddon et al. 1997). It is
biodiversity associations or could
located approximately 26km
otherwise be classified as a
south of the Project area
historical or spiritual site, though
The definition for IUCN this distinction can be quite
Category IV sites is: difficult to ascertain. As such, the
classification then falls into two
"Habitat/Species Management
subcategories, those in which the
Areas focus on more specific
biodiversity in uniquely related to
Project Name:
the conditions of the natural
feature, and those in which the
current levels of biodiversity are
dependent on the presence of
the sacred sites that have
created an essentially modified
ecosystem. Natural Monuments
or Features have a high cultural
or spiritual value which can be
utilised to gain support for
conservation challenges."
(IUCN, 2012)
The Protected Areas have been
identified by the Saudi Wildlife
Authority, and the Northern Wildlife
Management Zone is owned both
by the State due its proximity to the
international boundary with Jordan,
and private tribal landlords.
However the area covered by the
Project is state owned. Protected
Area's are valued at the National
level.
8.3.3 HABITATS
The principle survey areas of the
larger Umm Wual area and the
Mine represent distinct habitats.
The Umm Wual landscape
comprises an undulating system of
fixed vegetated areas, with a mix of
grasses, shrubs and small trees
with a generally Saharo-Sindian
Biome character. There is little or no
natural surface water, but a system
of traditional wells facilitates
seasonal exploitation by herders.
The Mine by contrast consists of a
relatively flat area of sand sheet
and gravel plains and low rock
outcrops, giving a more Saharan
character, with no significant tree
cover (Plate 8-2 and
Project Name:
Plate 8-3). There are very few wells (none were seen) but during the current survey a small
number of herders were encountered near ephemeral pools during the surveys (i.e. there had
been rain / snow-fall), and herds of sheep were grazing.
Outside these focal study sites, the habitats traversed by the survey to the north of Umm
Wual and south of the Mine comprise primarily grasslands, with tree cover slowly diminishing
with increasing latitude/longitude.
The sector of the Umm Wual, moving north via the Mine, is distinctive in following the line of
a major fossil drainage system, where the water catchment in a flat landscape has created a
wide braided channel system on a huge scale, with temporary water pools in the depressions
and belts of shrubs and trees in between.
Plate 8-2: Haloxylon persicum near the Mining area
Project Name:
Plate 8-3: Calligonum comosum (left) and seen near the international border (right)
Habitats within the Study Area are valued are valued at the National level based on the
Northern Wildlife Management Zone designation.
8.3.4 FLORA
The Study Area is characterized by its sparse, patchy dwarf shrub vegetation, concentrated in
small drainage lines, wadis and silty depressions. There are no trees, except for the
occasional Tamarix arborea along large stream beds north of the proposed Industrial
Complex and near the Mine. Dominant perennial shrub species include Haloxylon
salicornicum, Salsola spp. Artemisia spp., Achillea fragrantissima, Astragalus trimestris. Zilla
spinosa and Capparis spinosa are abundant on the margins of silty depressions.
Perennial grasses, which include several Stipagrostis spp. are sparsely distributed and poorly
represented, probably due to intensive sheep and camel grazing in some areas. Chert/gravel
plains (hamad) and rocky basalt slopes (harrahs) and jabals support few perennial plants. A
community of Haloxylon persicum and Calligonum comosum grows on mobile sand drifts.
The southern parts of the Study Area and in association with Helianthemum lippii grows the
edible fungus Terfezia claveryi, known as faqah in Arabic. A local delicacy, faqah is highly
sought after by people from surrounding districts and fetches high prices in markets
throughout the Kingdom.
A full list of plants recorded in the Study Area, or known to occur, is given below in Appendix
E.
The plant species and communities within the project area will vary spatially and temporally
subject to seasonal (e.g. rainfall, temperature) and geophysical (e.g. elevation) variations.
The condition of plants was qualitatively assessed based on chlorophyll content of plants, and
no significant variation was observed between the three trips (i.e. November and December
2012 and April 2013).
Flora within the Study Area are valued at the National level based on the Northern Wildlife
Management Zone designation. In terms of the assessment of impact, impacts on flora have
been combined with impacts on habitat.
8.3.5 FAUNA
Data was collected on many species of large and small mammal during the survey, in
addition to 72 species of birds, and 11 species of reptile. Faunal diversity was observed by
direct observations, footprints and camera traps is summarised in Figure 8-5.
Project Name:
Figure 8-5: Faunal diversity observed by direct observation - footprints & camera traps.
8.3.5.1 CAMERA TRAPS

In total, five mammal species were photographed, of which Blanfords Fox (Plate 8-4) was
strongly attracted to the sardine bait and was by far the most frequently recorded during the
three field surveys (Table 8-2 ). Otherwise jerboa and hedgehog were the next most frequent
encounters, then porcupine (Plate 8-5) whilst the Arabian wolf (Plate 8-6) was encountered
only once. A brown-necked raven just after sunrise completes the data set.
Table 8-2: Summary Results of Opportunistic, Nightly Baited Camera Trapping
Common Name Scientific Number of Camera Position
Name Triggers
Blandfords fox Vulpes cana 25 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 5
Arabian wolf Canis lupus 1 1

arabs
Hedgehog unknown 3 4,5
Jerboa unknown 7 3,5,6,9
Brown-necked raven Corvus 2 1,3,5,7

ruficollis
Indian crested porcupine Hystrix 2 5

indica
False triggers - 35 All camera traps
Project Name:
Plate 8-4: Sardine Baited Camera Trap - attractions for Blanfords fox Vulpes cana
Plate 8-5: Indian crested porcupine Hystrix indica
Plate 8-6: Arabian wolf Canus lupus arabs
Project Name:
8.3.5.2 MAMMALS
The region used to be very rich in terms of mammals presence 150-20 years before and
animals such as Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena, caracal Felis caracal (historically recorded
and possibly still present), Arabian Wolf Canis lupus (still present in the area), and the honey
badger or ratel Mellivora capensis were recorded (local people pers. comm. 2012).
Now these mammals are not present these days and have been exterminated due to human
settlements and developmental projects.
Seddon et al. (1997) have prepared a paper on the status of mammal species in the Harrat al
Harrah Protected Area. Between 1991 and 1996 records of mammals were compiled and
surveys and trapping undertaken. A total of 22 mammal species, including three domestic
animals were recorded within the reserve's boundaries (Seddon et al., 1997). This included
the Arabian wolf, the striped hyaena and the caracal.
The Project area may have been part of the former distribution of the Arabian oryx Oryx
leucoryx before it was hunted to extinction. The last documented record from the area (south
of Wadi Sirhan) was in 1926.
The following is a list of animals that used to be found in the vicinity of the Project (Table 8-3):
Table 8-3: Species historically recorded from the Study Area
Common Name Scientific Name Last Known Activity
Striped Hyaena Hyaena hyaena used be found in the area 5-10 years
before
Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus used to be found in the area some 50-70

years before, now extinct
Onager Equus hemionus used to be found in the area some 50-70
years before, now extinct
Nubian Ibex Capra (ibex) nubiana used to be found in this area some 50
years before, now locally extinct
Arabian Oryx Oryx leucoryx used to be found in this area some >100
Mountain gazelle Gazella gazella used to be found in this area some 50

Sand gazelle Gazella subgutturosa used to be found in this area between

30-50 years before, now locally extinct
Excluding domestic species and livestock, a total of 22 mammal species were recorded within
the Study Area as part of the field surveys, or suspected to be present based on professional
judgement and anecdotal evidence (see Appendix E). The evidence of mammals was
recorded by either field sign (i.e. tracks and droppings), direct visual sightings (Plate 8-7) and
camera traps. In addition a single dead specimen of the Ethiopian hedgehog Paraechinus
aethiopicus was recorded near Umm Wu'al (Plate 8-8).
Many of the mammal species are listed as Least Concern (Global Assessment) on the IUCN
Red List on the basis that there are no known major threats believed to be resulting in a
significant decline in their population status. Indeed, during the field surveys evidence of
these species was widespread throughout the Project area (e.g. Arabian hare Lepus capensis
arabica and small mammal species).
However the conservation status of many of the larger and medium sized mammal species is
less favourable and this is reflected on both the Global and Regional IUCN Red List. These
species are described in more detail below:
Project Name:
Arabian wolf Canis lupus: The presence of the Arabian wolf within the Project area was
confirmed through frequent field signs (e.g. tracks) and a single specimen was caught on a
camera trap. This specimen is reported to be living in the area (pers. comm). From the
present field surveys it is clear that wolves in the Umm Wual area are found in low numbers
especially between Industrial Complex and the Mine, and due to their scavenging omnivorous
behaviour they may benefit from the human settlements.
However this species is listed as Endangered at a Regional level (IUCN, 2011) due to the
rate of population decline in the Arabian Peninsula. The principle causes of decline are
persecution, a reduced prey base and hybridisation with domestic dogs.
Sand cat Felis margarita: The Near Threatened (IUCN, 2012) sand cat Felis margarita was
also recorded within the Study Area. The sand cat is one of the rarest cats in the north of
Saudi Arabia and during the field surveys in the Mine, a total of 21 foot prints were recorded
in wadis. The presence of the cat was also confirmed by military personnel patrolling the
mining area. The sand cat appears to have a markedly patchy distribution in the Project area.
Blanfords fox Vulpes cana: This species was recorded as being locally common near the
Industrial Complex. Although listed as Least Concern at a global level, the Blanfords fox is
listed as Vulnerable on the Regional level (IUCN, 2011) due to the rate of population decline
in the Arabian Peninsula. The principle cause of decline is general persecution, poisoning and
habitat loss due to expanding human development.
Honey badger Mellivora capensis: Although not directly recorded during the field surveys,
the potential presence of honey badger has been indicated through anecdotal evidence and
professional judgement. Although rare, it is possible that honey badger utilise the wadis
between the Industrial Complex and the Mine. This species is listed as Least Concern at a
global level, but as Near Threatened at a regional level by the IUCN (2011).
Marbled polecat Vormela peregusna: This species was first recorded from Saudi Arabia as
a live animal caught in 1991 from the Study Area in Turaif (Nader 1991). During the present
surveys, this species was not recorded however while talking with local people showing the
picture of the animal, they claimed that this species is there between the Industrial Complex
and the Mine. As per the IUCN Red List 2012, this species is listed as Vulnerable under
criteria A2c (population reduction). It seems reasonable to infer at least a 30% reduction in
the population in the last ten years due to the loss of steppe habitat. This reduction may
continue into the future, as suggested by climate change models and land-use change.
Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena: Although not recorded during the survey, the striped
hyaena has historically been recorded within the Study Area, although there have been no
recent sightings within the last 10 years. This species is classified as Near Threatened on the
IUCN Red List of 2012.
During the course of the survey, several livestock species were recorded within the Project
area (i.e. donkey, camel and sheep) and the domestic dog Canis lupus familiaris was on
occasion present at the camps. The presence of livestock is considered further in Section
7.3.6.
Project Name:
Plate 8-7: Red Fox Vulpes vulpes Plate 8-8: Dead hedgehog
Untended herds of camel Camelus dromedarius range freely throughout the area. Dogs
Canis lupus familiaris and feral cats F. silvestris are occasionally found in the area.
The Asiatic jackal Canis aureus has been recorded close to the Mine and therefore may be
present at least seasonally in some parts of the area.
Those species of mammal which are globally or regionally threatened are valued at the
International level. All other species (Least Concern and below) are valued at the Local
level. This assignment of value is based on the regional conservation status of carnivores as
published by IUCN (2011), in particular the Arabian wolf.
8.3.5.3 AVIFAUNA
The region, including the Harrat Al Harrah and At Tubayq Projected Areas, regularly contain
1% or more of the biogeographical or flyway population of Eurasian Dotteral Eudromias
morinellus (i.e. 1,500 - 3,000 wintering); as well as the regionally threatened / declining saker
falcon Falco cherrug, a regular passage migrant. Species restricted wholly or largely to the
Middle East include the Arabian sand partridge Ammoperdix heyi, Humes owl Strix butleri,
Finschs wheatear Oenanthe finschii, and short-toed lark Carpospiza brachydactyla
(Jennings, 2010).
The region was one of the last places where the ostrich Struthio camelus syriacus occurred in
Saudi Arabia before being hunted to extinction. The last documented record from the area
was in January 1930 and fragments of ostrich shells can still easily be found throughout the
area (Jennings 1986).
A total of 72 species of birds have been recorded through the field surveys (see Appendix E).
The current list for the study area contains important species that include many migrants,
notably birds of prey, but also water-birds, using the temporary pools after heavy rain. To the
south of the Study Area is the Harrat al Harrah Protected Area which is an attraction to most
of the birds due to fewer disturbances. This Protected Area is important as both a breeding
ground and a seasonal winter refuge for Houbara bustard Chlamydotis (undulata)
macqueenii.
The Study Area holds a diverse breeding community of larks that include desert lark
Ammomanes deserti, hoopoe lark Alaemon alaudipes, crested lark Galerida cristata,
Temmincks horned lark Eremophila bilopha and thick-billed lark Ramphocoris clotbey.
The Study Area also regularly sees a significant number of a globally threatened species, and
they are described below in more detail:
Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga: Two birds were recorded near Umm Wual in the
evening of 17 November 2012. This species has a small population which appears to be
declining owing to extensive habitat loss and persistent persecution. It is therefore listed as
Vulnerable (IUCN, 2012).
Project Name:
Saker Falcon Falco cherrug: One bird was caught near Umm Wual by a falconer in October
2012 and the captured birds picture was shown to us during the field surveys by a falconer,
who reported that this bird is seen in winters in October and November almost each year.
This species has been uplisted to Endangered because a revised population trend analysis
indicates that it may be undergoing a very rapid decline. This negative trend is a result of
unsustainable capture for the falconry trade, as well as habitat degradation and the impacts of
agrochemicals, and the rate of decline appears to be particularly severe in the species central
Asian breeding grounds. This classification is highly uncertain and may be revised when new
information becomes available (BirdLife International & IUCN 2013).
Houbara Bustard Chlamydotis undulata macqueenii: This species is frequently seen and
captured in the region by falconers and it was recorded breeding in Harrat al Harrah (Van
Heezik & Seddon 1995, 97). This species is classified as Vulnerable because it has
undergone rapid population declines over three generations (20 years) owing largely to
unsustainable hunting levels, as well as habitat degradation (BirdLife International 2013).
During the field surveys this bird was not recorded by the survey team but local people
confirmed the presence of this bird in the Umm Wual Industrial Complex area.
Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus: This vulture was recorded in November at Umm
Wual and this long-lived species qualifies as Endangered (IUCN, 2012) owing to a recent
and extremely rapid population decline in India (presumably resulting from poisoning by the
veterinary drug Diclofenac) combined with severe long-term declines in Europe (>50% over
the last three generations (42 years) and West Africa, plus ongoing declines through much of
the rest of its African range.
Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus: It was recorded at the Mine in November 2012. It is a
passage migrant bird and is known to be undergoing steep population decline in Europe,
although numbers in its Asiatic strongholds are thought to be more stable. Thus it is probably
experiencing a moderately rapid population decline overall, and consequently it is categorised
as Near Threatened (IUCN, 2012).
European Roller Coracius garrulous: It was recorded between Umm Wual and the Mine in
the wadi. It is a passage migrant bird and this species has apparently undergone moderately
rapid declines across its global range and it is consequently considered Near Threatened.
Declines have been most pronounced in northern populations, and if similar declines are
observed elsewhere in the species range it may warrant uplisting to Vulnerable (IUCN, 2012).
Those bird species which are globally or regionally threatened are valued at the International
(i.e. Houbara bustard). All other species (Least Concern and below) are valued at the Local
level.
8.3.5.4 REPTILES
A total of 11 reptile species were recorded within the Study Area during the field surveys, and
includes lizards and snakes. Due to the periods of survey, it is possible that additional species
of reptiles are present and weren't confirmed as being present during the filed surveys. The
reptile species recorded are presented in Appendix E.
Several of the species are listed as species of High Conservation Priority, whilst the spiny
tailed lizard Uromastyx aegyptius microlepis is listed as vulnerable on the IUCN Red List
(Plate 8-9). This species is listed as Vulnerable as there has been a suspected population
decline of over 30% over the past 15 years (3 generations) and this is expected to continue
into the future (IUCN, 2013). This species is threatened from continued collection for food and
medicinal purposes, and habitat change.
Project Name:
Plate 8-9: Spiny-tailed Lizard Uromastyx aegyptius microlepis
Those reptile species which are globally or regionally threatened are valued at the
International level (i.e. Egyptian spiny tailed lizard). All other species (Least Concern and
below) are valued at the Local level.
8.3.6 ANTHROPOLOGICAL ACTIVITY WITHIN STUDY AREA
Within the Study Area there are no permanent settlements. The town of Turaif lies some
40km to the south-west of Umm Wual and north-west of important wildlife areas (i.e.
Protected Areas).
However there are a number of nomadic camps that have been recorded. A simple
comparison of the crude encounter rate with campsites during survey work in November and
December 2012, suggests that there were relatively more people using the area in
November, with indices of encounter some 30-40% higher. Temporary encampments were
recorded at 25 locations over the course of all three field visits, with some 41 individual
shepherds counted at these sites (Figure 8-6).
Associated with the presence of the nomadic camps is the occurrence of livestock. These
animals are currently grazing habitats within the Project and consist of donkeys, camel,
domestic dog and sheep (Plate 8-10). The grazing of these livestock is likely to impact on the
abundance and diversity of natural vegetation within the Study Area.
Project Name:
Figure 8-6: Herder Camps Recorded in Field Visits
All livestock groups were counted by species and number from the vehicle during vehicle
transects. Where accurate counting was impractical, usually because of tightly bunched
groupings, numbers were estimated. Raw observation totals by species are summarized in
Figure 8-7. The most frequently encountered livestock were sheep followed by small numbers
of donkeys and camels. However the sampling method for small stock was insufficient to
produce a reliable population estimate, rather just actual count data is presented.
Plate 8-10: Sheep with temporary livestock feeding site near Umm Wual
Project Name:
Plate 8-11: Sheep at temporary livestock feeding site near Umm Wual showing fodder
and water tanker
Donkeys are widespread through the central and southern areas visited, and used
extensively to carry grass bundles, firewood and other loads. The transect methodology has
enabled the first estimation of livestock numbers in the Umm Wual area.
Figure 8-7: Numbers Domestic Animals Recorded within the Project Area.
Within the Study Area there are existing locations where localized phosphate mining has
been undertaken in the form of test pits (Plate 8-12).
Project Name:
Plate 8-12: Maaden Test Pit with an official from Maaden Mining Company

The construction, commissioning, operation and decommissioning of the Project has the
potential to impact on the ecological integrity and functionality of the Study Area, and to
adversely affect individual species, populations and communities of plants and animals. To
ensure that the impact assessment process is transparent and robust and permits the
identification of targeted and specific mitigation measures, a systematic and rigorous
approach to impact identification and characterisation has been adopted as outlined in
Chapter 5: Impact Assessment Methodology. This systematic approach facilitates the
identification of potentially significant impacts on the identified biological resources and has
been augmented further as described in the following sections.
An ecologically significant impact is defined in the context of this assessment as 'an impact
(negative or positive) on the integrity of a defined site or ecosystem and/or the conservation
status of habitats or species within a given geographical area' (IEEM 2006) and whether there
is a cultural or economic implications from the impact on the habitat or species in accordance
with nationally identified High Conservation Priority species. The assessment of impact takes
into consideration the 'value' of each ecological receptor, and the changes that might occur to
its conservation status at the defined geographical scale described in Section 7.3.
The European Commission Habitats Directive 1994 (Article 1, sections (e) and (i)) provide a
helpful definition of 'conservation status' for habitats and species. This definition has been
interpreted as:
habitats, conservation status is determined by the sum of the influences acting on the
habitat and its typical species, that may affect its long-term distribution, structure and
functions as well as the long-term survival of its typical species within a given
geographical area; and
species, conservation status is determined by the sum of influences acting on the
given species concerned that may affect the long-term distribution and abundance of its
populations within a given geographical area.
Impact significance for biological resources has been determined by comparing magnitude
against the geographic value/importance of such resources. Table 8-4 shows the criteria used
to define the type and magnitude of impacts on biological receptors. These are based on
currently accepted guidelines produced in the UK (IEEM, 2006).
Project Name:
Table 8-4: Magnitude and Type Definitions for Potential Impacts on Biological Resource
Magnitude / Type Criteria
The change is likely to cause a permanent adverse effect on the

High
integrity of a biological resource receptor.
The change adversely affects the biological resource receptor, but no
Medium
permanent effect on its integrity.
Low Minimal or no effect.

The change is likely to benefit the receptor in terms of its conservation
Medium Positive
status, but not so far as to achieve favourable conservation status6.
The change is likely to restore a biological resource to favourable

High Positive
conservation status, or to create a feature of recognisable value.
The identification and management of impacts has also taken into account the advice for
protecting, restoring and enhancing biodiversity and ecosystem services as set out in the
International Finance Corporation's Performance Standards, in particular Performance
Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Resources
(2012), and the Equator Principles (2006). Furthermore, due to the fragility of this ecosystem
and the patchiness of habitats and biological resources, a precautionary approach has been
taken when assessing significance.
In assessing the impacts of the scheme, it is important to recognise the current baseline
conditions of the Project area and the influence existing human activities and disturbance
have on these. There are high levels of disturbance in the locality associated with the
following activities:
Grazing livestock;
Un-authorised vehicle movements through the steppe habitat;
Nomadic camps; and
Soil extraction.
To aid consistency of the phosphate mine impact assessment, a standard list of potential
adverse impacts for this Project has been developed for the construction, commissioning and
operational phases. These impacts and the associated activity / cause are set out in Table
8-5 and Table 8-6. Impacts associated with the decommissioning phase are positive and are
described further in Section 8.6.
When determining the significance of impact for each biological resource (e.g. habitats,
mammals, birds and or reptiles), the species of highest 'value' and sensitivity has determined
the impact assessment outcome.
6
The term favourable conservation status used is derived from the European Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the conservation
of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora.
Project Name:
Table 8-5: Construction and commissioning impacts
Impact Activity / Cause
Habitat loss Site clearance and cut and fill operations to prepare development
areas (e.g. chemical processing / industrial complex, Waad Al
Shamaal city development).
Diversion of ephemeral wadi drainage channels / flood protection
works.
Construction of temporary haul routes and permanent roads.
Installation of utilities.
Construction of new water wells.
Installation of perimeter fence around mine.
Stockpiling of overburden from cut and fill operations.
Habitat Site clearance and cut and fill operations to prepare development
degradation areas (e.g. chemical processing / industrial complex, Waad Al
Smothering and compaction of habitat from storage of overburden
arising from cut and fill operations.
Changes to hydrological functionality of wadi drainage channels and
the pattern of surface water flows (i.e. erosion and deposition).
Increased use of natural environment by construction workforce.
See impacts under Pollution.
Habitat Construction of roads and utilities.
fragmentation Construction of temporary and permanent roads.
Installation of conveyor systems.
Diversion of ephemeral wadi drainage channels.
Direct mortality / Site clearance and cut and fill operations to prepare development
injury of species areas (e.g. chemical processing / industrial complex, Waad Al
Construction of temporary haul routes and permanent roads.
Installation of utilities.
Stockpiling of overburden from cut and fill operations.
Construction of new water wells.
Movement of construction vehicles.
Disturbance Noise / vibration during construction.
Movement of construction vehicles and people during construction
and operation of the Sanctuary.
Increased use of natural environment by construction workforce.
Pollution Noise and dust emissions.
Run-off from disturbed ground.
Spillage of oils / chemicals.
Insufficient storage of food waste attracting vermin.
Alien Species Predation by domestic animals (i.e. dogs and cats).
Transmission of disease from domestic aninmals (i.e. dogs and cats).
Introduction of invasice plant species and biological pathogens
through landscaping.
Project Name:
Table 8-6: Operational impacts
Impact Activity / Cause
Habitat loss Open cast mining.

Diversion of ephemeral wadi drainage channel within the mine
(Year 15).
Habitat degradation Changes to hydrological functionality of wadi drainage channels
and the pattern of surface water flows (i.e. erosion and
deposition).
Increased use of natural environment by operational workforce.
See impacts under Pollution.
Habitat Permanent presence of significnat infrastructure, including security
fragmentation fences and roads.
Direct mortality / Open cast mining.

injury of species Diversion of ephemeral wadi drainage channel within the mine
(Year 15).
Increased hunting.
Disturbance Increased movement of vehicles and people within the region.
24hr operation of the mine and all supporting processes.
Increased use of natural environment by operational workforce.
Pollution Noise pollution generated from the use of explosives, rock
crushers and 24hr operations.
Light pollution from 24hr operation of the mine and all supporting
processes
Run-off from rock storage areas in mine, tailings stockpile near
processing complex and the phosphogypsum stack.
Concentration of chemical pollutants in evaporation ponds.
Dust generation.
Spillage of oils / chemicals.
Emissions to air reducing air quality possible impacts on
vegetation (e.g. acidification).
Alien Species Predation by domestic animals (i.e. dogs and cats).
Transmission of disease from domestic animals (i.e. dogs and
cats).
Increased risk of hybridisation between Arabian wolf and domestic
dog.
For the purpose of the impact assessment the Project Area is described as the Mine (i.e. all
mining excavation works) and the Industrial Complex. The Industrial Complex includes the
chemical processing complex, phosphogypsum stacks and the Waad Al Shamaal city
development included within the scope of this ESIA and the Umm Wu'al wells.
When undertaking the assessment process, a precautionary approach has been adopted to
reflect the lack of specific data on population size and density, and a detailed understanding
of how each species is utilising the area. In taking this precautionary approach, the species of
highest conservation value have been used to characterise and determine the significance of
impacts.
8.4.1 CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING
Impacts predicted during the construction and commissioning phases are described further in
the following sections. Specific potential impacts on biological resources due to the proposed
construction and commissioning phases are summarised in Table 8-7 and described further
below.
Project Name:
Table 8-7: Construction and commissioning impacts
Factor E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9
Receptor National Local International Local International International Local International International
Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Single event Single event Single event Single event Single event Frequent Frequent Frequent
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely
Extent Local Local Provincial Local Provincial Provincial Local Local Local
Duration Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium
Magnitude Medium Medium High Low Medium Medium Low Medium Medium
Reversibility Irreversible Irreversible Irreversible Irreversible Irreversible Irreversible Reversible Reversible Reversible
Effect Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Action Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Significance High Low High Low High Medium Low High Medium
Project Name:
Factor E10 E11 E12 E13
Receptor Local International International International

Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Infrequent Infrequent

Likelihood Likely Likely Unlikely Unlikely
Extent Local Local Local Local

Magnitude Medium Medium Medium Medium
Reversibility Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible
Effect Direct Direct Indirect Indirect

Action Negative Negative Negative Negative
Significance Low Medium Low Medium
Project Name:
8.4.2 DESIGNATIONS
The phosphate mine, processing complex and associated infrastructure fall within the
Northern Wildlife Management Zone. A key objective for this category of Protected Area is to
promote the sustainable use of natural resources ensuring consideration is given to its
ecological, economic and social dimensions. Category VI protected areas do conserve
biodiversity, particularly at ecosystem and landscape scale, but the aim would not be to
protect them strictly from human interference (IUCN, 2012).
As such, the sustainable exploitation of the phosphate resource is in keeping with the
principles of this category of designation. Notwithstanding this compatibility with the principles
of this category, the construction and commissioning of the Project will impact on
approximately 59km2 of natural habitat for which this Protected Area has been recognised.
This impact represents approximately 0.5% of the total area of the Protected Area. Although
this is not likely to detrimentally affect the integrity or functionality of this designation, it will
have an impact on species of global and regional significance using this site. There is
presently insufficient information to ascertain the quality of the Project area in comparison to
the remainder of the Northern Wildlife Management Zone and so for this reason a
precautionary approach has been taken. The impact on this Protected Area is predicted to be
adverse high significant.
The construction and commissioning activities are in excess of 25km from the Harrat Al
Harrah Protected Area (IUCN Category IV), and further still from the At Tubayq Protected
Area (IUCN Category III). These sites will not be directly impacted as a direct result of the
construction and commissioning activities. As a consequence, the construction and
commissioning activities associated with the Project will not impact on the integrity or
functionality of these designations.
In the absence of mitigation, the impact on the Northern Wildlife Management Zone is
assessed as high adverse significant.
Impact E1 - High Significance.
8.4.3 DIRECT KILLING / INJURY
Site clearance and cut and fill operations to facilitate the Project during the construction
phases, including the diversion of wadi drainage channels and flood protection works, have
the potential to kill and injure mammal, bird and reptile species. Impacts are likely to arise
from the direct damage and destruction to places of rest and shelter, breeding sites and
nesting sites. There is also an increased risk that faunal species could be involved in
collisions with construction vehicles as a consequence of increased road traffic and vehicle
movements, although measures will be implemented to enforce speed limits and usage of
designated haul / access routes.
The majority of species recorded within the Study Area are listed as being of Least Concern
on the IUCN Red List (2012), and their conservation status is not currently threatened. As a
consequence, the unintentional killing and injury of species which are of Least Concern
(IUCN, 2012) during the construction / commissioning phase is assessed as low adverse
significant.
Impact E2 Low Significance.
However a number of globally and regionally threatened species that have been recorded as
being present, or their presence is indicated from anecdotal evidence could be impacted. This
includes the Arabian wolf (Regionally Endangered), sand cat (Globally Near Threatened),
Blanfords fox (Regionally Vulnerable), and the Egyptian spiny tailed lizard (Globally
Vulnerable). In addition, the Houbara bustard (Globally Vulnerable) may potentially breed
within the area of the Project and this is a ground nesting species.
The low population density and generally sparse distribution of these globally and regionally
threatened species means that the loss of individual animals could represent a significant loss
to the local population. Furthermore, should species that have historically been recorded in
Project Name:
the Study Area return (i.e. striped hyaena), the loss of individuals would constitute a
significant impact to these recovering populations.
Furthermore, the Egyptian spiny tailed lizard is less mobile than the other species and tends
to construct its burrows in areas where there is persistent vegetation through the summer
months and from where they do not stray too far (i.e. predator avoidance). For this reason,
there is a particular risk of killing and injuring this species during flood protection works and
other impacts to wadi drainage channels.
Therefore, potential impacts of killing and injury on these threatened species during the
construction / commissioning phases of the project are assessed as high adverse significant.
Impact E3 High Significance.
8.4.4 HABITAT LOSS / DEGRADATION
During the construction and commissioning phases of the project, there will be impacts of
habitat loss and degradation. Principally these impacts will be direct, arising from site
clearance works, cut and fill operations, the temporary stockpiling of materials and the
diversion of wadi drainage channels for flood protection works. Direct impacts of habitat loss
and degradation could also potentially arise from vehicles deviation from defined haul routes
and access corridors.
Indirect impacts of habitat degradation are also likely to arise from the diversion of the wadis
and associated changes to the hydrological functionality of these drainage channels which
could increase erosion and sediment deposition to the detriment of habitats.
Habitats impacted by the Project provide valuable natural resources for the faunal species
recorded during the field surveys. This includes the provision of foraging habitat and places of
rest and shelter and breeding sites. A reduction in the availability and quality of habitat will
reduce the carrying capacity of the Project area. Impacts of habitat loss and degradation on
species of Least Concern and below are predicted to be low adverse significant.
Impact E4 - Low Significance
However such impacts could result in significant adverse impacts on globally and regionally
threatened species which are displaced from the Project area (e.g. Arabian wolf, Blanford's
fox, sand cat, Houbara bustard). Displacement of these species has the potential to increase
inter-specific and intra-specific competition for resources adjacent to the Project area and
within the wider region, and increase the likelihood for con-specific aggression.
For example the loss and degradation of wadis in particular is likely to have a significant
adverse impact on Blanford's fox. These habitats within the landscape tend to support more
complex ecosystems and Geffen et al. (1992b) found that dry creek bed was the most
frequently visited habitat in all home ranges for the Blanfords fox in Israel based on the
availability of small mammal prey. Under this scenario, the remaining wadis in the area would
need to sustain an increased number of predatory carnivores.
Although some species such as Blanfords fox and the Arabian wolf show evidence of
habituation to humans, and even scavenge for food around areas of habitation, potential
impacts of habitat loss and degradation on the globally and regionally threatened mammal
species are predicted to be high adverse significant. This is on the grounds that there is
evidence of these species within the Project area, and that the Project likely includes part of
these species territories. At this stage it is unknown whether the Project area forms part of the
core range of these species and so a precautionary approach has been taken.
Impact E5 High Significance.
Furthermore, there is potential for the value of the Project area for important breeding and
over-wintering bird species (i.e. Egyptian vulture, Great spotted eagle and the Houbara
bustard) and as a stop-over point for migrant species, to become less favourable. This is with
particular reference to the Houbara bustard which may potentially breed within the project
area. However these species, in particular the Houbara bustard, are highly mobile and the
loss and degradation of habitat represents a small proportion of the overall habitat within the
Project Name:
Northern Wildlife Management Zone. Furthermore, there is no impact on the Harrat Al Harrah
Protected Area which was established for the Houbara bustard.
Although the Egyptian spiny tailed lizard has been confirmed as being present on the site,
populations appear to be small and localised. With the population of Turaif nearby, it is
possible that this species has historically suffered from local collection and removal from the
wild for food or sale.
Impacts of habitat loss and degradation on the Houbara bustard and the Egyptian spiny tailed
lizard are predicted to be medium adverse significant.
Impact E6 - Medium Significance
8.4.5 HABITAT FRAGMENTATION
The installation of the security fence around the Mine and other areas of the Project area (e.g.
Industrial Complex), and the construction of other significant infrastructure including roads
and conveyor systems, has the potential to sever and fragment existing habitats (e.g. wadi
drainage systems).
The fragmentation of habitats could impair their functionality (e.g. the separation of resting /
breeding sites from foraging areas), and act as a barrier to the exchange of genetic material
within the wider population by hindering the normal dispersal and migration of globally and
regionally threatened species. Furthermore, the severance and fragmentation of habitats has
the potential to increase the distances which some of the mammal species will need to travel,
placing greater demands on their energy budgets to the extent that their survival is
compromised.
The severance of habitats could also limit and act as a barrier to the potential ingress species
currently absent from the Project area, or are limited in population size (e.g. striped hyaena
and honey badger).
Impacts of habitat fragmentation on small mammals, species of Least Concern and below,
and bird species are not predicted to be significant.
The impact on globally and regionally threatened mammal species is predicted to be high
adverse significant. This includes the Arabian wolf (Regionally Endangered), sand cat
(Globally Near Threatened) and Blanfords fox (Regionally Vulnerable).
Impact E8 - High Significance
The Egyptian spiny tailed lizard typically lives in loose colonies and their home ranges tend to
be limited to avoid predation (i.e. remain in close proximity to burrow). For this reason, the
fragmentation of habitats has the potential to sever local populations of this species within the
Project area, thereby reducing the viability of the species in this location. However, baseline
surveys suggest that populations of this species are small and localised. The fragmentation of
habitats is similarly likely to affect other reptile species that are present within the Project area
(e.g. desert monitor).
8.4.6 DISTURBANCE
Within the Study Area, it was evident that there are existing ambient levels of disturbance in
proximity to the Project site. This includes small scale phosphate extraction (Maaden text pit),
brick kiln workings, herders with grazing livestock and the use of off-road vehicles (Figure
8-8).
Levels of disturbance associated with presence of a temporary workforce of approximately
7,000 10,000 people is not predicted to significantly increase during the construction phase.
This workforce is likely to be comprised predominantly by expatriate workers without access
to 4x4 vehicles, and recreation facilities will be provided within the worker camps to limit
unauthorised access into adjoining habitats.
Project Name:
Figure 8-8: Illustration of Existing Disturbance to Land close to Highway 85 (outside of

Project Area)
However, the construction phase will generate significant levels of noise disturbance and
visual disturbance associated with the movement and operation of vehicles and machinery.
These activities have the potential to result in the displacement of species from the Project
area and the zone of influence, to the detriment of these individuals through increased
competition of resources and / or displacement into habitats which are of lower quality. This
includes the avoidance of the area by migrant, wintering and breeding bird species. However,
some species that have long associations with human habitation are likely to benefit from the
additional human presence (e.g. house sparrow and the house bunting).
The behaviour of those species and individuals not displaced is likely to be modified to avoid
disturbance (e.g. less time spent foraging) and this could impact the viability of these
populations (i.e. Egyptian spiny tailed lizard).
Impacts on species of Least Concern and lower are predicted to be of low significance.
Impact E10 - Low Significance.
In considering the existing levels of ambient disturbance, impacts on globally and regionally
threatened species (i.e. Arabian wolf, sand cat, Blanfords fox, Egyptian spiny tailed lizard and
the Houbara bustard) are predicted to be a medium adverse significant.
Impact E11 - Medium Significance.
8.4.7 POLLUTION
During the construction and commissioning phase there will be a number of pollution
pathways that could impact upon habitats and species, including those which are of
conservation concern.
The construction phase of the Project will generate approximately 100,000 tonnes of
construction waste, including food waste. The implementation of an effective waste
management strategy will limit the potential for food waste to attract vermin, thereby avoiding
any significant increase of predation on species. This strategy will also reduce the
attractiveness of the construction camps to scavenging mammals (i.e. Arabian wolf and fox
species) thereby reducing potential human / animal conflict.
Project Name:
The clearance of areas in preparation for development (e.g. Industrial Complex) and cut and
fill operations has the potential to significantly increase soil erosion and sediment run-off
during times of rainfall. Although the risk is intermittent, the erosion and deposition of
sediments could potentially result in the loss and degradation of habitats within the ephemeral
wadi drainage channels.
Construction activities also have the potential to generate significant amounts of dust.
However full dust suppression techniques will be implemented to reduce dust emissions and
the possible smothering of adjacent habitats.
Impacts of pollution are therefore assessed as low significance.
Impact E12 Low Significance.
8.4.8 ALIEN SPECIES TRANSFER
During the construction and commissioning phases there a large workforce will be temporarily
established within the Project area. There will be regulations in place to ensure that this
workforce does not bring into the Project area any domestic pets such as cats and dogs.
Domestic animals have the potential to act as vectors for the transmission of disease to wild
animal populations of Arabian wolf and members of the Felidae family (e.g. sand cat, wild
cat). For example the Arabian wolf population could be at risk of contracting canine distemper
from domestic dogs brought to the Project area.
During the construction of the Ma'aden housing area within the Waad Al Shamaal city
development, there is potential for extensive landscape planting to be undertaken. The
importation of plants from commercial growers has the potential to introduce biological
pathogens into the area. Furthermore, non-native and non-indigenous species brought to the
area as part of landscaping proposals have the potential to spread into the wild from
development areas to the detriment of native flora and fauna.
Impact E13 Medium Significance.
8.5 OPERATION
Impacts predicted during the operational phase are presented in Table 8-8 and described
further in the following sections.
Project Name:
Table 8-8: Operational impacts
Factor E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E19 E20
Receptor International Local International International Local International International

Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Infrequent Frequent Frequent Frequent Frequent Frequent Infrequent

Likelihood Unlikely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Unlikely
Extent Local Local Local Local Local Local Local
Duration Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Long

Magnitude Medium High High High Medium Medium Medium
Reversibility Irreversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible
Effect Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Indirect
Action Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative

Significance Medium Low High Medium Low Medium Low
Project Name:
8.5.1 DESIGNATIONS
The permanent operation of the Mine and Industrial Complex within the Northern Wildlife
Management Zone is compatible with the principles of this designation, subject to the
implementation of sustainable resource utilisation. Therefore the operation of the Mine and
the Industrial Complex is unlikely to have any significant adverse impacts on the integrity and
functionality of this site, or indeed that of the Harrat Al Harrah and At Tubayq Protected
Areas.
Therefore the sustainable operation of the mine is not expected to have any further impacts
on Protected Area designations over and above those identified during the construction
phase.
8.5.2 DIRECT KILLING / INJURY
The loss of habitats within the Mine as mining progresses through the life of the Project has
the potential to kill or injure faunal species. Larger mammal species are likely to have been
displaced during the construction phase (i.e. Arabian wolf), and the on-going Mining activities,
including the regular use of explosives, will largely deter other species from using the Mine.
This includes Blanfords fox, sand cat and Houbara Bustard.
There is also an increased risk that faunal species could be involved in collisions with
operational vehicles as a consequence of increased road traffic and vehicle movements,
although measures will be implemented to enforce speed limits and usage of designated haul
/ access routes.
During the operation phases of the Project there will be a series of leachate containment
systems, industrial wastewater treatment processes and evaporation ponds. These are likely
to contain hazardous chemicals and heavy metals and pose a risk to faunal species.
However, these areas will be fenced to prevent ingress by mammal species, and deterrents
will be used to deter birds (e.g. predator kites).
The impact of direct killing and injury on globally and regionally threatened species is
predicted to be medium adverse significant.
Impact E14 Medium Significant.
8.5.3 HABITAT LOSS / DEGRADATION
Impacts of habitat loss and degradation are predominantly restricted to the construction
phase. The only additional impacts of habitat loss / degradation are associated with the
excavation of the Mine. Impacts will arise during extraction operations, the establishment of
rock stockpiles for overburden and the diversion of the ephemeral wadi which currently flows
through the northern section of the mine (i.e. Year 15).
However, mining activities are to be phased such that habitat losses / degradation will be
gradual, and the mine will be progressively restored during the life of the project. The
restoration of the mine will utilise overburden and other waste materials arising from mining
activities. The restoration of the mine will maximise opportunities for ecological restoration,
although this will be limited based on the scale and significance of the initial damage caused.
Further impacts of habitat loss and degradation during the operational phase are assessed as
adverse low significant for species of Least Concern and below.
However the loss and degradation of further habitats during construction has the potential to
further consolidate impacts of reduced resource availability, a reduction in natural carrying
capacity and increased competition for resources in areas beyond the Project. This is with
particular reference to globally and regionally threatened species which are displaced from
the Project area (e.g. Arabian wolf, Blanford's fox, sand cat).
Further impacts of habitat loss and degradation during the operational phase on globally and
regionally threatened species are assessed as adverse high significant.
Impact E16 - High Significance
Project Name:
Impacts of further habitat loss and degradation on the Houbara bustard, which is suspected to
breed within the area, and the Egyptian spiny tailed lizard which is present in low numbers,
are predicted to be an adverse medium significant.
8.5.4 HABITAT FRAGMENTATION
There are no further impacts of habitat fragmentation predicted during the operational phase
of the project. This is on the basis that all permanent infra-structure will have been
established during the construction and commissioning phases of the Project. This includes
the installation of security fencing around the perimeter of the Mine and the Industrial
Complex.
8.5.5 DISTURBANCE
The Mine and the Industrial Complex will be operated 24hrs a day, 350 days a year. As a
consequence there will be almost continual sources of noise disturbance arising from the use
of explosives, rock crushers, conveyor systems and vehicle movements. Although some of
these impacts will be more predictable and there is potential for some species to become
habituated, other impacts will be less predictable (i.e. explosives).
Many of the mammal species are crepuscular or nocturnal and construction activities during
these periods have the potential to significantly disturb the natural behaviour of these species
(see Section 7.5.5). However the Arabian wolf and Blanfords fox do have a capacity to
become habituated to human disturbance.
The 24hr operation of the Mine and its supporting infrastructure also has the potential to
disturb resident, over-wintering and migratory species (i.e. noise and light pollution rendering
the site less favourable). However these species are mobile and would be likely to find
alternative habitat to utilise.
Impacts of disturbance on species of Least Concern and below are predicted to be adverse
low significant.
Impact E18 Low Significance
In considering the existing levels of ambient disturbance, impacts of disturbance on globally
and regionally threatened species (i.e. Arabian wolf, sand cat, Blanfords fox, Egyptian spiny
tailed lizard and the Houbara bustard) are predicted to be a medium adverse significant.
Impact E19 Medium Significance
8.5.6 POLLUTION
Phosphate rocks can contain a number of heavy metals and the disturbance of this material
through mining activities, and its exposure to air and water, creates a potential source of
heavy metals that could enter into the natural environment (Pinsky 1988). In addition,
although concentrations are low, sulfides when present have the potential to mobilise these
metals when oxidised. Therefore the disturbance and subsequent stockpiling of over-burden
within the Mine could potentially leach contaminants during periods of rainfall resulting in run-
off into ephemeral surface waters.
Furthermore, although volumes of industrial wastewater from the Industrial Complex are not
expected to be large, they are likely to contain fluorine, and a number of heavy metals.
Industrial wastewaters will be treated in lined evaporation ponds in proximity to the
phosphogypsum stack. It is not the intention that these industrial wastewaters should be
discharged to the environment.
However the active management of all waste streams, including leachate containment
systems and the correct disposal of hazardous wastes, will manage the risk of hazardous
elements entering the natural environment. Should these materials enter the natural
environment they have the potential to significantly interrupt the function of biological systems
from the cellular level to the community level
Project Name:
Ongoing management of food wastes generated during the operation, in accordance with an
operational waste management plan, will reduce the attractiveness of the residential
complexes and office compounds to vermin, which would otherwise increase predation
pressure on species and encourage scavenging mammals (i.e. Arabian wolf and fox species).
More frequent encounters between operational staff and these species could increase
persecution rates.
The excavation and crushing of phosphate rock and subsequent transport and processing will
generate large volumes of dust. However dust suppression techniques will be implemented to
reduce dust emissions and the possible smothering of adjacent habitats.
8.5.7 ALIEN SPECIES
During the operation of the Mine and Industrial Complex there will be a resident workforce of
approximately 1300 people. There will be regulations in place to ensure that this workforce
does not bring into the Project area any domestic pets such as cats and dogs for the reasons
described in section 8.4.8. As such no further impacts of alien species on the natural
environment are predicted.
8.6 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING
Specific potential impacts on ecological receptors due to the proposed operation phase are
summarised in Table 8-9, and are described further below.
Table 8-9: Closure / Decommissioning impacts
Factor E21
Receptor International
Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous
Likelihood Likely
Extent Local
Duration Long
Magnitude Medium
Reversibility Reversible
Effect Direct
Action Positive
Significance Low
The closure / decommissioning phase of the Project will consist of two key stages:
The restoration of the Mine within the Border Security Zone
The decommissioning of the Industrial Complex and removal of the significant
infrastructure to permit the restoration of previously disturbed areas.
The restoration of the mine will be achieved by using over and interburden material to backfill
the void created following the removal of the phosphate rock. This restoration will be gradual
and phased during the operational phase of the project.
In addition, the Industrial Complex will be decommissioned during which phase all the high
value equipment will be removed. However essential Infrastructure will be retained for the
Project Name:
effective containment of the phosphogypsum stacks. However this will secure the on-going
protection of the natural environment from potential leachates.
The restoration of the Mine and the Industrial Complex will facilitate the rehabilitation of
natural habitats. These restored habitats will not have the same ecological value or function
as those lost due to the level of disturbance to the soil profile however they will contribute to
minimising impacts of habitat loss / degradation and fragmentation. A comprehensive
Restoration Plan will be prepared outlining the proposals to maximise the ecological value of
the restored habitats. This will include proposals for landscape seeding and planting, using
native species of local provenance only. Local seed collection should be undertaken from the
surrounding habitats to avoid the risk of introducing non-native species.
8.7 MITIGATION
8.7.1 SPECIFIC MITIGATION MEASURES
A hierarchical approach to mitigation development has been adopted to manage impacts
identified for the construction, commissioning, operational and decommissioning phases of
the Project. This approach consists of three distinct stages:
Avoidance avoid impacts wherever possible.
Minimise Reduce the effect of negative impacts that cannot be avoided.
Compensate Implement compensatory measures for remaining significant impacts.
The primary objective of the proposed mitigation measures is to protect and enhance the
conservation status of habitats and species within and adjacent to the Project.
To evaluate the success of the proposed mitigation in achieving this primary objective, a
robust and comprehensive ecological monitoring plan will be implemented prior to the
commencement of construction activities. The scope of this monitoring plan will be developed
in full consultation between Maaden and the governing bodies within the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia. Under this plan, sensitive ecological receptors and indicator species will be monitored
to ascertain whether impacts are manifesting themselves as predicted, to assess the
effectiveness of the proposed mitigation measures in managing these impacts.
Should it be identified that mitigation measures are not achieving the primary objective, then
further interventions will be taken to reverse adverse trends.
The scale and magnitude of the project is such that it is not possible to satisfactorily reduce
the significance of all impacts on biological resources. This is by virtue of the scale of the
impacts which will directly impact 59km2 of the Northern Wildlife Management Zone. Although
the sustainable utilisation of resources within this designated area is promoted, the Project
will impact on a significant area within which a number of globally and regionally threatened
species have been recorded. There is presently insufficient information to ascertain the
quality of the Project area in comparison to the remainder of the Northern Wildlife
Management Zone, or indeed the importance of the Project area to the globally and regionally
threatened.
As a consequence, a central concept of the mitigation strategy is to work with the relevant
Government bodies to offset these residual impacts by providing compensatory unfenced
exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and Industrial Complex. These areas should be
managed in such a way to restore, rehabilitate and enhance their ecological value (e.g.
control unauthorised access). The area managed in this way should be an equivalent area to
that impacted (i.e. 59km2).
It is proposed to develop a Biodiversity Management Plan which will set out measures to
protect, restore and enhance the ecological integrity and functionality of the habitats within
the exclusion areas. By this means the medium residual impacts within the Project area
would be offset by the improved conservation status of other areas within the Northern
Wildlife Management Zone.
Project Name:
8.7.2 RECOMMENDATIONS
In addition to the specific mitigation measures described, a suite of recommendations which
primarily consist of good management practices to address impacts of low significance have
been documented. It is the intention that with the implementation of these measures, impacts
of low significance can be reduced to no impact.
Project Name:
8.7.3 CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISSIONING PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
ID Code Impact Potential Mitigation Measure Significance

Significance after
Mitigation
E1 Designated Sites High In collaboration with the relevant Government bodies designate and Medium
demarcate unfenced exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and
Industrial Complex to protect sensitive habitats from unauthorized
access to ensure no net loss of habitat functionality. This should be
2
an equivalent area to that impacted (i.e. 59km ). Within this area
undertake habitat restoration and rehabilitation works.
E3 Direct killing / injury High Ensure all contractors receive a Site Induction which includes the Medium
ecological value and sensitivity of the Project area, details on site
access and exclusion zones, guidance on species identification and
actions to take if encountered within development areas.
Restrict clearance works to minimum requisite area.
In collaboration with the relevant Government bodies designate and
demarcate unfenced exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and
Industrial Complex to protect sensitive habitats from unauthorized
access to ensure no net loss of habitat functionality. This should be
an equivalent area to that impacted (i.e. 59km2). Within this area
undertake habitat restoration and rehabilitation works.
Restrict vehicle movements to defined haul / access routes to
minimise risk of wildlife collisions with vehicles.
Prior to site clearance and cut / fill operations complete a pre-
construction site survey for globally / regionally endangered,
vulnerable and / or near threatened species (i.e. Arabian wolf, sand
cat and Blanfords fox). This is to account for any changes to the
status of species as determined from the baseline surveys.
If globally / regionally endangered, vulnerable and / or near
threatened species are recorded as having a place of rest of shelter
(i.e. den) during pre-construction site survey, avoid wherever
possible.
Where avoidance is not possible, undertake displacement /
Project Name:
exclusion measures to reduce impacts of killing / injury.
Avoid Houbara bustard nesting period wherever possible (i.e.
February - April), and if this cannot be avoided use bird deterrents
prior to the commencement of construction activities to deter nesting
birds.
Provide signage warning of the presence of wild animals on haul
routes, raise driver awareness and enforce speed limits for
construction vehicles.
E5 Habitat loss / degradation High Restrict clearance works to minimum requisite area. Medium
for threatened mammals Restrict vehicle movements to defined haul / access routes to
minimise habitat loss / degradation.
E6 Habitat loss / degradation Medium Low
Ensure all security fencing that is installed, other than around
for vulnerable birds / evaporation ponds etc., allows for the passage of large lizards and
reptiles medium sized mammals (e.g. sand cat, Blanford's fox).
E8 Habitat Fragmentation for High Medium
threatened mammals
E9 Habitat Fragmentation for Medium Low
vulnerable reptiles
E11 Disturbance Medium Do not permit unauthorised access, recreational activities or hunting Low
within habitat exclusion zones.
Avoided working at night wherever possible.
Fit earth moving equipment with more efficient sound reduction
equipment.
Use the following precautions when dealing with digging and earth
moving equipment: low-noise engines, noise tempering covers and
procedures to keep the engine cover closed.
E13 Alien species Medium Use native plant species of local provenance wherever practicable to Low
reduce the risk of transmitting biological pathogens and alien
species. Implement a quarantine procedure for all plant specimens
brought to the Project area.
Project Name:
8.7.4 CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISSIONING PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction and commissioning phase Environmental Emergency Response Plan
(EERP) and Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) as supporting documents to the Environmental Management and Monitoring
Plan (EMMP) (Appendix A of this ESIA). These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental management and emergency
response during construction and commissioning, including the following specifically targeted to biological resources:
Speed restrictions to reduce dust emissions from construction vehicles;
Site clearance procedures that allow species to move away before clearance, rather than being trapped within the construction area;
A dust management strategy to reduce dust emissions from construction activities. This will include dust suppression of haul routes and
covering loads on construction vehicles;
Stockpile management systems and associated procedures to reduce dust emissions and run-off from temporary material stockpiles;
A construction site waste management plan and erosion and pollution prevention measures to reduce the risk of contaminants entering the
natural environment; and
Identification and control of water discharges, to ensure the drainage capacity of the location, and to minimise erosion potential.
Project Name:
8.7.5 OPERATION PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Significance after
Mitigation
E14 Direct killing / injury High Provide signage warning of the presence of wild animals on all Medium
roads, raise driver awareness and enforce speed limits for
operational vehicles.
Ensure all industrial waste water treatment facilities,
containment systems and evaporation ponds are securely
fenced to prevent the ingress of mammal and reptile species.
Use bird deterrents (i.e. predator kites) to deter bird species
utilising these areas.
E16 Habitat loss / degradation High In collaboration with the relevant Government bodies maintain Medium
for threatened mammals exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and Industrial Complex to
protect sensitive habitats from unauthorized access to ensure no
E17 Habitat loss / degradation Medium net loss of habitat functionality. This should be an equivalent Low
for vulnerable birds and area to that impacted (i.e. 59km2). Within this area undertake
reptiles habitat restoration and rehabilitation works.
E19 Disturbance to Medium Ensure all designed controls are implemented to reduce dust Low
threatened species and noise emissions.
Minimise light pollution by restricting lighting to essential areas
only, and by using directional lighting to reduce light spillage.
Project Name:
Maaden shall develop, implement, audit and maintain a Project Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) and an Environmental
Emergency Response Plan (EERP) (refer to Appendix A EMMP and Appendix B EERP Outline respectively). These plans will detail responsibilities
and procedures for environmental management and environmental emergency response during operation of the facility. This shall include in specific
relation to management of biological resources:
Speed restrictions to reduce dust emissions from operational vehicles;
A dust management strategy to reduce dust emissions during the operational phase. This will include dust suppression of haul routes within
the mine, the use of coverings on conveyor systems and reducing drop heights wherever possible, and active management of stockpiles and
tailings to reduce wind blown dust;
A waste management plan and erosion and pollution prevention measures to reduce the risk of contaminants entering the natural
environment; and
Provision of Site Induction to all personnel which includes the ecological value and sensitivity of the Project area, details on site access and
exclusion zones, guidance on species identification and actions to take if encountered within Project areas.
Maaden shall liaise with the Waad Al Shamaal City developers and Government bodies to co-ordinate provision of offset areas for implementation of
habitat enhancement, protection and restoration / rehabilitation measures. This might include designating areas between the mine and Waad Al
Shamaal City as protected areas.

Significance after
Mitigation
E21 Designated Sites Low (positive) Develop a Habitat Restoration Plan for the phased rehabilitation of Medium
the Mine as extraction progresses throughout the life of the Project. (Positive)
Project Name:
Maaden shall further develop the outline closure plan prepared for the ESIA over the Project
life, to provide adequate detail for sound, and sustainable site decommissioning and closure.
The closure plan should specifically detail the rehabilitation measures to be implemented as
part of mine closure, and should consider provision of ecological monitoring to assess the
success of habitat restoration / rehabilitation, and allow for corrective actions to be
implemented as appropriate.
Maaden shall develop and ensure that decommissioning activities are undertaken in
accordance with a decommissioning plan which addresses though is not limited to:
Implementation of a site waste management plan and pollution prevention measures
to reduce the risk of contaminants entering the natural environment.
Implementation of speed restrictions to reduce dust emissions from operational
vehicles and implementation of dust management strategy.
Project Name:
9.0 NOISE & VIBRATION
9.1 INTRODUCTION
This section details the existing noise sources and sensitive receptors that could be affected
by noise or vibration generated by the Project, as well as conclusions of the noise baseline
survey. An assessment of the likely noise and vibration impacts resulting from noise
generated during the lifetime of the Project is then outlined (in light of applicable guidance and
standards, existing noise levels in the area and modelling based predictions).
Where detailed information on noise levels associated with specific equipment, has not been
available during the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) stage, a number of assumptions to
estimate likely noise emissions associated with the proposed Project have been used within
the impact assessment.
9.1.1 NOISE AND VIBRATION DEFINITIONS
In order to aid the understanding of this section definitions and clarifications are provided in
Appendix F.
9.2.1 INTRODUCTION
Umm Wual Mine and Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex is a Greenfield site, with no
development within its boundaries. In addition to the Project site boundary the following
locations were identified as the closest potential receptors to noise and vibration impacts:
The new Residential Area at Waad Al Shamaal (approximately 15km to the west of the
Project site)
Maaden Compound (approximately 25km south south-west of the Project site)
Poultry farm (approximately 30km south south-west of the Project site)
The poultry farm, located adjacent to Highway 85, is due to move location before the operation
of the Umm Wual Mine and Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex.
9.2.2 FIELD SURVEY 2013
Baseline noise monitoring was initially undertaken in December 2012 and January, March and
April 2013. Unfortunately, the collected data was found to be unusable. Therefore, further
noise monitoring was undertaken in June 2013 to provide details of the existing noise climate
and provide a basis for the assessment of likely noise impact.
The surveys were undertaken following the requirements stated in the Presidency for
Meteorology and Environment General - Environmental Standard for Noise (2012). A Cirrus
Research plc CR 171A sound level meter was used with the instrument microphone at a
height of 1.5 m above ground level in free field locations. Woods Hole Group Middle East
(WHGME) conducted noise monitoring from 14 to 17 June 2013
Noise measurements were taken adjacent to the nearest noise sensitive receptor(s) off-site
and at various locations on the boundary of the proposed project site, as illustrated in Figure
9-1. The closest receptors include a chicken farm near the Maaden compound, the future
Maaden housing and herders camp south of the Umm Wual Mountain.
Coordinates of the monitoring locations are given below:
NE corner of Mine: 31 59' 37.9" N; 39 00' 47.3" E
NW corner of Mine: 31 58' 08.5" N; 38 56' 36.7" E
SE corner of mine: 31 56' 41.4" N; 39 01' 41.3" E
SW corner of mine: 31 55' 42.1" N; 38 59' 28.9" E
Chicken farm: 31 38' 33.4" N; 38 49' 29.4" E
Near Umm Wual Mountain: 31 45' 41.6" N; 38 57' 24.8" E
Maaden Camp: 31 38' 04.3" N; 38 5 1' 16.7" E
Project Name:
Figure 9-1: Baseline Noise Monitoring Locations
Project Name:
9.2.3 NOISE MONITORING RESULTS
The results of the baseline noise monitoring are summarised in Table 9-1 below, with full
results are provided in Appendix F.
Table 9-1: Noise Monitoring Data Summary
Location Averaged Noise Levels
LAeq LAFmax LA1 LA10 LA90

(dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB)
Maaden Camp 46 87 54 49 38
(24 hour survey)
Chicken Farm (Daytime) 45 58 51 46 37
Umm Wual (Daytime) 41 57 45 41 30
NE Corner of Mine (Daytime) 37 56 46 41 22
NW Corner of Mine (Daytime) 31 54 41 34 21
SE Corner of Mine (Daytime) 39 55 45 41 23
SW Corner of Mine (Daytime) 39 56 46 41 21
At the various corners of the mine site, averaged LAeq noise levels varied between 31 and
39 dB. For the purposes of this assessment LAeq noise levels at the boundary of the
development will be assumed to be <40 dB.
9.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Noise will be generated at the Project site during construction, commissioning and normal
operations, as well as during emergency operations of the proposed facilities.
The criteria for the evaluation of impacts were identified in Section 5 Impact Assessment
Methodology and Table 9-2 and
Table 9-3 below present the definition of magnitude criteria define specifically for
environmental noise impacts and the significance of noise impact assessment.
Table 9-2: Magnitude Definitions for Environmental Noise Impacts
Noise Level at Location of Receptor Magnitude of Impact
Below or up to applicable noise limits Low
1 to 5 dBA above applicable noise limits Medium
6 - 10 dBA above the applicable noise limits High
> 10 dBA above the applicable noise limits Very high
Table 9-3: Decision Matrix for Significance Assessment of Environmental Noise

Magnitude
Frequency Low Medium High Very High
Continuous Low Medium High Very High
Frequent Low Low High Very High
Infrequent Low Low Low Medium
Once Low Low Low Medium
Project Name:
In order to assess potential noise and vibration impacts, consideration has been given to
applicable standards and guidance. The applicable environmental noise limits for the Project
are those of the PME Environmental Standard (2012); the World Bank Group (IFC) guidelines
are included for reference as international good practice. In addition, reference is also made to
BS 5228: 2009 - Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open
sites (Parts 1 and 2) to inform the assessment of the construction phase.
9.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
Construction of the project has potential to impact upon the baseline noise and vibration
conditions at the site from activities such as: ground clearance and excavation, facility
construction, HGV movements, diesel generators, compressors and piling.
Specific potential impacts on the noise environment due to the above activities are
summarised in Table 9-4 and discussed in the following text.
Table 9-4: Construction Phase Impacts Assessment (Impact at Off-Site Noise Sensitive
Receptors)
Factor NV1 NV2 NV3
Receptor Importance /
Medium Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Infrequent Rare
Likelihood Certain Certain Certain
Extent Local Local Local
Duration Short Short Short
Magnitude Low Very Low Low
During the construction phase, noise levels will fluctuate as the intensity of activities change.
Details of the construction equipment to be used are unavailable at this stage of the Project
and will be determined by the EPC Contractors. All construction activities must be in
compliance with the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) 2012, Environmental
Standards for Environmental Noise (Article 6 Noise from Construction Activities) and BS
5228: 2009 (Part 1: Noise and Part 2: Vibration).
9.3.2.1 IMPACT FROM INCREASE OF NOISE LEVELS AT RECEPTORS - CONSTRUCTION
Noise levels will be variable during the construction phase as different stages of work are
undertaken. The construction phase will include the use of mobile plant from mobile
generators to power site tools; maximum sound power limits for outdoor equipment are stated
in Table 7 of the PME Noise Standards (2012). No piling is required on site so there will be no
raised noise levels from this type of activity. There will however be an increase in vehicle
movements across the Project area with associated noise emissions. The potential impacts of
the disturbance caused by noise on wildlife are addressed in Section 8 Biological Resources.
Noise levels are predicted to be acceptable under PME Standards and given the significant
distance to sensitive receptors, it is considered unlikely that adverse noise impacts will arise at
any nearby noise sensitive premises.
Impact NV1 Low Significance
Project Name:
9.3.2.2 IMPACT FROM INCREASE OF VIBRATION LEVELS AT RECEPTORS - CONSTRUCTION
As noted above there will be variable levels of activity during the construction phase. The use
of earth moving equipment and compaction machines during the Early Work programme will
cause additional levels of vibration in the area. There will also be increased numbers of
construction plant and Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGV) in the Project area, which will all have an
impact on vibration levels in the area. The potential impacts of this increased vehicle activity
on the transport infrastructure are addressed in Section 13 Traffic and Transport Infrastructure
while potential impacts on wildlife are discussed in Section 8 Biological Resource. No piling is
required on site so there will be no raised vibration levels from this type of activity. Vibration
levels are considered to be acceptable and given the significant distance to sensitive receptors
the overall impact is considered to be low.
9.3.3 COMMISSIONING
System dry-out;
Inerting;
Static, de-energized test of equipments;
Preliminary check;
Functional check;
Operational test; and,
Pre-Startup activities.
9.3.3.1 IMPACT FROM INCREASE OF NOISE AND VIBRATION LEVELS AT RECEPTORS
Noise and vibration levels will be variable during the commissioning phase as different
elements of the Industrial Complex are tested and prepared for operation. The noise levels will
be within the operational design parameters. The main human receptors will include the
workforce who will use Personal Protective Equipment where required, the receptors of the
residential development and the Maaden Compound are located at a significant distance and
are not expected to be impacted upon. Overall the levels are expected to be within acceptable
operating levels.
9.3.4 OPERATION
The Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex will include
multiple noise sources large and small, associated with the operation of the equipment, plant,
transportation and materials handling systems.
9.3.5 NOISE SOURCES
While limited information is available as part of the FEED on the noise generated by sources
within the design and power levels of equipment from which to calculate these, a number of
assumptions have been made in order to undertake this impact assessment. The following
sections detail these.
Project Name:
9.3.5.1 MAIN CONVEYOR
The noise sources associated with the main conveyor, which runs for 14 km between the
Primary Ore Crusher (POC) in the mine area and the Beneficiation Plant within the Industrial
Complex, are the motors positioned at the transfer towers (at the start and end of the
conveyor), and the noise generated during the material transfer at the transfer towers. The
motor noise has been assumed to be 85 dB LAeq at 1 m, while the material handling noise has
been assumed to be 110 dB LAeq at 1 m (equating to 93 and 118 LWA, respectively).
The transfer towers that handle the transfer of material to the tailing and gypsum stacking area
(located in the east of the Industrial Complex) have also been included. The transfer towers
also have motor and material handling noise sources, again at 93 and 118 LWA, respectively.
Note: Following design change introducing wet stack in preference to dry stack the noise
levels generated by the transportation of slurried phosphogypsum via pipe (rather than dry via
conveyor), are anticipated to be reduced. Modelling has not been re-run, as the modelled
scenario is considered to be conservative for the updated wet stack design.
9.3.5.2 INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
The new buildings proposed within the Industrial Complex have been included within the noise
model, and have been assumed to be fully reflective. The noise model has been created to
allow all noise sources located within buildings to radiate freely out of the buildings. This
approach means that buildings provide no noise attenuation for those sources located within
them, but do act as potential screening structures for all other sources within the model. This
is considered to be a conservative approach.
The PAP, SAP and Power Plant noise sources have all been assumed to be radiating point
sources, with a noise emission of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m. All noise sources are assumed to have a
noise emission level of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m, which equates to an LWA of 93 dB, unless stated
otherwise below.
General Noise Sources (Pumps, Fans, etc)
Pumps, fans, stacks, etc identified by the project team on the plot plants have been included
within the Industrial Complex area of the noise model as radiating point sources. This
approach identifies the main noise sources as available at the time of the modelling.
Development of the detailed design has the potential to identify further noise sources.
Pump and fans have been generally been assumed to be at ground level (source at 0.5 m
above the ground), and generally between 1 and 3 m from edge of the tank (for example) that
they serve. Where two pumps are shown in close proximity on the available site plot plans,
seemingly serving the same plant item, then one of the two has been assumed to be a stand-
by or backup pump, and has not been considered operational within the noise model.
Cooling Towers
Two cooling towers have been included within the noise model, these being the open-loop and
closed-loop cooling towers. The cooling towers are located east of the PAP, with each being
12.5 m in height. The larger open-loop cooling tower is 245 m in length and 15 m wide, while
the closed-loop cooling tower is 79 m in length and 17 m wide. The open-loop cooling tower
has 19 fans, each or which has been modelled as a radiating point source, positioned 1 m
above the cooling tower and with a noise emission of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m. The closed-loop
cooling tower has five fans, with each again being modelled as a radiating point-source 1 m
above the cooling tower and with a noise emission of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m.
Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) systems
A total of 20 buildings within the Industrial Complex have been identified as having HVAC
systems associated with them. A total of 41 HVAC noise sources have been included within
the Industrial Complex, with each positioned 1 m above the roof of the building it serves. Each
HVAC system has an assumed sound pressure level of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m (again equating to a
LWA of 93 dB).
Project Name:
9.3.5.3 MINE SITE
Mining Operation
Three noise modelling scenarios have been considered, representing the mine operations
forecast to take place:
Early in the first year of the mining operation, where activities are to be concentrated
around the north-west corner of the mine;
In the fifth year of the mining operation, where activities will be taking place within a pit
(with a pit depth of 30 m) and between the north-west corner and the centre of the mine
site;
In the twenty-fifth year of the mining operation, while activities are taking place within a pit
(with a pit depth of 30 m) and between the centre and south-east part of the mine site.
It is considered that the noise modelling scenarios that have been selected give a good
indication of the likely noise impacts associated with mining operation, with year 1
representing the worst impact on the north-western border, year 5 representing a general
scenario where the equipment is operating in the centre of the mine site, and year 25
representing the worst impact at the south-eastern border.
The noise sources included within the noise model have been taken from BS 5228-1: 2009 or
from equipment data sheets available for various pieces of Caterpillar mining equipment
(given as a potential supplier of the mining equipment).
The mine modelling scenarios have been created within the noise model allowing for the plant
and equipment to be evenly spread along the working face of the mine. Table 9-5 details the
assumed plant and equipment for each activity and year considered.
Table 9-5: Assumed Plant and Equipment for Mining Activities

Number of Plant Items
Sound Power Operating
Noise Source Reference
Level dB(A)
Year 1 Year 5 Year 25
Overburden
BS 5228-1
Dozer Ripper 116.0 Table C.6.28 + 1 1 1
CAT844H
BS 5228-1
Drill 118.1 1 3 8
Table C.9.1
3
15 - 18 m
BS 5228-1
Hydraulic 118.9 0 2 3
Table C.9.6
Excavator
BS 5228-1
135 -145 t off
120.5 Table C.9.7 + 0 6 10
highway truck
CAT 785
Ore and Interburden Equipment
3
10 - 12 m
BS 5228-1
Table C.9.6
Excavator
BS 5228-1
85 -100 t off
115.5 Table C.9.7 + 19 20 20
highway truck
CAT 777
3
5-7m
BS 5228-1
Table C.9.6
Excavator
Project Name:
Number of Plant Items
Sound Power Operating
Noise Source Reference
Level dB(A)
Year 1 Year 5 Year 25
BS 5228-1
Drill 118.1 3 6 6
Table C.9.1
Ancillary Equipment
BS 5228-1
280 335 kW
116.0 Table C.6.28 + 4 6 10
Dozer
CAT844H
BS 5228-1
Rock Breaker 123.4 1 3 3
Table C.9.13
BS 5228-1
Grader 115.0 Table C.6.31 + 2 3 3
CAT24M
BS 5228-1
Wheeled Dozer 116.0 Table C.6.28 + 2 2 2
CAT 844H
Off highway BS 5228-1
104.1 2 3 3
fuel truck Table C.4.15
3
90 m Water BS 5228-1
108.6 2 5 5
Truck Table C.4.88
BS 5228-1
11 13 m3
116.0 Table C.6.33 + 2 2 2
Wheeled loader
CAT 992K
15 t Explosive BS 5228-1
103.5 2 3 3
Carrier Table C.4.4
Other Equipment
10kW Lighting BS 5228-1
93.5 9 14 14
Tower Table C.4.86
BS 5228-1
60 70t Crane 104.7 2 2 2
Table C.4.39
Dewatering BS 5228-1
96.8 2 3 3
pump Table C.4.88
BS 5228-1
Telehandler 106.5 2 4 4
Table C.4.54
Diesel
Generator BS 5228-1
93.1 2 4 4
(mobile 200 Table C.6.39
250 kW)
Mine Maintenance Area (MMA)
The following buildings and tanks have been included within the MMA. All are assumed to be
6 m high unless otherwise stated:
Admin building;
Medical Centre (4 m high);
Canteen;
Facilities building;
Switchboard/ Control Room;
Project Name:
Fixed plant and light vehicle maintenance;
Warehouse and Maintenance building (10 m high);
Potable water storage tank (3 m high);
Sewage storage tank (3 m high);
Fire water storage tanks 1 and 2 (5 m high);
Dust suppression water storage tank (5 m high);
Diesel storage tank (3 m high);
HV and LV Diesel fuel day tank (3 m high).
The following noise sources are included within the MMA area:
9 pumps have included within the noise model, at a height of 0.5 m above ground;
2 Heavy Vehicle (HV) wash facilities and 1 Light Vehicle (LV) wash facility have been
included within the model;
4 HVs and 2 LVs have been assumed to be idling within the refuelling areas;
8 delivery trucks (delivering fuel, food, materials, tyres, etc) have been positioned on
roads around the perimeter of the MMA;
6 buses have been included, with 3 in the parking bays, while the other 3 are on the
southern access road;
50 HVs idling within the HV parking bays, to represent a shift change;
All noise sources have been modelled as point-sources, using a noise emission level of
85 dB LAeq at 1 m;
HVAC systems have been included within the noise model for four occupied buildings,
these being the Canteen, Medical Centre, Admin Building and the Switchboard/ Control
Room Building. A single HVAC unit per building has been assumed, modelled as a point-
source and with a noise emission of 85 dB LAeq at 1 m.
Primary Ore Crusher (POC)
The POC area is located on the eastern edge of the mine site. A total of 3 crushers have
been included within the model (with the third understood to be a potential future crusher).
The crushers are assumed to be located within an area that is 15 m below ground level, and
within a small building, which is 8 m in height, and is therefore below ground level. As a worst-
case, the three crushers freely radiate through the building they are enclosed within, with each
being assigned a Sound Power Level (LWA) of 114 dB, producing noise levels of 85 dB LAeq at
1 m from the building housing the crushers.
Four additional noise sources have been included, these being two material tipping noise
sources and two truck idling noise sources. The tipping noise sources have been assumed to
be 85 dB LAeq at 1m (equating to an LWA 93 dB), while the truck idling noise level is 116 LWA
(as per Caterpillar equipment data sheet).
9.3.5.4 RAIL
There will be rail movements as a consequence of the development, with rail sidings located
to the east of the facility. There are expected to be a minimum of three trains a day (hence six
rail movements). The maximum allowable number of wagons is 155 per train. Train speeds
are expected to be in the order 40 km/h when loaded and 50 km/h when empty. There will
also be loading and unloading activities at the sidings.
Project Name:
9.3.5.5 WELL FIELD
The well field will comprise of a series of wells, 24 in total, located in a L shape, to the east of
the Industrial Complex. Since the modelling was undertaken, the location of the wellfield has
been altered to that shown in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development. There has been no opportunity to update the model with this new location,
however since the configuration of the wellfield remains the same, and its new location is
further from sensitive receptors an assessment based on the modelling of the original location
is considered to be acceptable.
The wells will be located at intervals of 1 km, and the pump associated with each well is
assumed to be radiating noise at no more than 85 dB at 1 m, which equates to a sound power
level of 93 dB. The well pumps are located within the piping and services corridor, which is a
total of 6 m wide. It has been assumed that the pump will be located within the centre of the
piping and services corridor, and as such will be located approximately 3 m from the edge of
the corridor. Assuming a standard distance correction over hard ground and hemispherical
noise propagation (20*Log 3 = 10 dB), a noise level at the boundary of the wellfield corridor of
75 dB (i.e. at the closest point to the well pump), would be anticipated.
9.3.6 NOISE MODELLING DETAILS
Predictions of likely noise levels have been undertaken using the CadnaA Noise Modelling
Software Package, which incorporates the algorithms detailed in ISO 9613 - Attenuation of
Sound Propagation Outdoors, 1993 and 1996, and has been validated by the software
manufacturer (DataKustik).
The Industrial Complex is a new facility and as such no existing process plant or equipment is
currently located within the Industrial Complex site boundary. It is understood that that there
are no large intervening structures located between either the Industrial Complex or Mine site
and any nearby noise sensitive receptors (as listed below), and as such none have been
included within the noise model.
9.3.6.1 GROUND CONDITIONS
No existing ground topographical data has been included within the model. As a worst-case
scenario it has been assumed that the Industrial Complex area is flat. As a result the noise
predictions to be made at the nearby noise sensitive receptors will generate worst-case noise
impact predictions when modelled.
The Mine area is assumed to be flat, with the exception of the POC, which has been taken as
being 15 m below ground level and the excavated mine, which has been assumed to be 30 m
deep (ie. 30 m below the general ground level of the model). The maximum pit depth is likely
to be in the order of 45 m (SRK 2013).
Both the Mine and Industrial Complex areas have been assumed to be acoustically hard, and
as such no acoustic ground absorption has been included within the model.
9.3.6.2 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY)
o
An average annual temperature of 19 C has been assumed. An average annual relative
humidity of 39% has been assumed, based on the mean of the average daily relative humidity
levels recorded at the Turaif and Arar airports.
9.3.6.3 BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
The buildings included within the Industrial Complex have been created using in Arcview GIS
software package on the basis of the available plot plans and represents the latest available at
the time of modelling. Building heights have been determined for the maximum average
height of a structure or group of structures using design drawings, datasheets, site
photographs and discussions with the Project team.
9.3.6.4 NOISE PREDICTION RECEPTORS
A total of 1,916 site boundary receptors have been included within the model (968 at the
Industrial Complex and 948 at the Mine site). These receptor points have been positioned at
Project Name:
25 m intervals around the boundary of the Industrial Complex and Mine, at a height of 1.5 m
above ground level.
A number of off-site noise sensitive receptors have been included within the noise model, as
detailed below:
Chicken Farm (although this is noted to be moved prior to the commencement of
operations);
Maaden Residential Area (within the Waad Al Shamaal City community area);
Proposed Waad Al Shamaal Community Housing (which will eventually include schools,
mosques, commercial areas and civic facilities); and
Turaif City.
In addition to the four off-site receptors listed above, noise modelling predictions have also
been made along the International Border, located north of the mine site, between Saudi
Arabia and Jordan. It should be noted that the International Border is largely unmanned and
has no noise sensitive receptors positioned close to it, and has been included here to address
trans-boundary issues. The nearest dwellings within Jordan appear to be some 80 to 90 km to
the north of the International border between the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Jordan; the
most sizable of which appears to be Ar Ruwayshid.
9.3.7 NOISE MODEL RESULTS AND ASSESSMENT
9.3.7.1 INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
The results of the noise modelling for the Industrial Complex are summarized in Table 9-6
below, while Figure 9-2 illustrates the noise contour banding for the Industrial Complex
Figure 9-2 is illustrative; any alterations to the design of buildings (whether noise emitting or
not), the positions of buildings and identification of other noise sources during detailed design
development will impact upon the noise contour plot. Nonetheless Figure 9-2 provides a
visual representation of the extent of the modelled noise. The influence of the prevailing wind
direction in the dispersal of noise is evident in the figure.
Table 9-6: Predicted Noise Levels Attributable to the Industrial Complex

Location Predicted noise level dB LAeq
North-eastern Boundary 30.5 38.7
Eastern Boundary 30.5 64.0
Southern Boundary 37.2 40.5
Western Boundary 37.7 57.6
International Border <20
Maaden Compound <20
Chicken Farm <20
Turaif City <20
Site of future residential development <20
Project Name:
Figure 9-2: Umm Wual Industrial Complex indicative noise contour plot
Project Name:
Noise levels on the boundary of the site, are predicted to vary by between 30.5 and
64.0 dB LAeq with the highest noise levels predicted along the eastern boundary. The highest
noise levels predicted on the north eastern, southern and western boundaries are 38.7, 40.5,
and 57.6 dB LAeq, respectively.
Predicted off-site noise levels attributable to the Industrial Complex are very low and do not
exceed the World Bank noise limits. Thus, predicted noise levels as identified by the model do
not exceed World Bank or Presidency of Meteorology and Environment noise limits.
The operation of plant and equipment is not considered likely to result in perceptible vibration
at any sensitive receptors outside the boundary of the site.
As such, based on currently available information, no significant noise and vibration effects are
predicted.
An Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG), which consists of a 4 MW (approx) net diesel driven
engine, is provided for back-up and black-start conditions, and will provide the required
consumable power required by the auxiliary boiler during start-up. The auxiliary boiler, which
will normally operate at just 20% capacity, will operate at full capacity during start-up
situations. The noise impacts associated with the EDG and the auxiliary boiler, when
operating at full capacity, are likely to increase the noise emissions at the facility, but when
considering the large number of noise sources within the facility, are unlikely to significantly
alter the predicted site boundary noise levels.
9.3.7.2 MINE AREA
The results of the noise modelling exercise for the mine area are summarized in Table 9-7,
Table 9-8, for years 1, 5 and 25 respectively. The A5 High density industry category given
within the PME standard would indicate an exceedence of the night-time noise limit of 55dB
LAeq. As this area is devoid of receptors this is not of consequence.
Table 9-7: Predicted Noise Levels Attributable to Mine Area (Year 1)
Northern Boundary 42.5 65.0
South-eastern Boundary 37.4 48.0
South-western Boundary 37.3 56.1
North-western Boundary 62.1 71.8
International Border 63.0*
Maaden Camp <20
Chicken Farm <20
Turaif City <20

*Maximum predicted noise level
Project Name:
During the first year, noise levels on the boundary of the site are predicted to vary between
37.3 and 71.8 dB LAeq, with the highest noise levels predicted along the north-western
boundary. The highest noise levels predicted on the north, eastern, south eastern, south
western, western and north western boundaries are 65.0, 66.5, 48.0, 56.1, 70.4 and 71.8 dB
LAeq, respectively.
Predicted off site noise levels are very low and do not exceed the World Bank noise limits.
However, the World Bank Limits are potentially exceeded on the north western boundary, with
a marginal situation on the western boundary. Hence, further consideration of mitigation
measures is required to ensure compliance with the World Bank guidelines.
During the first year of the mine operating, a maximum noise level of 63.0 dB LAeq has been
predicted at the international border with Jordan, located north of the mine site. The A5 High
density industry category given within the PME standard would indicate an exceedence of the
night-time noise limit of 55 dB LAeq. As this area is devoid of receptors this is not of
consequence.
South Eastern Boundary 38.5 48.4
South Western Boundary 38.4 45.5
North Western Boundary 43.0 54.7
International Border 57.4*
Maaden Camp <20
Chicken Farm <20
Turaif City <20

In the fifth year, noise levels on the boundary of the site are predicted to vary between 38.4
and 67.7 dB LAeq, with the highest noise levels predicted along the eastern boundary. The
highest noise levels predicted on the north, south eastern, south western, western and north
western boundaries are 67.1, 48.4, 45.5, 43.8 and 54.7 dB LAeq, respectively.
Predicted off-site noise levels are very low and do not exceed the World Bank noise limits.
Thus, predicted noise levels during the fifth year of operation are not expected to exceed
World Bank or PME noise limits.
During the fifth year of the mine operating, a maximum noise level of 57.4 dB LAeq has been
predicted at the international border with Jordan. The A5 High density industry category
given within the PME standard would indicate an exceedence of the night-time noise limit of
55 dB LAeq. As this area is devoid of receptors this is not of consequence.
Project Name:
South Eastern Boundary 42.0 50.1
South Western Boundary 35.9 46.2
North Western Boundary 34.9 39.3
International Border 44.3 *
Maaden Camp <20
Chicken Farm <20
Turaif City <20

During the twenty fifth year, noise levels on the boundary of the site are predicted to vary
between 34.9 and 68.3 dB LAeq, with the highest noise levels predicted along the eastern
boundary. The highest noise levels predicted on the north, south eastern, south western,
western and north western boundaries are 53.1, 50.1, 46.2, 35.9 and 39.3 dB LAeq,
respectively.
Predicted off site noise levels are very low and do not exceed the World Bank noise limits.
Thus, predicted noise levels during year twenty five are not expected to exceed World Bank or
PME noise limits.
During the twenty fifth year of the mine operating, a maximum noise level of 44.3 dB has been
predicted at the international border with Jordan. . The A5 High density industry category
given within the PME standard would indicate an exceedence of the night-time noise limit of
55 dB LAeq. As this area is devoid of receptors this is not of consequence.
Overall, based on currently available information, no significant noise impacts from general
mining activities are predicted. The operation of plant and equipment associated with the
mine is not considered likely to result in perceptible vibration at any sensitive receptors outside
the boundary of the site. Consideration is given to blasting later in this assessment.
Figure 9-3 provides the indicative noise contour banding for the three mine scenarios, and the
ongoing operation of the Industrial Complex. As with Figure 9-2; any alterations during
detailed design development will impact upon the noise contour plot. Nonetheless Figure 9-3
provides a visual representation of the extent of the modelled noise for the Project for the
three scenarios, and demonstrates the potential impact on nearby sensitive receptors to be
very low. Variances between the contours in, and those show in Figure 9-2, are a function of
the different scales and the coarser grid of the latter.
Project Name:
Figure 9-3: Indicative Noise Contours for Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex
Project Name:
9.3.8 IMPACTS OF INCREASED NOISE LEVELS DURING OPERATION

Specific impacts predicted on the existing noise environment due to the proposed Project
elements at the Industrial Complex and mine area are summarised in Table 9-10 and
discussed in the following text.
Table 9-10: Operation Phase Impacts Assessment (Impact at Off-site Noise Sensitive
Receptors)
Factor NV4 NV5 NV6 NV7
Receptor Importance /
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Continuous Frequent Continuous
Likelihood Certain Certain Certain Certain
Magnitude Very Low low Medium Low
9.3.9 RAIL IMPACTS

As detailed in section 9.3.5.4, there will be rail movements as a consequence of the
development, with rail sidings located to the west of the facility. There are expected to be a
minimum of three trains a day, hence six rail movements. There is the potential for rail
movements throughout a 24 hour period throughout the year to suit site operations.
The nearest noise sensitive receptors (at the proposed Waad Al Shamaal community housing
development) at are located approximately 12.5 km.
Given the distance to sensitive receptors and the relatively slow speeds, it is not considered
likely that noise levels would exceed the World Bank or PME noise limits, based on indicative
noise calculations. At the associated sidings there are potential noise emissions from
unloading and loading activities. This is a largely automated process and therefore no large
mobile plant need to be considered. Instead, noise will be generated while raw materials are
loaded and unloaded. As in the case of the rail movements themselves, given the likely noise
sources and distances to sensitive receptors, the modelling indicates that noise levels would
not exceed the World Bank or PME noise limits.
9.3.10 WELL FIELD
The 24 wells will be located at intervals of 1 km, within the piping and services corridor,
which is a total of 6 m wide. It has been assumed that the pump will be located within the
centre of the piping and services corridor, and as such will be located approximately 3 m from
the edge of the corridor. Assuming a standard distance correction over hard ground and
hemispherical noise propagation (20*Log 3 = 10 dB), a noise level at the boundary of the well
field corridor of 75 dB (ie. at the closest point to the well pump), would be anticipated. While
the model has been developed with the original location of the wellfield, the new location is
some 60km north-east of the Project. The nearest noise sensitive receptors to the well field
are those located at the Future Residential Development, approximately 75 km west of the
well field, and Al Jalamid town approximately 55km south east of the wellfield.
Project Name:
9.3.11 BLASTING
Blasting will be undertaken such that there will be low probability of adverse comment, based
on the guidance detailed in BS 6472-2: 2008. Given the likely frequency of blasting, it is
-1
recommended that vibration levels should not exceed 6 mms in the vicinity of sensitive
receptors. In addition, air overpressure should not exceed 120 dB (lin) in the vicinity of
buildings used for human habitation.
9.3.12 CUMULATIVE NOISE IMPACTS

Consideration is required of the cumulative noise impacts from the various aspects of the
operational noise assessment. It is considered that even when considered cumulatively noise
levels attributable to the development will not exceed the World Bank or PME noise limits.
However, noise assessment will be an ongoing process during the facility design. Further
consideration will be required during detailed design to confirm the assumptions within this
report and to update the noise model as further information and noise data is available.
A noise level of <40 dB has been applied as the baseline existing noise level for the boundary
of the mine and Industrial Complex, on the basis that the noise monitoring undertaken at the
corners indicate baseline noise to range between 31 and 39 dB, thus it is considered
reasonable, and conservative to use <40 dB along the mine boundary.
A noise level of <20 dB has been predicted for noise attributable to the Industrial Complex and
noise attributable to the mine, for each of the off site noise sensitive receptors. It should be
noted that the overall noise level, combining the noise attributable to the Industrial Complex
and the mine area, would still be <20 dB for all off site sensitive receptors.
Table 9-11 considers the effect of predicted noise levels on existing noise levels with the
highest predicted boundary noise level as detailed earlier within the chapter. The World Bank
Ambient Noise Guidelines and PME permissible free field noise limits are provided for
comparison.
Project Name:
Table 9-11: Cumulative Noise Impact
Assumed Cumulative World Bank PME
Existing Predicted Predicted Ambient Permissible
Noise Noise Noise Noise Free Field
Location
Level Level Level Guidelines Noise
dB LAeq dB LAeq dB LAeq one hour Limits
LAeq (dB) L Aeq,T (dB)
Northern
<40 67 67 70c N/A
Boundary of Mine
Eastern Boundary c
<40 68 68 70 N/A
of Mine
South Eastern c
<40 50 50 70 N/A
Boundary of Mine
South Western
<40 56 56 70c N/A
Boundary of Mine
Western Boundary c
<40 70 70 70 N/A
of Mine
North Western c
<40 72 72 70 N/A
Boundary of Mine
Industrial Complex
North Eastern <40 39 <43 70c N/A
Boundary
Industrial Complex
<40 64 64 70c N/A
Eastern Boundary
Industrial Complex
Southern <40 41 <44 70c N/A
Boundary
Industrial Complex
<40 58 58 70c N/A
Western Boundary
Maaden Camp 45a/50b <20 45a/50b 45a/55b 50a/65b
Chicken Farm 45a/45b <20 45a/45b 45a/55b 50a/65b
Turaif City 45a/55b <20 45a/55b 45a/55b 45a/55b
Site of future
a b a b a b a b
residential 41 /41 <20 41 /41 45 /55 45 /55
development
a Evening
b Day time
c Night time
d Day time and Night time
The assumed existing noise levels for the Maaden Camp are based on the LAeq noise level of
46 dB recorded for the full 24 hour period. The night time noise level for the Chicken Farm is
assumed to be the same as the daytime to give a worst case assessment. The Umm Wual
daytime periods monitored have been averaged and provide the basis for the assumed
existing noise levels at the site of the future residential development. It has been assumed that
the night time noise level is the same as the daytime to give a worst case assessment. For
Turaif City it has been assumed that existing noise levels are at the PME community noise
standard to give a worst case assessment.
Project Name:
For the off site noise sensitive receptors considered, there are negligible noise increases
compared to the existing situation and compliance with both the World Bank guidelines and
PME community noise standards.
With the exception of the early months of operation of the mine, predicted noise levels at the
boundaries of the site comply with World Bank guidelines. However, there is the potential for
noise levels on the north western boundary of the mine site to exceed the World Bank
guidelines. It should be noted that the areas at the boundary of the sites are not considered
noise sensitive with respect to compliance with the PME community noise standards.
Impact NV7 Low Significance (at off-site Noise Sensitive Properties)
9.4 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING

Closure / decommissioning of the Project is likely to comprise the cessation of mining activity
and operation of Industrial Complex and the removal of the high value equipment, safe closure
of storage ponds etc. Decommissioning is not expected to see the complete removal of the
site infrastructure. Decommissioning activities are likely to generate noise and vibration in the
same way as anticipated for the construction phase.
9.5 MITIGATION
9.5.1 OVERVIEW
In accordance with the approach described in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology,
mitigation measures are identified where impacts are determined to be of medium or high
significance. The Project site is although generating noise and vibration as a result of
activities, is a significant distance from the nearest sensitive receptors. Thus the impact
assessment has identified no impacts of medium or high significance and no mitigation
measures associated with these to be implemented. Nonetheless the following
recommendations are made to address low significance impacts identified.
9.5.2.1 GENERAL
During detailed design, further more detailed information regarding the proposed noise
sources, and more importantly data from suppliers on the sound power level of equipment will
become available. Additionally, it is anticipated that further information on construction
activities, and plant will become available during the detailed design and procurement phase
of the project. Therefore it is a strong recommendation that the provision within the tender
documentation for update of the noise modelling is undertaken by the EPC contractor, during
detailed design.
Noise modelling software allows the individual contribution of the noise sources to the overall
noise level at a receiver to be identified. Mitigation measures can then be effectively targeted
on the most significant noise sources if necessary.
9.5.2.2 CONSTRUCTION
The EPC contractor should undertake a noise and vibration assessment and shall ensure
compliance with applicable standards. This should include work to establish and ensure
acceptable vibration and air overpressure during blasting operations. The contractor should
undertake a series of trial blasts with measurements of vibration and air overpressure. This
activity may be associated with the preparation of the POC area.
The contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction phase Environmental
Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and a Construction Environmental Management Plan
(CEMP). These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental and
emergency response management during construction, and include:
Project Name:
Noise Management Plan detailing measures to control noise and vibration emissions
during construction and should consider:
o Monitoring to verify construction plant comply with PME regulations for noise
o Reduced noise limit for night time construction
o Reduction of vehicle movements to minimise noise
All construction work should be undertaken using best practicable means following guidance
such a BS 5228: 2009 - Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and
open sites, or other internationally recognised guidance for the control of noise and vibration.
Temporary sound-proof enclosures and anti-vibration measures should be employed to
reduce noise levels on site, in keeping with the results of the updated noise and vibration
model as necessary.
9.5.2.3 COMMISSIONING
During commissioning, the contractor should undertake a noise monitoring exercise to ensure
compliance with required standards and limits and validate the results of the noise modelling
exercise. The noise monitoring exercise will enable any necessary mitigation measures to be
identified. Noise measurements would continue until it is established that there is full
compliance with the required standards and limits.
9.5.2.4 OPERATION
Maaden should establish a programme of noise monitoring during the early months of Mine
operation. This will include monitoring of noise at the boundary of the Mine, particularly the
north western and western boundaries, to determine compliance with applicable standards
and guidelines and assess the need for mitigation. As appropriate, noise mitigation measures
such as the creation of screening mounds or installation of temporary noise barriers could be
adopted.
From the data obtained from the updated noise and vibration modelling, Maaden should
review and update the proposals for blasting to ensure that vibration levels resulting in a low
probability of adverse comment (as defined in BS 6472-2: 2008) would not be exceeded at
sensitive receptors. In addition, blasting should be designed such that there is low probability
that air over pressure would exceed 120 dB(lin) at sensitive receptors.
Maaden shall develop, implement and maintain an Environmental Emergency Response Plan
(EERP) and Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) for the operational
phase, to further protect against impact from noise and vibration . These plans will detail
responsibilities and procedures for environmental and emergency response management
during operation, and shall include as a minimum:
Noise monitoring programme and procedures for the implementation of such to
demonstrate compliance with ambient noise standards;
Monitoring of vibration levels and air over pressure levels to demonstrate these meet
regulatory / good practise requirements;
lines of communication in the event of complaint; and
Maintenance procedures of all equipment in place to minimise noise from equipment.
The operator should undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their
Project Name:
9.5.2.5 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING
Prior to decommissioning / closure Maaden should evaluate potential noise and vibration
sources associated with planned decommissioning activities, and establish measures to
ensure these activities comply with the necessary noise guidelines at the sensitive receptors.
It should be noted, that this activity will require consideration of sensitive receptors over and
above those identified by this assessment, as a result of the development of the Waad Al
Shamaal City in the intervening years.
Project Name:
10.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT
The purpose of this Section is to describe the existing waste management facilities and
assess the impact of the Project on the existing waste management facilities and resulting
from all waste generated during the construction, commissioning, operation and closure
/decommissioning of the Project.
Impacts arising from the management of wastes in terms of air quality, transport and health
and safety are addressed in the relevant Sections 6 Air Quality and Meteorology, 13 Traffic
and Transport and 15 Health and Safety.

10.1.1 NATIONAL WASTE MANAGEMENT
The Ninth Development Plan notes that population growth over the last 40 years has
increased pressures on the environment. It goes onto identify that environmental pollutants
generated by human activity, most notably solid and liquid waste have increased, (Ministry of
Economy and Planning, 2009a).
Currently municipal solid waste in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) is collected by the local
municipality and taken to landfill sites; however, these are under pressure due to the
increasing quantities of waste and increasing urban populations (Ministry of Economy and
Planning 2009a). A number of waste management companies operate within KSA, and collect
commercial and industrial wastes under contract. The World Bank predicts that in KSA, per
capita waste generation will be 1.7 kilograms per day by 2025, resulting in a total of 50,424
tonnes per day municipal solid waste (World Bank 2012). Zafar, however, estimates that in
2013 the population of 29 million generated more than 15 million tons of solid waste per year,
equating to 1.5 to 1.8kg per person per day (Zafar, 2013a).
Management of the increasing amounts of solid waste is an ongoing problem in the KSA.
According to the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment the management of solid waste
is challenged by the following:
1. Absence of institutional infrastructure capable of planning, regulating, and implementing an
integrated waste management system.
2. Lack of capacity for waste collection and transport. In some small cities, capacity is at only
30%, whereas it reaches only approximately 50% in some metropolitan areas. In smaller
communities and villages, waste collection almost does not exist.
3. Operational problems, including inadequate maintenance capabilities;
4. Lack of qualified and trained technical staff for management and operation, coupled with
low pay;
5. Massive shortfall in financing provided from all sources;
6. Lack of public landfill space that adhere to environmental regulations;
7. Lack of legal and regulatory system that would allow for integrated waste management; and
8. Low-level public awareness regarding the solid waste issue.
Recycling facilities are slowly increasing, but recent studies indicate that the recycling rate is
10-15% largely from an informal sector extracting paper, metals and plastic from municipal
waste (Zafar, 2013b). The Arab News reported in October 2013 that the Saudi Environment
Society (SES) estimated that Saudi Arabia was losing approximately SR 40 billion per annum
due to its lack of recyling facilities (Arab News 2012). The government of the KSA is now
investing in solving this waste management problem, in part through a 2011 national budget
allocation of SR 29 billion for the municipal services sector, including waste disposal and water
drainage (Ibid). One of the targets is to raise the proportion of recycled waste to 75% (Ministry
of Economy and Planning 2009a).
Project Name:
10.1.2 LOCAL WASTE MANAGEMENT
Municipal solid waste collection and disposal in Turaif, the city closest to the Project site, falls
under the jurisdiction of the Saudi Arabian Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs (MOMRA),
and is delivered by the Turaif Municipality.
Mr Faris Al Nuaimi, the Governor of Turaif, and Mr Hussain Ali Al Khlaif, the Manager of
Utilities for Turaif Municipality participated in consultation interviews in January 2013, provided
details of the waste management facilities in Turaif. Waste from Turaif is currently disposed of
in a municipal landfill, located approximately 5km north of the city. The landfill site, constructed
in the first quarter of 2006, comprises 32 unlined cells each measuring 70m by 25m and up to
3m in depth. The landfill accepts both solid and liquid waste which is deposited in separate
cells. Since there are no current restriction on the geographical expansion of the facility, when
a cell is filled another cell is opened. According to a community survey conducted in January
2013 only a small percentage of respondents in Turaif recognized their waste was collected by
the municipality and taken to the municipal landfill. There are currently no facilities for
recycling in Turaif.
The city of Waad Al Shamaal, when constructed will include landfill for Class I, II and III
material which will be complemented by recycling and thermal treatment technologies (Bechtel
2013). The Project proposes to utilise these facilities when they become available, by 2021.
10.1.3 WASTE TO BE GENERATED DURING PROJECT LIFETIME
The PME distinguishes three physical forms of waste; liquid waste, solid waste and sludge
and characterises these as hazardous waste, non-hazardous waste and inert waste. The
following sections identify the wastes anticipated to be generated as a result of the Project.
10.1.3.1 CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISSIONING WASTE
Early Works to prepare the process area and build access routes are expected to begin in
October 2013. The main construction phase will begin in the second quarter of 2014 and is
due to be complete at the end of 2017.
The cut and fill operation to create the working platforms will be undertaken as part of the
Early Works Phase, and has been designed as a material balance to eliminate the production
of surplus inert waste material. Limited waste is expected to be generated as a result of the
construction of the temporary accommodation camp since this comprises prefabricated
buildings that will be assembled on site.
The anticipated waste streams resulting from construction and commissioning are:
Non-hazardous solid wastes: construction spoil and debris, wood (pallets), empty drums
and containers (plastic and metal), packaging (paper, cardboard, plastics), municipal
wastes and sanitary wastewater sludges;
Hazardous solid waste: batteries; filters; empty oil, chemical or paint containers; fabrics
contaminated with oil; interceptor wastes, spent electrical equipment and clinical waste;
and
Hazardous liquid waste: waste oils, lubricants and fuels and drainage waters
contaminated with these, solvents; paint; thinners; hydraulic fluid; and cleaning
chemicals; contaminated hydro-test water.
Table 10-1 provides an estimate of the main materials and equipment required to construct
the facility. Determination of more detailed estimates of materials required for construction,
will be undertaken as the detailed design progresses. The storage, handling, installation, and
use of the materials and equipment will generate waste during construction.
Project Name:
Table 10-1: Estimate of Materials and Equipment
Materials and Equipment Quantity
Equipment 5,600 items
Aboveground Pipe 535,000 metres
Underground Pipe 86,000 m
Firemain 46,000 m
Overhead Power Lines 373,000 m
HV Cable 386,000 m
LV Cable 2,358,000 m
Instrument Cable 790,000 m
Field Instruments 10,400 No.
F & G Devices 9,700 No.
Concrete (Foundations & Structures) 370,000 m3
Structural Steel 60,000 Tonnes
No Of Buildings (excl clad structures) 239 No.
Table 10-2 provides an estimate of the quantities of non-hazardous waste anticipated to be

generated during construction based on the number of construction workers, and estimated
construction materials, and equipment detailed above.
Table 10-2: Non-hazardous Construction Waste

Waste Stream Tonnes7
Concrete waste 9,324
Pipework off cuts etc. 11,373
Steelwork of cuts etc. 7,560
Electrical Cable Waste 1,480
Miscellaneous Construction Waste 32,072
Municipal Waste 7,062
Solid Sanitary Waste 546
Total 96,892
10.1.3.2 OPERATIONAL WASTES

The operation of the Mine and Industrial Complex is will generate the following principal waste
streams:
Non-hazardous solid wastes: waste rock from mining, silaceous materials and tailings
from benefication, packaging (paper, cardboard, plastics), municipal wastes and sanitary
wastewater sludges;
7 The above estimates are based on Waste and Resources Programme (WRAP) Netwaste Tool wastage rates and the WRAP waste per 100,000 of
construction.
Project Name:
Hazardous solid waste: batteries, filters, empty oil, grease and chemical containers;
contaminated fabrics/ spill absorbents; physphogypsum, fluorspar, sodium fluorosilicate,
calcium fluorosilicate, spent catalyst, spent activated carbon, industrial wastewater
treatment sludge, oily sludge and clinical waste; and
Hazardous liquid waste: waste oils, lubricants and fuels, solvents, hydraulic fluid and
acids and other chemicals.
Contaminated wastewaters are addressed in Section 11 Water Quality Management.
Table 10-3 summarises the estimated quantities of the main waste streams generated by the
Mine and Industrial Complex during the operation of the facility. A full description of the waste
streams and disposal process is provided in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the
Proposed Development.
Table 10-3: Estimated Quantities of Principal Operational Wastes
Waste Stream Source Quantity Classification
(tonnes/yr)8
Overburden / Interburden Mine 33,650,0009 Inert
Silaceous materials Beneficiation 1,653,000 Inert
(optical ore sorter rejects)
Tailings Beneficiation 5,582,000 Non-hazardous
Phosphogypsum PAP 11,407,000 Hazardous

Fluorspa PAP 1,224,000 Hazardous
Phosphogypsum PPA 39,000 Hazardous
Sodium Fluorosilicate PPA Hazardous
Phosphogypsum MCP/DCP 18,000 Hazardous
Calcium Fluorosilicate & Calcium MCP/DCP 126 Hazardous
Silicate
Vanadium Oxide Catalyst SAP 84010 Hazardous
Activated Carbon PPA 1000 Hazardous
11
Municipal Waste All 406 Non-hazardous
12
Sanitary Waste Sludge SWTP 47 Non-hazardous
In addition to these wastes the operation of the Project is expected to require replacement of
spent vanadium catalysts from the Sulphuric Acid Plant, and spent activated carbon from the
Purified Phosphoric Acid plant. At least one of the catalyst beds, each of which range from
3
250 400m in size are to be recharged almost every year. Furthermore quantities of
municipal wastes as identified in the table are anticipated.
The most significant wastes generated by the Project are to be managed on site as follows:
Mine wastes are used to progressively backfill, and close the excavated pit;
8
Rounded to the nearest thousand
9
Average quantity per year. Actual quantities estimated by the mining schedule vary per year.
10 3
Average annual generation in m
11
Based on estimated 1.2kg per person per work year (260 days), for all c 1,300 employees
12
Based on estimate of 0.06% of sanitary waste water is sludge
Project Name:
Optical ore sorter rejects, Tailings and Phosphogypsum / Fluorspa / Fluorosilicates are to
be stored in dedicated, lined and appropriately engineered waste storage facilities ad
infinitum.
All other wastes are to be stored on site temporarily in suitable storage containers /
transported off site by PME approved waste carriers to off site licensed waste management
facilities.
10.1.3.3 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING WASTES
The progressive backfill of the mine will result in a deficit of material at the end of the life of the
mine, resulting in approximately 11cm depression across the whole mine area.
Decommissioning of the facilities at the mine, i.e. the primary crusher and mine maintenance
area, and decommissioning of the Industrial Complex can be expected to generate similar
wastes to those identified for the construction phase, however it is reasonable to expect higher
quantities of contaminated wastes,
Non-hazardous solid wastes: demolition wastes, scrap metals and redundant plant
silaceous materials and tailings from benefication, packaging (paper, cardboard, plastics),
municipal wastes and sanitary wastewater and evaporation pond sludges;
Hazardous solid waste: demolition wastes; contaminated scrap metals and redundant
plant filters, empty oil, grease and chemical containers, contaminated fabrics/ spill
absorbents, spent catalyst, spent activated carbon, industrial wastewater treatment
sludge, evaporation pond sludges, oily sludge and clinical waste; and
Hazardous liquid waste: waste oils, lubricants and fuels, solvents, hydraulic fluid and
acids and other chemicals.
The quantification of these wastes should be undertaken as part of the closure /
decommissioning plan (see Appendix A).

10.2.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section describes and assesses the impact on existing waste management system and
those resulting from the generation of waste by the Project during from the construction,
commissioning, operation and decommissioning/closure. Potential impacts from dust
generation are assessed in Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology, those from leaching and
spillage are assessed in Section 7 Terrestrial Environment and potential impacts on habitat
are assessed in Section 8 Biological Resources. The significance of potential impacts on
existing and are characterised in accordance with methodology described in Section 5 Impact
Assessment Methodology.
10.2.2 CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISSIONING
Early Works to prepare the Industrial Complex area and build access routes are expected to
begin in October 2013. The main construction phase will begin in the second quarter of 2014
and is due to be complete at the end of 2017. The impacts are summarised in Table 10-4 and
discussed in the subsequent sections.
Project Name:
Table 10-4: Construction Phase Impact Assessment
Scope of Impact WM1 WM2
Receptor Importance / Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Frequent
Extent Provincial Local
Magnitude High High
Significance Medium Low
10.2.2.1 GENERATION OF NON-HAZARDOUS AND HAZARDOUS WASTES

The generation of almost 100,000 tonnes of non-hazardous waste and an unconfirmed
quantity of hazardous waste, represents a significant increase in waste generation in the area.
Each cell within the Turaif landfill has a capacity of approximately 5,000m3; using a conversion
factor for wastes arising from construction, demolition and excavation of 0.87 (WRAPb) each
cell may be able to accommodate c. 4,000 tonnes of waste. Thus disposal of the Projects
construction waste in Turaif landfill would require in excess of 24 cells; a 43% increase in the
size of the landfill. Utilisation of the existing waste management infrastructure in Turaif would
place a significant strain on the facilities, and use of this facility has been denied by Turaif
Municipality. The lack of waste management facilities available for use during construction is
a key constraint to the Project, identification of suitable waste management facilities for
construction waste is of paramount importance in advance of the commencement of
construction activity.
Impact WM1 - Medium Significance.
10.2.2.2 ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION DUE TO INCORRECT STORAGE / SPILLAGE

Incorrect storage of both hazardous and non-hazardous waste has the potential to
contaminate soils, and surface water, generate litter and encourage vermin. It also presents a
risk to wildlife. The EPC contractor is required generate a Site Waste Management Plan
(SWMP), and to store wastes generated during construction and commissioning in
accordance with the requirements of PME Standards 12 and 13, Waste Control and Waste
Storage and Handling, therefore the potential impact is considered to be of low significance.
Impact of spills on the soil, groundwater and surface water are addressed in Section 7
Terrestrial Environment and Section 11 Water Quality Management.
Impact WM2 - Low Significance.
10.2.3 OPERATION
The operation of the facility will produce both hazardous and non-hazardous waste. The
nature of the hazardous waste means it has the potential to be of high significance unless
mitigation measures are implemented. The impacts are summarised in
Table 10-5 and discussed in the following sections.
Project Name:
Table 10-5: Operation Phase Impact Assessment

Scope of Impact WM3 WM4 WM5 WM6
Receptor Importance / Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Frequent Infrequent Rare
Likelihood Unlikely Certain Certain Unlikely
Extent Provincial Local Regional Local
Duration Long Long Medium Short
Magnitude Medium Low Medium Medium
Significance Medium Low Medium Low
10.2.3.1 GENERATION OF NON-HAZARDOUS WASTES

The generation of non-hazardous wastes is reduced during the operation phase, with these
primarily municipal wastes generated by employees. The quantity of municipal waste
estimated to be generated by employees is approximately 406 tonnes per year; equivalent to a
Turaif landfill cell every 3 years. While the demand for landfill capacity is less aggressive than
during construction, the Project would need access to at least 7 landfill cells over its 20 year
life; almost 20% increase to the existing capacity. In the context of the ongoing demand for
landfill capacity, the potential impact on the existing waste management infrastructure is
considered to be of medium significance.
It is noted however, that the Waad Al Shamaal City master plan includes the development of
landfills that when operational would provide the landfill, and other waste treatment capacity
required.
Impact WM3 - Medium Significance.
10.2.3.2 GENERATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
The most significant quantities of hazardous waste generated by the Project will be stored in
the Project area ad infinitum.
The inclusion use of the mining waste to backfill the excavated pit limits the requirements for
spoil heaps with their intendant impact on land take, and potential for soil and surface water
contamination. However there are waste dumps are generated within the footprint of the mine
in the early years of mine operations, until such time as sufficient void space is available for
back fill. The impacts of the waste rock dumps on ground water and surface water, are
addressed in Section 7 Terrestrial Environment, and Section 11 Water Quality Management
respectively.
Optical ore sorter rejects, and tailings from beneficiation, are to be stored in the Tailings
Storage Facility (TSF), and phosphgypsum, fluorspar and fluorosilicates are to be stored in the
the Phosphogypsum Storage Facility (PSF) consisting of two phosphogypsum stacks. These
waste storage facilities are designed to accommodate their contents and protect the
environment. The impacts these facilities will have on the environment are addressed in
Sections 6 Air Quality and Meteorology, 7 Terrestrial Environment, 8 Biological Resources,
and 11 Water Quality Management.
Impact WM4 Low Significance.
Other hazardous wastes, including clinical waste generated will be stored temporarily on site,
before being transported by a registered waste carrier to a licensed waste management
Project Name:
facility. Since there are no licensed hazardous waste management facilities in the immediate
vicinity of the Project site, hazardous wastes will need to be transported considerable
distances for treatment, increasing risks associated with their transportation. Since the
quantity of hazardous waste has been defined only broadly, and the capacity of hazardous
waste facilities to take the wastes generated is unknown, therefore a conservative approach to
the impact of other hazardous waste generation is taken.
Impact WM5 Medium Significance.
10.2.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION DUE TO ACCIDENTAL EVENTS

There is the potential for accidental events during the operation of the Project which result in
the release of hazardous substances. The uncontrolled release of hazardous waste from a
storage area has the potential to have a negative impact on the environment through
contamination of soil, surface water and groundwater, and wildlife.
Accidental release of wastes could be realised during the movement of materials on or off-site
or through the use of inappropriate containers, overfilling, or container damage. The accidental
release of wastes could contaminate the ambient air quality, contaminate water or soils.
Waste storage areas are contained within the Industrial Complex, and are therefore on hard-
standing and within the contaminated water drainage system, thus accidental spills of
hazardous material will be captured, and can be dealt with via operational spill control
procedures.
Impact WM6 Low Significance.
10.2.4 CLOSURE / DECOMMISSIONING /
Closure / decommissioning of the Project is likely to comprise the removal of the high value
equipment, safe closure of storage ponds etc. Closure / decommissioning is not expected to
see the complete removal of the site infrastructure.
Table 10-6: Decommissioning/Closure Phase Impact Assessment
Scope of Impact WM7 WM8
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Rare
Likelihood Certain Unlikely
Extent Regional Provincial
Duration Long Long
Magnitude Low High
Significance Low High
10.2.4.1 ALTERATION OF THE LANDSCAPE

The generation of large quantities of tailings and phosphogypsum during operation, will result
at closure, in a number of waste storage facilities which will alter the landscape and present
ongoing alteration of the visual landscape in the vicinity of the Project. The Tailings Storage
2
Facility ( will cover an area of 5km and reach a height of 30-35m. The Phosphogypsum
2
Storage Facility will cover an area of 6km and reach a height of c. 50m. These waste storage
structures represent major structures within the landscape which will remain following
decommissioning and closure. These will be approximately one quarter the height of the
Umm Wual mountain, the most significant geomorphological feature in the landscape. While
Project Name:
these new features alter the visual aesthetic of the landscape they are over 40km from the
nearest settlement, Turaif, and more than 15km from the Maaden housing within the Waad Al
Shamaal City, for this reason, the significance of this impact is considered low.
Impact WM7 - Low Significance.
10.2.4.2 DEGRADATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT DUE TO FAILURE OF CONTAINMENT

The tailings storage facility, gypsum storage areas are designed to be left in situ but will
require ongoing management and maintenance by Maaden. Unmanaged it is possible that
the containment structure fails, resulting in contamination of soils, surface waters and possibly
groundwater. The long-term consequence of the failure of the gypsum stack are addressed in
Sections 7 Terrestrial Environment, and 11 Water Quality Management. The requirement for
ongoing management to ensure the ongoing protection of the environment from these wastes
results in this impact being considered of high significance.
Impact WM8 - High Significance.
10.3 MITIGATION
Implementation of mitigation measures will be required during construction, commissioning,
operation and decommissioning of the facility to minimise potential negative impacts of the
activities on waste management systems. The mitigation measures comprise a combination of
physical design features of the facility, management procedures and monitoring arrangements
and are described in the subsequent sections. The following text assesses the impacts
predicted as being of medium to high significance against appropriate mitigation measures to
predict the residual impact significance.
Project Name:
10.3.1 CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING PHASE IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONS

Significance
ID Potential
Code Significance
Mitigation
Maaden to devise a waste management strategy
for the disposal of construction wastes in
collaboration with Turaif Municipality, the PME,
and Waad Al Shamaal developer which identifies
appropriate local disposal / recycling facilities that
Generation of Hazardous and Non- are operated in accordance with regulatory
WM1 hazardous Waste; impact on existing waste Medium requirements and industry good practise. Low
management facilities
EPC Contractor to develop a Construction Waste
Management Plan to identify in more detail
anticipated wastes, and their quantities, and
undertake waste planning for treatment and
disposal.
Project Name:
10.3.2 CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

The EPC Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a Construction Waste
management Plan (CWMP) based on good industry practise, an Environmental Emergency
Response Plan (EERP) and a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) as
supporting documents to the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (Appendix A of
this ESIA). These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental
management and emergency response during construction, including:
Minimum technical standard of waste storage areas;
Competencies and training requirements of staff managing waste storage areas and
communication and procedures in the event of an emergency;
Spill control procedures;
Waste segregation, and storage procedures;
Procedures to be implemented following an accidental release of hazardous substances,
e.g. during refuelling, including details of measures to be adopted to stop, contain as far
as practicable on site, and clean up spills, and to inform the relevant authorities in the
event that a spill migrates (or occurs) off-site so that appropriate regional plans can be
activated; and
Availability of pumps and spill mitigation materials such as absorbent granules to contain
and recover hazardous substances releases.
The contractor will undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their
The EPC contractor shall:
Design, construct and manage and maintain storage areas for non-hazardous and
hazardous waste to prevent accidental and/or uncontrolled discharges of material.
Implement waste segregation, and where possible recycling programme.
Minimise the on site storage times;
Uutilise / ensure the use of covered vehicles for the transportation of waste;
Minimise the distance travelled;
Provide training of all suppliers and sub-contractors in site waste management
procedures
Undertake an extensive audit of waste management facilities to confirm capacity to
receive future quantities of waste, and operation in compliance with licence conditions
and good industry practise
All designs, facilities and management systems will be complaint with PME Standards.
Project Name:
10.3.3 OPERATIONS PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Significance
ID Potential
Code Significance
Mitigation
Generation of Non-hazardous waste Maaden to devise a waste management strategy
WM3 Medium Low
impact on existing waste facilities for the disposal of operational wastes in
collaboration with Turaif Municipality, the PME,
and Waad Al Shamaal developer which identifies
appropriate local disposal facilities that are
operated in accordance with regulatory
requirements and industry good practise.
Generation of Non-hazardous waste
WM5 Medium Low
impact on existing waste facilities Maaden to develop an Operational Waste
Management Plan to identify in more detail
anticipated wastes, and their quantities, and
undertake waste planning for treatment and
disposal.
Project Name:
Maaden shall develop a Waste Management Strategy for the Project lifecycle, which shall
apply the waste hierarchy and shall be commensurate with good practice within the waste
management industry. Appendix A EMMP includes details of the Project approach to waste
management. Maaden shall develop, implement, audit and maintain a Project Waste
Management Plan in accordance with regulatory requirements and good industry practise,
building on the Project EMMP and an EERP (refer to Appendix A and Appendix B
respectively). This plan will detail responsibilities and procedures for waste management
during operation of the facility. This shall include but, not be limited to:
Waste and recycling objectives and targets;
Waste segregation, storage and recycling / waste management procedures;
Maximum storage times, and details of waste handling and labelling requirements;
Selection, monitoring and auditing of waste contractors, and off site waste management
facilities;
Waste vehicle requirements;
Competencies and training requirements of staff with responsibilities for managing waste
storage areas, and procedures and lines of communication in the event of an emergency
(including accidental releases of hazardous substances);
Procedures to be implemented following an accidental release of hazardous substances,
including details of containment and recovery measures to be applied; and
Procedures for the monitoring of waste arisings and collection and reporting of data on
these.
Maaden shall provide training for staff, sub-contractors and suppliers on the on-site waste
management system (as appropriate), use of spill mitigation materials and equipment and
procedures, in the event of an emergency (including accidental releases of hazardous
substances).
Maaden shall undertake an extensive audit of waste management facilities to confirm capacity
to receive future quantities of waste, and operation in compliance with licence conditions and
good industry practise
Maaden shall undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm their
Project Name:
Significance
ID Potential
Code Significance
Mitigation
Maaden shall commission a condition report prior
to decommissioning identifying key issues such as
condition of lining and drainage system.
Maaden shall develop further the outline closure
Degradation of Environment due to failure of plan to include maintenance programme,
WM8 High monitoring and reporting strategy and emergency Medium
containment
action plan for the waste storage areas.
Maaden shall resource and implement the closure
plan and associated maintenance and monitoring
plans.
Project Name:

Maaden shall further develop the outline closure plan prepared for the ESIA over the Project
life, to provide adequate detail for sound, and sustainable site decommissioning and closure.
The closure plan should detail procedures for the safe and environmentally sound
decommissioning of the Industrial Complex, and management of the retained waste storage
facilities.
Furthermore, the plan should consider including:
Procedures for removal and disposal of wastes during closure / decommissioning;
Waste segregation, storage and recycling / waste management procedures;
Waste handling and labelling requirements;
Selection, monitoring and auditing of waste contractors, and off site waste management
facilities;
Competencies and training requirements of staff with responsibilities for waste
management in decommissioning, and lines of communication in the event of an
emergency (including accidental releases of hazardous substances);
Competencies and training requirements of staff with responsibilities for ongoing
management, maintenance and monitoring of the retained waste storage facilities and
procedures and lines of communication in the event of an emergency (including
accidental releases of hazardous substances);
Procedures for the ongoing management, maintenance and monitoring of the retained
waste storage facilities, including monitoring location, and frequencies, and analysis of
resultant data.
Maaden shall update (or develop new), implement, maintain and audit the EERP and EMMP
so the documents remain adequate and effective for the decommissioning / closure phase.
This should be undertaken in the context of the detailed closure plan developed over the
course of the Project life, and in advance of decommissioning / closure.
Following decommissioning and demolition of the facility, a survey of the surface water and
soil quality at the site should be completed to confirm that the presence and operation of the
facility has not led to an unacceptable deterioration in quality. Should contamination be
identified that could have been caused by the facility, a specific remedial plan will be
developed to define the extent of contamination and remedial measures to be implemented.
Project Name:
11.0 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT
10.4 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this Section is to describe the existing surface water system and associated
water quality, and assess the impact of the Project on surface water and the existing surface
water system resulting from the construction, commissioning, operation and decommissioning.
The source of water for the Project is groundwater and impacts on this resource are assessed
in Section 7 Terrestrial Environment. Potential impact on habitat/ecology is assessed in
Section 8 Biological Resources. This chapter assesses the impacts of changes to the surface
water system and water quality.

10.6 INTRODUCTION
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is the largest country in the world without a natural, perennial
river connecting to the sea (CIA, 2013). As a result the water available comes from:
Surface water; primarily in the form of dams to capture rainwater;
Ground water in underground aquifers;
Desalination; and
Reclaimed wastewater (Vincent, 2008).
The Ninth Development Plan provides information on water policies and usage (Ministry of
Economy and Planning 2009) and identifies the main demands for water and provides
information on water sources (Table 11-1).
Table 11-1: Water Balance Eighth Development Plan
2004 2009 Average
3 3 Annual
Description (Mm /y) (Mm /y)
Growth
(%)
Water demand for municipal purposes 2100 2330 2.1
Water demand for industrial purposes 640 713 2.2
Water demand for agricultural purposes 17530 15464 -2.5
Total demand for water 20270 18507 -1.8
Renewable surface and ground water (Arabian 5410 5541 0.5
Shield)
Non-renewable ground water 13490 11551 -3.1
Desalinated sea water 1070 1048 -0.4
Reclaimed agricultural wastewater 40 42 1.0
Reclaimed wastewater 260 325 4.6
Total available water resources 20270 18507 -1.8
13
[Source: Ministry of Economy and Planning 2009 ].
Table 11-1 demonstrates that while demand for water was reduced between 2004 and 2009
non-renewable groundwater was the source of the majority of water consumed; with
renewable sources and desalination representing the other major sources. To continue this
trend; addressing the demand side of water resource management and developing water-
saving technology, three objectives are defined in the Ninth Development Plan:
13
Actual figures as identified in Chapter 25 Water and Sanitation in the Ninth Development Plan
Project Name:
To achieve conservation of water resources and maximising effective utilisation rates.
Good governance and rational and integrated management of the water and
sanitation sector.
Providing water and sanitation services efficiently, through effective partnership
between the public and private sectors.
A key feature of the Ninth Development Plan relating to water conservation and efficiency is
the issue the National Water Plan by 2103 (Ministry of Economy and Planning, 2009).
The Ninth Development Plan forecasts the following water demand for the Northern Borders
by 2014:
Municipal - 27 million cubic metres.
Agricultural 6 million cubic metres.
Industrial 3 million cubic metres (Ministry of Economy and Planning, 2009).
10.7 HYDRAULIC MODELLING
There are no permanent natural sources of surface water in the vicinity of the Project or Turaif.
However, there is an extensive series of wadis that run east to west across the area into a
natural depression in the landform. The wadis are charged during the sporadic rainfall events
which result in an annual average rainfall of approximately 87mm.
A study of the wadi system was undertaken for all wadis draining catchments greater than
1km2. These catchment areas were identified using the Advanced Spaceborne Thermal
Emission and Reflection Radiometer Ground Digital Elevation Model and high resolution
satellite imagery provided by Infoterra. Three main wadis, proximal to the proposed Industrial
Complex, present a potential flood risk to the Project. All three wadis flow from east to west
across the region towards natural depressions in the landscape to the west of the Industrial
Complex. The North Wadi measures approximately 100m wide and serves a catchment area
of approximately 112km where it flows adjacent to the northern perimeter of the site. The
Middle Wadi runs through the middle of the Industrial Complex where the phosphogypsum is
to be stored; this system serves a catchment area of approximately 30km. The South Wadi
flows immediately south of the Industrial Complex, it measures 270m in width at the point
adjacent to the site and serves a catchment of 207km. Additionally a main wadi flowing east
to west through the northern area of the proposed mine was identified, which passes over the
Jordanian border and back and then flows towards the natural depression in the landform to
the south-west of the mine.
Statistical methods have been used to estimate flood flows on the wadi systems. These are
widely used for areas with little or no flood data, as is the case at the Project site. Methods
relevant to arid regions of the world (Farquharson 1992) are used with the data for Saudi
Arabia and Yemen deemed most appropriate as the annual rainfall in these areas is more
representative of that recorded in the Umm Wual area. In this statistical method the mean
annual flood at gauged catchments in Saudi Arabia and Yemen has been related to catchment
characteristics, in this case annual average rainfall and catchment area, to derive the
relationship for mean annual flood, providing an indication of flood flows at the Project site. As
statistical methods are prone to uncertainty another flood estimation technique, the United
States Soil Conservation Service Unit Hydrograph method, was employed to validate the flood
estimates derived using the statistical approach. For the 1 in 20 year flood estimates the
statistical and Unit Hydrograph methods are in close agreement. Therefore, the statistical
method estimates have been used to provide an indication of baseline flood flows. The flows
estimated have been doubled, to allow for uncertainty in the flow estimates. Broadscale two
dimensional hydraulic models of the wadis and the adjacent floodplain areas have been
constructed using the TuFLOW software package to predict flood extents and water levels
estimate existing flood levels.
The route and flows of the three main wadis proximal to the Industrial Complex are shown in
Figure 11-1. While the route and flow of the wadi across the mine is shown in Figure 11-2.
Project Name:
In much of the area wadis are wide shallow channels, identifiable due to the presence of low
scrub vegetation. When in spate, and during the period immediately following spate, the water
moves as a shallow wide sheet draining from the higher ground in the east to the west.
Figure 11-1: Existing Wadi System in the Industrial Complex
Project Name:
Figure 11-2: Existing Wadi System in the Mine
Project Name:
10.8 SURFACE WATER QUALITY
To determine surface water quality, a water sample was taken at following a rainfall event that
charged the wadi system on 27th January 2013, and resulted in a body of water forming in the
large natural depression to the west of the Project site (that illustrated in Figure 11-3). The
body of water generated by that rainfall event is illustrated in Figure 11-3.
Figure 11-3: Surface water in depression

The sample collected was tested by Exova (Saudi Arabia) Co. Ltd for physical, and organic
nuclide parameters, metals and gamma emitting nuclides. A summary of the results is
presented in Table 11-2 and the full results are presented in (Appendix H). A number of heavy
metals are present in significantly higher concentrations than the Presidency of Meteorology
and Environments (PME) maximum ambient levels. During the Ground Investigation in
2012/2013 soil samples were taken to be tested for metals, which identified concentrations of
heavy metals within the superficial deposits tested. The levels of these are lower than
international guidelines for residential use and the results are discussed in Section 7
Terrestrial Environment.
Table 11-2: Surface Water Quality compared to PME Ambient Water Quality Values
Physical and organic PME Value Sample Value Over/under
(mg/L) (mg/L) PME values
Total Dissolved Solids 5000 5100 Over
Total Suspended Solids 170 5 Under
Total Organic Carbon 10 3.5 Under
Metals
Antimony (Sb) * (14) 0.00056 No value
Arsenic (As) 0.005 0.021 Over
Barium (Ba) 0.5 0.85 Over
Cadmium (Cd) 0.005 0.002 Under
Calcium (Ca) * 0.044 No value
Chromium (Cr) 0.1 0.28 Over
Cobalt (Co) 0.05 0.077 Over
Copper (Cu) 0.05 0.13 Over
Lead (Pb) 0.005 0.062 Over
Magnesium (Mg) * 58.0 No value
Mercury (Hg) 0.001 0.00075 Under
Molybdenum (Mo) * 0.042 No value
Nickel (Ni) 0.02 0.34 Over
Selenium (Se) * 0.0042 No value
14
Indicates no prescribed value
Project Name:
Physical and organic PME Value Sample Value Over/under
(mg/L) (mg/L) PME values
Silver (Ag) 0.07 0.0 Null value
Sodium (Na) 150 72 Under
Zinc (Zn) 1 0.46 Under
Gamma emitting nuclides within the surface water sample are below detection levels,
demonstrating that the naturally occurring Uranium and daughter products within the
phosphate rock, are not being transferred to surface waters.
As part of the overall mining study conducted by SRK, metal leaching potential of waste rock
was assessed through water leach testing using the two stage EN12457-3 leach test and
through predictive numerical modelling, as explained fully in BFS Volume 5.2.1. The results of
the metal leaching evaluation indicate that some metal species may be present in available
forms that are more readily mobilised into solution. Concentrations of mercury and
manganese were shown to potentially exceed the KSA environmental quality guidelines for
surface water quality, though since their concentrations in the rock were not significant, their
release was considered likely to be limited in magnitude and duration. Salinity release was
identified as a potential issue with salts being mobilised into contact waters from the waste
rock. It should be noted that salts mobilised from the waste rock are naturally present due to
evapo-concentration processes and while they can be mobilised by contacting with water they
will be subjected to the same evapo-concentration processes that formed them (SRK 2013).
The potentially mobile heavy metals identified by the leach testing, are not found to exceed
PME ambient water standards within the water sample collected. However, as identified in
Table 11-2, arsenic, barium, chromium, cobalt, copper and lead exceed the ambient water
quality levels. Given the Greenfield nature of the site, and the evapo-concentration processes
highlighted by the leach testing, and the nature of the local geology, the levels of metals in the
surface water when compared with ambient water quality standards, is considered to be
attributable to natural causes. The PME may in accordance with Standard 20, clause 4 c),
recognise and designate such areas and take no further action, however, discharges to the
natural environment, should achieve ambient water quality standards, and the existing water
quality should not be further deteriorated.
Surface water is generally infrequent and of a poor quality; it does not meet the PME
requirements for safe drinking water as expressed in Appendix A of the Drinking Water Quality
Standard (2012b). The levels of heavy metals in the water, specifically arsenic, chromium,
copper and lead all exceed the maximum acceptable values for drinking water as presented in
Table 11-3.
Table 11-3: Surface Water Quality (Heavy Metals) compared to Drinking Water Limits
Metals PME Reporting Sample Reporting Over/under
Value Unit Value Unit PME values
(health)
Antimony (Sb) 20 g/l 0.56 g/l Under
Arsenic (As) 10 g/l 21 g/l Over
Barium (Ba) 700 g/l 850 g/l Over
Cadmium (Cd) 3 g/l 2.0 g/l Under
Calcium (Ca) * (15) * 44 Mg/l *
Chromium (Cr) 50 g/l 280 g/l Over
Cobalt (Co) * 77 g/l *
Copper (Cu) 2 mg/l 0.13 mg/l Under
Lead (Pb) 10 g/l 62 g/l Over
Magnesium (Mg) * * 58 mg/l *
Mercury (Hg) 1 g/l 0.75 g/l Under
Molybdenum (Mo) 70 g/l 42 g/l Under
Nickel (Ni) 20 g/l 340 g/l Over
Selenium (Se) 10 g/l 4.2 g/l Under
15
Indicates no prescribed value
Project Name:
Metals PME Reporting Sample Reporting Over/under
Value Unit Value Unit PME values
(health)
Silver (Ag) * * <0.5 g/l *
Sodium (Na) * * 72 mg/l *
Zinc (Zn) * * 460 g/l *
As noted above the levels of heavy metals are due to localised conditions of the soil and
leaching from the geological deposits.
The wadis identified in the Project area provide a natural drainage system into depressions in
the landform, with the mine, north and middle wadis flowing into depression A, and the south
wadi into depression B as illustrated in Figure 11-4. Figure 11-5 illustrates how water
accumulates within these depressions as a result of rainfall events.
Figure 11-4: Location of Depressions in the Landform Receiving Flood Waters
Project Name:
North
Wadi
Natural
Depression
Site
Figure 11-5: Location of Depression into which Wadis Drain

There are no facilities in place to collect and utilise the surface water from the any of the wadi
systems, and the water quality is unsuitable for human use without treatment. Nonetheless
the surface water flows and resultant water bodies when available are a resource which
supports local flora, which is found in higher abundance along the wadi paths, and may be
used by livestock and wildlife. For this reason the surface water is considered to be of
medium sensitivity.

10.10 INTRODUCTION
This Section describes the impact on existing surface water system and quality and assesses
the impact of the Project on the existing surface water system resulting from the construction,
commissioning, operation and decommissioning. The source of water for the project is
groundwater and impacts on this resource are assessed in Section 7 - Terrestrial Environment
potential impact on habitat is assessed in Section 8 - Biological Resources. The significance of
potential impacts on existing and are characterised in accordance with the methodology
described in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology.
10.11 CONSTRUCTION
Early Works to prepare the Industrial Complex area and build access routes are expected to
begin in October 2013. The main construction phase will begin in the second quarter of 2014
and is due to be complete at the end of 2017. The construction of the facility has the potential
to impact upon the existing water facilities/infrastructure. The construction phase impacts are
summarised in Table 10-4.
Project Name:
Scope of Impact SW1 SW2 SW3
Receptor Importance / Medium Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Rare Rare Rare
Likelihood Likely Likely Unlikely
Extent Provincial Local Provincial
Magnitude Medium Low Low
11.1.1.1 ALTERATION OF SURFACE WATER FLOW

The construction works will be undertaken in two phases, the first being the Early Works
Programme to be undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2013 which comprises preparation of the
site, temporary drainage and a temporary wadi diversion in the Industrial Complex area,
followed in the second quarter of 2014 with the main construction phase, which will complete
these wadi diversion works.
Temporary drainage along roads and working areas to divert surface runoff during
construction will be excavated during the Early Works programme and drain into an area to
the south of the site. The compaction of soil and creation of areas of hard-standing will affect
the permeability of the surface of the Industrial Complex, potentially increasing surface run off
during rainfall events, and reducing infiltration.
A temporary wadi diversion will be put in place in the Industrial Complex during the Early
Works. The middle wadi that runs through the middle of the site will be temporarily diverted by
the closure of the eastern channel at the point where the wadi diverges. For the early works,
Since the period of use is significantly less than the design life of 25 years and the
consequences of flooding are lower a 1 in 20 year flood return period has been used as the
basis of design. The bund will be constructed in accordance with Project and Maaden
Standards, PME requirements, and will follow IFC EHS guidelines and principals (IFC 2007).
The impact on the ecosystems within the wadi system is discussed in Section 8 Biological
Recourses.
During the main construction phase the wadi system will be modified to re-route the middle
wadi to connect onto the south wadi. The wadi diversion will be a channel measuring 2.6km in
length, 40m in width at the base and 11m in depth at its deepest point. The wadi channel that
runs through the Industrial Complex will be backfilled as part of the cut and fill operation to
create the base for the gypsum storage areas.
The 1 in 200 year flood estimates have been doubled and used as preliminary estimates to
determine the flood risk to the proposed process complex and ammonium nitrate storage area,
this makes allowance for the uncertainty in the flood estimates. The wadi diversion works
have been designed to accommodate these flows.
The modelled difference in wadi flows for a 2 x 200 year water level are shown in Figure 11-6.
Project Name:
Figure 11-6: Comparison of Wadi Flows Before and After Diversion at the Industrial Complex
Project Name:
Figure 11-7 demonstrates the proposed wadi channel dimensions.
Figure 11-7: Cross Section of Middle Wadi Diversion Channel

The diversion of the middle wadi results in minimal change in the height of water and the
extent of the flood due to the extensive area over which the flow is accommodated. The
largest change to flood levels occur at the upstream end of the middle wadi diversion, where
the flood level in a 1 in 200 year flood increases by approximately 1m, although as a result of
the slope on the existing watercourse channel, this water level increase diminishes quickly.
The flood water directed to the south wadi, will flow to the smaller depression B, identified in
Figure 11-4, thus the final destination of the flood waters will be altered as a result of the wadi
diversion.
While the wadi diversion substantially alters the route of surface water flow during the
construction phase (and persists throughout the operation of the project), and alters the
depression in the landform into which these waters flow, the service the surface water system
provides; drainage of infrequent surface water and potential temporary water resource for
animals, remains unaltered. The increased volume of water flowing through the south wadi,
does not result in significant change to the height, or route of the wadi, however, it may be the
case that the entrainment of material within the flow may be increased, and result in increased
surface erosion.
Impact SW1 - Low Significance.
11.1.1.2 DEGRADATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY DUE TO RUNOFF / SPILLS
Surface water runoff could be contaminated as a result of accidental spills of hydrocarbons
from the storage, fuelling and operation of construction vehicles, and may have increased total
suspended solids as a result of the construction activity disturbing the ground.
Sanitary wastewater from the construction areas will be collected in septic tanks and will be
taken to the Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant (SWTP) at the temporary accommodation
camp. Sanitary wastewater at the camp will be collected in a piped system and deposited in a
common receiving pit for treatment at a multi-stream aerobic treatment plant. There is the
potential for contamination of surface water from leaks of overflowing septic tanks, or from
spillages during the pumping out of septic tanks which could in turn negatively impact water
quality, however, tanks are expected to be emptied regularly and have automatic alarm
system to prevent overflow.
Surface water runoff is directed to the south through the installation of permanent drainage
culverts, and the installation of temporary ditches and settling ponds. Contaminated surface
water run off is to be treated to Ministry of Water and Electricity (MOWE) discharge standards
prior to discharge to the wadi system, therefore such occurrences should be limited. Impacts
Project Name:
on groundwater due to potential fuel spillages are discussed in Section 7 Terrestrial
Environment.
11.1.1.3 DEGRADATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY DUE TO APPLICATION OF TSE
Sanitary wastewater will be treated for use as irrigation water. The relevant standards for
irrigation water are those provided by the MOWE, however in keeping with the Project
approach the standards with which Treated Sanitary wastewater Effluent (TSE) must comply
are the more stringent of those provided by MOWE, or appropriate IFC standards (identified
as the discharge limits to receiving water bodies). Where MOWE and IFC do not provide
standards, reference is made to other recognised regulations as a basis for technical
justification as per section 2.5; in this case those of the Royal Commission.
Deviation from PME / IFC standards has been applied for Total Phosphorus and Total
Nitrogen. The IFC guide value for Total Phosphorus of 2mg/l is not considered suitable for the
provision of essential nutrients such as TP for irrigation requirements, and is a standard for
discharge to receiving waters, rather than specifically for irrigation, therefore the RCER limits
of 20mg/l has been used since the MOWE does not prescribe a limit of TP for irrigation. In the
case of Total Nitrogen, the IFC value of 10mg/l was considered challenging technically, and
unlikely that a vendor guarantee would be supplied at this level as a maximum allowable
concentration. Therefore in this instance the IFC value is used as the monthly average
concentration, and a value of 35mg/l specified as the maximum allowable concentration. It is
worth note that the specified maximum value if substantially lower than the RCER limit for
Total Kjedahl Nitrogen of 60mg/l.
The limits for TSE as per the design are provided in Table 11-5.
Table 11-5: Treated Sanitary Effluent Design Limits
Parameter Max. Allowable Monthly Average
Concentration Concentration
(design values)
BOD5 concentration (mg/l) 30 10
COD concentration (mg/l) 125 50
Total Suspended Solids (mg/l) 40 10
Total Ammoniacal Nitrogen (mg/l) 5
Total Nitrogen (mg/l) 35 10
Total Phosphorus 30 20
pH 6-8.4
Turbidity (NTU) 5
FOG (mg/l) NIL
TC MPN/100ml 400 (Max.)
FC MPN/100ml 1000 (Max.) 100 (Ave.)
Min. Chlorine Residual (mg/l) 0.5
The treated water will be used to irrigate areas of vegetation around the complex. The
application of TSE may be expected to impact surface water quality only in the event of recent
application followed by a heavy rain storm causing stormwater run off which is directed to
clean surface water drainage systems to become contaminated.
Concentrations of TSE entering the surface water system as a result of heavy rainfall are
considered unlikely due to the local climate and if this was to occur would be diluted as a
result of the volume of stormwater. Thus the impact on water quality is judged to be low.
Furthermore, the poor quality and lack of use of surface water reduces the significance.
Impact SW3 Low Significance.
Project Name:
10.12 COMMISSIONING
In the commissioning phase hydro-testing of the pipes and tanks has the greatest potential to
impact on water quality and will involve substantial quantities of water. Hydro-testing requires
the testing of the pipes or tanks with water to detect leaks and to ensure that the
plant/industrial process is fully functioning before going into operation, thus waters can
become contaminated.
Table 11-6: Commissioning Phase Impact Assessment
Scope of Impact SW4 SW5
Sensitivity
Frequency Rare Infrequent
Likelihood Certain Likely
Extent Local Provincial
Magnitude Low Low
Significance Low Low
11.1.1.4 DEGRADATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY DUE TO ACCIDENTAL RELEASE

Non-potable water and some demineralised water will be required for hydro-testing of pipes
and tanks. As the raw water contains chlorides it will have to be treated before use testing
stainless steel due to potential corrosion issues. Full detail of hydro-testing is provided in
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. The anticipated
requirement for hydro-testing is for 83,000m of water, which includes 4,000m of
demineralised water. The water used during hydro-testing has the potential to collect
contaminates from the pipes, such as oils or chemicals used to treat the pipes or tanks, as
well as sediments. Hydro-test water is to be directed to contaminated stormwater ponds for
analysis to confirm conformance with irrigation water standards, prior to use for irrigation.
Hydro-test water may also be collected and stored to provide the initial water charge required
for the phosphogypsum stacks. Contaminated hydro-test water is to be treated in the
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant, with effluents evaporated, and sludges disposed to
landfill as described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development. Accidental release of potentially contaminated hydro-test water may contain
chemicals, has the potential to negatively impact on water quality.
11.1.1.5 INCREASED EROSION RESULTING FROM DISCHARGE OF TREATED WATER
A significant volume of water will be required for hydro-testing, and following analysis and/or
treatment is anticipated to be released to a pre- approved location, which is required to have
been demonstrated as having sufficient recharge / drainage capacity with the rate of flow
controlled accordingly, or stored for use as the initial charge for the phosphogypsum stacks.
Uncontrolled discharge of hydro-test water, may result in increased erosion of soils, and the
wadi system.
10.13 OPERATIONS
A full description of the types of water used during the operation of the facility is described in
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. In summary
Project Name:
operational activities with the potential to affect water quality are the flows to and within the
wadi system of storm water and water from the WWTP and the SWTP.
Scope of SW6 SW7 SW8
Impact
Receptor Medium Medium Medium
Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Rare Rare Rare
Likelihood Likely Unlikely Unlikely
Extent Provincial Provincial Provincial
Duration Short Medium Short
Magnitude Medium Low Low
11.1.1.6 ALTERATION OF SURFACE WATER FLOW

The wadi diversion will continue to operate during the operation of the Industrial Complex (see
section 11.1.1.1); to prevent flooding of the facilities. Due to the need to maintain the depth of
the diversion channel there is likely to be an annual maintenance programme. No additional
impacts over and above those identified in the construction phase are identified. Impact on
the ecosystems within the wadi system is discussed in Section 8 Biological Recourses.
Flood defences at the Umm Wual Mine comprise the construction of an artificial channel to
divert a wadi in the northern section of the mine from year 15. The diversion will comprise a
pier left in situ, while mining is undertaken around it. Where the channel does not sit on rock it
will be lined. The channel is sized to accommodate a 2 x 20 year water level, i.e. twice the 1
in 20 year flood event water level, to account for uncertainty in flood levels given the lack of
historic data available on which to base modelling. The 2 x 20 year return period is selected
as the design basis since period of use is significantly less than the design life of 25 years and
the consequences of flooding are lower. The alteration of flow is illustrated in the results of the
hydraulic modelling shown in Figure 11-8.
Project Name:
Figure 11-8: Comparison of 2 x 20 year water levels before and after wadi diversion
While the diversion alters the course of the wadi across the mine, the design ensures that
stormwater flows in this system, return to the original course at the mine boundary, thereby
retaining the flow across the border into Jordan, and the final destination of the wadi flow into
the depression to the west.
Project Name:
11.1.1.7 DEGRADATION OF WATER QUALITY DUE TO BREACH OF CONTAINMENT
The diversion of the wadi in the mine during the operation phase of the Project will not result in
a change to the existing water quality as no new processes that could result in contamination
are being introduced, indeed the approach provides a means by potential for contamination of
flood waters by mining activity are reduced. However mining activity, particularly blasting and
operation of mine vehicles in the area, and the storage of waste rock has the potential to
contaminate rain falling within the operating mine pit. The storage of waste rock in two dumps
within the mine has the potential to contaminate stormwater flowing through the wadi, however
the provision of a contact water management system mitigates this concern, except in the
event that the bunds and collection system provided in the bund are breached. Potentially
contaminated stormwater will be pumped out of the mine pit, and contact water system and
transferred to stormwater collection ponds located in the western infrastructure corridor, where
it will be tested to confirm compliance with standards before discharge. Any waters found to
be contaminated will be retained and evaporated in the ponds.
The spills or leaks resulting from material handling or storage, first flush of storm water run off
from the Industrial Complex, and any contaminated firewater will be caught in a drainage
system designed to take contaminated water to the contaminated water pond for analysis for
compliance with ambient water standards before discharge to the environment. Contaminated
water is directed to the Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant (see Section 4 Detailed
Description and Layout of the Proposed Development). Thus the potential for contamination
of the quality of surface water through the release of contaminated water from the Industrial
Complex is controlled by design.
As identified in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development the
generation of industrial wastewater are expected to be small and intermittent, as the design
maximises water reuse within the process. Irregular discharges, will be conditioned such that
they are suitable for safe discharge to the contact water system of the phosphogypsum stack
for evaporation. Runoff from the tailings management facility will also be captured by a
contact water system. In this way discharges of contaminated water to the environment are
expected only as a result of catastrophic breach of the containment and drainage systems
included within the design.
11.1.1.8 DEGRADATION OF WATER QUALITY DUE TO APPLICATION OF TSE

Sanitary wastewater will be treated for use as irrigation water as described in section 11.1.1.3.
The treated water will be used to irrigate areas of vegetation around the Industrial Complex,
for example at the Administration area, and the Maaden housing area in Waad Al Shamaal.
Although the landscaping is yet to be designed, it is assumed that 10% of the housing area,
and 2.5% of the administration area, may be landscaped and require irrigation. On this basis
1,377m3/day of TSE would be required to irrigate mixed vegetation in these areas (ADM
3 3
2004). Some 18.4m /hr, equivalent to 441.6m /day of TSE is anticipated to be generated by
the Project in operation, indicating a deficit in TSE to potential irrigation demand, which may
be resolved through water efficient landscape design, i.e. selection of xeriscape species, and
water efficient irrigation delivery systems.
The application of TSE may be expected to impact surface water quality only in the event of
recent application followed by a heavy rain storm causing stormwater run off which is directed
to clean surface water drainage systems to become contaminated.
Concentrations of TSE entering the surface water system as a result of heavy rainfall are
considered unlikely due to the local climate and if this was to occur would be diluted as a
result of the volume of stormwater. Thus the impact on water quality is judged to be low.
Furthermore, the poor quality and lack of use of surface water reduces the significance.
Project Name:
10.14 DECOMMISSIONING / CLOSURE
Decommissioning of the Industrial Complex is likely to comprise the removal of the high value
equipment, safe closure of storage ponds etc. Decommissioning is not expected to see the
complete removal of the site infrastructure. The gypsum storage facility and and tailings
storage area will remain in place and will therefore require ongoing management after project
completion.
Scope of Impact SW9
Receptor Importance / Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Rare
Likelihood Unlikely
Extent Provincial
Duration Long
Magnitude High
Effect Negative
Action Direct
Significance Medium
11.1.1.9 BREACH OF RUNOFF CONTROL/ CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

The wadi diversions installed on construction will be retained. In the case of the middle wadi;
this is required to protect the future Waad Al Shamaal City, in addition to reducing potential for
flood waters flowing across the site to pick up contaminants. The mine wadi diversion will
remain in place at closure, however, the areas surrounding the channel will have been
backfilled as part of the ongoing closure of the mine pit, and therefore allowance is made for
the wadi to naturally return to its original course. The decommissioning would have a low
magnitude of impact by providing the potential for the wadi to reinstate itself naturally. In
doing so, there may be some degree of increased percolation of wadi flow, due to the
increased permeability of the backfill material.
The removal of equipment and structures as part of decommissioning has the potential to
result in residual material from the operation process entering the local environment, however
the existing drainage and contaminated water treatment systems can remain active to
accommodate the need to continue protection during decommissioning activity.
The tailings storage facility and gypsum storage areas will be left in situ and will require
ongoing management and maintenance by Maaden to ensure that the contact water systems
provided for in the design continue to protect the environment from contaminated discharges
Unmanaged there is a high potential for breach of the bunds and containment and for
contaminated surface water run off to have a negative impact on water quality.
Impact SW9 - Medium Significance.
10.15 MITIGATION
activities on the water quality. The mitigation measures comprise a combination of physical
design features of the facility, management procedures and monitoring arrangements and are
described in the subsequent sections. The following text assesses the impacts predicted as
being of medium to high significance against appropriate mitigation measures to predict the
residual impact significance.
Project Name:
10.16 CONSTRUCTION PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Since there are no medium or high significance impacts identified for the construction phase,
the following recommendations are provided.
10.17 CONSTRUCTION PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction phase
Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and a Construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP) based on the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
(Appendix A of this ESIA). These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for
environmental and emergency response management during construction, and should
consider including:
Minimum technical standard of construction plant;
and lines of communication in the event of an emergency;
Spill control procedures, and procedures for the sound management of waste storage
areas;
Pollution prevention procedures, and best practise environmental management
techniques such as storage of plant, materials and chemicals away from
watercourses, appropriate storage of waste materials and use of spill control
measures etc;
Provision of buffer zones around sensitive areas to reduce potential impacts on
surface water systems;
Minimisation of use of plant in the wadi area;
Measures to minimise discharge velocities, and ensure compliance with discharge,
and ambient water quality standards;
substances, e.g. during refuelling,, or in waste storage, including details of measures
to be adopted to stop, contain as far as practicable on site, and clean up spills, and to
inform the relevant authorities in the event that a spill migrates (or occurs) off-site so
that appropriate regional plans can be activated; and
Further detailed recommended measures are detailed in the implementation plan included in
the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan provided in Appendix A.
The contractor should undertake regular audits of the above management plans to confirm
their ongoing effectiveness.
The EPC Contractor should:
Ensure that vehicles used to empty septic tanks are fit for purpose and operated by
trained members of staff to prevent spillage.
Construct designated refuelling and vehicle maintenance areas. These will comprise
bunded and sealed areas and all scheduled refuelling and maintenance of
construction and transportation vehicles will be undertaken within these designated
area(s).
Ensure hazardous material storage tanks, including for fuels, are located within
bunded and hard surfaced areas with adequate capacity for the volume of hazardous
materials stored within.
Provide an adequate quantity of drip trays and spill kits will be provided to contain and
recover potential releases of hazardous substances.
Project Name:
Ensure washing-out of concrete delivery, mixing and pouring plant and equipment
shall be undertaken in a designated area and all wash water shall be contained for
subsequent treatment and re-use and / or discharge.
Where possible the EPC Contractor will undertake a programme of surface water sampling to
establish the current ambient water quality. They will then continue to monitor surface water
quality to ensure that, as per PME Standards, the surface water quality does not further
exceed ambient water quality criteria.
10.18 COMMISSIONING PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Since there are no medium or high significance impacts identified for the commissioning
phase, the following recommendations are provided.
10.19 COMMISSIONING PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall undertake appropriate studies to locate an appropriate discharge
point for clean hydrotest water to ensure sufficient drainage capacity is available. The EPC
Contractor shall control the flow rate of discharge in accordance with the drainage capacity
and any other conditions applied by the PME.
The EERP developed during the construction phase shall be updated to ensure their ongoing
effectiveness, and implemented during the commissioning phase.
The EPC Contractor shall:
Prepare and implement procedures to be implemented following an accidental release
of hazardous substances, including details of containment and recovery measures to
be applied; and
Ensure suitable availability of pumps and spill mitigation materials such as absorbent
granules to contain and recover hazardous substances releases.
10.20 OPERATIONS PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Since there are no medium or high significance impacts identified for the operations phase,
the following recommendations are provided.
10.21 OPERATION PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS
Maaden shall develop, implement, audit and maintain a Project Environmental Management
and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) and an Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) (refer
to Appendix A EMMP and Appendix B EERP Outline respectively). These plans will detail
responsibilities and procedures for environmental management and environmental emergency
response during operation of the facility. This should consider including:
Routine plant inspection and maintenance schedules and procedures;
Plant start-up and shut-down procedures;
Monitoring of surface water flows, velocities and patterns and quality to confirm these
are retained as near normal conditions and possible, and to provide data for future
modelling to inform detailed design of the mine wadi diversion.
Reduction of discharge velocities to minimise erosion;
substances, including details of containment and recovery measures to be applied;
and
Procedures for co-ordinating site staff action in emergency situations with off site
stakeholders / regulators.
Project Name:
Maaden should identify suitable users / landscaped areas for the use of generated TSE and
agree arrangements with users for its supply / application. Maaden shall monitor the testing
of TSE to ensure where effluent is non-confirming it is not used for irrigation.
Maaden should ensure suitable availability of pumps and spill mitigation materials such as
absorbent materials to contain and recover hazardous substances releases.
Maaden should provide training for staff, sub-contractors and suppliers on the use of spill
mitigation materials and equipment and procedures, in the event of an emergency (including
accidental releases of hazardous substances);
Project Name:
10.22 DECOMMISSIONING / CLOSURE PHASE - IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

Significance
ID Potential
Code Significance
Mitigation
Condition report to be produced before
decommissioning identifying key issues such as
condition of lining and drainage system.
Management plan to be implemented before
Degradation of surface water quality due to decommissioning of facility, to include
SW9 Medium Low
breach of containment maintenance programme, monitoring and
reporting strategy and emergency action plan.
Implementation of a robust water quality
monitoring plan.
Project Name:
10.23 DECOMMISSIONING / CLOSURE PHASE RECOMMENDATIONS

Maaden shall further develop the outline closure plan prepared for the ESIA (see Attachment
1 to Appendix A) over the Project life, to provide adequate detail for sound, and sustainable
site decommissioning and closure. The closure plan should detail procedures for the safe and
environmentally sound removal of high value equipment and closure of moth-balled buildings,
or facilities, and ongoing management of retained features such as the backfilled mine and
phosphogypsum storage areas.
The plans should detail the procedures to be adopted for the safe decommissioning of the
facilitys tanks, pipelines, buildings and infrastructure. Furthermore, the plan should detail:
Minimum technical standard of demolition plant;
substances, e.g. during tank drain-downs, including details of containment and
recovery measures to be applied; and
Maaden shall update (or develop new), implement, maintain and audit the EERP and EEMP
so the documents remain to be adequate and effective for the decommissioning / closure
phase. This should be undertaken in the context of the detailed closure plan developed over
the course of the Project life, and in advance of decommissioning / closure.
Maaden should investigate the extent of increased permeability of the mine backfill, to
determine potential impacts of removing the mine wadi diversion and allowing the wadi to
reinstate itself.
Following decommissioning and demolition of the facility, a survey of the surface water quality
at the site should be completed to confirm that the presence and operation of the facility has
not led to an unacceptable deterioration of the quality of surface water. Should contamination
be identified that could have been caused by the facility, a specific remedial plan will be
developed to define the extent of contamination and remedial measures to be implemented.
Project Name:
12.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS
10.24 INTRODUCTION
This Section provides an understanding of the social and cultural context of the Umm Wual
Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex area and identifies and evaluates
the potential socio-economic and cultural impacts upon the lives and circumstances of the
people, their families and their communities in the vicinity of the Project; specifically Turaif,
and the study area identified in Figure 12-1.
National, regional and local socio-economic characteristics are described, including economy;
population and demographics; employment; education; culture; municipal and social services;
and land use and ownership. The impact of the Project is assessed using the methodology
detailed in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology and assesses changes in the four
following key socio-economic parameters:
Effects of the project on socio-economic indicators;
Involvement of local manpower in project operation;
Changes in land use and natural resources; and
Changes in archaeological, cultural and heritage sites.
Maadens commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is based on a four pillar
approach to ethics, the environment, community commitment and employee commitment
(Maaden 2012) and Maaden recognises that responsible behaviour earns the trust of
stakeholders affected by its projects. As such Maadens commitment to CSR outlines an
obligation of positive contribution to the well being of employees, the environment, economy
and society and is aligned to the Sustainable Development Framework of the International
Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM). The Framework, comprising a set of 10 principles is
actively incorporating into day to day operations to ensure international best practises are
adopted and adhered to. Those of particular relevance to this Section of the ESIA are:
Principle 3: Uphold fundamental human rights and respect cultures, customs and values in
dealing with employees and others who are affected by Maaden activities.
Principle 9: Contribute to the social, economic and institutional development of the
communities in which Maaden operates.
Principle 10: Implement effective and transparent engagement, communication and
independently verified reporting arrangements with Maaden stakeholders.
Consideration of Maadens Corporate CSR approach, the relevant ICMM principles,
International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards and Maadens Project
Manual Environment and Communities Assurance has been central to the socio-economic
assessment. The findings of this Section will inform the development of Maadens Social
Impact Management Plan (SIMP) for the Project.
In order to determine a baseline for the assessment, identifying impacts upon socio-economic
characteristics and propose mitigation where necessary, the methodology described by 10.25
has been employed.
10.25 PROFILING BASELINE CONDITIONS
The establishment of baseline socio-economic conditions, including an archaeology and
cultural heritage baseline for the Project has been undertaken using a combination of review
of existing published information including government reports and statistics, academic
studies, news reports, and any other available literature, and sourcing primary data from the
community via stakeholder engagement activities, specifically interviews with local
stakeholders and socio-economic questionnaires.
The information reviewed whilst profiling baseline socio-economic conditions is summarised
below in Table 12-1, and is elaborated in Section 20 Reference List.
Project Name:
Table 12-1: Information Reviewed for Profiling Baseline Conditions
Aspect Information Reviewed
Socio-economic Indicators Demographic patterns, social structure, local
economy
Local infrastructure, educational system and health
and other services
Employment and Local Manpower Occupational statistics, educational levels and
manpower skill
Locally available raw materials, supplies and
services for the project
Land Use and Natural Resources Current land use patterns, including grazing area,
agricultural sector, and availability of natural
resources, such as groundwater and surface water
Archaeological, Cultural and Sites that are deemed to have cultural
Heritage Sites significance, archaeological and heritage sites
The Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) developed for the Project outlines the approach to
be taken in supporting the communications and engagement objectives and processes
required to support successful delivery of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project. The SEP
identifies the range of people and organisations that may be regarded as stakeholders in the
Project and describes the strategy to be used for engaging with these stakeholders in a
culturally appropriate manner. The establishment of baseline socio-economic conditions has
been undertaken in accordance with the SEP and Maadens Social Impact Assessment
Guidelines and Minimum Requirements.
In compliance with the World Bank guidelines, stakeholder engagement has also been
undertaken in determining the project baseline and to capture potential socio-economic
impacts. Consulted parties have included local Government officials, local Community
Representatives and herders.
12.1.1 EXISTING STUDIES AND SURVEYS
Over and above the publically available baseline data available from government departments,
official websites and articles, the Project has access to the results of a number of previous
stakeholder engagement activities undertaken in the Northern Borders Province in connection
with the development of the Northern Phosphates projects.
These include:
Maaden ongoing engagement with the Turaif Chambers of Commerce;
SRK (2000) Environmental Baseline Assessment Studies for the Northern Phosphate
Project Sites, Saudi Arabia which addressed baseline status of a number of sites including
Umm Wual; and
Environmental Consulting Bureau (2006) Community Impact Assessment for the Al
Jalamid Mine located approximately 100km south east of the Project site.
While these studies provide useful context, the passage of time since their completion, and
their different spheres of interest warrant completion of a new Project specific stakeholder
consultation to obtain an up to date understanding of the potential socio-economic impacts of
the Project. This consultation also provides an opportunity to provide local stakeholders with
an update on the proposed project activities.
12.1.2 LOCAL STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
In order to obtain baseline information at the local level and to help determine the attitudes of
local residents and government officials regarding the project, a community survey was
Project Name:
undertaken in January 2013. The socio-economic survey involved provision of a Project
briefing followed by interview or completion of an audience specific socio-economic
questionnaire provided to the target stakeholder groups; Government representatives, and the
wider community.
Consultation with Government representatives involved the issue of the socio-econmic
questionnaire, followed by face to face interviews with the following:
Governor of Turaif, Faris Al Nuaimi;
President of Municipality, Mr. Ayed Ben Ayash Al Inizi;
President of Education in Turaif, Mr. Ahmed Ben Salim Al Shareef;
Manager of Labor Office in Turaif, Mr. Abdulla Nazel Al Rouwaily;
Manager of Utilities in Turaif Municipality, Mr. Hussain Ali Al Khlaif; and
Manager of Public Relations of Turaif Municipality, Mr. Thabt Ben Jaddou Al Rouwaily.
The Government representatives provided valuable information to contribute towards
establishing the baseline for the project and also gave permission to conduct a community
survey within Turaif.
In order to obtain views and feedback from a range of respondents within the local community,
the socio-economic survey utilised a number of approaches to reach both men and women of
different age ranges, and socio-economic backgrounds. The approach was particularly
successful in obtaining views from female respondents, who generally participate less actively
in this type of survey.
The community socio-economic survey involved the distribution of approximately 200 survey
questionnaires within Turaif, and the Project area, with 106 people completing and returning
the survey between the 4th to the 10th January 2013. Answers were either written by the
respondent or given verbally and recorded by the project team (fewer than 10 respondents
answered verbally). The results of the survey are provided in Appendix I
The following groups were included in the community survey:
Education sector questionnaires were distributed to male and female teachers and
students in local schools;
Health sector a project briefing was provided and the socio-economic questions posed
orally. Respondents were primarily female nurses and their answers were recorded by
the project team;
General community
A visit to an "Esteraha" (a villa that a group of people collect money to rent or buy for
evening enjoyment with friends) allowed the project briefing to be delivered before
distribution of the socio-economic questionnaires. Some of those present also offered
to distribute questionnaires to friends not present at the time;
Proprietors and customers in the local marketplace, which included a hotel, pharmacy,
and other shops were approached; and
One water tanker owner, and herder employed by a Jordanian livestock owner was
consulted with in the area of the project.
Employment of those who responded to the survey include, in order of frequency, teacher;
nurse; student; municipal employee; military; engineer; pharmacist; businessman; and retired.
Approximately 10% of respondents indicated that they are currently unemployed. There was
diversity in the age, educational level and economic status of respondents.
The age and gender of respondents is given in
Table 12-2 below.
Project Name:
Table 12-2: Age and Gender of Community Survey Respondents

Age Male Female Total
0-19 17 3 20
20-29 26 8 34
30-39 19 3 22
40-49 4 1 5
50-59 - - -
60-69 - - -
>70 1 - 1
Age not specified 9 10 19
Total 76 25 101
The following sections present the findings of the work undertaken to establish the socio-
economic baseline.
Included below is background information on the socio-economic situation in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia (KSA), regionally within the Northern Borders Province and locally in the vicinity
of the Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex. The national
level information helps to provide a context for the proposed project.
12.1.3 NATIONAL SOCIAL BACKGROUND

12.1.3.1 THE SAUDI ECONOMY
The economy of the KSA was agriculture-based with a largely nomadic population until oil was
discovered in the 1930s, and it was not until the oil crisis of the 1970s that the countrys
economy began to grow rapidly. The Kingdom possesses approximately one-fifth of the
worlds proven petroleum reserves is the worlds largest exporter of oil. KSA plays a leading
role in the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), and has the highest
Gros Domestic Product (GDP) in the Gulf Co-operation Council (GCC) region (CIA, .
Historically, the economy has been tightly controlled and focussed on exploitation of the
Kingdoms oil reserves, however, private sector growth, a policy to encourage employment of
more Saudi nationals and increased diversification of the economy are a priority. Indeed
Saudi Arabia acceded to the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2005, to attract foreign
investment and to help to diversify the economy. Table 12-3 illustrates the continued growth
of the Saudi economy and the strong correlation between Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and
the average price of oil.
Project Name:
Table 12-3: Selected Economic Indicators of the Saudi Economy
Indicators 2008 2009 2010 2011
Estimated population (million) 25.79 26.66 27.56 28.37
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) at current 1,786.1 1,412.6 1,709.7 2,239.1
prices (billion Riyals)
GDP at constant prices of 1999 (billion Riyals) 836.1 836.9 879.8 941.8
Inflation rate (consumer prices) 9.9 5.1 5.3 5.0
Average price of Arabian light oil (US$)* 94.77 61.38 77.75 107.80
Export of goods (billion Riyals)** 1,154.0 697.3 922.1 1,343.2
Import of goods Cost, Insurance and Freight 431.8 358.3 400.7 493.7
(billion Riyals)
Ratio of current account surplus to GDP 27.8 5.6 14.6 26.5
Current account 496.2 78.6 250.3 594.2
Notes:
*Organisation of the Petroleum Exporting Countries sources
**Including oil export plus other exports (of which re-export plus bunker oil)
Source: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency (SAMA), 48th Annual Report (2012)
The strong ratio of current account surplus to GDP enables increased spending on job training
and education, as infrastructure development and government salaries with a particular view
to reducing unemployment among the Saudi population.
12.1.3.2 NATIONAL ECONOMIC ACTIVITY
The petroleum sector accounts for approximately 80% of budget revenues, 45% of GDP, and
90% of export earnings (CIA, 2013).
The Kingdoms ambitious diversification programme is aimed at expanding the existing
manufacturing base into areas including logistics and transport, technology, medicine and
finance. The Saudi government has made it a priority to diversify the industrial sector to
reduce dependence on oil extraction and refinement (Ministry of Economy and Planning
2010). The diversification programme is expected to increase national GDP by more than
20% by the year 2020, and includes the establishment of following Economic Cities currently
under development:
King Abdullah Economic City in Rabigh;
Knowledge Economic City in Madinah;
Prince Abdulaziz bin Mousaed Economic City in Hail; and
Jazan Economic City located south of Jeddah.
A further two economic cities are also planned in Tabuk and Eastern province.
The programme, initiated by the Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority (SAGIA) is
expected to create more than a million jobs within the next 15-20 years, creating opportunities
for Saudi nationals. SAGIA intends to capitalize on the opportunity of building new cities with
state-of-the-art technology.
Further steps to diversify the economy have also been taken through the development of the
Jubail and Yanbu industrial cities, situated on the Arabian Gulf and the Red Sea, respectively.
The cities use natural gas and natural gas liquids, as well as other refined products from the
nations oil industry, to manufacture products that in turn supply non-oil related industries. As
Project Name:
a result, more than 90% of the KSAs non-oil exports are now made up of industrial products
including plastics, metal goods, construction materials and electrical appliances (Royal
Embassy of Saudi Arabia, Washington DC, 2013).
Table 12-4 below provides a comparison of GDP for different industry sectors operating in
Saudi Arabia, and illustrates that mining and manufacturing, the key sectors forming this
Project, currently represent just 14% of GDP.
Table 12-4: GDP (1999 constant prices) by Type of Economic Activity in Saudi Arabia
Producers values at current prices (Saudi Riyal million)
2008 2009 2010r 2011p
Production Sector
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 39,731 39,536 39,986 41,086
Mining and quarrying 2,962 3,036 3,102 3,216
Manufacturing* 103,509 105,100 111,759 125,931
Electricity, gas and water 14,018 14,973 16,161 17,003
Building and construction 57,629 57,982 62,518 69,843
Total 217,849 220,627 233,526 257,079
Service Sector
Trade, hotels, etc. 71,212 72,992 79,190 84,792
Transport, storage and communications 55,822 59,946 65,137 72,063
Finance, insurance and real estate, etc.** 89,253 91,648 93,142 96,154
Community, social and personal svc 31,028 32,267 34,171 37,390
Government services 145,210 152,510 162,926 173,261
Total 392,525 409,363 434,566 463,660
Non-oil Sector Total 610,374 629,990 668,092 720,739
Oil Sector
Crude oil and natural gas 216,104 197,095 201,433 210,354
Import duties 9,655 9,853 10,259 10,756
Oil Sector Total 225,759 206,948 211,692 221,110
GDP Total 836,133 836,938 879,784 941,849
Notes:
r
Revised
p
Preliminary
*Including oil refining
**Excluding bank service charges
[Source: Central Department of Statistics & Information (2010)]
12.1.3.3 POPULATION AND DEMOGRAPHICS

Up until the 1960s, most of the population was nomadic or semi-nomadic, but the recent rapid
economic growth has resulted in more than 95% of the population now being settled. As of
2011, urbanisation had reached 85%. Some cities and oases now have densities of more
than 1,000 people per square kilometre according to the 2004 and 2010 Census records.
Project Name:
Table 12-5: The Population of Saudi Arabia by Age and Nationality
Age Saudi % of Age Non- % of Age Combined Age
Group Group Saudi Group Group %
of Total
Combined
0-14 6,752,100 83% 1,359,600 16% 8,111,700 32%
15-39 8,049,700 70% 3,534,900 31% 11,584,600 45%
40-64 3,099,800 62% 1,864,400 38% 4,964,200 20%
>65 641,600 90% 71,400 10% 713,000 3%
Total 18,543,200 73% 6,830,300 27% 25,373,500 100%
[Source: CDSI (2010)]
The total fertility rate is 2.26 children born per woman. The fertility rate has declined
significantly, but still remains high, corresponding to a low contraceptive prevalence rate
(World Bank, 2009). Child and infant mortality rates are relatively low for the region, but are
high compared to the rest of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf (GCC)
member countries.
Table 12-6: Infant Mortality Rates for GCC Member Countries (2012 estimate)
Country Deaths/1,000 Live Births
Bahrain 10.20
Kuwait 7.87
Oman 14.95
Qatar 6.81
Saudi Arabia 15.61
United Arab Emirates 11.59
[Source: Central Intelligence Agency (2013)]
12.1.3.4 EMPLOYMENT PROFILE

In 2009, the 10.5% unemployment rate for Saudi nationals was almost double the total
unemployment rate of 5.7% for the KSA (Saudi nationals and non-Saudi). The total
unemployment rate for those aged 20-24 was 30.2%, with 39.3% for Saudi nationals in the
same age bracket (CDSI, 2010).
Project Name:
Table 12-7: Employment by Sector in the KSA
2008r 2009r 2010p 2011p
Total employment (1,000s) 8,017.3 8,148.0 8,840.0 9,935.0
Saudi 3,756.7 3,838.0 3,956.1 4,143.1
Non-Saudi 4,260.6 4,310.0 4,883.9 5,792.4
Distribution of total employment
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 303.7 331.1 368.8 428.6
Manufacturing* 525.0 699.9 793.3 941.2
Building and construction 1,025.4 964.7 1,092.1 1,293.7
Trade, hotels, etc. 1,556.9 1,646.0 1,809.5 2,068.3
Community, social and personal services** 2,184.1 2,279.1 2,442.4 2,701.0
Government services 1,497.5 1,540.1 1,561.4 1,595.3
Others*** 924.9 687.1 772.5 907.4
Notes:
r
Revised
p
Preliminary estimates
*Includes manufacturing industry, mining, electricity, gas & water
**Collective & social services, families, health, social work & education
***Includes financial mediation, real estate activities, international organisations, transport,
storage and telecommunications; revised; preliminary estimate
[Based on CDSI Population & Housing Census (2010) and Manpower Survey Reports)]
Saudi Arabia relies upon a large non-national workforce with the Saudi economy employing
nearly six million foreign workers, particularly in the oil and service sectors. The diversification
efforts discussed above are largely aimed at employing Saudi nationals and reducing the
unemployment rate among its citizens. The large Saudi youth population generally lacks the
education and technical skills required by the private sector, therefore, the Government is
building new universities, such as the King Abdallah University of Science and Technology, in
an effort to tackle this.
Following the CDSI release of quarterly unemployment figures in May 2012 Arab News reports
unemployment in Saudi women as reaching 36% in 2012. According to a 2009 World Bank
report, an estimated 70% of working women were expatriate female workers employed in jobs
that Saudi women could perform, for example, retail, manufacturing and services. Saudi
female labour force participation is concentrated in the education sector. Seventy-eight
percent of unemployed women hold university degrees (Banque Saudi Fransi, 2011). Strict
segregation laws and special facilities for women employees make it expensive for employers
to hire women, particularly in the private sector.
12.1.3.5 NATIONAL EDUCATION
When the KSA was established in 1932, very few people had access to education. Now the
educational system is open to all citizens and students are provided with free education, books
and health services.
Today there are approximately 25,000 schools and 24 public and 8 private universities. A
government scholarship program was also implemented in 2005 to provide tuition and living
expenses for young Saudi nationals to attend universities in countries such as Canada, the
United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, France, Germany and
Switzerland. The King Abdullah University of Science and Technology was recently opened
and is the Kindgoms first co-educational university.
Project Name:
Education of girls in Saudi Arabia has increased in recent decades. Following the opening of
the first government school for girls in 1964, by 2000 every administrative region of the
Kingdom had schools for girls. Nowadays, females make up more than half of the Saudi
schools and universities population.
12.1.3.6 GOVERNANCE
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is a monarchy based on Islam. The government is headed by
the King, who is also the commander in chief of the military. The King appoints a Crown
Prince who is second in line to the throne.
The King governs with the help of the Council of Ministers, also called the Cabinet, formed of
22 government ministries. The King is also advised by a legislative body called the
Consultative Council (Majlis Al-Shura). The Consultative Council proposes new laws and
amends existing ones. It consists of 150 members who are appointed by the King for four-year
terms that can be renewed.
The country is divided into 13 provinces, with a governor and deputy governor in each, with its
own council that advises the governor and deals with the development of the province.
12.1.3.7 LEGAL SYSTEM
The judicial system and all legal matters in Saudi Arabia are based on Islamic law (Shariah)
for both criminal and civil cases. Shariah presumes that a defendant is innocent until proven
guilty, and only in serious crimes or in cases of repeat offenders is one likely to witness severe
punishments.
The Saudi court system consists of three main parts; the largest being the Shariah Courts,
which hear most cases in the Saudi legal system. The Shariah courts are organised into
several categories:
Courts of the First Instance (Summary and General Courts);
Courts of Cassation; and
The Supreme Judicial Council.
King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz Al Saud sits at the top of the Saudi legal system and acts as the
final court of appeal and as a source of pardon.
Supplementing the Shariah courts is the Board of Grievances, which hears cases that involve
the government. The third part of the Saudi court system consists of various committees within
government ministries that address specific disputes, such as labour issues.
In April 2005, a royal order approved in principle a plan to reorganize the judicial system,
which was approved by a royal order in October 2007. Changes include the establishment of a
Supreme Court and special commercial, labour and administrative courts.
12.1.3.8 RELIGION
The KSA is an Islamic theocratic monarchy. Islam is the official religion of the Kingdom and it
is required by law that all Saudi citizens be Muslims. The Government does not legally
recognise or protect freedom of religion. The public practice of non-Muslim religions is
prohibited, which is enforced by the Saudi Mutaween, or Committee for the Propagation of
Virtue and the Prevention of Vice. According to a Pew Forum report (2009), approximately
97% of the total population is Muslims, of these; 85-90% are Sunni Muslim and 10-15% are
Shia Muslim.
12.1.3.9 CULTURE
The cultural heritage of Saudi Arabia is largely influenced by Islamic heritage, the role of the
country as a trade centre, and Bedouin traditions.
Project Name:
The protection of cultural heritage has been entrusted to the Department of Culture at the
Ministry of Culture and Information. Other institutions that promote culture include the King
Fahd Library in Riyadh, which offers one of the largest collections of rare manuscripts on
Arabic and Islamic literature; the National Museum in Riyadh, which is the largest museum in
Saudi Arabia; and the Saudi Arabian Society for Culture and Arts. The Department of
Museums and Antiquities has responsibility for safeguarding the Kingdoms cultural heritage.
Saudi Arabia places emphasis on preserving its Islamic archaeological heritage. In addition to
Makkah and Madinah, there are a large number of mosques within the KSA, such as those
built by the first caliphs after the death of the Prophet Muhammad, which have been subject to
restoration. The restoration of the old Qasr Al-Hokm area in Riyadh and old Dariya, is an
example of the KSA's commitment to maintaining and preserving its cultural heritage for the
benefit of its citizens. Similar restoration work of old quarters has been undertaken other cities
around the KSA, such as Jeddah and Hail.
Traditional and cultural values are enforced by the Committee for the Promotion of Virtue and
the Prevention of Vice. These values include the prohibition of alcoholic beverages and pork
products, prohibition of driving and cycling by women, enforcement of conservative dress, with
women wearing the abayah, segregation of unrelated males and females and closure of stores
and shops during prayer times.
Bedouin constitute only a small portion of the total population of the Middle East although the
area they inhabit is large due to their once nomadic lifestyle. The Bedouins were traditionally
divided into tribes organised on several levels and governed by tribal chieftains, or Sheikhs,
who were elected by tribal elders. The individual family unit (known as a tent or bayt), which
typically consisted of three or four adults and any number of children, would adopt a semi-
nomadic pastoral lifestyle, migrating throughout the year following water and plant resources.
Royal Tribes traditionally herded camels, whilst others herded sheep, and goats. The fertile
crescent of Arabia was in the past known for its lucrative import trade of items such as exotic
herbs and spices, gold, ivory and livestock, and the nomadic Bedouin were often mobile
markets of this trade.
Many Bedouin now adopt a modern lifestyle owing to Government appropriation of lands,
reductions in their grazing ranges and increases in population, as well as the changes brought
about by the discovery and development of oil fields in the region.
12.1.4 REGIONAL AND LOCAL SOCIAL BACKGROUND
The Northern Borders Province comprises the northern most part of the KSA and is the least
populated province of Saudi Arabia. It has an area of 111,797 km and a population of
320,524, according to the 2010 census. For centuries it has been famous for its pastoral land
and as a trade passage linking the Arabian Peninsula with the ancient civilizations of Iraq and
Syria.
Arar is the capital of the Northern Borders Province and is characterized by its strategic
location on the international road linking the GCC countries, Jordan, Syria and Lebanon.
Rafha and Turaif are the main administrative districts.
Turaif is the nearest town to the Umm Wual area, approximately 40km to the south-west of
the proposed project site. Highway 85 bisects Turaif into "Old" Turaif to the north and "New"
Turaif to the south. Prior to 1952, the town consisted of only a few tents and tin houses and
had a population of only 700. The Trans-Arabian Pipeline (the Tapline oil pipeline) project of
the late 1940s to early 1950s led to the development of housing and the city of Turaif was
established. In the late 1970s the Real Estate Development Fund began to provide loans,
which further encouraged development and construction of infrastructure.
12.1.4.1 ECONOMY
In 2011, the Northern Borders Province had approximately 15,000 commercial establishments
representing 1.5% of those in the KSA, however just 3,309 Saudis (4%) were working in the
private sector, and 7% of the population receives social security payments (SAMA 2012).
Historically the economy of Turaif has been underdeveloped. The town grew as a result of the
Trans Arablian Pipeline (Tapline) and some local people were employed by Saudi Aramco on
Project Name:
the project. However the Tapline Company ceased to operate in 2002, and the local economy
is reliant on the Government as the main employer.
General opinion of the Project, and the wider development of the Waad Al Shamaal City,
appears to be positive within the business community, with the Turaif Chamber of Commerce
viewing the Project as an opportunity for employment for local men and women as well as
local business/community enhancement. Within the wider community approximately 10% of
respondents to the socio-economic survey undertaken as part of the ESIA considered there
would be no positive economic benefits for the local community, with concerns focussed
around an influx of foreign workers and associated reduction in social services and/or increase
in cost of living in Turaif.
12.1.4.2 POPULATION AND DEMOGRAPHICS
The Northern Borders Province accommodates 1.2% of the total Saudi population, and has
the lowest population density in the country. The population of Turaif, according to the 2010
census, is detailed in Table 12-8. From the 2004 census to the 2010 census, the population of
Turaif increased by 6,323 people, or 15%.
Table 12-8: Turaif Population
Saudis Non-Saudis Total
Male Female Male Female Male Female Total
20,142 19,908 6,252 1,806 26,394 21,714 48,108
12.1.4.3 EMPLOYMENT PROFILE

Employment in the Turaif area is primarily provided in livestock, trading, teaching, the health
sector and governmental sector. A large percentage of the married female population are not
employed. Most of the population has a low level of training for technical jobs; however, the
city does provide some summer training programs on computers and technical sciences for its
inhabitants.
The Governor of Turaif estimates that the unemployment rate for the general population is
approximately 15%, higher than the National figure. However the Governor considered the
rate to be closer to 40% for those with a high school education. As an example of the high
unemployment rate, a job posted by the municipality for a heavy vehicle driver requiring no
skills, drew applications from candidates with all levels of education.
Average income is approximately 8,000 SAR per family per month. According to Mr. Ahmed
Ben Salim Al Shareef, the president of education in Turaif and Mr Abdulla Nazel Al Rouwaily
the manager of the labour office in Turaif, wages range from 5,000-15,000 SAR per month.
Within each household, at least one person takes support from the Hafez (incentive) program,
which supports unemployed people for two years with 2,000 SAR per month with the condition
the loan be repaid once the person is employed.
Employed respondents to the January 2013 community consultation survey willing to provide
salary information allow calculation of a monthly salary range of 4,000 to 18,000 SAR
(approximately $1,000 to $4,800). However, the majority of respondents supplying this
information reported having salaries below 10,000 SAR (c. $2,600) per month.
More than half of the respondents indicated that they were interested in seeking employment
with the Project, while approximately 25% of respondents said that they would not seek
employment from Maaden. Many respondents indicated that they hoped the project would
bring training and job opportunities for local residents. However, a number of respondents
were worried that local residents would not have the necessary skills for employment by the
Project, including English language skills, and that foreign workers would be employed in
preference to local people.
Project Name:
12.1.4.4 LOCAL EDUCATION
The Northern Borders Province has a total of 91,948 students in 379 schools being taught by
6756 teachers. The average pupil to teacher ration is therefore 13:1.
According to Mr. Ahmed Ben Salim Al Shareef, the President of Education in Turaif, 80% of
the population have a high school education. Twenty percent of those with a high school
education have higher degrees as well. The remaining 20% of the population either achieved
only elementary school level, intermediate school level, or are illiterate (primarily older people).
Educational institutions in the local area include:
College of Sociology (Female and Male);
Branch of Arar University to teach Humanities, Science and Literature (opening soon)
Vocational Institute (Male only)
Mechanic
IT
Electricity
58 male and female schools
4 Kindergartens
5 Centres for Adult Learning
12.1.4.5 MUNICIPAL AND SOCIAL SERVICES
Turaif has standard municipal and social services including the provision of public access
routes (pavements), lighting of public spaces, waste management; and pest control as well as
landscaping programmes such as tree planting.
There is currently no central sewage system, provided for Turaif, however this is currently
under construction. Sewerage is managed through localised septic tanks, the contents of
which are deposited at the local landfill. This landfill accepts all municipal and commercial and
light industrial wastes. Several respondents indicated that they are waiting for sewage
treatment services to be developed and others stated that improved waste management
services were required.
Other services include a general hospital with 200 beds, four operating rooms and one
emergency room; four general public health centres (one operates on a night shift); two
specialised health centres (one dental and one diabetes); and three private health centres.
The general hospital is capable of treating all injuries, with the exception of chemical injuries.
Three banks are available in Turaif, Al Rajhi, Riyadh and Ahli. There are 70 small mosques
and 6 large mosques that hold Friday Prayer and Quran reading schools for both male and
female. There are a number of charities in the town and a Human Resources Bureau will soon
be opening. The town also hosts a Falcon Festival.
The services have been increasing, but have not been able to keep up with the rapid
population growth of the town, according to the President of the Municipality. Respondents
indicated that they hoped the project would bring improved schools and hospitals, improved
infrastructure and parks.
12.1.4.6 LAND OWNERSHIP
There are no inhabited areas within the immediate project site; however, research was
conducted to determine ownership of the land and current land use.
The lands upon which the Project is to be developed are Government owned and managed
lands which have been assigned to Maaden for this purpose. Nonetheless the land
ownership status was confirmed locally. Untitled documents, obtained from the Municipality of
Turaif, indicate no ownership of lands within the Project site. These do however reveal that
the chicken farm currently located to the South-west of the Project site, and just outside the
wider Waad Al Shamaal boundary limit as been assigned lands at an alternate location. An
Project Name:
un-permitted rock crusher was found to be operating in the area, but the owner of the rock
crusher does not own the lands it is operating on. Another parcel of land is owned privately by
Mr. Ahmed Abdulaziz Al Rebaish. This land is not located within the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project boundaries, but is within the proposed Waad Al-Shamaal project boundaries.
It has been determined that ownership of the proposed Phosphate Project land is not in
dispute.
12.1.4.7 LAND USE
There are no existing settlements or commercial and industrial activities in the Project area,
and as such, there are no sources of employment. There are no healthcare, educational or
community facilities or Government offices in the immediate Project area, all such activity is
confined to Turaif. There is no electrical power or telephone system, and water is obtained
from government wells located along the highways (SOFRECO Technip, 2012). There are no
records of historic mining in the area of the Umm Wual, the only activity being the trial mining
activities of Maaden, which is within the Border Security Zone, which is 10km wide and runs
adjacent to the actual border. Access to this zone is strictly controlled.
There are very few Bedouin family groups in the Project area due to its remoteness, poor
grazing and proximity to the borders with Jordan and Iraq. Those present move into and out of
the area depending on the rainfall and the quality of grazing dictates. The fieldwork
undertaken as part of the ESIA identified that lands in the area are used for the raising of
livestock, however, it was observed that herders, employed by owners living in Turaif, and
indeed in Jordan, bought fodder and water in tankers with them, and periodically rotated
location of the livestock. As such the baseline assessment determined that the Project did not
impact indigenous people, or involve any involuntary resettlement.
In July 2012 surveys were conducted by Maaden to determine land use in the Project area.
These were augmented with observations of herders, and other land user during the course of
the ESIA fieldwork. Figure 12-0-1 illustrates these observations. It should be noted however,
herders locations is changeable, and point observations do not necessarily represent the
quantum of activity in the field.
Figure 12-0-1: Observation of Livestock Herders in 2012 and 2013

Project Name:
Responses to the January 2013 community consultation survey provided a further indication of
land use by the local population within the Project area. Fourteen percent of respondents
indicated that they or their family use the proposed project lands, primarily for livestock
grazing, but also for camping, entertainment, hunting and agriculture. A further 4% indicated
use of lands adjacent to the proposed Project for grazing or camping, whereas 67% of
respondents advised that they do not use the adjacent lands. Twenty-two respondents
indicated that knew people other than themselves or immediate family members who use the
land currently, while 58 did not. Thirty-five people answered that the project will affect their
plans for future use of the Project and adjacent lands, while 45 said that it will not. It is noted
that although the observed locations of herder encampments are not recorded within the
Project footprint, they are observed within the wider Waad Al Shamaal area.
One-third of respondents believe that the project will affect future access to water in the area,
while another third believe the opposite.
Eighteen respondents (17%) expressed the view that the Project would affect biological
resources, however approximately 50% of respondents considered it would not affect
biological resources and/or that there were no biological resources in the project area.
Concerns were expressed about the impact of increased pollution and traffic on the area, and
the Harrat Al Harrah Protected Area.
12.1.4.8 LOCAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A number of archaeological sites are listed as located within the Northern Borders Province.
These are predominately located to the east of the Project site and frequently include the
remains of villages, tombs and ancient wells. The following are located in proximity to the
provincial capital, Arar, which is approximately 200km to the south-east of the Umm Wual
project site (distance from Arar indicated in brackets); Wadi Hutaymi and Aslal (12km), Ar-
rowaythiyya *200km), wadi Aluwaysi (25km), and Judayydat Arar (75m). The most prominent
archaeological site in the Northern Borders region of the Kingdom is Darb Zubaydah; the part
of the ancient pilgrimage route "Darb Zubaydah", extending from Kufa (Iraq) to Al-Madinah Al-
Munawwarah and Makkah Al-Mokarrmah. It is named after Zubaydah, the wife of the Abbasid
Caliph Haroon Al-Rasheed, who developed and provided many charitable facilities to the
pilgrims all along the route. Some of the remains of those facilities are preserved such as
several camping stations provided with water facilities, wells, water reservoirs, housing
structures, remains of paved track and way marks.
The Linah area also contains several archaeological sites, which reveal mostly stone artifacts,
including stone circles which date back to the Neolithic period, in addition to pottery shards
and glass pieces, which are attributed to the Nabataean and early Islamic period. (Alnokhbah
undated)
Some 35km to the west of Turaif is the Doqara site which covers an area of 5,850m2 and
includes the foundations of a palace believed to date to the late Roman period and was in use
until the early Islamic times. It is believed that some buildings at Doqara belong to the
Umayyad period. Additionally, the manager of the labour office in Turaif also stated that there
is an archaeological site inside Turaif called Al Qarou. The government is currently carrying
out a planning process to establish the site as an official archaeological site
While there appears to be some local archaeological finds in the region, the previous baseline
study undertaken by SRK in 2000, concluded that there were no archaeological artefacts
within the immediate Project area, with the exception of a number of small cairns built on the
slightly elevated portions of the pediplain, which were not considered to indicate significant
archaeological sites.
A small number of respondents to the January 2013 community consultation survey proposed
other resources that should be investigated further are:
Qaraker, located near to the project area;
Archaeological places located along Gurayat/Turaif highway;
Mountains of Umm Wual;
Project Name:
Heritage place in Turaif Desert (location unknown); and
Al Thai, Umm Wual and Wuaila Mountains;
Six percent of respondents suggested that gravesites may exist within the Project area, with
one respondent advising his grandfather is buried there and another indicated that there is a
grave named Butain located in the area. Concern was expressed by some respondents that
gravesites will be disturbed by the Project.
The following section considers and assesses the potential impacts, both negative and
positive, that the proposed Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex may have upon the socio-economic factors identified by the baseline. Consideration
has been given to impacts associated with the construction, operation and decommissioning
stages of the Project. Each aspect has been assessed subjectively in accordance with the
methodology outlined by Chapter 5 Impact Assessment Methodology.
The Project represents the initial development of and anchor for the proposed Waad Al-
Shamaal City development; the primary purpose of which is to promote economic
development in the northern region of the KSA by establishing a regional business centre
attractive to investors, which will generate job opportunities and enhance development of the
regions human resources through training and education, and capitalise on existing national
assets, such as railroads, to support the development. This impact assessment considers the
impacts of the Project only; it does not attempt to quantify or assess the impacts of the wider
Waad Al Shamaal city. Nonetheless it should be recognised that the Waad Al Shamaal city
development represents a substantial socio-economic development, generating industrial and
commercial business, supporting infrastructure, and residential communities with associated
direct and indirect employment opportunities, and challenges for the local population.
12.1.5 CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS
Construction of the Project is expected to last for approximately 30 months of a total project
lifetime of 20 years, and is divided into early works and the main construction period.
Specific potential impacts on the socio-economic environment due to construction activities
are summarised in and discussed in the following text. Impacts associated with traffic, utility
use, and health and safety of the local community, are addressed in the relevant sections of
this ESIA; Section 13 - Traffic and Transport Infrastructure, Section 14 Utilities Infrastructure
and Usage, and Section 15 - Health and Safety Aspects respectively.
Project Name:
Table 12-9: Construction Phase Impacts Assessment
Factor SE01 SE02 SE03 SE04 SE05 SE06 SE07 SE08
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Rare Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely Likely Unlikely Likely Likely Likely
Extent Local Provincial National Local Local Regional Local International
Duration Short Short Short Short Short Short Short Short
Magnitude Low Low Medium Medium High Medium High Medium
Effect Positive Positive Positive Positive Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Indirect
Significance Low Low Low Low Medium Low Medium Low
Project Name:
12.1.5.1 ECONOMIC GROWTH DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The construction stage of the Project is expected to employ up to 10,000 workers; the majority
of which are expected to be expatriates or migrants. It is therefore likely there will be a
population increase within the local areas for a short period of time over the Projects
construction stage. While the workers will be housed within a specifically constructed
accommodation camp, services will be required for the construction population, including
provision of catering, and transportation, which may therefore provide economic opportunities
for local and regional businesses, and directly benefit the community both in the income
generated, and the residual spending impact to local vendors. However, given the self
contained nature of the construction camp, together with the recreational facilities provided
therein, it is not anticipated that an increased demand for services across the whole
commercial sector will be realised.
Construction materials will also be required, and while the Project is committed to sourcing
materials locally where possible, the extent to which this can be achieved given the limited
development in this region is unclear. The level of economic growth during this period is
therefore considered likely to be relatively low, though it has the opportunity to have direct
benefits to the local community.
Impact SE01 Low Significance
12.1.5.2 INCREASED EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION
The 2010 census revealed that of the 48,108 total population of Turaif, 8,058 were of non-
Saudi origin. The construction phase of the Project will require up to 10,000 workers over the
30 month construction period. It is anticipated that a significant proportion of these will be
expatriates or migrants; therefore the local non-Saudi population is expected to grow by up to
20%. While Maaden promotes local hire, and it is recognised that the unemployment rate in
Turaif is approximately 15%, and local respondents expressed interest in working for the
Project, the nature of the employment during this phase, may not see significant numbers of
local residents employed. However, in businesses supplying the construction camp, it may be
expected that an increase in employment opportunities will follow growth in these businesses.
Impact SE02 Low Significance.
While materials for the construction stage of the Project are likely to be sourced from locations
outside of the local and provincial project area, they are expected to be supplied from within
the Saudi Arabia. The supply of materials is therefore likely to lead to indirect employment
opportunities on a national level for a short period of time over the duration of the construction
stage for the Project.
12.1.5.3 EDUCATION
The construction stage of the project is unlikely to create impacts related to education;
however, offering employment opportunities to the local and provincial population during the
construction stage of the Project will help to promote knowledge of the construction industry.
This experience would enable creation of a local/provincial workforce capable of supporting
the future construction of other proposed elements of the Waad Al-Shamaal City Development
beyond the life of the Project construction stage.
12.1.5.4 LOSS OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL / CULTURAL DISCOVERY / HERITAGE
Previous baseline studies have found no archaeological artefacts located within the immediate
area of the Project. However, some respondents to the community consultation survey
indicated that there may be archaeological resources and gravesites located within the
immediate project area or adjacent lands.
In light of this there is potential for rare unanticipated discovery or disturbance of
archaeological or cultural resources during the construction stage of the project. Although this
Project Name:
remains unlikely based on previous studies, any discovery or disturbance would result in a
high magnitude, negative impact.
Impact SE05 Medium Significance.
Intangible heritage such as oral history, songs, dance and skills are not expected to be
affected by the Project. The local Falconry Festival will continue, and provides a focal point for
the maintenance of traditional cultural customs and skills.
With the influx of expatriate workers there is potential for interaction between persons from
diverse cultural backgrounds with the local community, with the potential for cross-cultural
tensions related to differences in dress, behaviour, and tradition. However since workers will
be accommodated within a dedicated construction camp, which includes leisure facilities and
is located approximately 40km from the nearest Saudi settlement, the extent of direct contact
with local communities is considered low, and thus the impact of this influx of workers on
cultural heritage is negligible.
12.1.5.5 STRAIN ON MUNICIPAL AND SOCIAL SERVICES
The proposed population increase during the construction stage of the Project has the
potential to place additional strain on local municipal and social services, which have not been
able to keep up with the rapid population growth of the town. However the construction
population will be housed in a self contained camp which supplies all municipal services,
including waste disposal, and wastewater treatment and therefore no impact on the existing
services is envisaged.
12.1.5.6 REDUCED ACCESS TO LAND
Previous baseline studies and local consultations have indicated low use of the land within
and adjacent to the Project area. A number of herder camps were identified during the
establishment of baseline conditions, and although these were not found to occur on land
designated for the Project, consultation with stakeholders identify reduced access to lands as
a concern. The construction of the Project will require limitation of access to the Project site,
not least for safety reasons. The reduced access to the areas for example for livestock
rearing, and for camping and hunting represents a negative impact. However areas around
the Project site will remain available for use and it should be noted that access to the Border
Security Zone is already prohibited.
12.1.5.7 CHANGE IN SOCIAL STRUCTURE / CULTURE FOR EXPATRIATE WORKERS
It is anticipated that the construction workforce will be predominantly expatriate workers, who
will leave families in their home countries. The social structure and support for those families
are altered by the Projects use of an expatriate workforce, as spouses are left to care for
children and to manage household accounts and responsibilities as well as relationship,
communication, and emotional issues will result from periods of separation. However, these
impacts are offset by the increased income earned by the workforce, frequently sent to the
home country to improve living standards of the family.
12.1.6 OPERATIONAL IMPACTS

The Project life is some 20 years, although the ore reserve estimate has considered
continuation of operation for a total of 29 years. The operational activities of the Project
require employment and housing of approximately 1,300 individuals across a range of
technical, supervisory and managerial roles.
Specific impacts on the socio-economic environment due to operational activities are
summarised in Table 12-10 and discussed in the following text.
Project Name:
Table 12-10: Operational Phase Impacts Assessment
Factor SE09 SE010 SE11 SE12 SE13 SE14
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely Likely
Extent Regional Regional Regional Local Local Local
Duration Long Long Long Long Short Long
Magnitude High High Medium Medium High High
Effect Positive Positive Positive Positive Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Indirect Direct Direct Direct
Significance High High Medium Medium High Medium
12.1.6.1 ECONOMIC GROWTH

The Project is expected to be of benefit to the local, provincial, and national economy of the
KSA, through generation of employment opportunities, the purchase of goods and services, as
a result of anticipated population growth increasing demand, and supply chain development.
It is expected that indirect and induced employment will also be created by the Project,
resulting in cycles of further economic growth.
The Project is considered likely to create local and provincial, regional and national economic
growth and development over the duration of the Project, and indeed beyond, leading to a
high magnitude, positive impact.
Impact SE09 High Significance.
12.1.6.2 INCREASED EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The operation stage of the Project will require the employment and housing of approximately
1,300 staff. The Project staffing plan envisages 65% of these posts to be filled by Saudi
nationals on commencement of operations, rising to 85% in due course. This represents a
significant opportunity for the local population in Turaif, and the Northern Borders Province to
gain employment with Maaden, and responds to concerns raised during the consultation. The
Project can positively contribute to the current high level of unemployment in the area,
particularly among high school graduates. The range of roles available, also improves the
likelihood that suitably qualified individuals can be sourced from the local population.
In addition to the direct employment opportunities provided by the Project, induced jobs
generated as a result of the increased population numbers, and increasing spending potential,
and the demand for goods and services. The multiplier used by the Bechtel Masterplan to
estimate the number of induced jobs created from direct employment is 1.5. Thus it can be
estimated that some 1,950 jobs may be generated by the operation of the Project. This can
be expected to have a significant positive impact on the levels of employment in businesses,
and the range of employment opportunities available in supporting sectors.
Long-term direct, indirect and induced employment opportunities are also likely to be created
on a regional and national level through supply chain development associated with the Project,
resulting in a medium magnitude, positive impact.
12.1.6.3 IMPROVED EDUCATION AND TRAINING
The Project itself includes provision of a training centre, which allows Maaden to fulfil its
objectives to employ local personnel by providing the necessary training to up-skill the local
pool of resources. Additionally, while the Project itself will not construct schools and other
educational establishments, these, and other supporting infrastructure can be expected to
Project Name:
develop in Waad Al Shamaal City to fulfil the needs of the growing population resulting from
the Project, and increasing economic activity in Turaif and the Northern Borders Province.
12.1.6.4 STRAIN ON MUNICIPAL AND SOCIAL SERVICES
The Project will lead to a long-term population increase in the local and provincial area, which will
require a range of supporting infrastructure and services. The Project includes development of the
essential services for the Maaden housing complex, but does not include provision of extensive
municipal services for these; and are likely to be limited to connection to the electricity network, and
the provision of roads, and public realm facilities. In the early years of operation, the municipal
services required by the Maaden employees include access to sanitary wastewater treatment,
waste disposal and potable water. These are envisaged to be supplied by the Municipality, until
such time as the Waad Al Shamaal City infrastructure is in place by 2021 (Bechtel 2013). There is
a potential impact from an increase in population on the availability and access to existing
municipal and social services, which currently do not meet the requirements of the local
population. However, over the life of the Project, the infrastructure and social services,
including education institutions and hospitals, are likely to be improved by the proposed Waad
Al-Shamaal City development to handle the potential local and provincial population increase.
The impacts identified for the construction stage, in terms of reduced access to lands used for
livestock rearing/ herding, camping and hunting etc. will persist during the operation phase.
While the duration of the impact changes the nature of the impact remains as identified in
Section 12.1.5.6 above.
12.1.7 DECOMMISSIONING / CLOSURE IMPACTS

The decommissioning and closure of the Project following at least 20 years of operation, is
anticipated to involve closure of the mine, the removal of high value equipment, and making
safe of remaining buildings etc, as well as ongoing management of facilities such as the
tailings storage and phosphogypsum storage facilities. The specific impacts on the socio-
economic environment due to these decommissioning/ closure activities are summarised in
Table 12-11: Decommissioning Phase Impacts Assessment
Factor SE15 SE16 SE17
Frequency Rare Rare Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Likely
Extent Regional National Local
Duration Short Short Long
Magnitude Medium Medium Medium
Significance Low Low Medium
12.1.7.1 REDUCED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY

The closure and decommissioning of Project will result in a reduction in economic activity, both
locally, and at a regional and national level. Since the Project is expected to promote direct,
Project Name:
indirect and induced economic opportunities at a national level, there is potential for impacts
upon the wider national economy following decommissioning of the Project.
However, economic growth over the Project life, may have led to the creation of an economy
in the local and provincial area, which although linked, is not entirely reliant on the Project.
This impact does not consider the wider Waad Al Shamaal City development and the potential
this project has to sustain economic activity in the area beyond the life of the Project; however,
this is addressed in ESIA Section 19 Cumulative Impact Assessment. It is considered that
the development of the Waad Al Shamaal City will improve the ability of the local economy to
respond to the reduction in local economic activity.
12.1.7.2 LOSS OF EMPLOYMENT
The closure of the Project can be expected to result in the loss of the approximately 1,300
direct jobs supplied by the Project, and the associated indirect and induced jobs generated.
The decommissioning of the Project may result in the creation of some employment
opportunities associated with the dismantling infrastructure and facilities, and will require
employment of staff to undertake ongoing management of facilities and the associated closure
monitoring; these are expected to be significantly less than the workforce required for Project
operation. There is also a potential impact on employment at a national level through the loss
of jobs in economies both directly and indirectly linked to the Project.
Over the duration of the Project, the growth in the economy may be sufficient to accommodate
some of the workforce, however an overall loss of employment opportunity is envisaged. This
assessment does not consider the extent to which the development of the Waad Al Shamaal
City may mitigate this reduction in jobs; however, this is addressed in ESIA Section 19
Cumulative Impact Assessment.
While the closure / decommissioning of the Project will see the Umm Wual Mine return to its
former land use, this is located within the Border Security Zone, and as such access will
remain restricted. The decommissioning of the Industrial Complex is expected to require
security around previously active areas, such as the phosphogypsum stacks, and as such for
safety reasons access will remain restricted to at least some of the site in perpetuity.
Furthermore, any areas made available to previous users are considered unlikely to be
suitable for livestock rearing or camping activities. Thus the reduced access to land remains
an ongoing impact.
10.28 MITIGATION
12.1.8 INTRODUCTION
Implementation of mitigation measures will be required during construction, operation and
decommissioning of the facility to minimise potential negative impacts of the activities. The
mitigation measures comprise primarily of management procedures and are described in the
subsequent sections. The following text assesses the impacts predicted as being of medium to
high significance against appropriate mitigation measures and establishes the residual impact
significance.
In accordance with the methodology outlined by Chapter 5 Impact Assessment
Methodology, where appropriate, consideration has been given to the Equator Principles, IFC
Performance Standards and ICMM Sustainable Development Framework Principles, which
are applicable to socio-economic factors, during the development of proposed mitigation
measures.
The Maaden Project Manual Environment and Communities Assurance (Maaden, 2011)
requires a Social Impact Management Plans (SIMP) to be produced for the various phases of
a project, based on the impacts and findings detailed by the ESIA. SIMPs are generally
Project Name:
prepared and implemented following completion of the Project Risk reviews and the ESIA
process; however, the SIMP process should commence at an earlier Stage (i.e. in line with the
risk review and ESIA process) in cases where:
displacement of impacted communities may occur and resettlement may be required;
the Project exists on indigenous lands, where customary or traditional land ownership
applies and/or cultural heritage sites are located;
there is a potential for significant population influx;
significant health risks apply or are likely to apply; and
there is a requirement to undertake training of people from local communities to achieve
local employment targets.
Based on the above criteria, it is possible that a SIMP for the Umm Wual Phosphate Project is
required at an early project stage. The Environment and Communities Assurance Manual also
requires the establishment of sustainable development objectives and targets (KPIs), which
include environmental, community and economic factors, at the earliest possible stage of the
Project lifecycle (Maaden, 2011).
The mitigation measures outlined by this section of the ESIA should be considered during
preparation of the SIMPs and setting of sustainable development KPIs for the Project.
Project Name:
12.1.9 CONSTRUCTION MITIGATIONS
Table 12-12 below provides a summary of the potential socio-economic impacts associated with the Umm Wual Phosphate Project, the mitigation
proposed to lower the residual impacts and the significance following mitigation to confirm this.
Table 12-12: Construction Socio-economic Impact and Mitigation Summary
ID Impact Potential Potential Mitigation Significance
Mitigation
SE05 Loss of archaeological / cultural resources. Medium EPC Contractor shall develop and implement a procedure Low
for the management of unexpected archaeological
resources, and shall report any finds to Maaden and in
accordance with National requirements.
EPC Contractor shall provide the workforce with tool box
talks on the subject to raise awareness of the importance of
cultural and heritage resource finds.
SE07 Reduced access to land Medium The EPC Contractor shall minimise the area of land required Low
for use during the construction.
Maaden shall provide on-going community consultation and
in particular provide guidance and assistance regarding use
of alternative sites.
12.1.9.1 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall be encouraged to make job opportunities during construction available to the local workforce, and promote engagement of
the local population in the construction phase. Maaden may consider committing to a Saudization percentage for the construction phase.
The EPC contractor shall ensure appropriate recruitment terms for expatriate workers.
Maaden may consider the provision of training during the construction phase, to increase local knowledge of the construction industry, and to
advance training in skills required for the operation of the project.
The EPC Contractor shall consider the extent to which infrastructure provided within the construction camp can provide ongoing benefit to the local
population. Further recommendations are included in the implementation plan provided as part of the Environmental Management and Monitoring
Plan provided at Appendix A.
Project Name:
12.1.10 OPERATIONAL MITIGATIONS
Table 12-13 below provides a summary of the socio-economic impacts associated with the operational phase of the Project, the mitigation proposed
to lower the residual impacts and the significance following mitigation.
Table 12-13: Operational Socio-economic Impact and Mitigation Summary
Code Significance after Mitigation
SE13 Strain on Municipal Services Medium Maaden to enter into consultation and negotiation Low
with Turaif Municipality regarding the capacity of
municipal services to be supplied to the Maaden
housing during the early stages of operation.
Where capacity is not available, Maaden to
establish alternative service provision.
SE14 Reduced Access to Land Medium Maaden shall maintain links with the community Low
and respond to concerns in accordance with the
Stakeholder Engagement Plan process and provide
guidance and assistance regarding use of
alternative sites.
Project Name:
12.1.10.1 OPERATIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS

A number of positive socio-economic impacts have been identified as part of the impact
assessment. These benefits may be maximised for the local community, through the
implementation of the following recommendations.
In advance of Project start up, Maaden shall in accordance with the requirements of its
Environment and Social Assurance Manual, develop its Social Impact Management Plan
which considering the impacts identified within this ESIA, establishes a number of KPIs to
monitor the success of proposed mitigation and the creation of anticipated benefits by the
Project.
Maaden should establish social performance criteria for their suppliers, to promote the
maximisation of local sourcing of materials, local employment, and implementation of sound
sustainable business practises. Maaden should establish its supply chain, and enter into a
period of supply chain management and engagement to drive value to the community through
its supply chain.
Maaden should consider supplementing the national Saudization policy, with a local Saudi
employment target to encourage Maaden Human Resources to maximise local employments.
Maaden should consider establishing training programme for local students and school
leavers, in advance of commencement of operation. This proactive approach will demonstrate
Maadens commitment to local employment and training, addressing concerns raised in the
consultation, while simultaneously benefiting Maaden by up-skilling potential employees in
advance, reducing the lag between Project start up and the availability of a trained and skilled
workforce.
Maaden should continue stakeholder engagement in accordance with the SEP.
Project Name:
12.1.11 DECOMMISSIONING MITIGATIONS
Table 0-14 below provides a summary of the socio-economic impacts associated with the decommissioning phase of the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project, the mitigation proposed to lower the residual impacts and the significance following mitigation to confirm this.
Table 0-14: Decommissioning Socio-economic Impact and Mitigation Summary
Code Significance after Mitigation
SE17 Reduced Access to Land Medium Maaden shall undertake community consultation with particular Low
attention paid in the decommissioning phase on the safety
aspects of prohibited access to the land.
12.1.11.1 DECOMMISSIONING RECOMMENDATIONS

While the reduction in economic activity and loss of employment resulting from the closure of the Project are considered of low significance in the long
term, they nonetheless represent a considerable challenge for the individuals affected. Therefore Maaden should implement a proactive succession
planning programme in advance of closure to identify alternative roles within Maaden, thus providing security for employees, and reducing the skills
and experience loss from Project closures.
Project Name:
10.29 MONITORING
The EPC Contractor shall update (or develop new), implement, maintain and audit the
Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and the Environmental Management and
Monitoring Plan (EMMP) so the documents remain adequate and effective.
Maaden shall implement a monitoring and reporting strategy for the social Key Performance
Indicators committed to in the Social Impact Assessment Plan. This will address the the
collection of data and allow deviance from expected practices or targeted outcomes to be
identified and corrective action to be proposed and implemented in response.
In setting KPIs, Maaden should consider the findings presented in Section 10.27 and Section
10.28 of this Socio-economic Impact Assessment.
Examples of applicable socio-economic KPIs can include:
percentage of suppliers employment from the local workforce;
percentage of construction workforce from within the local or provincial area;
percentage of operational workforce from within the local or provincial area;
number of students / school leavers in receipt of Maaden sponsored vocational training;
and
percentage of operational workforce trained with transferable industry skills.
Project Name:
13.0 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE

13.1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this Section of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) is to
describe the existing traffic and transport infrastructure and assess the impact of the Project
on the existing and planned transport infrastructure. The Umm Wual Mine, and Waad al
Shamaal Industrial Complex covers an area of approx 38sq.km and is a key element of the
Waad Al Shammal City development. As such the transport infrastructure development for
this Project is intrinsically linked to that of the Waad Al Shamaal City as a whole. The ESIA
addresses the impacts of and on traffic and transport infrastructure developed as part of the
Project. The development of the rail line itself by Saudi Railways (SAR) is outwith the scope
of this Project, and is to be the subject of assessment by SAR as part of the rail project.
Impacts arising from traffic and transport in terms of noise, air quality and safety are
addressed in the relevant Sections 6.0 Air Quality and Meteorology; 9.0 Noise and
Vibration and 15.0 Health and Safety.
13.2.1 INTRODUCTION
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) is a large landmass covering 80% of the Arabian
Peninsula and measuring 2,250,000sq.km. In the past the emphasis has been on road and air
links; however, recent government programmes are focussing on extending the existing rail
network (Saudi Arabia Market Information Resource (SAMIRAD), 2013a).
The baseline conditions for traffic and transport infrastructure have been determined through a
desktop review of relevant literature in order to gather information about the Saudi transport
infrastructure at the national and regional level, and augmented with a traffic survey conducted
in March 2013 at the Project site. Traffic survey data can be found in ESIA Appendix I
Traffic Survey.
13.3 NATIONAL BACKGROUND
13.3.1 AIR
Air travel represents the fastest means of transport between the large towns and cities with 29
civilian airports spread across the Kingdom. There are also military airports and a number of
airports owned by Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco). Airports in Saudi Arabia are
under the control of the General Authority of Civil Aviation (GACA). The Statistical Yearbook
for 2011 identifies there were 392,970 flights from international airports carrying 46,866,000
passengers and 78,641 flights from domestic airports carrying 7,594,000 passengers over the
course of the year (GACA, 2013). The three major International airports are Riyadh's King
Khalid International Airport, Jeddah's King Abdulaziz International Airport and Dammam's King
Fahd International Airport. Saudi Arabian Airlines (SAUDIA) is the national carrier (SAMIRAD,
2013c).
13.3.2 RAIL
The rail network currently consists primarily of a single track, standard-gauge line, running for
570km from Riyadh to Dammam in the eastern region (Figure 13-1). The line, which was
opened in 1951 (1370/71 AH), passes through Dhahran, Abqaiq, Hofuf, Harad and al-Kharj
and has benefited from substantial renovation in recent years. An additional line joining Hofuf
with Riyadh was opened in 1985 (1405/06 AH). The KSAs railways are managed by the
Saudi Arabian Railway Corporation (now the Saudi Railways Organization), established in
1976 (1396 AH) as an independent public utility, governed by a board of directors (SAMIRAD,
2013d).
Project Name:
Figure 13-1: Railways of Saudi Arabia
Expansion of the railway network is being undertaken through the development of a Saudi
Railway Master Plan 2010-2040, which will be implemented in three stages of development.
Projects that are part of the first stage of development include:
The North-South Line between the northern regions, Ras Al Khair/Jubail and the capital
Riyadh, including the connection to the proposed ESCWA - railway network in Jordan via
Al Haditha. The 1392 km 'Mineral Route' section of the NSR was opened in May 2011 and
carries phosphate concentrate from the Ma'aden mine at Al Jalamid to Ras Al Khair port
on the Gulf coast (Railway Gazette International 2013).
The Haramien high speed railway connecting Makkah Jeddah Madinah; under
construction a due to be completed by early 2014.
The planned landbridge between Riyadh and Jeddah (West Bridge Rail Project) and
between Dammam and Jubail; the connection between Dammam and Jubail is due for
completion in 2016.
First Level Projects are high priority projects identified by SRO as development stage, to be
undertaken between 2010 and 2025 approximate length (Saudi Railways Organisation, 2013).
13.3.3 ROAD
The Ministry of Transport is responsible for the design, build and maintenance of roads within
the KSA and for the co-ordination of all surface transport, including rail. Due to large-scale
development of industry and agriculture and the rapid development of urban centres the road
network has been significantly improved over the last 40 years (Figure 13-2). Some of the
more important inter-city highways are:
Dammam - Abu Hadriya - Ras Tanura Highway (257 kms)
Khaybar - Al Ola Highway (175 kms)
Makkah - Madinah Al Munawarah Highway (421 kms)
Project Name:
Riyadh - Dammam Highway (383 kms)
Riyadh - Sedir - al Qasim Highway (317 kms)
Riyadh - Taif Highway (750 kms)
Taif - Abha-Gizan Highway (750 kms)
(SAMIRAD, 2013b)
Road based public transport in the KSA is supplied by the Saudi Public Transport Company
(SAPTCO), who maintain a national and internal bus service. SAPTCO operate a fleet of
approximately 3000 buses and connect 600 urban centres in the Kingdom, as well as links to
Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Egypt, Jordan, Syria, Sudan and
Lebanon (SAPTCO, 2013).
Figure 13-2: Map showing the Road Networks of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (after
KSA General Commission for Survey 2013)
13.4 REGIONAL AND LOCAL BACKGROUND

13.4.1 AIRPORTS
Turaif Domestic Airport is run by GACA and is located 5km away from the city. At present
there is a single daily flight to and from Riyadh, which is supplied by SAUDIA using the
Embraer 170, an 80-seat plane. The Statistical Yearbook for 2011 states that there were 1244
flights carrying 51,000 passengers and 32.4 tons of cargo to and from Turaif airport (GACA,
2013, 9). Anecdotal evidence from the socioeconomic survey indicated that flights leaving
Turaif are currently at capacity.
Project Name:
The closest airports after Turaif are Al Quarayyat, 162km to the west, and Arar, 240km to the
south-west. Both provide daily flights to Jeddah and Riyadh. There were a total of 1,640
flights carrying 146,000 passengers from Al Quarayyat and 2,241 flights carrying 181,000
passengers from Arar. The flights to both airports are with SAUDIA using an Air Industrie
A320/200, capable of carrying 150 passengers (GACA 2013, 9).
13.4.2 RAIL
The railway infrastructure in the Northern Borders Province is represented by the NSR, which
has been partly operational since May 2011. While the railway is not fully operational and
does not yet provide a passenger service, it does transport phosphate from Al-Jalamid Mine
(referred to as Hazim Al-Jalameed on Figure 13-3) to the processing plant at Ras Al-Khair.
Currently a train travels between the two sites once per week transporting 160 wagons,
approximately 160,000 tons. The line is scheduled to deliver a passenger service between Al-
Jawf and Al-Qurayyat and a Bauxite Transportation service from Al-Baitha Mine in Qassim
province to the processing plant at Ras Al-Khair by 2014 (Saudi Railway Company (SAR),
2013). The Umm Wual Phosphate Project requires a length of 135km of track to connect to
the existing railway at Al-Jalamid.
Figure 13-3: Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Rail Network (after the Ninth Development Plan
Ministry of Economy and Planning 2013)
13.4.3 ROAD
The Ninth Development Plan states that in 2009 there were 934km of main road, 845km of
feeder roads and 1022km of unpaved roads. There are 934km of main road in the Northern
Borders Province (Ministry of Economy and Planning 2013). The key arterial road in this
region is Highway 85, a dual carriageway which connects Dammam in the Eastern Province
and the border with Jordan. At the time of writing, a new junction off Highway 85 is currently
under construction at Turaif.
Turaif has its own road infrastructure based on a grid-arrangement. SAPTCO provides a three
times daily bus service between Turaif and Riyadh which stops at 10 cities along the journey
route including Arar. A further service runs between Turaif and Qurayyat seven times a day.
Project Name:
The General Directorate of Border Guards maintain their own road infrastructure within the
border security zone that connects to Turaif and National Highway 85. The Project site is
currently an open space with no provision of transport infrastructure in the immediate vicinity,
other than Highway 85 to the south. There is an unpaved access track that connects the main
road to the Border Guard Station and one of the Projects test wells.
Consultation was undertaken with government representatives as part of the socio-economic
survey (Section 12.0, WHGME interview, January 2013). The results of this indicated that as
a result of the Nafouth Desert highway (Highway 65), traffic through Turaif was reduced. The
highway forms an alternative road for those travelling from the centre and the south of the
KSA to the far north, and to countries including Jordan, Syria, Lebanon, Turkey and Europe.
Anecdotal evidence from the President of the Municipality suggests that before this road was
constructed, surveys identified that as many as 800,000 vehicles travelled through the area
during the summer months. Further anecdotal evidence from the socio-economic survey
suggested that since civil unrest began in Syria in March 2011 there has been a 25%
reduction in the amount of traffic on the international highway.
Comments made during the socio-economic survey suggest that traffic accidents are quite
frequent, particularly during the summer months. Government officials stated that 50% of the
deaths in Turaif result from traffic accidents (WHGME Interview with Governor of Turaif Faris
Al Nuaimi, January 2013). Further information on this is provided in Section 15 Health and
Safety Aspects.
13.4.4 TRAFFIC SURVEY
As part of the ESIA, data on traffic movements was sought from the Ministry of Transport and
a traffic survey was undertaken to establish the current levels of traffic in the area around the
Project. The information from the Ministry of Transport is provided in their Annual Traffic
Report, which contains traffic data through the fixed traffic counter stations installed on
highways. The report comprises hourly traffic volume for each station and the monthly change
in traffic, as well as traffic volume for 24 hours for the entire year (Ministry of Transport 2012).
The report classifies 15 types of vehicle based on axle distances. This is presented as:
0.50 < a < 1.80m
1.80 < b < 3.30m
3.30 < c < 5.50m
5.50 < d < 10.0m
Figure 13-4 identifies the classes of vehicle by axle distance. The classification is based on
the combination of lengths between the axle of each element of the vehicle, for example Class
Number 2 b, bc and a equates to a distance of 1.80m to 3.30m between the front and rear
axle of the car, bc equates to a distance of 1.80m to 5.50m between the rear axle of the car
and the front axle of the trailer, and a equates to a distance of 0.50m to 1.80m between the
front and rear axle of the trailer. Class 3 is represented by a minimum length of 3.30m and a
maximum length of 10.00m.
Project Name:
Figure 13-4: Vehicle Classifications as per Ministry of Transport (2012)
The data collected by the Ministry of Transport between Rafhaa and Arar (85) (in both
directions) for the Northern District is presented in Figure 13-5. Based on the traffic count,
data Class 1 vehicles (an axle distance of 0.50m to 3.30m) is the most commonly used
vehicle, representing over 54% of monthly journeys made. This is followed by Class 10 and
Class 7 and then Class 3, which are all classed as Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGV)16. This
corroborates the national picture as presented in the Ninth Development Plan, which identified
that 64 %of the road transport fleet in KSA in 2009 was private cars (Ministry of Economy and
Planning 2013).
16
Identified as a vehicle designed to carry a greater weight that 3500kg
Project Name:
Daily Vehicle Average by Class
13
12 0% 14
0% 0%
11 15
0% 5%
10
16%
9
0%
8
0%
1
7 54%
12%
6
0%
5
2% 3
4 11% 2
0% 0%
Figure 13-5: Daily average Vehicle Numbers by Class

In support of the ESIA, a traffic count survey was undertaken over a consecutive four day
period from Thursday 14th to Sunday 17th March 2013. The aim was to include both weekday
and weekend traffic numbers. The survey site was located beside National Highway 85,
approximately 17km south-east of Turaif at a pre-selected point (3137'37.38"N 3852'4.83"E),
as identified in Figure 13-6. The survey location was chosen to gain an understanding of the
current volume of traffic travelling along National Highway 85 close to the location of the
access point on National Highway 85 for the proposed Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al
Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex.
Project Name:
Figure 13-6: Map showing Location of Pre-selected Point for Traffic Count
The numbers and types of vehicles moving from Arar towards Turaif (i.e. in a southeast to
northwest direction) and from Turaif to Arar (i.e. northwest to southeast direction) were
recorded hourly during the following set time periods over the four day survey:
Thursday and Sunday covered the time periods 09:00 to 13:00, and 18:00 to 21:00.
Friday and Saturday covered the time periods 06:00 to 09:00 and 15:00 to 18:00.
A summary of the results of the survey are provided in Table 13-1.
Table 13-1: Total Daily Vehicle Movements
Type 1 - Car 2 - Truck 3 - Bus 4 - Other Total number

of vehicles
Time
Thursday (NW-SE) 345 125 4 0 474
Weekend
Thursday (SE-NW) 365 153 3 0 521

Friday (NW-SE) 299 125 2 0 426
Friday (SE-NW) 218 193 7 0 418
T Saturday (NW-SE) 278 238 2 0 518
Weekday
h Saturday (SE-NW) 227 189 6 0 422

e
Sunday (NW-SE) 346 212 3 0 561
p Sunday (SE-NW) 380 256 4 3 640
a Average per type 351 213 4.4 0 569
t
The pattern of traffic numbers for private vehicles reflects the data in the Ninth Development
Programme described above. The majority of vehicles movements are by car (62%);
Project Name:
however, unlike the national figures, HGVs represent the second highest form of vehicle
movements (37%). The average number of truck movements during the recorded time
periods ranges from 27 to 37 during the weekday and 18 to 28 during the weekend. Peak
traffic flows are during the late afternoon to early evening; however, no corresponding morning
peak was identified. The data on peak flows is presented in Table 13-2.
Table 13-2: Peak Traffic Flow
Type Time Car Truck Bus Other Total
Date number of
vehicles
Thursday 17/03/13 NW-SE 18:00-19:00 81 41 0 0 122
Thursday 17/03/13 SE-NW 18:00-19:00 106 32 0 0 138
Friday 18/03/13 NW-SE 17:00-18:00 87 43 1 0 131
Friday 18/03/13 SE-NW 16:00-17:00 73 46 1 0 120
Saturday 19/03/13 NW-SE 16:00-17:00 63 67 0 0 130
Saturday 19/03/13 SE-NW 15:00-16:00 67 36 1 0 104
Sunday 20/03/13 NW-SE 18:00-19:00 66 48 0 0 114
Sunday 20/03/13 SE-NW 18:00-19:00 92 42 0 2 136

13.5.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section describes the impact on existing traffic and transport infrastructure as a result of
the construction, operation and decommissioning/closure of the proposed Umm Wual Mine,
and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex. The significance of the potential
impacts on existing traffic and transport infrastructure are characterised in accordance with the
methodology described in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology.
Potential impacts from traffic and transport on other aspects of the environment are addressed
in the relevant sections of this report as follows:
Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology;
Section 9 Noise and Vibration;
Section 11 Water Quality Management;
Section 12 Socio-economic Aspects; and
Section 15 Health and Safety.
While Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) Regulations and guidance make no
specific reference to this aspect of project development, Section 3 Community Health and
Safety of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) General Environment Health and Safety
(EHS) Guidelines 2007, has been used to inform the impact assessment.
The construction and operational phases of the Project will for the most part utilise existing
transport infrastructure. Additional infrastructure required to enable the construction and
operation of the proposed facilities can be summarised as:
roads for access to and around the Site; and
rail sidings are required on the Western side of the Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate
Industrial Complex plot linking it to the rail extension being provided by SAR.
SAR will be responsible for the design and delivery of all railway related works and will
therefore undertake the necessary impact assessment of this infrastructure. This ESIA
assesses the materials handling interface and their use at the Project site.
Project Name:
13.5.2 CONSTRUCTION
Early works to prepare the process area and build access routes are expected to begin in
October 2013. The main construction phase will begin in the second quarter of 2014 and is
due to be complete at the end of 2017. At its peak a maximum of 10,000 workers are
expected to be required to deliver the construction of the Project. The workforce will be
housed in an accommodation camp located approximately 5km to the south of the processing
complex. The accommodation camp will provide all utilities and amenities required by the
workers including accommodation, welfare and recreational facilities, healthcare services and
religious requirements. The construction phase will require the delivery of substantial
quantities of construction materials and process equipment from across the KSA and
Internationally.
The construction of the facility has the potential to impact upon the existing transport
infrastructure. The construction phase impacts are summarised in Table 13-3 and are
discussed in more detail in the following sections.
Scope of Impact TI1 TI2 TI3
Receptor Importance / Low Medium High
Sensitivity
Frequency Infrequent Frequent Continuous
Extent Regional National National
Magnitude Very Low Low Moderate
Effect Negative Positive Negative
13.5.2.1 AIRPORTS
Air travel to or from Turaif as a result of the construction of the project may be expected to
increase slightly as a result of construction supervisors and management travelling to the site.
Construction workers are not expected to travel by air and therefore a significant increase in
passenger numbers is not envisaged. Nonetheless at peak times, such as festivals or school
holidays, the limited flights available from Turaif are known to result in a shortage of seats, a
situation that may be exacerbated by the development.
The use of the airport is expected to be continuous during the construction phase, with some
peaks associated with holiday travel; however, any increase in passenger numbers is
expected to be accommodated by the existing facilities.
Impact TI1 Low Significance.
13.5.2.2 RAIL
No railway infrastructure currently exists at Turaif. SAR is expected to complete the extension
of the North South Railway from Al-Jalamid to Umm Wual to service the Project, and the
planned Waad Al Shamaal City development by the Commissioning Phase in 2017. The NSR
will be available for deliveries of materials to Al-Jalamid, where they would be unloaded and
delivered to Umm Wual by HGVs. Materials such as steelwork, piping, cabling and general
construction materials are anticipated to be delivered by rail. Additionally, much of the pre-
fabricated process equipment will be sourced from overseas and will be transported by rail to
the site.
Project Name:
While the extent to which the existing railway lines has sufficient capacity to accommodate the
materials required for construction has not been confirmed by SAR, it is anticipated that this
line can accommodate the material deliveries required.
The use of the railway for delivering materials during the construction phase represents a
short term positive impact that could result in a significant reduction in the volume of HGV road
traffic over extensive distances, and associated carbon emissions and improvement in air
quality and the reduced risk of road traffic accidents. These impacts are considered in Section
6.0 Air Quality and Meteorology and Section 15.0 Health and Safety.
While the existing rail network will be impacted by the increased use during the construction
phase, this is considered to be within the networks capacity and therefore of low significance.
13.5.2.3 ROAD
During the construction phase, an increase in traffic can be expect as a result of the influx of
workers, the transportation of workers around the site and to and from the construction camp,
and the delivery of materials and equipment.
The early works set-up will require the delivery of earthmoving equipment to the site. During
the early works phase it is estimated that there will be approximately 90 water truck
movements per day and 30 miscellaneous vehicle movements. Workers will be taken from
the accommodation camp to the site by bus, which will require 20 bus movements, but not
utilising the existing road network.
During the main construction phase the workforce are anticipated to arrive in Turaif by air or
intercity bus from the east along Highway 85 and be transported locally by bus to the
temporary construction camp. In accordance with IFC General EHS Guidelines 2007, the
construction camp is located close to the project site to minimise the impact of increased
traffic. The construction camp will be located approximately 5km south of the proposed
process area and will be self-contained area housing up to 10,000 workers. Workers are
anticipated to be transported to site in a fleet of buses.
An increase in traffic to supply and maintain the accommodation camp (e.g. provision of
foodstuffs and removal of wastes) can be expected. The exact traffic movements required to
support the temporary camp are currently uncertain, but estimates indicate the requirement of
3 to 5 deliveries/waste collections by HGVs per day. Nonetheless, the majority of traffic
movements are associated with the transportation of the workforce between the construction
camp and working areas by bus, and will therefore not affect the existing road network.
The majority of construction materials may be transported to the site by road, either from their
port of origin or from the rail head at Al-Jalamid, where materials would be unloaded and
delivered to site by HGV. Locally sourced materials, such as sand and fill, will be utilised
wherever possible to reduce the requirement to import bulk materials from other locations,
therefore reducing HGV movements bringing material from further a field. As an example, the
early works cut and fill operation does not require the import of any additional material to the
site. Oversized equipment, such as mining equipment, will be brought to site using the
existing road network, primarily on low load trailers, or where appropriate, driven in convoy to
the site. The movements of these pieces of equipment will require either a police escort or
prior approval.
Based on the estimated quantities of materials, there is a requirement for the movement of
approximately 61,000 HGVs to deliver materials to site over the four year construction
programme, if no materials are moved by rail. This equates to approximately 293 HGVs
movements per week. To supply the temporary accommodation camp with potable water, a
further 60 water tanker movements per day are required. This will cease once a well and
water treatment plant is in place. Overall there is likely to be a requirement for 110 HGVs to
access the site per day. If the deliveries are undertaken in a 24 hour period then this
represents approximately 6 HGV movements per hour or 12 per hour over a 12-hour period.
Project Name:
This equates to an increase in traffic number of 13% per day, based on an average of 569
vehicles over a six hour period identified by the local traffic survey.
The typical capacity of a high standard dual carriage way road with a speed limit of 60 to
90kmh is 2010 one-hourly flows in each direction (Design Manual for Roads and Bridges
(DMRB), 1999). Based on the traffic survey data and the projected additional traffic from the
peak construction activities, Highway 85 will continue to operate within its capacity. There will
be an increase in the amount and type/size of traffic using the existing road network, but this
will be temporary during the construction phase.
13.5.3 COMMISSIONING
The commissioning for the Project is not anticipated to have any impact on the existing
transport infrastructure over and above the impacts identified for the construction phase, and
will all be of lower magnitude in this phase.
13.5.4 OPERATIONS
Potential operation phase impacts of the Project on existing infrastructure are assessed and
discussed below. The operation phase impacts are summarised in Table 13-4.
Receptor Importance / Low Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Infrequent Continuous Continuous
Duration Medium Medium Medium
Magnitude Very Low Very high Low
Effect Negative Positive Negative
Significance Low Medium Low
13.5.4.1 AIR
The proposed works do not include any alterations to the existing airport at Turaif. The
operation of the facility requires 960 operatives (Pre-feasibility Study (PFS) Volume 11, 62);
however, it is assumed that these will be full-time employees and based in the Waad Al
Shamaal City Development. There may an increased demand in air-travel due to staff
travelling to and from the facility, particularly in holiday periods during which the limited flights
available from Turaif is already known to result in a shortage of seats. This situation may be
exacerbated by the development. However, it is anticipated that only management and
supervisory staff will travel by air, and therefore the increased passenger numbers will be
relatively low.
Due to the perceived low demand for use of the airport through the operation of the facility the
impact is considered to be very low.
13.5.4.2 RAIL
By the start of the operational phase it is planned that the railway will be fully operational. The
proposed rail network at the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Project Name:
Complex will be accessed via the Trans-Arabian Highway from a proposed junction 7.5km
east of Turaif and from a proposed 135km railway branch line from the 2400km long NSR. It
is anticipated that Maaden train services for the Project will require three freight train paths
per day in each direction, every day of the year, apart from a planned maintenance shutdown
period of 28 days per annum.
Liquid and solid handling systems at Umm Wual are required for:
Liquids IN:
Molten Sulphur 5,407tpd or 1.784Mtpy (over 330 days)
Diesel
Liquids OUT:
Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid (MGA) and Raffinate 6,709tpd or 2.214Mtpy (over 330
days)
Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid (MGA) 460tpd or 0.152Mtpy (over 330 days)
Purified Phosphoric Acid (PPA) 237tpd or 0.078Mtpy (over 330 days)
Sulphuric Acid 1,010tpd or 0.333Mtpy
Solids OUT:
Mono/Dicalcium Phosphate (MCP/DCP) 758tpd or 0.250Mtpy (over 330 days)
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP) 271tpd or 0.088Mtpy (over 330days)
These material movements will require 4 trains per day; one 55 tank wagon train delivering
molten sulphur; one 68 tank wagon train exporting MGA and Raffinate; one 20 wagon train
consisting of 15 tank wagons of sulphuric acid; 3 tank wagons of PPA and 5 tank wagons of
MGA; and one flat bed train consisting of 9 box cars of MCP/DCP and 4 box cars of STPP.
Further detail on the operation of the railway, including passenger services, is provided in
Section 4.0 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development.
The construction of the railway and provision of passenger services will provide a form of
sustainable transport for the project. The operation of the railway will reduce the number of
HGV movements, and as a result, improve air quality and reduce the risk of Motor Vehicle
Accidents. The positive impacts for the wider community arising from the expansion of the rail
network are addressed in Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology and Section 15 Health
and Safety.
While the extent to which the existing railway lines between the coast and Al Jalamid has
sufficient capacity to accommodate the required material movements has not been confirmed
by SAR, it is anticipated that this line can accommodate these and the extension to the Project
site will be designed to do so. The Projects impact on the rail network is considered to be a
positive long term impact providing increased access to and from the Northern Borders
Province, as well as future opportunities to connect to a wider international rail network
proposed for the Gulf region.
Impact TI5 Medium Significance.
13.5.4.3 ROAD
During the operation of the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex, it is anticipated that the complex will require approximately 960 full-time staff
working three shifts per day, 365 days per year (PFS Volume 11, 62). Project staff will reside
in the portion of the Waad Al-Shammal City developed for the purpose of providing essential
services for the employees of the Project. It is anticipated that the maximum level of traffic will
be around the time of the change of shifts, with significantly less car traffic movements during
the working day. On the busiest highway leaving the Project site, the traffic going east is less
than 1,500 vehicles per hour. This is roughly the capacity of a single lane. At intersections,
Project Name:
the busiest turning movements are several hundred vehicles per hour at most, which is also
well within the capacity of the respective intersections (Maaden - Bechtel 2012, 8-21).
During operation the majority of materials and product will be imported and exported by rail;
however, soda ash, lime and limestone rock will be delivered by road and sourced locally,
where available. These materials would be transported by HGV rather than by train, as the
rail network will not service the areas from which these materials are sourced. The estimate
for HGV movements is:
45 HGVs for lime/limestone
13 HGVs for kaolin
15 HGVs for caustic soda
2 HGVs for miscellaneous materials
3 HGVs for provisions and general support17
The current estimate allows for the movement of 78 HGVs per 24 hour period, which equates
to one HGV every 18 to 19 minutes. It is likely there will be an emphasis on the movement of
vehicles during daylight hours, so it is likely that the numbers of trucks would increase in this
period and decrease at night.
The traffic count undertaken in March 2013 indicates that there is a maximum of 193 HGV
movements in a six to seven hour period during the weekend and a maximum of 256 during a
six to seven hour period during weekdays. The operation of the facility requires approximately
3 HGVs per hour, which based on a 7 hour period, is 21 HGVs, representing an approximate
7-10% increase in vehicle movements. The increase of movements is within the capacity of
the existing road infrastructure, which is able to cope with up to 2000 vehicles per hour.
The addition of 78 HGV movements over a 24 hour period would not have a significant
negative impact on the existing road network.
Potential impacts of the decommissioning/closure of the Project on the existing transport
infrastructure are assessed and discussed below. Decommissioning/closure phase impacts
are summarised in Table 13-5.
Receptor Importance / Low Medium Medium
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous
Duration Long Long Long
Magnitude Very Low Very Low High
Effect Positive Neutral Positive
Significance Low Low Medium
17
Based on the assumption of providing 3kg of provisions for 1000 people per day
Project Name:
13.5.5.1 AIR
The closure and decommissioning of the facility would see a reduction in the number of
employees using the air transportation; however, the airport would continue to be used by the
residents of Turaif and the Waad Al-Shamaal City Development, which is anticipated to be an
established Industrial City in 2046 when decommissioning/closure would occur.
13.5.5.2 RAIL
The decommissioning of the sidings for the process area is not expected to have an impact on
the railway infrastructure. The railway would continue to operate and provide a service to the
Waad Al-Shamaal City Development and could be used to remove materials and equipment
from the site during decommissioning/closure.
13.5.5.3 ROAD
The closure /decommissioning of the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate
Industrial Complex, while likely to result in a short term increase in vehicle movements as the
site is cleared, would have a positive effect on the existing road infrastructure in the long term
through reduced traffic and subsequent maintenance requirements. This could also have a
potentially positive effect on the local communities by reducing the potential for motor vehicle
accidents and improving air quality. These impacts are addressed in Section 6 Air Quality
and Meteorology and Section 15 Health and Safety.
Impact TI9 Medium Significance.
13.6 MITIGATION
13.6.1 OVERVIEW
In accordance with the methodology established in Section 5 Impact Assessment
Methodology, mitigation measures are to be implemented during construction, commissioning,
operation and decommissioning/closure of the facility to minimise potential negative impacts
on the existing traffic and transport infrastructure. The impact assessment has identified no
negative impacts of medium or high significance; however, recommendations can be made to
apply good management practice and mitigate those negative impacts identified of low
significance, or to further enhance positive impacts.
13.6.2 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS
The Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor shall develop, implement
and maintain a construction phase Traffic and Transportation Management Plan, which will be
approved by the Maaden Project Management Team prior to commencement of construction.
This plan should detail, but not be limited to, the following:
responsibility and procedures for co-ordination and liaison with SAR and the Ministry of
Transport during construction;
confirmation of capacity within the rail network and availability of trains to deliver materials
required during construction;
outcomes of traffic risk assessments undertaken;
access routes for construction plant and materials;
transport routes for the workforce (on arrival to/departure from the accommodation, and
from the accommodation to the work areas);
on-site traffic management;
measures to segregate the workforce from vehicle areas;
training and awareness; and
Project Name:
measures to protect the local community where appropriate.
The contractor will undertake regular audits of the management plan to confirm ongoing
effectiveness.
In accordance with the IFC General EHS Guidelines 2007, vehicles will not access the public
highway wherever possible. Where vehicles must use the highway network, vehicles should
access the site from the eastern approach on Highway 85 to avoid impacts on the local
community in Turaif. Where this is not possible, vehicles should be routed off the local
highways (e.g. transportation of waste to the treatment works) and use existing access roads
wherever available.
No vehicles shall leave the site with materials adhering to the wheels in a quantity which may
result in deposit on the public highway, creating a nuisance or hazard to vehicles. Suitable
wheel washing equipment to avoid such problems shall be installed, operated and maintained
on site until the development is completed.
13.6.3 OPERATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Maaden should develop, implement and maintain a Traffic Management Plan appropriate for
operational use. This should include, but not be limited to:
responsibility and procedures for co-ordination and liaison with SAR and the Ministry of
Transport during operation;
confirmation of capacity within the rail network and availability of trains to deliver materials
to and from the site;
rail scheduling and operational procedures;
access routes for operational vehicles and workforce transportation between Maaden
accommodation and work areas;
on-site traffic management ;
measures to segregate the pedestrian from vehicle areas;
training and awareness in road safety; and
measures to protect the local community where appropriate.
In light of the potential increase in air passengers, and the capacity of the current Turaif air
services, it is recommended that Maaden engage with GACA, SAUDIA and authorities
undertaking development of Waad Al Shamaal City, to address any potential cumulative
impacts.
Project Name:
14.0 UTILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE AND USAGE
14.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section outlines the existing utilities infrastructure and usage relevant to the Umm Wual
Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex area and describes the utility
requirements for the Project in order to identify and characterise impacts on the capacity of
any existing utilities. It describes services supply systems on a national, regional and local
level based on utilities present in the area including: electricity provision, telecommunication
services, water supply and wastewater management.
The impact on waste facilities is discussed in Section 10 Waste Management; the existing
transport infrastructure is addressed in the Section 13 Traffic and Transport Infrastructure.
14.2.1 POWER
Electricity for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) is provided by Saudi Electricity Company
(SEC), formed as a result of the merger of all existing electricity providers in April 2000. The
company produces 51,000 MW of power through steam, gas, combined-cycle and solar;
supplying some 6.3 million customers (SEC, 2008). SEC supplies electricity to Turaif via high
voltage transmission lines from the National Grid connections at Tabajal and Qurayyat.
Electrical service is available at the poultry facility on the Highway to the east of the Project,
but is insufficient for the planned industrial activities (Bechtel 2012). Saudi Aramco is
understood to be able to supply natural gas from a location to the east of the Project site;
however, there is no power generation or supply infrastructure within the Project area.
14.2.2 TELECOMMUNICATION
Telecommunications in KSA are provided by Saudi Telecommunications Company. Fixed
telephone lines stood at 4.63 million at the end of 2011 of which around 3.3 million, or 71%,
were residential lines. This represents a household teledensity of 69.3% and a population
teledensity of 16.2%. Mobile communications are provided by four main suppliers comprising
Bravo, Mobily, STC and Zain regulated by the Communication and Information Technology
Commission. The total number of mobile subscriptions grew to around 53.7 million at the end
of 2011, with a penetration rate of 188%. Prepaid subscriptions constitute the majority (over
87%) of all mobile subscriptions (CITC 2011).
Underground cables of two telephone service providers are in place along the northern edge
of the Highway 85 corridor. Additionally, mobile telephone coverage is available along the
Highway 85 corridor, but coverage across the Project area is intermittent with areas where no
reception is available.
14.2.3 WATER SUPPLY
Overall in 2009, 1.6 million households across the KSA were connected to the potable water
network provided by the National Water Company (Ministry of Economy and Planning 2013).
Although there are no facilities for access to potable water in the Project area, the wider area
Turaif is supplied with piped water supplied by the National Water Company from the Basita
Project at Al Jouf (see Section 12 Socio-economic Aspects). The volume of water supplied to
Turaif is 10,000m per day (Turaif News, 2012). An interview with Faris Al Nuaimi, the
Governor of Turaif, and Hussain Ali Al Khlaif, the Manager of Utilities for Turaif Municipality
was undertaken as part of this study in which it was noted that a number of people in Turaif
have private reverse osmosis plants for the provision of water to be used for washing and
household use, but not potable water (see Section 12 Socio-economic Aspects).
There are currently three boreholes drilled to several hundred metres adjacent to the Route 85
road in the south of the proposed Industrial Complex, identified in Figure 14-1. Two boreholes
are identified as being owned by the Ministry of Water and Electricity (MoWE) for use by the
local community, who collect the water using large tanker trucks. Due to the depth of static
water level in the area these wells serve as major sources of water. Consultation with users of
the water source, undertaken as part of the socio-economic survey, identified that some users
would travel over 50km to make use of the resource. Saudi Aramco also owns a well in the
Project Name:
area. There are two other boreholes that are owned by Maaden, but these serve only as
observation wells (SRK 2000, 2013).
Figure 14-1: Existing Well Locations
14.2.4 WASTE WATER TREATMENT

There are no wastewater treatment facilities in Turaif. Sanitary waste for the people of Turaif
is collected in septic tanks, which are emptied and sludge taken to the landfill site north of
Turaif. There are no facilities for the treatment of wastewater within the Project area.
14.2.5 SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE
There are no permanent bodies of surface water in the Project area. Rainfall, which is
occasional and predominantly occurs between October and March, collects in the wadi system
and drains from the higher ground into a series of depressions in the ground surface to the
west of the Industrial Complex as identified in Figure 14-2. The surface water system is
described in more detail in Section 11 Surface Water Management. There are no existing
man-made drainage facilities at the Project Site.
Project Name:
Figure 14-2: Location of Depressions

14.3.1 INTRODUCTION
This Section considers the required utilities infrastructure at the proposed Umm Wual Mine,
and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex. The impact of each of the utilities
required by the Project on the existing utilities infrastructure and use is characterised and the
impact assessed according to the Methodology described in Section 5 Impact Assessment
Methodology. Note that the assessment below is of the impact on existing utilities
infrastructure where it exists only; potential impacts on subjects such as air quality, noise or on
the proposed transport infrastructure are addressed in the relevant sections of this ESIA.
14.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
14.3.2.1 INTRODUCTION
The construction of the facility has the potential to impact upon the existing utilities
infrastructure. The construction phase impacts are summarised in Table 10-4 and discussed in
more detail in the sections that follow.
Project Name:
Scope of UI1 UI2 UI3 UI4
Impact
Receptor Low Low Low Low
Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Certain Certain Certain Certain
Duration Short Short Short Short
Magnitude Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low
Effect Neutral Positive Neutral Neutral
14.3.2.2 POWER
As described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development
power will be supplied to the Early Works camp, temporary accommodation camp and
construction phase works by generators running on fuel oil. Emissions to air and noise are
assessed in Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology and Section 9 Noise and Vibration
respectively, while the potential impacts from storage of oils etc are addressed in Section 7
Terrestrial Environment and Section 11 Surface Water Management. The use of temporary
power sources will be continuous during the construction phase, but limited to within the
Project footprint. As there is no existing power infrastructure within the Project area there will
be no impact on the existing infrastructure.
Impact UI1 Low Significance.
14.3.2.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS
During the construction phase, no connection will be made to the existing fixed telephone
lines. The contractor will use mobile communications. To do so, it is envisaged the contractor
will install additional mobile telephone (GSM) towers, since the existing mobile phone
service/reception does not extend deep into the project site. During the construction phase
the supply of additional mobile telephone towers will temporarily improve the communications
service in the immediate vicinity of the Project there will be a small and temporary positive
impact on the existing communications infrastructure.
14.3.2.4 POTABLE AND NON POTABLE WATER
As described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development
potable water will be purchased from Turaif Municipality and taken by tanker to the supply to
the Early Works camp.
As described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development,
non-potable water is to be provided by dedicated wells driven to provide water for the
construction process. Raw water pumped directly from the aquifer will be treated by reverse
osmosis to provide the potable water required for the temporary accommodation camp and
construction phase. Water is to be treated to achieve the potable water quality standards
required by the KSA National Drinking Water Quality Standard (2012) and International
Finance Corporation (IFC) Environmental Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines for Water and
Project Name:
Sanitation (2007). The impact of the scheme on the aquifer is discussed in Section 7
Terrestrial Environment.
The existing wells identified in Figure 14-1 will continue to operate during the construction
phase to provide water for the identified users comprising mainly local herders.
No potable water sources are located within the project area; therefore, there would be no
impact as a result of the construction of the Project. No mitigation is recommended.
14.3.2.5 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT
As described in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development the
Early Works temporary facilities for wastewater collection will be septic tanks, which will be
pumped and taken off site for treatment/ disposal. Temporary waste water treatment works
will be in place during the main construction phase to treat sanitary wastewater to the required
standards; treated sewerage effluent (TSE) will be reused on site for example for damping /
irrigation. Solids will be disposed of to a licensed waste facility off site.
The impacts associated with the use of septic tanks, sanitary waste water treatment plant
(WWTP) and discharge of treated effluent are addressed in Section 10 Waste Management
and Section 11 Surface Water Management.
There are no existing waste water facilities within the Project area. On completion of the Early
Works, the Project will utilise facilities installed for the Project, and as a result there would be
no impact on the receptor; the magnitude is very low and the significance is low.
14.3.3 COMMISSIONING
The commissioning for the utilities would involve testing the systems in place. The testing of
the utilities would not have an impact on the existing utilities as there are none in place within
the Project area. No impacts as a result of commissioning have been identified.
Project Name:
14.3.4 OPERATION
Potential impacts of the Project on existing infrastructure have been assessed below. The operation phase impacts are summarised in Table 14-2
and discussed in the following sub-sections.
Scope of UI6 UI7 UI8 UI9 U10 U11 UI12 UI13
Impact
Receptor Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low
Importance
/ Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Infrequent Continuous Continuous
Likelihood Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain
Extent Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local
Duration Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium
Magnitude Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low Very Low
Effect Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low
Project Name:
14.3.4.1 POWER
A full description of the power requirements of the scheme is provided in Section 4 Detailed
Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. In summary, while the facility will be
connected to the national grid, it is intended to be self-sufficient, generating power from the
steam produced by the Sulphuric Acid Plant. There will be an auxiliary boiler that will run
continuously at 20% capacity in case of a shut-down along with provision of emergency
generators at each process area.
The energy demand during operation is supplied entirely by new power infrastructure installed
for the purpose of the Project. As there is no existing power infrastructure on the Project site,
the magnitude of impact is considered to be very low and the significance is low.
14.3.4.2 STEAM AND AIR
The Power Generation Plant (PP) will receive steam from the Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP)
process and in normal operation will generate power and export Low Pressure steam, for use
across the Industrial Complex. Plant and instrument air for the site is generated in a central
facility and distributed to the various plants according to requirements. The extent of the
requirements for steam is detailed in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the
Proposed Development.
14.3.4.3 TELECOMMUNICATION
The telecommunications provision at the Project site will include a Data Network, Internet
Protocol, and Analogue telephony services, in plant voice paging and hotline telephone
systems. These will connect to the existing off-site network via the local provider; which may
include a fibre-optic connection. Further telecommunication will be provided via a satellite
internet access dish. No additional mobile (GSM) services are to be provided as part of the
Project. It is understood that there is sufficient existing capability within the local
telecommunications network to accommodate the connections required by the project. As a
result there would be no adverse alteration to the resource. The magnitude would be very low
and the significance low.
14.3.4.4 WATER SUPPLY
Water will be supplied to the Project through abstraction of raw water from the wellfields
tapping the Tawil aquifer which are to be installed as part of the Project. Groundwater derived
from aquifer abstraction is required for various production and steam generation processes, as
well as the provision of potable water for domestic use within the Umm Wu'al Mine, and Waad
Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex. A full description of the on the water demand of
the scheme is provided in Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development.
The impact on groundwater is assessed in Section 7 Terrestrial Environment. There are no
existing supplies of water within the Project area. None of the water supplies in the vicinity of
the Project identified in Figure 14-1 are accessed by the project. As there are no existing
supplies the magnitude of impact is very low and the significance is low.
14.3.4.5 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TREATMENT
A detailed description of the wastewater collection and treatment strategy is provided in
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development. The project
includes the extensive reuse of water to maximise water efficiency, and the installation of
wastewater treatment facilities for the remaining wastewater requiring treatment. The Project
will generate both sanitary and industrial wastewater, and will manage both clean and
potentially contaminated storm water/firewater.
Project Name:
14.3.4.6 SANITARY WASTE WATER
Sanitary waste will be diverted into local sumps for buildings that are located within the
process units and then collected by tanker and taken to the sanitary wastewater treatment
plant (SWTP). Sanitary wastewater generated at the Mine Maintenance Area is directed to
septic tanks while the mine itself, watch towers and check points, and the Ammonium Nitrate
Facility (ANF) are served by closed cesspits. Each of these are collected by tanker and
transported to the SWTP for treatment. Domestic sewerage generated at the unmanned
booster stations, and stored in septic tanks will also be collected by tanker. The buildings
located within the administration area will have a local sump which will collect all the sanitary
drainage from this area and pump this to the SWTP.
The impact of sanitary wastewater generated by the Project, and the resultant Treated
Sewerage Effluent (TSE) is assessed in Section 11 Surface Water Management. There are
no existing sanitary waste water collection facilities within the Project area, therefore the
magnitude of impact is very low and the significance is low.
14.3.4.7 INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER
Industrial effluents generated by the Project are small and intermittent resulting from small
process upsets, spills and wash-downs from tanks and hard standings. Industrial effluents
which cannot be reused elsewhere in the process, or otherwise regenerated, are directed to
the Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant (IWTP). The IWTP is not intended to treat
industrial effluent to a standard suitable for process reuse, irrigation or discharge to the natural
environment due to the intermittent flow and variable composition of the effluents discharged
from the various process plants and the high water quality discharge requirements. Therefore
industrial effluents generated by the process are directed to the IWTP, where they are
neutralized, depleted of fats, oils and greases and polished to remove suspended solids,
before the treated effluent is discharged to a dedicated area of the lined phosphogypsum
stack for evaporation.
The impact of the industrial wastewater generated by the Project, and the resultant treated
effluent is assessed in Section 11 Surface Water Management. Since there are no existing
industrial wastewater collection or treatment facilities within the Project area, the impact on the
receptor; existing utilities infrastructure is considered to have a magnitude of impact of very
low and the significance is low.
14.3.4.8 CLEAN STORMWATER
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development provides detail on
provisions for dealing with clean storm water. In summary, the clean storm water drainage
system will collect storm water from all areas of the site, excluding process and storage areas
where the storm water could potentially be contaminated. It will be tested and if no
contaminates are identified it will be discharge into the adjacent wadi system. Contaminated
storm water is described below.
The impact of clean storm water is assessed in Section 11 Surface Water Management.
There are no existing clean storm water collection and drainage facilities within the Project
area. Therefore, the magnitude of impact is very low and the significance is low. Although no
mitigation is recommended, the facility has been designed to provide storm water drainage
infrastructure.
14.3.4.9 POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED STORMWATER/FIREWATER
Section 4 Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed Development provides details of
the contaminated storm water management system and the impact is assessed in Section 11
Surface Water Management. In summary, the potentially contaminated storm water or
firewater from the process and storage areas, is conveyed into catch pits located at certain
Project Name:
points in each area. From these catch pits, submersible pumps will transfer the storm water
and/or fire water to a contaminated water pond located adjacent to the IWTP, and having a
storage capacity to accommodate the first flush (30mm) of storm water.
An operator will be required to test the contents of the contaminated water pond in order to
determine whether it is acceptable to discharge directly to the wadi system or if it must be
pumped across to the balancing tank of the IWTP
There is no existing surface water drainage in the vicinity of the Project, and the Project will be
self-sufficient in terms of water collection and treatment infrastructure during operation. As
there is no impact the magnitude is considered to be very low and the significance is low. No
mitigation is required. No mitigation is recommended.
The closure / decommissioning of the Project would not have an impact on the existing utilities
as there are none in place within the Project area. However, it is noted that the utilities
infrastructure will have been changed by the project and other developments in the Waad Al
Shamaal City Development. Therefore care should be taken prior to closure /
decommissioning to assess the impacts at this time. No impacts as a result of
decommissioning of the Project on existing utilities infrastructure have been identified at this
time.
14.4 MITIGATION
14.4.1 OVERVIEW
In accordance with the approach described in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology,
mitigation measures are identified where impacts are determined to be of medium or high
significance. The Project site is a Greenfield site with no existing utilities infrastructure, within
the site boundary, and limited infrastructure in the immediate vicinity. Thus the impact
assessment of the Project on existing utilities infrastructure has identified no impacts of
medium or high significance and no mitigation measures to be implemented. Nonetheless the
following recommendations are made to address low significance impacts identified prior to
the installation of the utilities infrastructure for the Project.
Since there are no medium or high significance impacts identified for the any phase of the
Project in relation to this aspect, the following recommendations are provided.
the Early Works Contractor shall confirm sufficient capacity within the Turaif sanitary
wastewater treatment system/landfill to accommodate the wastewater generated at this
phase of the construction programme;
the EPC Contractor shall confirm the establishment of temporary boreholes to supply
potable and non-potable water for construction do not negatively impact the supply at
existing wells utilised by the local population through establishment of monitoring wells, /
monitoring of well performance;
the EPC Contractor shall confirm the extent to which the existing telecommunications
network can accommodate the connections required by the Project; and
the EPC Contractor shall maximise water re-use in construction and commissioning.
Project Name:
14.5
15.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY ASPECTS
14.6 INTRODUCTION
This Section presents and overview of international and national Health and Safety legislation
and standards and provides information on regional and local health infrastructure. Baseline
health data for the country as a whole and the region in which the Project is located to give an
understanding and an overall picture of health issues and potential impacts in relation to
Health and Safety are evaluated for each phase of the Project.
The World Health Organization defines health as: "A state of complete physical, mental and
social well-being, and not merely the absence of disease". It also states that Good health is
essential to human welfare and to sustained economic and social development.
The maintenance of a good health status is promoted within the Quran. Hygiene is the
prominent topic in Islam, and the Quran advises Muslims to uphold high standards of physical
hygiene whenever possible. The government gives the health sector a high priority so to
provide all Saudi citizens and residents with access to free and high standards of health care.
15.1.1 LEGISLATIVE & CORPORATE CONTEXT
15.1.1.1 LABOR LAW (2005)
Royal Decree No. M/51 Labor Law (2005) is the principal legislation defining the Occupational
Health and Safety rights of all workers within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA). The law
seeks to provide the guiding principles for workers rights in terms of pay, welfare, working
hours and conditions and access to healthcare. The most relevant sections and articles
relating to Health and Safety are detailed in Section 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative
Framework.
15.1.1.2 PME GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND RULES FOR IMPLEMENTATION
The Environmental Regulator for the Umm Wual Mine and associated facilities is the
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment. The General Environmental Regulations define
the Principles for undertaking Environmental Assessment.
The PME has defined a series of overarching aims in Article (2) including their aim to:
Protect public health from activities and acts that harm the environment.
The PME defines, through a series of standards, thresholds and criteria, measures to protect
public and employee health from harmful air quality emissions, noise, contaminant and
pollution sources (both land and water), and disposal of hazardous waste materials.
The regulations are supported by a series of Environmental Standards on air quality, noise,
waste management, water quality (including drinking water), and the prevention of major
accidents.
The PME require the facilities to be designed to meet these standards, and exemptions can
only be provided by the relevant minister. Compliance with the standards through design,
therefore, automatically confers a level of protection for public and employee health.
PME Environment Standard 5 Prevention of Major Accidents, defines the requirements for
developing, implementing, reporting and monitoring both an off-site and on-site emergency
response plan which should be reviewed as a minimum every two years during construction
and operation of the facility.
15.1.1.3 WORLD BANK
The World Bank (WB) has defined the principals for the Assessment of Health in EIA.
Guidance is provided through the Environmental Assessment Sourcebook (2007) for the
systematic integration of public health and safety concerns through early screening of
proposed developments and implementation of appropriate measures to address risks during
Project Name:
project preparation, implementation, and beyond.
Health aspects of particular interest are the potential risks associated with communicable and
non-communicable diseases, accidents and injury, malnutrition (direct and indirect through
land-use change), health infrastructure and the impact of the project on its capacity,
integration into the project design, and monitoring of potential effects.
In addition, the World Bank has produced Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines
(2007) which detail specific requirements for Occupational and Community Health, Safety and
Welfare. The document sets out the minimum requirements for compliance with international
best practise, provides exposure limits for various groups in terms of noise, radiation etc., and
details minimum expectations for the provision of welfare facilities on site, and in
accommodation camps. The guidelines also detail recommendations for the protection of
workers and the community against the transmission of diseases, including the provision
screening and vaccination programmes.
The IFC performance standards (as described in Section 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative
Framework) also highlight the importance of health and welfare in Environmental and Social
Sustainability. The following performance standards are particularly relevant to this Section:
IFC Performance Standard 1 Assessment and Management of Environmental and
Social Risks and Impacts;
IFC Performance Standard 2 Labor and Working Conditions; and
IFC Performance Standard 4 Community Health, Safety and Security.
Performance Standard 2 requires the adoption of human resources policies and procedures to
provide workers with clear documented information as to their rights under National Labor
Laws and any relevant collective agreements. These include their rights relating to working
hours, wages, overtime, compensation, breaks, rest days, and any benefits including leave for
illness, maternity leave, annual and statutory holidays etc.
Where accommodation is being provided, policies on the quality and management of the
facilities should be implemented to ensure the provision of basic services which are defined
as:
Minimum space;
Supply of water;
Adequate sewage and waste disposal;
Protection against heat, cold, damp, noise, fire, and disease carrying animals;
Adequate sanitary and washing facilities;
Cooking and storage facilities;
Natural and artificial lighting; and
Basic medical services where appropriate.
The accommodation should also not restrict workers freedom of movement or of association.
The IFC with the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) have published
the guidance note: Workers Accommodation: Process and Standards (IFC 2009) with
associated checklist which details the level of required facilities, layout and expectations for
the provision of all workers accommodation both during construction and operation.
The performance standard also states the minimum expectations under Occupational Health &
Safety for employees, third party contractors, and workers in the supply chain. The standard
requires the implementation of policies and procedures to good international industry practices
which minimise the risks to workers from hazards including physical, biological, chemical,
radiological and specific threats to women. The procedures should include the identification of
hazards, their prevention or protective measures, reporting and documentation of accidents,
diseases and incidents, and emergency preparedness. Training of workers should also be
undertaken.
Project Name:
Policies and procedures should also be developed and implemented for the management and
monitoring of third party contractors and the primary supply chain, and incorporate these
where appropriate into their contractual obligations.
IFCPS 4 has the following objectives:
To anticipate and avoid adverse impacts on the health and safety of the affected
community during the project life from both routine and non-routine circumstances; and
To ensure the safeguarding of personnel & property is carried out in accordance with
relevant human rights principals and in a manner that avoids or minimizes risks to the
affected communities.
The implementation of the actions required to comply with this standard is managed through
the ESMS outlined in IFCPS 1. The Standard requires the evaluation of the risks and impacts
to the Health and Safety of any affected communities during construction, commissioning,
operation and decommissioning. Measures to prevent, minimise and manage these risks in
line with international best practise are required to be implemented, and any mitigation
measures should be commensurate with the nature and magnitude of the impact. Importantly,
the standards call for the avoidance of risks and impacts over minimisation and mitigation. The
standard highlights the following aspects:
Infrastructure and Equipment Design and Safety
Hazardous Materials Management and Safety
Ecosystem Services
Community Exposure to Disease
Emergency Preparedness and Response
The performance standard also provides guidance on the minimum requirements where
security personnel are employed as part of the project (either directly or through contract). The
requirements cover hiring, training, equipping, use of force, conduct towards affected
communities, and monitoring. It also requires compliance with the United Nations (UN) Code
of Conduct for Law Enforcement Officials, and the UN Basic Principles on the use of Force
and Firearms by Law Enforcement Officials.
A grievance mechanism is also required to be provided for all parties.
15.1.1.4 MAADEN CORPORATE POLICY
Maaden published their commitment to corporate and social responsibility and presented the
results of their work through their Annual Report. The corporate commitment is underpinned
by four pillars:
Health, Safety and Environment - including the development and implementation of
related policies, standards, management systems and risk management;
Commitment to Community - including the positive contribution to the communities in
which it operates;
Commitment to Employees - which provides a commitment to the overall wellbeing of
their employees and their families; and
Ethics - including the way in which the company is run, compliance with all regulations
and legislation, and the governance of its employees conduct.
During 2011, the corporate Health and Safety team introduced the Safety Culture
Improvement Plan to cover all Maaden sites and drive improvement in all safety aspects. The
plan includes management involvement in the commitment to safety, provision of training and
awareness programmes, internal audit procedures and safety recognition programmes.
The implementation of the plan included training for employees from all subsidiaries and
headquarters on areas including:
Project Name:
Creating a World Class Safety Culture;
Defensive Driving; and
Root Cause Analysis.
The plan also included practical approaches to help management at subsidiaries formulate
strategies to lead the continued development of a safety culture, gain employees involvement
through safety contact, and observation and measuring the success of safety initiatives. This
led to an improvement of Overall Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR).
In 2011 Maadens commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has achieved
several Health and Safety milestones including:
All mega project safety milestones;
Comprehensive management and training systems to international industry standards;
Over SR28 million invested in employee training; and
Construction of the medical clinic at the Al Amar Gold Mine located 195km southwest of
Riyadh.
In particular the Maaden Phosphate Company (MPC) achieved:
Over 15,000 hours in-house Environment, Health and Safety training for the MPC
including 5,874 employees and contractors trained;
4,115,460 safe-man hours completed without Lost Time Injury;
Awarded Maaden safety recognition award (Golden Award) for achieving more than one
year without lost time injury;
Achieved the 2011 LTIFR target rate of 0.41% and all Environmental Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs);
Participated and witnessed performance test of all plants, all stack emissions within the
plant design meeting the requirements of the RC; and
Implementation of 70% of all required EHS Standards.
In addition, the MPC EHS Management System upgrade has set a target to clear all non-
conforming items during 2012 and complete IMSEHS&Q and achieve ISO 9001, ISO 14001
and OHSAS 18001 certification.
MPC have also produced their Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) Policy which
includes the following Health & Safety Objectives:
Ensuring compliance with regulatory, legislative and corporate requirements (including
OHSAS18001);
Identifying and evaluating risks associated with company activities and documenting a
programme to eliminate or reduce any hazards as far as reasonably practicable to
prevent injury and ill health;
Undertake frequent monitoring, audit and review of the SHEQ management system to
ensure the system remains relevant and effective;
Set Health and Safety performance objectives and monitor and assess results to promote
continuous improvement;
Provision of training, planning and communication tools to ensure personnel are aware
and can competently carry out their SHEQ responsibilities;
Satisfy the needs and expectations of the customer at all times by providing services and
products that meet and exceed expectations and results; and
Consult and communicate with employees and other interested parties on the value of an
Project Name:
integrated SHEQ approach, and encourage full participation in the development of the
management system in place.
The policy objectives underpin the companys commitment to continuously improve their
Health and Safety performance in their operations.
14.8 NATIONAL HEALTH

The KSA has a population of >27million with a population growth rate of 3.19%. The
population is spread between 150 cities and >2000 villages, often located in remote areas.
The provision of Health Services in KSA falls under the remit of the Ministry of Health (MoH).
The MoH operates a three tier approach to healthcare provision:
Primary: Health Centres;
Secondary: General Hospitals; and
Tertiary: Specialist Hospitals.
The MoH provides approximately 60% of Health Care Facilities, with the remainder being
provided by other ministries with specific healthcare duties to discharge (e.g. Ministry of
Defence, National Guard, Ministry of Interior, Ministry of Higher Education), with some private
healthcare providers, and the King Faisal Specialist Hospital.
The MoH has published a ten year health care strategy (2009/10 to 2019) for KSA, to provide
a patient centred healthcare service to meet patients health needs in the right place at the
right time. The strategy provides for (and protects) the patients right to know and choose their
health care treatment and provider, and is implemented through the MoH Integrated and
Comprehensive National Healthcare Project.
The MoH report National and Regional healthcare statistics through the publication of the
Health Statistics Year book (MoH 2009).
15.1.2 HEALTH CARE INFRASTRUCTURE
Table 15-1 below provides a summary of the health infrastructure within KSA.
Table 15-1: Summary of National Health infrastructure 2004 to 2009 (from Central
Department of Statistics & Information in KSA)
Per
Year 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 10,000
people
Number MoH
213 218 225 231 244 0.01
Hospitals
Number MoH Beds 30317 30617 31420 31720 33277 13.1
Number Physicians 18621 20219 21265 22643 24802 25832 10.2
Number Nurses 41356 42628 44395 51188 55429 63297 24.9
Number Pharmacists 1167 1123 1023 1301 1529 1654 0.65

Number Allied Health
21802 23116 25052 26657 28752 32360 12.8
Personnel
Health Centers 1848 1905 1925 1925 1986 2037 0.8
Approximately 22.6% of the physicians and 36.6% of the dentists are Saudi Nationals, of
these, 25% are female. Saudi nationals comprise approximately 50% of the nursing
workforce, with 75% of the pharmacists and 86% of the allied health personnel, 26% of the
total allied personnel are female.
Project Name:
Each primary health care centre provides services to an average of 12456 people. There are
dental clinics in 54% of the centres, with X-ray facilities in 31% and labs in 73%.
15.1.3 COMMUNICABLE AND INFECTIOUS DISEASES
A comprehensive vaccination program over the last 20 years has been undertaken in KSA.
The program has increased the proportion of babies vaccinated against measles, rubella and
mumps during their first year of life from 93% to 98.2% in 2010. Vaccinations against
diphtheria, whooping cough and tetanus, polio, and hepatitis B also achieved 98%, with 97.7%
for tuberculosis (UNEP 2011).
The program has seen a corresponding decrease in mortality in under-fives with 19.5 deaths
per thousand live births in 2010, an improvement of 55.7% since 1990. Infant mortality rate
declined to 16.9 deaths per 63 thousand live births in 2010; an improvement of 50.3% since
1990.
A total of six cases of Meningococcal Meningitis were recorded in 2009, a reduction from 2008
levels. Other types of cerebrospinal meningitis, including pneumococcal and haemophilus
influenza, with the incidence rate per 100,000 increasing to 1.32 in 2009 from 1.21 in 2008.
The total number of cases of tuberculosis (TB) in 2009 was 3949, with an incidence rate of
15.56/ 100,000; a decrease of 0.22/ 100,000 from 2008. However, there was a marked
increase in case reporting and notification. A Health Education Program for TB was
implemented in 2009..
Malaria is present across the KSA, however there is a wide regional variation in cases. Anti-
Malaria programs have been in place since 1948, which include spraying, and transmission of
Malaria has been stopped in the Eastern, Northern, and large cities in the western regions.
A total of 2393 cases of malaria were reported in 2009, half of which were in the Jazan region
in the southwest corner of Saudi Arabia. 97.5% of all malaria cases in 2009 were from
incoming foreign nationals.
Other diseases include Amoebic Dysentery, Typhoid, and Shigellosis. These have also largely
seen a decrease in incidence rate between 2007 and 2009 (Table 15-2).
Table 15-2: Incidence Rate of other Infectious Diseases (MoH 2009)

Disease (Incidence per 100,000) 2007 2008 2009
Amoebic Dysentery 15.04 13.35 12.09
Typhoid and Paratyphoid 1.16 1.08 1.25
Shigellosis 0.64 0.76 0.47
Salmonella 7.81 5.21 5.41
Hepatitis A 5.7 6.8 5
Malta Fever 13.9 18.3
15.1.4 NON COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

According to the World Health Organisation (WHO 2012), non-communicable disease account
for 71% of all deaths in KSA see Figure 12-0-1. Cardiovascular Disease accounts for the
largest proportion at 42%, with other non-communicable diseases accounting for a further
12%.
Project Name:
Figure 15-1: Proportion of total deaths in KSA for all age groups (WHO 2012)
15.1.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & ACCIDENTS
Occupational Health in KSA is aimed at the prevention, treatment and monitoring of work
related injuries and diseases, especially in high risk industries such as metallic industries,
petrochemical, plastic and textile industries. It also includes the prevention and measurement
of exposure to radioactive isotopes, especially in health facilities.
The General Organization for Social Insurance (GOSI) for Saudi Arabia is responsible for the
protection of workers, treating and compensating work injuries under the Occupational
Hazards Branch (OHB), developing and updating schedules of occupational diseases in
accordance with relevant international laws and legislation, and preparing the Annual
Statistical Report on the occupational injuries in the KSA.
In 2009, the MoH states that 22.9% of occupational diseases were related to the metallic
industry, with the food industry accounting for 16.5%. Upper respiratory tract diseases
accounted for 27.1% of all the occupational diseases, with musculo-skeletal disorders and
digestive diseases accounting for 21.3% and 15.7% respectively (Table 15-3).
A total of 937 work related injuries were reported in 2009, 16.2% occurred in the building
material industry, closely followed by followed by ceramics and metallic industries with 16.1%
and 14.6% respectively. 26% of the injuries were related to contusions, with open wounds and
fractures accounting for 22.4% and 20.7% respectively see Figure 15-2.
There were a total of 44,316 deaths in 2009. Of these, Injuries and accidents accounted for
21% of deaths amongst non-Saudis and 16.9% of Saudis. 39.9% of deaths for non-Saudis,
and 26.1% for Saudis were the result of ill-defined causes. However it is worth noting that this
category includes the majority of those deaths which occur outside of the MoH hospitals.
Project Name:
Table 15-3: Occupational Health Diseases by Sector in 2007
Disease Industry Sector
Metals Building Ceramics Plastics Paper & Wood Leather Textile Food Other Total
Materials & Glass & Printing
Chemical
Anemia 1 4 0 1 3 1 0 0 6 1 17
ENT 9 4 2 4 9 35 22 14 16 6 121
Hypertension 0 0 3 1 4 2 8 4 0 7 29
Pneumonia 5 9 6 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 24
Obstructive pulmonary 0 4 0 0 5 2 1 1 0 4 17
disease
Urinary tract Infections 8 8 14 0 0 1 0 0 0 12 35
Eye disease 7 8 14 9 13 22 13 25 12 2 125
Digestive system 96 12 19 18 17 13 12 17 25 86 345
diseases
Dermatitis 18 23 15 18 32 9 15 15 25 18 188
Musculoskeletal 85 100 5 19 80 34 17 41 79 10 470
diseases
Upper respiratory tract 210 36 33 12 49 15 28 75 130 10 598
diseases
Other Diseases 66 9 0 8 9 13 14 27 40 49 235
Total 505 223 97 92 223 146 130 219 363 206 2204
Number of Facilities 39 7 1 17 7 1 2 4 10 2 90
Number of Workers 2121 361 48 818 493 60 180 361 363 84 4889
Project Name:
Figure 15-2: Workplace Injuries in 2009 by (A) Sector and (B) Type (MoH 2009)
The GOSI Annual Report for 2012 states that out of a total of 75,825 workplace injuries,
81.3% recovered without disability. 4.8% recovered but with disability, and 0.7% (557) injuries
resulted in death. The remainder were under treatment. Of these injuries, 94.3% were to non-
Saudis, however, GOSI state that the ratio of Saudi to non-Saudi workers injured is 1:4, and
that non-Saudis typically undertake higher risk occupations. 48% of all workplace injuries
occur in construction with trade accounting for 25.6% and manufacturing 15.7%. Plastics and
Chemicals account for 10%.
Table 15-4 and Table 15-5 below detail the number of workplace injuries by industry sector
and injury type, and injury cause respectively. Those of particular relevance to this
assessment are construction, mining and manufacturing. The leading causes of injuries in
both construction and in manufacturing are falls (falling down or falls from height), and being
struck by or against something. In both of these industry sectors, cuts and punctures,
fractures and crushing injuries, and secondary contusions are the main types of injury. Twists,
hernias and ruptures are relatively high in the construction sector, with infections relatively
high in manufacturing.
Project Name:
Table 15-4: Work Place Injuries by Injury, Location and Industrial Sector in 2012 (GOSI Annual report 2012)
Injury Type Infection Amputation Burns Dislocation Hernia & Cut & Fracture & Twist & Secondary Other Total
Rupture puncture Crush stretch Contusion
Industry Sector
Post & 98 8 23 6 50 286 237 90 593 126 1517

Communications
Trade 2190 77 352 71 320 4625 1582 1726 7528 914 19385
Construction 3480 166 560 162 1004 7612 4165 2743 12592 3883 36367
Mining & 64 7 47 10 33 219 139 79 287 100 985
Quarrying
Social Services 174 10 48 8 71 371 214 137 518 238 1789
Agriculture & 48 15 18 6 16 107 105 22 201 70 608
fishing
Manufacturing 1181 140 444 49 336 3373 1187 794 3078 1339 11921
Electricity & 123 7 60 8 33 216 121 67 288 151 1074
Water
Financing & Real 231 28 54 8 49 527 299 124 662 197 2179
Estate
Total 7589 458 1606 328 1912 17336 8049 5782 25747 7018 75825
Project Name:
Table 15-5: Workplace Injuries by cause and Industrial Sector (GOSI 2012 Annual report)
Injury Cause Caught in Struck by Rubbed Falling Vehicle Body Contact Contact Stress Other Total
or or Down Accident Reaction with with
against abraded Radiation cold or
Industry Sector or heat
caustics
Post & 18 383 134 496 165 46 11 14 12 238 1517
Communications
Trade 103 4120 1498 4378 435 1046 78 221 819 6687 19385
Construction 324 11590 3779 10440 1264 1557 220 594 907 5692 36367
Mining & 32 295 139 214 85 37 13 32 36 102 985
Quarrying
Social Services 24 356 202 604 110 87 23 31 49 303 1789
Agriculture & 9 153 38 204 54 31 9 8 3 99 608
fishing
Manufacturing 256 3414 1851 2464 373 556 183 325 181 2318 11921
Electricity & Water 12 271 77 233 87 93 16 29 15 241 1074
Financing & Real 25 642 320 546 130 81 20 28 22 365 2179

Estate
Total 803 21224 8038 19579 2703 3534 573 1282 2044 16045 75825
Project Name:
The Ministry of Interior publish statistics on Motor Vehicle Accidents (MVA) in Saudi Arabia.
MVA incident rates are known to be high in the country in comparison to Western economies.
In 2009, there were circa 78,000 reported incidents in KSA, approximately 10% of which
resulted in injuries, and 920 deaths (1%). Figure 15-3 below shows MVA incidence rates (A),
injuries (B) and deaths (C) between 2000 and 2009.
Figure 15-3: Number of MVA Incidents, Injuries and Deaths in KSA between 2000 and
2009 (MoI accessed 25/4/13).
In 2008 and 2009 there was a marked increases in incident rates of MVA. The proportion of
injuries per incident rose from a low of 4.8% to 10%, and deaths from 0.755% to 1.1%.
14.9 REGIONAL HEALTH
The Project lies within the Northern Borders Province of KSA. Health Facilities in the region
are predominantly provided by the MoH, although there are private health services readily
available in the major cities. There are a total of 41 health centres in the region most of which
are equipped with X-ray, laboratory or dental facilities. There are 7 hospitals in the Province
and 527 physicians, with 1558 nurses working in the region (see
Table 15-6 and Table 15-7).
Project Name:
Table 15-6: Health Facilities in the Northern Borders Province (MOH 2009)
Type of Facility Number
Hospitals 7
Health Centres With Dental Clinics 17
Total Number Centres
With X-ray 14
41
With Laboratory 28
Dental centre 1
Health Centres (Control at Entry point) 1
Anti-smoking Clinics 4
Forensic Medicine 1
Table 15-7: Number of Health Personnel in the Northern Borders Province

Type Number
Physicians 527
Nurses 1588
Pharmacists 42
Allied Health Personnel 770
Reportable cases of infectious and communicable diseases in the region are dominated by
childhood diseases such as chickenpox. Twenty-seven cases of TB were reported, and 6
cases of malaria. All malaria cases were in non-Saudi nationals and originated outside of
Saudi Arabia. There have been no cases of Cutaneous or Visceral Leishmaniasis (transmitted
by sandfly) reported in the Northern Borders Province, despite the area lying adjacent to the
endemic areas of Syria and Iraq. Table 15-8, provides a summary of the number of cases
reported in 2009.
Table 15-8: Number of Cases of reportable infectious/communicable diseases in the
Northern Borders Province in 2009 (MOH 2009)
Disease No. Disease No.
Tetanus 1 Hepatitis A 15
Measles 35 Hepatitis B 102
Mumps 1 Hepatitis C 11
Rubella 1 Amoebic Dysentry 4
Chickenpox 474 Salmolnellosis 4
Brucellosis 118 Tuberculosis 27
Meningitis 2 Malaria 6
Typhoid 2
14.10 LOCAL HEALTH

The local facilities in Turaif comprise a general hospital with 200 beds, four operating rooms
and one emergency room. There are four general public health centres (one operates on a
night shift); two specialised health centres (one dental and one diabetes); and three private
health centres. The general hospital is capable of treating all injuries, with the exception of
Project Name:
chemical injuries.
The nearest large hospital is located in the regional capital of Arar approximately 230km to
the South-east. The Arar Central Hospital is a general hospital facility however, recent
investment in the region has enabled the construction and opening of a new cardiac centre.
The centre will provide a comprehensive cardiology service including cardiac catheterization
and cardiac surgical operating facilities. The centre will enable people in the Northern Borders
Province to access critical facilities much more quickly and with reduced travelling times.
14.11 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION
The Umm Wual Mine and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex will be developed
over a 40 month programme. During this period the workforce is expected to comprise an
average of c. 7,000 workers rising to a peak of c. 10,000, from a variety of backgrounds but
mainly from Asia and neighbouring countries.
The EPC contractor will be required to operate in compliance with relevant laws and standards
outlined in 15.1.1 above.
The workforce will be housed in the construction camp located approximately 10km to the
south of the works. The construction camp will be equipped with the utilities and support
services necessary to accommodate the workforce, such as water, electricity, air conditioning,
laundry, canteens, recreational and medical services.
Health screening will be carried out for the workforce. The implementation of this health
screening, combined with access to on-side medical facilities will reduce the risk of health
impacts to those with chronic conditions. First aid facilities at local construction sites will also
be provided.
14.12 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN DESIGN
Maaden corporate policies and procedures have been developed to ensure compliance with
international best practise for compliance with OHSAS 18001 and ISO 9001 and ISO14001.
This ensures the management system is fully compliant with IFCPS 1 and the WB/IFC
General EHS Guidelines.
The Health and Safety of both employees and the local community has been considered as an
integral part of the project design. The design process has included HAZID workshops and a
series of detailed HSE assessments has been made for specific parts of the facility as part of
the FEED (Front End Engineering Design) process.
Eliminating or reducing the risk of many of the potential operational Health and Safety impacts
has been a central theme in the FEED stage, and it is therefore useful to incorporate a
summary of this to avoid the assessment of an impact which will not be realised, or be
substantially reduced. A summary of this work is provided below.
15.1.6 HSE DESIGN BASIS
A Design Basis has been developed for the Project site which defined the minimum standards
for design compliance. These included the KSA High Commission for Industrial Security
(HCIS) Safety Directives (SAFs) and Security Directives (SECs); Maaden Engineering
specifications and procedures; and the Saudi Building Code (SBC).
The hierarchy of controls required for the management of the Design HSE aspects and
incorporated into this project are:
Hazard Identification;
Eliminate or Minimise Hazards by Design (inherently safer design);
Hazard Prevention (reduction of likelihood);
Hazard Detection (transmission of information to control point);
Hazard Control (limitation of scale, intensity and duration); and
Project Name:
Hazard Mitigation of Consequences (protection from effects).
The design basis identifies hazards associated with the materials and process, and sets out a
suite of guiding principles under the above hierarchy of controls. Hazards identified include:
Material Hazards: including fires and explosions from ignition of fluids or dust; injury from
exposure to strong acids (e.g. phosphoric acid); metal corrosion from exposure to strong
acids; creation of flammable and explosive hydrogen gas; exposure to toxic fluids and
gases (e.g. sodium hypochlorite).
Chemical Corrosion: identifies chemicals which could corrode metals on contact
requiring special construction of containment systems, including: molten sulphur, sulphuric
acid, phosphoric acid, and sodium sulphide.
Reaction Hazards: including exothermic reactions associated with the MCP and DCP
production, and those associated with the sulphuric acid units.
Operating Conditions: including high temperature and high pressure conditions.
Plant and Equipment Hazards: including structural failure of equipment, and impacts from
external forces (e.g. dropped items and collisions)
Work Hazards: including human error, falls, manual handling,. Exposure to chemicals and
environmental factors (noise, temperature, radiation etc.), and traffic both on and off site.
An inventory of hazardous chemicals and materials is also included in the document, which
also details the properties of the chemicals. Principles adopted as part of the hazard control
process are summarized in Table 15-9 below
Project Name:
Table 15-9: Summary of Hazard Controls as detailed in the Design HSE: Design basis for FEED.
HAZARD ELIMINATION HAZARD DETECTION HAZARD CONTROL HAZARD MITIGATION OCCUPATIONAL HSE
Early Identification of hazards to ensure Provision of Overpressure Protection Systems Provision of active fire protection Medical services provision at
risks are reduced (ALARP) through comprehensive Fire & including: in areas where there is potential the accommodation including
changes to the design gas detection system Design compliance with Maaden for harm to personnel, damage to (not limited to):
Specification plant/equipment and/or risk of Treatment beyond first aid
escalation. Design shall be in line including treatment and
Equipment to withstand highest
with legislation and best practise recovery rooms.
expected pressures in normal
operation Equipment to include (not
No reliance on instrumentation for limited to): X-ray, ultra
detection/response initiation to sound, slit lamp, blood
overpressure relief/ protection analyser, ECG, defibrillation,
unless no practical alternative to etc.
reducing risks. Staffed by fully qualified
Containment of hazardous personnel.
releases from overpressure relief Provision of safety showers in
devices. close proximity to sources of
Provision of reliable and exposure and compliant with
appropriate overpressure relief regulations.
Minimum manning during operation and Design systems in line Process Control Systems to include: Passive Fire Protection (PFP) to Exposure to Hazardous
maintenance including: with legislative Display of normal plant operating include: Chemicals:
simple robust design requirements & industry parameters Protection of structural Bulk handling of chemicals
best practise
specification of materials, Generation of appropriate alarms supporting features from where appropriate
collapse (e.g. walkways) Provision of adequate
equipment & control systems, Automatic shutdown of plant
Protection of critical equipment storage to comply with
optimisation of space, deemed operating abnormally.
and supporting cabling. separation and segregation
provision of remote monitoring Operator interface for monitoring
Consideration of design life, needs.
equipment and control
maintenance, corrosion Avoidance of use of
Facilities for alarm and event
resistance and normal chemicals where possible
logging
operational limits in the selection Prohibition of use of human
Interface with fire & gas/ of materials carcinogens (IARC Group 1)
emergency shutdown functions
Critical cabling in compliance avoidance of those with high
Start up and sequencing with IEC 60331 potential.
Trend logging Diversity in cabling routing Provision of enclosed
HVAC fire damper monitoring & Fire risk hazards assessment systems where possible
control study to be carried out to Location of exhaust stacks
support PFP requirements. and vents away from
Project Name:
Fireproof ratings to be personnel and HVAC
considered and compliant with intakes.
Maaden specifications
Leak minimisation through: Implementation of Provision of fail-safe Safety Emergency Response to ensure Noise & Vibration
minimising process complexity continuous monitoring Instrumented System to detect & personnel can reach a place of Design to comply with KSA
in areas where inhibit unsafe conditions safety n any credible accident
reducing the number of joints regulations for noise in
potential exists for progressing to an event such as event. Specific requirements are occupational environment
use of welded joints flammable/ toxic release of hazardous materials detailed in separate sections
Provision of hearing
use of shut-in pressure systems releases including: below.
protection for areas
corrosion resistant materials Emergency shutdown system exceeding international limits
double containment storage (through isolation, segmentation), (e.g. OHSA & ANSI/ASSE)
including alarms, warning, and
Noise controls integrated into
return to safe conditions.
design
Optimisation of isolatable sections
Grouping of high noise areas
to minimise the inventory of
materials which may be released Segregation of low & high
during an event. noise areas
Inventory Minimisation including: Implementation of Hazardous Drainage and Bunding Escape & Evacuation Facilities Thermal Environment
Elimination or minimisation of evacuation procedures to include: including: Location of exhaust stacks
flammable &/or toxic chemicals Separation of hazardous and non- Provision of escape routes away from personnel
Simplification /minimisation of process hazardous drains Training Workshop areas to be
equipment Closed drains separated from Detailed emergency procedures vented (natural or non-
Optimisation of the molten sulphur & open drainage systems
Provision of Safety equipment
natural)
phosphate storage facilities (inc. Provision of surface drainage in Adequate supply of drinking
Provision of lifesaving
production rates, rail supply/ loading areas with flammable liquids water provided at ,24oC
equipment
rates & frequencies) Consideration of liquid release Shade from solar radiation
Use of small isolatable inventories. trajectories in design of bunding for outdoor work areas
Controlled collection and disposal Air conditioning for
of flammable release and permanently manned areas
firewater
Facilities layout including: Process & Utilities bunding and Incident awareness including: Hot Surfaces(>65oC):
Compliance with legislation Drainage to be provide for: PA systems, Elimination or minimisation
Segregation of normal & hazardous Diesel storage and loading areas Beacons for visual identification of hot surfaces and
areas Power generation & electrical equipment
Alarm volumes,
Maximising natural ventilation & blast transformer Guards to be provided for
Provision of different alarm
overpressure venting Process equipment (pumps etc.) tones for different response
protection where hot
Project Name:
Maximise distances between including drip trays types surfaces exist in preference
ignition/toxic sources and location of Oil/chemical laydown areas to lagging.
flammable & manned facilities.
Workshop aprons
Consider conditions (e.g. prevailing Roads
wind) in dispersion of toxic/ flammable
materials, smoke & gas. Water & Wastewater treatment
units
Orientation of instrument connections to
maximise protection from blasts Building Roofs
Locate high potential ignition sources in Vehicle Washdown Areas
well ventilation Refuelling areas
Maximise escape routes in the facility.
Ignition Prevention including: Escape Facilities including: Radiation (ionising & non-
Appropriate rating of equipment Location around the working ionising):
Upwind location of ignition sources area perimeters Ionising sources of radiation
Provision of escape routes for to be avoided
Provision of HVAC intakes
stretchers and personnel Exposure to non-ionising
Roads and car parks outside of
wearing breathing apparatus sources to be eliminated or
hazardous areas
Ease of use of emergency doors minimised and shall not
Combustion & compressor locations exceed the prescribed limits
(Accessibility, ease of use,
outside of hazardous areas.
single action, linked to escape Exposure to man-made UV
Enforcement of temporary equipment route, ability to open even if radiation to be eliminated
procedures locked from other side etc.) Location of High Voltage
Appropriate rating for all emergency Design of ladders, walkways etc. switch rooms to be away
shutdown equipment (including in line with regulations from permanently manned
telecoms, alarms, etc.) areas
Exclusion of laydown areas from
Minimise hazardous areas (Zone1). escape routes with physical Radiofrequency &
Provision of HVAC systems demarcation where appropriate. microwave hazards to be
Production of area classification plans Emergency Lighting (Supplied controlled at source through
showing release sources, ventilation by the by the emergency design, and layout of the
type, zones, temperature class, & switchboard, provision of battery plant.
process inventory data (e.g. flash point, back-up for escape routes,
pressure & temp). muster areas, and emergency
service locations
Electrical Protection including: Muster Facilities:
Low smoke & fume cables Located within a designated
Inclusion of protection (Surge, short refuge area. Primary location is
Project Name:
circuit etc.) & current isolation the Administration Area.
Protection of live parts (including inside Able to accommodate maximum
cabinets etc) number of personnel during
Isolation of faults to prevent escalation normal operations.
Provision of power bypass systems Design compliant with
regulations and best Practise.
Explosion Prevention including: Command and control facilities
Maximising natural ventilation through design to (in the case of serious
orientation of equipment, minimising emergency):
confinement etc. Monitor Fire & Gas Alarms
Reduce congestion & confinement Detect & monitor propagation of
through simplification of process, layout fire
optimisation, provision of grated decks, Initiate emergency
etc. depressurisation of the facility
Monitor the running condition of
firewater pumps
Initiate fire fighting systems at
selected locations (deluge)
Mechanical Handling & Impact Fire Services & Medical Facilities
Prevention including: to include:
Sufficient space for laydown areas Standby emergency response
Provision of lifting aids vehicles with full provision of fire
fighting & rescue equipment and
Provision of access platform areas
spares.
Location of equipment to prevent lifting
First-aid clinic in administration
over live plant
area with safe unhindered
Reduce vehicle access to site areas access and ambulance parking.
through segregation, provision of
Medical evacuation facilities to
barriers, routing of pipelines etc.
be provided for severe injuries
Project Name:
15.1.7 HAZID AND HAZOP WORKSHOPS
A series of Hazard Identification (HAZID) reviews were carried out during the FEED stage of
the project. Ten separate HAZID review sessions were carried out. The outcome from these
reviews have been fed into the engineering design, and any outstanding actions included as
part of the action list to be carried forward into the next phase of the project (detailed design &
EPC).
The main objectives of this HAZID review were:
To identify the significant hazards and threats associated with design, operation and
maintenance of all facilities within the FEED design scope of work associated with the
Maaden Phosphates project;
To identify appropriate hazard management measures (safeguards) required to eliminate
hazards, reduce risks and protect against the identified hazards;
To raise actions and assign responsibility for assessment/evaluation of any potential
additional safeguards; and
To achieve a common understanding of the all requirements towards achieving a safe
design.
The scope of the HAZID studies covered the following units;
Mine;
Beneficiation Plant;
Phosphoric Acid Plant (PAP);
Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP);
Purified Phosphoric Acid Plant(PPA);
Sodium TriPolyPhosphate (STPP);
Monocalcium Phosphate & Dicalcium Phosphate plants (MCP/DCP)
All common utilities and Infrastructure facilities at Umm Wu'al
The review covers hazards associated with operations activities, however, those associated
with construction activities that have been identified as relevant to design phase were
considered. A HAZID session will be carried out on all units during the next phase of the
project to address specific design hazards associated with construction, commissioning and
maintenance activities
Actions identified by the HAZID process addressed many of the issues raised in the Health &
Safety Design basis, however, additional hazards were identified and are summarised below.
Climatic Extremes consideration of low and high ambient temperatures (-8oC to 60oC),
effects of ice and snow on equipment, dust & sand storms, low visibility, flash flooding
etc., and incorporate mitigation measures into the design in terms of equipment
temperature ranges, suitability of materials, effect on HVAC systems, provision of PPE,
damage to infrastructure and mitigation in the design, surface water drainage design etc.
Radiation from Phosphate ores which can contain uranium. Analysis of rock content to
be completed and appropriate management techniques incorporated into the design.
Seismic activity Close proximity to earthquake belt in the Northern Red Sea area and
consideration of structural resilience to activity to be incorporated into the design.
Dust Control management of dust through damping down using treated process water
to be included in the design.
Diseases including effect on promotion of diseases such as legionella from cooling
towers, and diseases from contact with toxic materials. Assessment of design, layout and
mitigation in compliance with relevant standards and best practise.
Working Hazards such as working at height etc. Provision of a site permit to work
system, incorporation of training, and implementation of site safety procedures in line with
Project Name:
Occupational Safety guidance.
Medical evacuation facilities consideration of the type of facilities required for
evacuation to specialist facilities in the region.
Noise including noise impacts on local communities. Noise levels at the site boundaries
designed to be below required standards.
Common Emergency Services including fire, medical, police etc., for major emergency
response. Consideration of resources available and impacts on the wider community and
project requirements for incorporation into the design.
Proximity to local community including airport, affected communities, transport corridors
etc. To be assessed as part of the overarching design.
Waste Disposal consideration of the types, and means f disposal with a view to
minimising volumes, and waste to landfill.
Mining Waste Storage Design of storage, location and volumes of materials to be
stored, with a view to minimising volumes, time on site and safe design of mounds
(height, shape etc.), protection of the storage areas from inundation etc.
On-site traffic movements protection of plant and personnel. To include segregation of
vehicles, traffic barriers, signage etc.
In addition to the HAZID review, HAZOP reviews are also planned which will identify specific
hazards in relation to construction, commissioning and decommissioning, however the results
of these were not available for inclusion as part of the ESIA.
15.1.8 SPECIFIC RISK ASSESSMENTS
Specific risk assessments have been undertaken as part of the design HSE process for
hazards such as Toxic Chemicals, Fire and Explosion Hazards, Occupied buildings, and a
further one will be undertaken on Health Risks associated with the facilities.
The risk assessments have been carried out in accordance with best practise procedures and
the assessment is based on a risk matrix derived from the likelihood and severity of the
potential impacts. Mitigation measures are then developed to minimise the risks through
elimination/avoidance, reduction of risk at source, and finally protection.
Identified risks and mitigation are incorporated into the FEED design where appropriate, or
detailed for inclusion in the detailed design.

15.1.9 INTRODUCTION
The following section considers and assesses the potential impacts, both negative and
positive, that the proposed Umm Wual Phosphate Project may have upon the Health, Safety
and Welfare of both the employees and the local communities. Sensitive receptors for the
local community have been identified as part of the Section 12 - Socio-economic Aspects.
Consideration has been given to impacts associated with the construction, operation and
decommissioning stages of the Project. The impact assessment has been completed in
accordance with the methodology outlined by Section 5 - Impact Assessment Methodology.
15.1.10 CONSTRUCTION
The influx of a large number of construction workers is the primary source of health impacts on
the local community during construction. The degree of interaction with the local community
will determine the significance of the impact. In addition, potential sources of impacts during
the construction phase include the following:
Exposure to environmental factors (Air Quality, Noise, Water & Contamination);
Impacts of increased vehicle movement;
Occupational Health & Safety of Construction Workers (including accidents and injuries,
Project Name:
and mental health); and
Communicable and non-communicable diseases.
Potential impacts from construction of an industrial facility were identified. These impacts are
summarised in Table 15-10 below.
Project Name:
Table 15-10: Summary Assessment of Health Impacts During Construction
Factor HS01a HS01b HS02 HS03 HS04a HS04b HS05 HS06
Receptor Importance/ Sensitivity High High High High High High High High
Frequency Continuous Continuous Infrequent Infrequent Frequent Frequent Infrequent Continuous
Likelihood Likely Likely Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Likely Unlikely Likely
Extent Local Local Local Local Local Regional Local Local
Short -
Duration Short Short Short Short Short Short Long
Medium
Magnitude Medium Low low Low Medium Medium Medium Medium
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Positive
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Indirect
Significance Low Low Low Low Low Medium Medium Medium
Project Name:
15.1.10.1 CONSTRUCTION RELATED HEALTH IMPACTS FROM AIR QUALITY AND NOISE
Impacts on air quality during construction related to the use of mobile diesel plant, increase in
traffic volumes, and an increase in dust particles from construction activities.
Increased exposure to NOx and SOx emissions from plant and vehicles can increase the
sensitivity of individuals in vulnerable groups especially those diagnosed with chronic
conditions such as Asthma. As such, impacts are more likely to be seen in the local
community then in the workforce which have on-site medical staff, and have a comprehensive
health screening in place.
Construction also has the potential to increase the levels of particulate matter in the form of
dust. Increased exposure to dust can increase the incidence of non-communicable respiratory
disorders and chronic respiratory diseases. These impacts are more likely to be seen in the
workforce.
Impacts on air quality from exhaust emissions from on-site stationary engines and other
operating equipment are considered low, due to rapid dispersion and dilution in more open
areas, and are subject to maintenance programmes and are operated in compliance with
HSES policies to protect on-site workers. The overall impact of air quality on workforce health
is therefore considered to be low from air quality and dust.
The increase in traffic movements and in particular those using the road through Turaif have
the potential to adversely impact on the local air quality. The nearest school lies approximately
1km from the main highway, and the hospital also lies close to the main road. The additional
traffic movements from the construction traffic are unlikely to significantly impact on air quality
in the area, given the current number of movements from the Saudi Aramco facility and other
facilities, and will be temporary in duration. Therefore, community impacts are considered to
be low.
Construction noise and vibration from on-site plant and machinery, transportation, can
adversely affect peoples' quality of life. The health effects of noise and vibration during
construction include hearing loss caused by exposure to noise at work which continues to be a
significant occupational disease, and hand arm vibration exposure. Factors that contribute to
the health effects are: the noise level, level and type of vibration, and the length of exposure
(e.g. daily or over a period of years). Exposure to noise is more common and it can take years
for the health effects to be realised. Management of construction noise will follow international
best practice and will include consideration in the detailed design phases of changes in the
construction process, and plant to minimise noise impacts, organisation of the programme and
workforce to ensure rotation of staff, development of a comprehensive training programme
and provision of PPE where required, and implementation of monitoring and health
surveillance measures during construction. The implementation of these measures will reduce
the impact to low significance.
Impact HS01a (air quality) Low significance
Impact HS01b (noise) Low Significance
15.1.10.2 CONSTRUCTION RELATED HEALTH IMPACTS FROM WATER
Potable water supply to the construction site will be provided by tanker or a locally sunk well
and will be supplied to the required standards as defined by National Drinking Water Quality
Standard for KSA (2012) and IFC Environmental Health, and Safety Guidelines for Water and
Sanitation (2007), and therefore health risks to the workforce are considered negligible.
The aquifer is a non-renewable resource, and any use of water from this aquifer has the
potential to degrade the supply and quality of water to the local. Monitoring of the aquifer is
currently being proposed (Section 7 Terrestrial Environment) and any health impacts to the
local communities from degradation of water supplies is considered to be low.
Impact HS02 Low Significance
15.1.10.3 CONSTRUCTION HEALTH IMPACTS RELATED TO WASTE (LIQUID & SOLID)
A Construction Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP) will be developed and implemented for
Project Name:
the Project and will be specific to the requirements during the Early Works and main
construction activities. The Plan will detail the types of waste and the mechanisms for storage
and disposal (see Section 10 Waste Management). Domestic, general and hazardous waste
is required to be stored, collected and disposed of in according to National standards and
procedures reducing any potential risks to the workforce.
Construction waste water will take the form of two types: sanitary and general construction.
Sanitary waste water will be treated on site in a temporary SWTP and treated to the required
standards for use in irrigation. Any evaporation ponds and surface drainage areas will be
fenced to prevent access. The storage of water in these areas is likely be low during
construction, and therefore the potential for exposure to water based diseases and/or vector
borne diseases (e.g. from rats) will be minimised and is considered to be low impact.
15.1.10.4 INCREASE IN CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC RELATED VEHICLE ACCIDENTS
Traffic and transport details are presented in Section 13 Traffic & Transport. This section
identifies the potential impacts associated with physical movement of vehicles especially
where they relate to Motor Vehicle Accidents (MVA). The national statistics for MVAs are
detailed in Section 15.1.5. The GOSI annual report suggests that 3.5% of all workplace
injuries/accidents are caused by MVAs at least half of these are in the construction industry.
In addition, consultation with the municipality suggested that MVAs accounted for 50% of all
deaths in the Turaif area. It is therefore reasonable to assume that MVAs also contributed
significantly to other injuries which did not result in death. Vehicle accidents increased during
the summer period. This statistic is very high compared to the national statistics
Any increase in vehicle movements could have a profound impact on the safety of both the
workforce and the local community.
Maaden, through their Corporate Policy are committed to reducing MVAs and as such, all
project personnel who are required to drive will be provided with defensive driver training.
Safety processes will be implemented to reduce the need for driving.
During construction, it is likely that the workforce will be taken by bus from the accommodation
camp to the construction site(s). However, the EPC Contractor will perform a Traffic and
Logistics Study to assess roads and determine access requirements via other modes of
transport. On completion of this survey, construction lay down areas, dimensions of all road
and jobsite clearance limitations will be identified.
Much of the construction materials and plant will be delivered to the site by the existing road
network. The use of the rail infrastructure will be considered as part of the EPC Contractor will
Traffic and Logistics Study the use of the existing rail network could reduce the potential
impact on accidents. Safety records and processes will form part of any supplier and
contractor evaluation, ensuring the EHS guidelines are driven into all aspects of the project,
reducing risks of MVAs in the supply chain. The likelihood of MVAs occurring to the workforce
will therefore be considerably reduced.
Potential community safety issues relate to the increased risk of MVAs from other road users.
Traffic access points and routes around and across the Project area will be restricted.
Private cars will not be permitted without prior approval, and personnel vehicle access to the
site is likely to be restricted to buses for transporting the workforce from the construction camp
to the work areas. The risks to pedestrians is considered to be very low. There does,
however, remain a significant risk that the increase in traffic movements could further increase
the risk of MVAs to road users along Highway 85.
Impact HS04a (Workforce Safety) Low Significance
Impact HS04b (Community Safety) Medium Significance
15.1.10.5 CONSTRUCTION STAGE OCCUPATIONAL HSE IMPACTS (ACCIDENT/ INJURY &
DISEASE)
Many aspects related to occupational health (e.g. MVAs, environmental aspects.) have been
Project Name:
assessed in the above sections. This section will therefore considers general work force
accidents and injuries, diseases, and issues such as mental health and stress. The national
statistics for work force accidents and injuries, diseases are detailed in Section 15.1.5. In
summary accidents and injuries in the construction industry, account for approximately half of
all workforce injuries (GOSI 2012).
Workplace accidents and injuries can be reduced through the implementation of international
best practise in training, monitoring, HSE guidelines and practises. Injuries and accidents can
be further reduced through the introduction of a programme which addresses culture and
behaviours on site. Furthermore, Corporate Policy and engagement with staff, suppliers and
contractors will have a major impact on the success of any safety practises implemented on
site.
The Project will be implemented using processes and procedures designed to international
best practice and be compliant with the IFC EHS General Guidelines (2007). First aid services
and Medical facilities will be provided on site during the main construction period, and workers
will have access to the general hospital in Turaif and in Arar.
An Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) will be developed as part of ESIA (see
Appendix B) which will detail the response to severe injuries/accidents. The provision of fully
trained medical staff and comprehensive medical facilities will reduce this risk to low.
Mental health & stress is also an important consideration for any workforce. The
accommodation camp has been designed to provide high standard accommodation with
recreational facilities, and access to on-site health care staff, all of which will contribute to a
reduction in stress and improved mental health. Working hours, holidays, pay, grievance
mechanisms etc., will also be implemented according to National Labor laws, ensuring the
employment conditions are suitable and do not contribute to an increase in stress.
The baseline assessment suggests that the cases of many communicable diseases are
relatively low, especially for cases of malaria which are primarily brought into the area through
migration of workers. Transmission of such diseases amongst the construction workers
themselves and transmission between the construction workers and the local community must
both be considered.
The exact location, layout, and facilities will be determined in the next phases, however the
construction workers are likely to be house in shared accommodation with communal toilet
and shower facilities. The close living quarters and communal kitchens could increase the
spread of infectious diseases that may be present. The accommodation camps during
construction will be designed to National Labor Law and in line with the guidance published in
the IFC Workers Accommodation: Processes and Standards (IFC 2009). In addition, a
comprehensive health screening programme for workers will be developed in compliance with
KSA regulations.
Interaction of construction workers within the local community will be reduced due to the
establishment of the accommodation camps located approximately 30 km away from Turaif.
Worker needs and facilities will be provided within the accommodation areas, and this also
reduces the potential interaction with the local community. The influx of up to 10,000 workers
is likely to have a significant impact within a Turaif population of 48,000 on the transmission of
communicable diseases which may reach families and the community at large. This is of
particular concern for the period of construction undertaken up to the opening of the on-site
medical facility
It is anticipated that the incidence rate of a variety of commonly occurring infectious ailments
and diseases, such as chickenpox, hepatitis, and diarrhoea diseases will increase. However
the implementation of a comprehensive health screening programme, compliance and
implementation of international HSE standards and the World Bank EHS guidelines, provision
of a medical facility with fully trained staff, and the introduction of a comprehensive
information/training programme will reduce the significance of the potential impact.
Impacts HS05 Medium Significance
Project Name:
14.14 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATIONS
As discussed in Section14.12, the operational health, safety and welfare of the workforce and
community has been integral to the design of the Mine and Industrial Complex, and
undertaken to internationally accepted standards. The operational workforce will be
substantially lower than during construction, and will be housed in permanent Maaden
housing developed for the Project within the Waad Al Shamaal City community zone. While
the initial connections to utilities such as potable water supply, sewerage conveyance, are
likely to be temporary ones, these will nonetheless be provided in accordance required
standards, as will the permanent utilities to which the Maaden housing will be connected once
developed as part of the wider Waal Al Shamaal City development.
A full project description is provided in Section 3 - Detailed Description and Layout of the
Proposed Development which describes the phases of operation, design of the plant and
supply of materials, design of the loading and storage areas, and the recycling of all water on-
site.
The operational assessment therefore considers only the residual impacts which have not
been designed out, or minimised, and is limited in scope to:
Air Quality & Dust;
Traffic and Transport (including community effects);
Occupational Health, Accidents and Incidents; and
Communicable and Non-Communicable Diseases.
Radiation
These potential impacts from the operational phase of the Project are summarised in Table
15-11 and are discussed below.
Table 15-11: Summary of the Impact Assessment
Factor HS06 HS07a HS07b HS8 HS9 HS10
Receptor High High High High High High
Importance/
Sensitivity
Frequency Frequent Infrequent Frequent Infrequent Infrequent Frequent
Likelihood Likely Unlikely Likely Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely
Extent Local Local Local Local Local Local
Duration Long Short Medium Short Short Medium
Magnitude Medium Medium Medium Medium Low Low
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Medium Low Medium Low Low Low
15.1.11 OPERATIONAL IMPACTS RELATED TO AIR QUALITY & DUST

The processes on site during operation include: blasting, crushing, sorting, storage, and
importation of raw materials. All of these process have the potential to increase dust
emissions.
The design of the site ensures that many of these systems are closed to prevent impacts on
human health, however, the blasting, mining and primary crushing will be open and as such
has the potential to impact on the workforce through inhalation of dust particles increasing the
Project Name:
risk of non-communicable cardiovascular disease, which can occur many years after the work
has been completed.
Where the rocks contain high levels of heavy metals the workforce can suffer from chronic
exposure. The samples taken at the site suggest that the rock is relatively benign, although
the whole rock assays did show high levels of cadmium which is a known carcinogen.
Where possible, avoidance of exposure has already been implemented in the design, however
minimisation of exposure through the enforcement of correct PPE on site (masks etc.),
changing of work patterns to ensure staff are exposed for limited periods, and the
implementation of a comprehensive occupation health programme will reduce these risks
further.
The areas of concern in terms of dust emission are remote in location, and there are no
communities surrounding the mine area which could be affected by the blasting and mining
operations.
Impacts from air quality during operation relate to the emissions from plant and vehicles which
can increase the sensitivity of individuals in vulnerable groups especially those diagnosed with
chronic conditions such as asthma. The implementation of a comprehensive health screening
for the workforce, combined with access to on-site medical facilities will reduce the risk of
health impacts to those with chronic conditions.
Traffic movements have the potential to adversely impact on the local air quality. The majority
of materials will enter the site via train reducing the impact of traffic movements on air quality.
However a significant number of heavy goods vehicles will supply the Project with materials on
a daily basis, and these will be augmented vehicles carrying personnel to and from site.
As identified in Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology the area is achieving ambient air
quality standards with the exception of PM10 concentrations which are high in background
levels due to local sand storm events. The Project has been designed to comply with PME and
international standards for air quality and emissions. A risk assessment will be undertaken
which shall define the specific risks and mitigation for occupational health, including working
hours, exposure limits, and use of PPE as required. A precautionary approach to the
assessment has therefore been taken.
The overall impact of air quality on workforce and community health is therefore considered to
be medium from air quality.
Impact HS06 Medium Significance
15.1.11.1 INCREASE IN OPERATIONAL TRAFFIC RELATED VEHICLE ACCIDENTS
Traffic and transport details are presented in Section 13 Traffic & Transport. As highlighted
in the baseline, MVAs are a major source of fatalities and injuries in KSA. The increase in road
traffic therefore increases the risk of MVAs both to the workforce (including suppliers) and
local road users. The workforce is expected to be transported to site from the accommodation
primarily by bus, reducing the need for driving. The HGV movements associated with the
import of materials required by the facility, is expected to increase by approximately 20%
A traffic management plan will be implemented which will detail the rest requirements for
driving, location of sensitive areas within the Industrial Complex, segregation of the work force
from vehicle accessible area etc. and will be provided to employees and supported by a
training and awareness programme. This will reduce the risk of both MVAs and also risk of
injury resulting from an accident.
Given the long distances and use of the road network, other road users will be more exposed
to the potential for MVAs through the increased traffic generated on the roads. Awareness
programmes for suppliers and contractors, could be included to reduce the risk of MVAs
however, given the duration of the project and high incidence rate of MVAs the increase in
traffic movements is likely to have a moderate impact on affected communities and other road
users.
Impact HS08a (Workforce) Low Significance
Project Name:
Impact HS08b (Community) Medium Significance
15.1.12 HEALTH IMPACTS FROM ACCIDENT & INJURY
Many aspects related to occupational health have been considered as part of the Safety in
Design Process (see Section 14.12), and the Maaden Phosphate company policy and
implementation of this on their existing facilities has resulted in an exemplary safety
performance in 2011. These international standards and systems (including lessons learned)
in parallel with comprehensive on-site medical and welfare facilities, will be implemented on
this project, and therefore the occupational health impacts in terms of accidents and injuries is
considered to be low.
Mental health & stress is also an important consideration for any workforce. The
accommodation camp will be designed to provide high standard accommodation with
recreational and sports facilities, and access to on-site health care staff, all of which will
contribute to a reduction in stress and improved mental health. Working hours, holidays, pay,
grievance mechanisms etc., will also be implemented according to National Labor laws,
ensuring the employment conditions are suitable (including factors such as climate) and do not
contribute to an increase in stress.
The EERP will detail the communication and procedures associated with any major incidents
(e.g. chemical spill, ammonia release). This plan will be developed throughout the detailed
design phase and implemented on site using the policies and procedures outlined in Appendix
B. Operational stage impacts on the workforce and community are therefore considered to be
low.
15.1.13 DETERIORATION IN HEALTH FROM DISEASE
The risk of communicable diseases such as childhood diseases, HIV, Hepatitis etc, will still
exist. The accommodation area forms part of the existing facilities, and comprehensive health
screening and facilities being implemented on site for operations will further reduce the
likelihood of the impact occurring. The accommodation area forms the first part of the
proposed Waad Al Shamaal City development. Therefore the proximity to potentially affected
communities will increase over the lifetime of the project and development of the area.
Sanitary and wastewater treatment and recycling on site ensures that a high standard of
welfare facilities will be accessible to all on site,
The implementation of the operational waste management plan will ensure all waste
(domestic, industrial and hazardous not permanently managed on site) is stored in covered
areas, according to best practise and will be removed from site on a frequent basis. This will
reduce the risk of attracting potential vectors (e.g. rats) to the site.
The location of the mining site, however, lies close to the borders with Jordan and Iraq both of
which are endemic areas for Leishmaniasis. Whilst the mining operations for the site will
change the conditions and habitats of the areas, the potential for exposure of the workforce to
infected vectors is increased due to the proximity to the border area.
New surface water storage ponds, are considered unlikely to create a substantial increase in
standing water areas. The operational impacts are therefore considered to be low.
Impacts HS10 Low Significance
15.1.14 DETERIORATION IN THE HEALTH FROM EXPOSURE TO RADIO-NUCLIDES

Naturally occurring radionuclides contained within the phosphate rock, are transferred to the
tailings and phosphogypsum, which is stored on site.
The assessment of potential impacts of radionuclides found that the total dose from exposure
to radionuclides by inhalation of dust or by external exposure to the soil whilst standing upon it
is 125 Sv/yr. This is lower than typical average exposure to background radiation of ~2
mSv/yr (UNSCEAR, 2008). The actual exposures at the site are likely to be even lower as a
Project Name:
very conservative assumption on dust in air has been made for the assessment and it is likely
that at those concentrations protective equipment would be required. Therefore, project
impacts from radiological exposure are considered to be of low significance.
Impacts HS11 Low Significance
14.15 DECOMMISIONING
Potential impacts from the decommissioning phase of the Project were identified. These
impacts are summarised in Table 15-12 and are discussed below.
Table 15-12: Summary of Health and Safety Impacts of Decommissioning
Factor HS12a HS12b
Receptor Importance/ Sensitivity High High
Frequency Infrequent Infrequent

Extent Local Local
Duration Short Med
Magnitude Medium Low
Action Direct Indirect
Significance Low Medium
15.1.15 INTRODUCTION
Potential impacts from this phase of the project are both short term, resulting from
decommissioning activities, and long term legacy issues resulting from materials and
conditions left in place.
The accommodation areas will form part of the Waad Al Shamaal City and will therefore
remain in service. Any infrastructure (e.g. utilities, health facilities, permanent roads, rail etc.)
will all remain in-situ and will serve the growing community. The effects of this have been
considered in the assessment above (through duration and magnitude of effect) and are,
therefore, not considered in this section.
15.1.16 DECOMMISSIONING STAGE HEALTH AND SAFETY IMPACTS
The impacts of decommissioning are likely to be similar to construction, with risks from
chemicals, waste materials, accidents and injuries being the most likely to be realised.
Decommissioning will be planned by developing, procedures, and any HSE requirements to
ensure the project is decommissioned safely and effectively, using the correct PPE etc. The
Emergency Response Plan will also detail response during decommissioning. The
decommissioning impacts are therefore considered to be low.
The assessment of potential impacts of radionuclides found that the total dose from exposure
to radionuclides by inhalation of dust or by external exposure to the in the immediate vicinity of
the phosphogypsum storage facilities was lower than typical average exposure to background
radiation of ~2 mSv/yr (UNSCEAR, 2008). Therefore long term impacts on the local
community associated with the storage of these materials in perpetuity is considered to be
medium. The implementation of a site restoration plan and post-project monitoring would
reduce this potential impact to low.
Impacts HS12a (Workforce) Low Significance
Impacts HS12b (Community) Medium Significance
Project Name:
14.16 MITIGATION
15.1.17 INTRODUCTION
The incorporation of Health and safety into the FEED stage has allowed much of the mitigation
to be incorporated into the design, which has been effective in reducing the majority of the
impacts to low adverse.
This section will detail the additional mitigation which should be included as part of the detailed
design and operational stages to reduce potential impacts further and/or realise further
benefits.
A hierarchical approach to mitigation development has been adopted to manage impacts
identified for the construction, commissioning, operational and decommissioning phases of the
Project. This approach consists of three distinct stages:
Avoidance eliminate impacts wherever possible.
Minimise Reduce the effect of negative impacts that cannot be avoided.
Compensate Implement compensatory measures for remaining significant impacts.
activities on Health and Safety Aspects The mitigation measures comprise a combination of,
management procedures and further assessments to ne undertake at detailed design and are
described in the subsequent sections. The following text assesses the impacts predicted as
being of medium to high significance against appropriate mitigation measures to predict the
residual impact significance.
Project Name:
15.1.18 CONSTRUCTION

Mitigation
HS04b Increase in construction traffic related Medium Training and awareness on issues such as defensive Low
vehicle accidents (community) Adverse driving will be provided to the workforce.
Significance
HS05 Construction stage occupational HSE Medium Early engagement with local service providers to assess Low
impacts on the Workforce (accident/ injury Adverse the capacity of the region to absorb any potential issues
& Disease) Significance should be undertaken, and this will inform the design
and staffing of the facilities to ensure local services are
not adversely affected. This consultation should include
all emergency services to ensure agreement is reached
on the most effective mechanisms to deal with any
major incident.
Project Name:
15.1.18.1 RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPC Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a construction and
commissioning phase Environmental Emergency Response Plan (EERP) and Construction
Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) as supporting documents to the Environmental
Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) (Appendix A of this ESIA), as well as HSE Plans
as required. These plans will detail responsibilities and procedures for environmental, health
and safety management and emergency response during construction and commissioning,
and should address the following specifically targeted to health and safety:
Installation of the medical facilities (including well equipped and staffed temporary
facilities) early in the construction programme, including facilities for early works;
Provision of health screening for all workers
Early engagement with local healthcare service providers to assess the capacity of the
region to inform the design and staffing of the medical facilities to ensure local services
are not adversely affected. This consultation should include all emergency services to
ensure agreement is reached on the most effective mechanisms to deal with any major
incident, including any evacuation to hospitals in Arar.
Consideration of the opportunity to assist in the investment in the regional health services,
through support to the local hospitals and/or clinics, training and awareness and
employment of local staff.
Provision of personal protective equipment and health surveillance monitoring for workers
Implementation of measures to minimise exposure to noise
Establishment and implementation of Health and Safety procedures in accordance with
best practise for accidents and on site safety
Maintenance of construction accommodation areas in accordance with best practise and
communal areas cleaned regularly to minimise potential for disease
Inclusion of safety performance, procedures and processes and safety record in any
supplier evaluation
Monitoring of abstracted water quality to confirm abstraction for the purposes of
construction does not degrade existing water quality
Waste storage areas should be kept to a minimum, and should be fenced to protect
workers from accidental contact. The required Construction Waste Management Plan
should include measures to minimize potential health impacts from the storage and
transportation of waste
A traffic and logistics study to assess roads, determine access requirements and inform
construction laydown, road dimensions and clearance limitations and requirements for
pedestrian segregation, and a traffic and transportation plan to effectively manage
transportation during construction
Minimisation and routing of construction vehicle movements away from Turaif city and
residential areas
Provision of a comprehensive driver training programme for workforce, contractors and
suppliers required to drive as part of the Project, with evidence on completion of training
maintained and periodic reviews / audit of driver performance to confirm adherence to
safe driving practices.
Consideration of provision of training and awareness on issues such as defensive driving,
to the local community, suppliers and contractors
Regular (prior to the first use of any vehicle and then at least once per week)
maintenance checks on the vehicle conditions.
Provision of stockpile management systems and associated procedures to reduce dust
emissions and run-off from temporary material stockpiles
Project Name:
15.1.19 COMMISSIONING, OPERATIONS & DECOMISSIONING PHASE

Mitigation
HS06 Air Quality impacts on the Workforce Medium A risk assessment will be undertaken which shall define Low
Adverse the specific risks and mitigation, including working
Significance hours, exposure limits, and use of PPE as required.
HS07b Operational stage traffic impacts on the Medium Training and awareness on issues such as defensive Low
Community Adverse driving will be provided to the workforce and suppliers.
Significance
HS11b Decommissioning stage Health and Safety Medium Decommissioning will be planned by developing, Low
impacts on the Community Adverse procedures, and any HSE requirements to ensure the
Significance project is decommissioned safely and effectively, using
the correct PPE etc in line with requirements and
intended future use.
Implementation of the closure plan and associated post
closure monitoring and maintenance requirements.
Project Name:
15.1.19.1 RECOMMENDATIONS
The support to the local community, suppliers and contractors through the expansion of driver
awareness training can be continued throughout the operational stage, to reduce the risk of
potential MVAs from the increase in traffic and transport. This should be in consultation with
the relevant authorities to ensure it is appropriate for the region and targets those groups
perceived to be most at risk.
A risk assessment should be undertaken to define specific risks and mitigations for
occupational health including working hours, exposure limits, noise level, use of PPE.
A health screening programme should be implemented to manage potential health risks
associated with chronic exposure.
Consideration should be given to provision of emergency evacuation facilities to the nearest
comprehensive medical facility in Arar / arrangements made for implementation in the event
of a serious accident / injury that cannot be addressed by local healthcare facilities.
Health and safety procedures and processes in compliance with international best practise for
accidents and on site safety and Maaden HSE procedures should be implemented that:
minimise exposure to pollutants, noise etc, and should include but not be limited to the
provision and enforcement of PPE on site, changing working patterns to limit exposure
periods etc.
segregation and suitable storage of wastes to minimise potential vectors for disease
A comprehensive site restoration plan should be included with the Closure plans to ensure the
potential for long term health impacts on the local community are avoided and/or minimised.
Where appropriate this can include monitoring post closure.
15.1.20 ACCIDENTAL EVENTS
The EERP (on outline included in Appendix B) should detail the procedures and process to be
followed to protect both the workforce and the local community from potential harm in the
event of an incident. This should include liaison with the local authorities to ensure services
are (a) available, and (b) able to cope. Provision for evacuation to Arar hospitals should also
be included for incidents which the local area cannot service (e.g. chemical, radiation etc.),
and which may be time critical.
Project Name:
16.0 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
16.1 INTRODUCTION
As a part of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA), it is important that the
sustainability of the proposed development is also evaluated against a range of recognised
criteria, giving consideration to economic, social and ecological processes as well as the
optimisation of trade-offs between and across the three systems. The assessment of
sustainability provided by this section has been undertaken by analysing how elements of
sustainable development were integrated into the ESIA process and into the design and
planning of the Project itself. The sustainable development assessment is designed to ensure
that the entire project lifecycle is taken into consideration.
16.2 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT CONTEXT
16.2.1 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AS A POLICY CONCEPT
The modern concept of sustainable development emerged from a series of meetings and
reports during the 1970s and 1980s. However, the most significant step in recognition of the
concept of sustainable development came in 1987 when the UN-sponsored Brundtland
Commission drafted Our Common Future, which detailed widespread concerns about poverty
and the environment in different regions of the world. The report stated that whilst economic
development cannot stop, it must change course to ensure that it fits within the ecological
limits of the planet. The Brundtland Commission defined sustainable development as:
Development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs. (UNWCED, 1987).
The Brundtland report also noted that; Major unintended changes are occurring in the
atmosphere, in soils, in waters, among plants and animals. Nature is bountiful but it is also
fragile and finely balanced. There are thresholds that cannot be crossed without endangering
the basic integrity of the system. Today we are close to many of those thresholds.
The Commission identified a number of "common challenges" facing the earth:
population and human resources;

food security, species and ecosystems;
energy;
industrial development; and
urbanization.
At the time of the Brundtland Commission, water sustainability and climate change were also
identified as related/contributory issues, however these issues have since been acknowledged
as serious global problems in their own right.
The Commission went on to outlined a series of "strategic imperatives," or "critical objectives,"
inherent in their concept of sustainable development. In response to the Commissions report,
the need to respond to the concept of sustainable development gained momentum in
organisations around the world.
In 1992 the UN Conference on Environment and Development (also known as the Earth
Summit) was held in Rio de Janeiro and attended by 172 of the worlds governments. The
Earth Summit achieved a broad political consensus around the concept of sustainability as
articulated in the adopted 27 principles Rio Declaration, which provided a framework for
governments to improve environmental and economic condition around the world. The
Summit also initiated Agenda 21, which introduced a comprehensive programme of action for
global action in all areas of sustainable development. The establishment of the Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs) at the Millennium Summit in 2000 continued the global movement
towards the elimination of poverty and achievement of sustained development.
Project Name:
Since its inception four decades ago, the adoption of sustainable development principles has
become factored into decision-making at all levels in government, public and private sector
organisations throughout the world.
16.2.2 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
Sustainable development is inherent in the principles of Islam, which hold that the protection,
conservation and development of the environment and its natural resources are a mandatory
duty to which every Muslim should be committed (SOFRECO, 2012). In December 1994, the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabias (KSA) Council of Ministers approved the Kingdoms National
Agenda 21 implementation plan to achieve sustainable development goals, formalising this
inherent concept.
th
The KSAs 9 National Development Plan (NDP) (2010-2014) has the overall theme of
sustaining national development and supports an overarching goal of having KSA become:
A developed, thriving and prosperous economy, built on sustainable foundations. It will
extend rewarding work opportunities to all citizens, will have a high-quality education and
training system, provide excellent healthcare for all, and offer all necessary services to ensure
welfare of all citizens; all while safeguarding social and religious values and preserving
national heritage.
The modern concept of sustainable development (environmental, social and economic factors)
is also enshrined within the legislation and policies of the Presidency of Meteorology and
Environment (PME) and Royal Commission (RC). Recognition of sustainable development is
also evident in the policies, procedures and activities of other organisations within the
Kingdom, such as the Ministry for Petroleum and Mineral Resources, Maaden and Saudi
Aramco.
The Kingdoms focus on diversification of industry, and expansion of the employment
opportunities, is in keeping with the concept of sustainable development, and has increased
focus on improving efficiency of resource use and taking advantage of green economy
concepts.
16.2.3 IFC AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
The International Finance Corporation (IFC) considers multiple dimensions of sustainability in
its approach to risk management with regards to decision-making on its investments. This is
articulated through the Sustainability Framework, an integral part of the IFCs strategic
commitment to sustainable development.
The Sustainability Framework consists of the Policy on Environmental and Social
Sustainability (IFC, 2012), which defines the IFCs commitments to environmental and social
sustainability, and the Performance Standards, which define a clients responsibilities for
managing the environmental and social risks associated with their project (IFC, 2012). This
applies to all clients whose projects go through the IFCs initial credit review process, and
therefore the Sustainability Framework applies to Maaden in respect of the Umm Wual Mine,
and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex.
16.2.4 THE PROJECT SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS AND STANDARDS
Over and above adherence to national and international environmental and social standards,
Maadens corporate policy incorporates the fundamental principles of the Islamic trust of
stewardship towards the natural environment setting the context within which the project will
be delivered:
conservative exploitation of mineral process;
protection of natural resources during operations; and
reclamation and improvement of soil, air and water resources following the development
of all operations.
Maaden is committed to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) allowing them to contribute
positively to the well-being of our people, the environment, economy and society. In addition
Project Name:
to this overarching commitment, Maaden has adopted an HSE Policy which introduces
accountability for progress towards sustainable development, a commitment to continual
improvement in health, safety and environmental performance and a commitment to where
appropriate, exceed legal requirements and national standards for environmental aspects and
impacts. The policy also sets an ultimate objective of zero harm to people and the
environment.
The Maaden Project Manual Environment and Communities Assurance guide (MD-101-
SMPM-PM-EN-GUI-0001), applicable to all Maaden projects, states that Maaden has
adopted the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) Sustainable Development
Framework as the basis for its corporate management philosophy with regards to sustainable
development. In adopting the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework as the basis for its
sustainability goals, Maaden has committed to seek continual improvement in our
performance and contribution to sustainable development so as to enhance shareholder
value.
Table 16-1 compares relevant inclusions of both the Maaden HSE Policy Statement and the
ICMM Sustainable Development Framework to arrange and identify similarity between
corresponding principles to be used as a basis for setting sustainable development goals for
the project.
Project Name:
Table 16-1: Comparison of the Principles of the Maaden HSE Policy Statement and
ICMM Sustainable Development Framework
Maaden HSE Policy Statement ICMM Sustainable Development Framework
Principles in relation to Governance
Integrate HSE considerations into decision-making and Implement and maintain ethical business practices and
business planning processes. sound systems of corporate governance.
Integrate sustainable development considerations within
the corporate decision-making process.
Principles in relation to Risk Management

Provide a working environment which is conducive to Implement risk management strategies based on valid
health and safety. data and sound science.
Identify, assess and manage risk to employee and
contractors and impacts on the environment, to a level
which is as low as reasonable, achievable, social and
economic factors taken into account.
Develop a safe behaviour culture as a key component
of duty-of-care and operate to the highest safety
standards.
Principles in relation to Performance Improvement

Set measure and review HSE performance targets, and Seek continual improvement of our health and safety
objectives, benchmarking against best international performance.
practice. Seek continual improvement of our environmental
Provide resources to achieve our performance targets, performance.
and empower people to comply with this policy.
Ensure that all employees contribute and take
responsibility for their own and others health and
safety, by reporting at-risk behaviour, hazardous
conditions and environmental non-conformances, and
taking the necessary preventative and mitigation action.
Meet and, where appropriate, exceed all applicable
HSE legal requirements, and national standards and
international codes of practice for environmental
aspects and impacts to which we subscribe.
Maintain an HSE management system aligned with
internationally recognised standards and leading
industry practice.
Principles in relation to Natural Resource Conservation

Prevent or minimise environmental pollution, conserve Contribute to conservation of biodiversity and integrated
natural resources, minimise waste, progressively approaches to land use planning.
rehabilitate impacts, and value cultural heritage. Facilitate and encourage responsible product design,
Use cleaner energy and constantly improve the energy use, reuse, recycling and disposal of our products.
and material efficiency of operation.
Principles in relation to Stakeholder Engagement

Develop our people and assess their HSE competency. Uphold fundamental human rights and respect cultures,
Communicate with, and engage employees, customs and values in dealings with employees and
contractors, suppliers, government agencies, visitors others who are affected by our activities.
and communities to share the responsibility for meeting Contribute to the social, economic and institutional
this policy. development of the communities in which we operate.
Implement effective and transparent engagement,
communication and independently verified reporting
arrangements with our stakeholders.
Using this comparison to determine the common principles contained within the Maaden HSE
Policy Statement and ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, sustainable development
goals throughout the project lifecycle, can be summarized as:
1. Incorporate environmental, social and economic considerations and principles into the
decision-making process for the entire project lifecycle;
Project Name:
2. Identify risk with regards to environmental, social and economic impacts and implement
measures to manage and mitigate risk;
3. Implement measures to ensure continual improvement in environmental, social and
economic performance;
4. Implement measures to maximise conservation of natural resources and increase the
efficiency of resource use; and
5. Ensure communication and engagement with stakeholders throughout the duration of the
project and ensure the concerns of different stakeholders affected by the project are
addressed.
The Maaden Communities and Assurance Guide requires sustainable development objectives
and targets (KPIs) to cover environmental, community and economic factors and be in keeping
with statutory and Maaden requirements, as well as industry best practice.
Sustainable development objectives and targets are to be established at the earliest possible
stage in the project. The Environmental Design Basis developed for use during the FEED
process provides the objectives and targets necessary to ensure the project is compliant.
These, and the findings and recommendations of this ESIA should be used as the basis for
assessing project performance with respect to environment and community aspects during the
projects lifecycle (engineering, procurement, construction, operation and decommissioning).
16.3 ASSESSING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Large industrial projects, such as the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate
Industrial Complex, have the potential for significant negative impacts upon both the
environment and the community in which they are constructed and operated. However,
through suitable assessment, opportunities to manage and mitigate such impacts can be
identified and incorporated at an early stage, leading to the incorporation of sustainable
development considerations into the project lifecycle.
There is no single methodology for assessing the incorporation of sustainable development
principles by a project. In the case of the Project, it is important that the assessment
incorporates consideration of the sustainable development requirements of the Projects
interested parties, namely the a Lending Institution requiring World Bank/International Finance
Corporation (IFC) and the Presidency for Meteorology and Environment, as well as the three
core fundamentals of sustainable development (consideration of environmental, social and
economic factors).
The assessment considers the incorporation of sustainable development in the various
sections of the ESIA and the incorporation of sustainable development into the Project itself.
The sustainability assessment assists in determining the extent to which sustainable
development has been considered and incorporated into the ESIA process, which then in turn
enables a more thorough assessment of sustainable development for the Project.
16.3.1 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
The ESIA itself has been prepared to address the environmental, social and economic
requirements of the WB and IFC performance standards. Environmental, social and economic
requirements as stipulated by the KSA and PME, as well as those of Maaden, have also been
given due consideration in the preparation of the ESIA. Table 2-1 of Section 2 - Policy, Legal
and Regulatory Framework, demonstrates how the ESIA addresses the performance
standards, and thus the integration of sustainable development principles. Therefore the
sustainable development assessment shall focus on the extent to which the project may be
considered sustainable.
As identified and discussed above, the sustainability of a development can be judged in terms
of the extent to which it meets the needs of the present, without impinging on the needs of
future generations. The principles of intra-generational and inter-generational equity can be
used to evaluate this on the basis of the temporal and spatial extent of the impacts.
Project Name:
Intra-generational equity is the principle of equity between different groups of people alive
today. Similarly to inter-generational equity, intra-generational equity implies that consumption
and production in one community should not undermine the ecological, social, and economic
basis for other communities to maintain or improve their quality of life (International Institute for
Sustainable Development (IISD), 1997). Examples of intra-generational equity include
identifying impacts that may affect different social groups and ensuring suitable mitigation
exists and giving consideration to the comments made by members of the public with regards
to the project and ESIA
Inter-generational equity is the principle of equity between people alive today and future
generations. The implication is that unsustainable production and consumption by today's
society will degrade the ecological, social, and economic basis for tomorrow's society,
whereas sustainability involves ensuring that future generations will have the means to
achieve a quality of life equal to or better than today's (IISD, 1997). Examples of inter-
generational equity include identifying ecosystems that may be affected by the development
and assessing the risk of irreversible damage occurring to them and ensuring that an
integrated assessment approach has been applied by the ESIA, weighing environmental,
social and economic factors against one another.
Consideration is also given to global impacts for example climate change, loss of biodiversity,
the depletion of natural resources and human rights.
The methodology employed for the sustainable development assessment of the project will
consider the residual impacts identified within the ESIA of the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al
Shamaal Phosphate Industrial Complex using the criteria of timescale and extent. The
principles of intra-generational equity and inter-generational equity will be used to take
account of the duration associated with each significant impact identified. The likely extent of
the impact, in terms of geographical area, is also considered. Together these factors provide a
means to evaluate the sustainability of the project.
The matrix presented as Figure 16-1 which has been developed using the principles of a risk
assessment, and will be used to assess the sustainable development implications of the
significant environmental, social and economic impacts of the Project.
Extended
TIMESCALE
Long
Medium
Short
Local Regional National International
EXTENT
Figure 16-1: Criteria for Sustainable Development Assessment
The following definitions provided in Table 16-2 apply to each of the criteria for the sustainable
development assessment.
Project Name:
Table 16-2: Definitions for Sustainable Development Assessment
Extent Local Within a 2km radius of the immediate Project area
Provincial Outside of the local area, but within 200km
National Within the borders of the KSA
International Outside of the borders of the KSA
Timescale Short Less than one year
Medium More than one year, but less than or equal to the
operational lifetime of the project (25 years for Umm
Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate
Industrial Complex)
Long Greater than the lifetime of the project, but less than or
equal to 100 years
Extended Greater than 100 years
All residual environmental, social and economic impacts, regardless of significance, identified
by the ESIA will be assessed against the sustainable development assessment criteria in
order to give an indication of the sustainability of the project and plotted into the matrix
illustrated in Figure 16-1.
Those impacts which are grouped towards the bottom left of the table (i.e. shorter-term,
localised impacts) can be considered to have a reduced impact on sustainable development
(i.e. the project is more sustainable), whereas those residual impacts grouped towards the top
right of the table (i.e. longer-term, widespread impacts) can be considered to have a greater
impact on sustainable development (i.e. the project is less sustainable). This approach is
illustrated in Figure 16-2.
Figure 16-2: Diagrammatic representation of the classification of sustainable

development impacts
Positive impacts identified by the ESIA will also be plotted to identify the positive impacts on
sustainable development generated by the project. However, in the case of positive impacts,
those grouped towards the top right can be considered more sustainable and those grouped
towards the bottom left can be considered less sustainable.
Project Name:
16.4 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT OF THE PROJECT
The concept of sustainable development has been addressed during the previous design
phases including FEED. As discussed in ESIA Section 3 Consideration of Alternatives, the
alternatives to the project considered environmental, social and economic factors.
This ESIA and its associated studies, such as the air dispersion modelling and noise study,
have been performed during the design phase. These studies evaluate the effects of the
project from an environmental, social and economic perspective. Predictions of potential
significant impacts on both social and environmental components help to establish appropriate
mitigation and enhancement measures at an early stage of the project. Through the
consideration of environmental and social aspects in the various studies undertaken during
FEED, the project is integrating some of the principles of sustainable development.
Another key factor taken into account during the design phase, and which is considered to be
aligned with good sustainable development practices, is the implementation of Best Available
Techniques (BAT) in the different process units. In essence, BAT balances the costs to the
operator against benefits to the environment, and therefore to society. The application of BAT
will responsibly control significant potential impacts to the environment during the operation
phase. For more detail on BAT, see ESIA Section 3 Consideration of Alternatives.
Throughout the ESIA, measures required to prevent, minimise or mitigate the identified
impacts have been identified. These are also summarised within Section 18 Summary of
Impacts and Mitigation Measures. Implementation of the proposed measures is anticipated to
minimise, negative impacts and enhance positive impacts to maximise the sustainability of the
project.
The residual impacts identified throughout the ESIA have been classified in terms of their
temporal and spatial extent. These are presented in the following tables, by reference to the
impact Identification Code (ID Code), which is consistent with the coding presented in each
respective section of the ESIA. Colours used to indicate the significance of each residual
impact are included within the key below each table.
Table 16-3 considers the results of this classification for the negative residual impacts, and
Table 16-4 does so for the positive impacts associated with the Project.
Table 16-3: Sustainable Development Assessment Negative Residual Impacts
Extended
TE1 TE6 TE18
TIMESCALE
TE20 SE18SE13 WM3 WM7

Long SW3 SW8 WM4 WM8 SW9
E1 E8 E9
E11 E13 E14 E3 E5 E6
Medium E16 E17 E19 WM5 TE13
TE4 TE16
WM6 SE5
Short SE7 SE12 SW3 WM1
Local Provincial National International

EXTENT
Key: Grey Text Low Negative Residual Impact
Orange Text Medium Negative Residual Impact
Red Text High Negative Residual Impact
Project Name:
Table 16-4: Sustainable Development Assessment Positive Residual Impacts
TIMESCALE Extended
SE8 SE9
Long E21 SE11 SE10 TI9
Medium TI5
Short SE1 SE4 SE2 SE3 TI2
Local Provincial National International

EXTENT
Key: Grey Text Low Positive Residual Impact
Sky Blue Text Medium Positive Residual Impact
Blue Text High Positive Residual Impact
The spatial and temporal classification of negative residual impacts identifies that the majority
of residual negative impacts are localised to the Project area, and are of low significance. The
duration of these local impacts extend from the short term to long term; greater than the life of
the project, however the majority are identified as being medium term. This indicates that
these impacts are anticipated to cease on completion of the Project life. The majority of
negative residual impacts from the Project affect environmental factors associated with the
modern concept of sustainable development.
Table 16-3 indicates that the majority of the negative residual impacts affect ecological
resources (Section 8 Biological Resources), the terrestrial environment (Section 7 Terrestrial
Environment) and the local community (Section 12 Socio-Economic Aspects) within the local
area, over the operational lifetime of the Project. It is also of note that those impacts of
medium significance, anticipated to extend a number of years until Project completion are
entirely associated with impacts to the protected and vulnerable species in the area. The
residual negative impacts that extend beyond the Project life are primarily associated with
potential degradation of soils.
Negative residual impacts have also been identified that are expected to extend up to 200km
from the site, therefore impacting areas within the Northern Borders Province and Al Jawf
Province. The majority of the impacts with this extend are expected to last for the Project
lifespan, and again those of significance relate to the impacts on protected species. The long
term residual impacts primarily relate to the change in landscape wrought by the
phosphogypsum and tailings management facilities, and risks associated with their
management in perpetuity.
No negative residual impacts on a national level have been identified; however, depletion of
groundwater resources is of international significance given the non renewable nature of the
resource, and the Projects proximity to International borders and other countries who have
rights to the water contained within the aquifer.
A number of positive impacts on sustainable development created by the Project have also
been identified by the ESIA at a local, provincial and national level. While there are fewer
impacts in total, the majority of the positive residual impacts identified are of medium or high
significance, and are clustered such that these positive residual impacts are expected to last
beyond the Project lifetime, and extend beyond the local area of the Project. These positive
Project Name:
residual impacts are primarily associated with economic, and social benefits, or associated
ones, such as improved transportation, which in turn has a positive impact on development.
In reference to Figure 16-2, the single greatest impact in terms of sustainable development
comes from impact TE13 (Depletion of Groundwater Resources), although collectively, the
large number of negative residual impacts in the local area over the short, medium and long-
term provides a greater indication of the sustainability of the project.
Although a number of negative residual impacts have been identified from the Project ESIA,
the majority are situated towards the bottom left half of the grid indicating an overall lower
impact from a sustainable development perspective. Conversely, the positive impacts
identified are predominantly situated in the top right hand of the grid, indicating an increased
positive impact on sustainable development from the project. Figure 16-3 presents this
visually, with the image on the left representing negative impacts, and the image on the right
representing positive impacts. The size and colour (using the same colours as Table 16-3 and
Table 16-4 of the points indicate their significance.
Project Name:
Figure 16-3: Diagrammatic representation of Project Residual Impacts
As development of the Umm Wual Mine, and Waad Al Shamaal Phosphate Industrial
Complex progresses, the implementation of the mitigation proposed for the impacts identified
by the ESIA and associated recommendations will reduce residual impacts and increase the
sustainability of the Project. The implementation of the requirements of the ESIA and
compliance with existing Maaden project processes, as detailed by the Environment and
Communities Assurance Project Manual will support the overall promotion of sustainability
within the Project. Features of this which support enhancement of sustainability include
development of: the Environmental Management System (EMS); Sustainable Development
Objectives and Targets; Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP); and Social
Impact Management Plan (SIMP), etc for the Project.
Maaden will use their existing project processes to further reduce the negative residual
impacts identified by the ESIA and to develop and improve the Projects positive sustainability
performance.
16.4.1 THE PROJECT AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Since one of the three core principles of sustainable development focuses on the social
elements of projects, the role of stakeholder engagement to understand and manage social
impacts is key. Section 12 Socio-Economic Aspects, and Appendix C Stakeholder
Engagement Plan address to social element of sustainability in more detail. The ongoing
implementation of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan and the development of the afore
mentioned SIMP will further support the Project in understanding and responding to the social
dimension.
16.5 SUSTAINABILITY CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The sustainable development assessment identifies that although a number of positive and
negative residual impacts are associated with the project, the categorisation of these indicate
that the Project faces a common challenge in terms of sustainability. While there are a higher
number of negative impacts, which primarily affect the environmental dimension of
sustainability, there are counter positive impacts which though fewer in number are of greater
magnitude and principally affect the economic and social dimensions. As with many projects
there is a trade-off between negative impacts on the shorter term to the environment and
positive, and sometimes longer term socio-economic impacts.
Project Name:
The ESIA presents mitigation measures to reduce impacts to the residual impacts assessed
within this section, however it also provides recommended good management practises which
are in turn incorporated into the EMMP. Thus implementation of the EMMP, and the good
management practises contained therein, has the potential to further address residual
negative impacts, and improve on the sustainability of the Project.
On this basis the recommended areas of focus for the Project in terms of sustainability which
should be assigned high priority are:
Application of existing Maaden project processes, specifically the Environmental and
Communities Assurance Manual; and
Establishment of objectives, targets and KPIs to monitor achievement of the goals
established for the Project and progress towards sustainable development;
Implementation of mitigations and recommended measures proposed within the ESIA,
and the resultant EMMP and all procedures and action plans developed to support the
EMMP; and
Implementation of continuous improvements as identified by the Projects Environmental
Management System and associated monitoring, measurement, auditing.
Project Name:
17.0CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ASSESSMENT
17.1 INTRODUCTION
As part of the ESIA process, it is important to consider cumulative impacts. The objective of
this section is to assess the cumulative impacts through consideration of the impacts of the
Project as identified in the preceding sections 6 16 and other projects taking place in the
vicinity which could affect the same social and environmental resources and receptors that
can expected to have a combined effect.
The cumulative impact assessment responds to the requirements of the International Finance
Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 1 Assessment and Management of Environmental
and Social Risks and Impacts which requires that environmental and social risks and impacts
are identified in the context of a projects area of influence, including cumulative impacts that
result from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or directly impacted by the
project, from other existing, planned or reasonably defined developments at the time the risks
and impacts identification process is conducted.
The IFC provides the following definition for cumulative impacts:
Cumulative impacts are limited to those impacts generally recognised as important on the
basis of scientific concerns and/or concerns from Affected Communities. Examples of
cumulative impacts include: incremental contribution of gaseous emissions to an airshed;
reduction of water flows in a watershed due to multiple withdrawals; increases in sediment
loads to a watershed; interference with migratory routes or wildlife movement; or more traffic
congestion and accidents due to increases in vehicular traffic on community roadway.
17.2 EXISTING AND FUTURE PROPOSED PROJECTS
The Project site is a Greenfield site, and therefore cumulative impacts have been assessed
considering the impacts from the Project in combination with future planned projects in the
area, namely the Waad Al Shamaal City (WAS) development. Section 4 Detailed Description
and Layout of the Proposed Development provides an overview of the proposed Waad Al
Shamaal City development. As identified, the City, which is proposed to be developed over a
twenty year timeframe, will include downstream industries related to phosphate, other primary
mineral industries and other industrial and service facilities, supporting infrastructure including
roads, rail, electrical power facilities, gas distribution, water supply and distribution systems,
wastewater collection system and treatment plant, facilities for solid waste handling and a
storm drainage protection system, a full residential community with a full range of commercial
and governmental facilities to serve the residents.
The candidate industries proposed within the Waad Al Shamaal Master Plan report (Bechtel
2013) can be summarised as primary minerals, of which phosphate is one, and downstream
industries. These candidate industries and their associated products are listed below:
Phosphate and Limestone; Building Product Manufacture;
Salts and Chemicals; Glass and Plastics Manufacture;
Cement and Aggregates; Light and Support Industries; and
Magnesia and Salts; Specialised Technologies (Saudi Aramco)
Some of the products envisaged to be produced include Calcium Carbonates, and Carbide,
Acetylene, Dead Burned and Caustic Magnesium, Magnesium metal, Aluminium Fluoride,
Potash, Soda Ash, Silicon metal, Silicon Carbide, Vinyl Chloride, Building Products,
Detergents, Animal Feed, and Fertilisers.
The Master Plan has identified typical environmental issues associated with the industries
and infrastructure proposed for Waad Al Shamaal City, however no quantitative data on
emissions, effluents or wastes are available at this time.
Project Name:
17.3 CUMULATIVE IMPACT WITH OTHER PROJECTS
Given the lack of sufficient quantitative data on the potential impacts of the proposed Waad Al
Shamaal City development, this assessment is largely qualitative. It is noted that there will
inevitably be additional undocumented projects and that the proposals for development of the
Industrial City are subject to change, or may not proceed as envisaged within the Master Plan
or in the estimated programme.
In accordance with IFC Performance Standard 1, the cumulative impact assessment focuses
the key / important environmental and social attributes as established in the baseline for the
site. The sensitivity of the current environment, and the proximity and sensitivity of receptors
are central to cumulative assessment since cumulative impacts become more significant if the
environment is already stressed. As discussed in Sections 6 to 15 of this ESIA:
The Project site is a Greenfield site, and while not pristine has very limited existing
degradation; and
The Project site has no existing sensitive receptors within a 40km radius, with the
exception of temporary herder camps, and wildlife.
The following sections consider the potential cumulative impacts associated with the Project
and proposed development of Waad Al Shamaal City and these are summarised in Table
17-1. The method described in Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology is again used to
determine significance of cumulative impacts, however in this instance the Project within the
definition is considered to be both the Umm Wual Phosphate Project, and the Waad Al
Shamaal City development.
Project Name:
Table 17-1: Cumulative Impact Assessment

Scope of Impact CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8 CI9
Receptor Medium Medium Medium Low Low Low Medium Low Medium
Importance /
Sensitivity
Frequency Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Frequent Continuous Continuous Frequent
Likelihood Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Certain Unlikely
Extent Local Regional Regional Local Local Local Regional Regional Local
Duration Medium Medium Medium Short Short Short Long Medium Medium
Magnitude Medium Medium Medium Low Low Low High Low Medium
Effect Negative Negative Negative Negative Neutral Negative Positive Negative Negative
Action Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Significance Medium Medium Medium Low Low Low High Low Medium
Project Name:
17.3.1 AIR QUALITY & METEOROLOGY
Section 6 Air Quality and Meteorology identifies that the existing air quality at the Project site
is good, and that the impacts associated with the Project meet point source emission
standards and do not impinge on ambient air quality outside the boundary of the Project, or at
the nearest sensitive receptors; the ambient air quality headroom (and associated capacity for
future development) is reduced by the Project. Further the assessment identifies that
emissions of greenhouse gas emissions associated with the proposed facility are not expected
to significantly incrementally impact global greenhouse gas emissions.
Emissions to air from the WAS development can be expected to include emissions from
combustion, incineration of wastes, and vehicle use (CO2, CO, NOx, SOx, and PM), VOCs,
dust and heavy metal impurities. Large emissions of greenhouse gases are anticipated from
downstream industries.
While there are no existing sensitive receptors to be impacted by potential degradation of air
quality resulting from WAS emissions, these may impact the Project workers health as WAS
industries are constructed and become operational. It should also be noted that the
development of WAS and the community therein, will create sensitive receptors that do not
currently exist. Ambient air quality headroom would need to be continuously assessed for any
future development, and consideration given to the cumulative contribution of the city to global
greenhouse gas emissions.
Impact CI1 - Medium Significance.
17.3.2 TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT
Section 7 Terrestrial Environment identifies that the Tawil aquifer from which the Project will
abstract the water required to operate, has sufficient reserves to meet the Project demand
which is calculated to be 1.65% of available reserves. This demand is expected to result in
approximately 20m drawdown, with impacts on existing wells in the vicinity of the project of
between 1.5 and 4m.
The WAS development proposes to utilise the Tawil aquifer as a source of water, and demand
is expected to be significant, though not quantified. The Master Plan suggests that the Tawil
aquifer has sufficient reserves for the short term (next couple of decades), but recognises that
this is a finite and non-renewable water resource given the extremely low recharge rates for
such deep aquifers. Thus groundwater is proposed to supply demand up to 2021, with longer
term alternative sources of water, such as accessing the Saq aquifer or water piped from the
coast anticipated thereafter.
The cumulative impact of the project on the groundwater resource is considered significant.
With an increase in industrial development, the WAS development has the potential to
increase the risk of accidents and spills that may result in degradation of soil quality.
However, these exceptional circumstances are not considered to be cumulative in nature.
17.3.3 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
Section 8 Biological Resources identifies that there are a number of protected and vulnerable
species known to utilise the area. The ecological survey undertaken has not attempted to
quantify individual numbers, but provides an indication of the ecological receptors to be
considered.
The development of WAS City can be expected to result in further habitat loss and
fragmentation and increased disturbance and injury / mortality to these species. The
cumulative impact of the future project is considered to be significant. However it is to be
noted, that the treatment of the Umm Wual mountain area within the Master Plan as a
recreation area, linked to cultural, conservation and science centres, may well align with
consideration of ecological offsets as mitigation for ecological impacts as expressed in Section
8 of this ESIA.
Project Name:
17.3.4 NOISE
As identified in Section 9 Noise and Vibration, there are no sensitive receptors in the vicinity of
the Project, and therefore no significant impacts arising from the Project in this regard.
The development of WAS City can be expected to result in increased noise levels within the
industrial zones, however the location of the new receptors in the form of the community zone,
remain some distance from noise sources, and therefore the cumulative impacts can be
expected to be low.
Impact CI4 - Low Significance.
17.3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT
Section 10 Waste Management identifies that the Project will generate significant quantities of
waste in operation, and while the largest waste streams are managed on site, those that
require treatment / disposal off site, present a challenge to the existing waste infrastructure.
The Project is reliant on the development of the waste facilities envisaged as part of the WAS
City development.
The WAS City will both generate wastes requiring treatment and disposal, and will develop the
infrastructure to do so. In this way the cumulative impacts of waste generation, off set the
cumulative benefits of the developing waste management infrastructure. Nonetheless, robust
estimation of waste quantities for the candidate industries, commercial businesses and
households will be required to effectively plan the provision of infrastructure of sufficient scale
and diversity to accommodate the wastes generated.
As identified in the Master Plan, there are however potentially significant cumulative benefits
associated with the potential for industrial symbiosis in such a heavily planned industrial
development.
17.3.6 WATER MANAGEMENT
Section 11 Surface Water Management identifies the impact the Project will have on the
existing natural surface water drainage system as low, since surface water flows are
infrequent, and there are no sensitive receptors impacted by the changes to the system. The
development of WAS can be expected to alter surface water drainage to protect the
development, cumulative impacts are considered to be low, since surface water quality, and
the frequency of surface water flow is low.
Section 14 Utilities Infrastructure and Usage identify that the Project will have no impact on
water utilities such as sanitary wastewater and industrial wastewater treatment, and effluent
discharge since these utilities are included within the design. Similarly, the WAS will develop
the necessary utilities for the City, with treated sanitary effluent being used for irrigation. Water
management in both developments is a priority with a focus on water conservation and
recycling. The development of WAS will provide opportunities for a collective and efficient
approach to water reuse and recycling. Cumulative impacts associated with water
management are considered negligible.
17.3.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC
Section 12 Socio-economic Aspects identifies the significant socio-economic benefits of the
Project in terms of job creation, economic development, and knowledge and skills
enhancement for people within the local community in Turaif, and further afield in the Northern
Borders Province and KSA as a whole. Socio-economic concerns identified are associated
with realisation of these benefits for the local community and reduced access to land, for
cultural uses.
The WAS City development is envisaged to generate a significant level of economic
development, and provide a range of community services and infrastructure. Thus the positive
socio-economic benefits to the local and wider community significantly overshadow those
Project Name:
negative ones generated by the Project. The concerns regarding access to land for cultural
uses will be exacerbated by the WAS City development, however within the context of the
other socio-economic benefits, and the opportunities for access to alternative lands these
cumulative impacts are considered of low significance.
Impact CI7 - High (positive) Significance.
17.3.8 TRAFFIC
Section 13 Traffic and Transport Infrastructure identifies the increases in traffic movements
associated with the Project, although the use of the rail network represents a sustainable
transport choice.
The WAS City development is expected to result in increased traffic, however both the existing
road network, and the proposed new road and rail infrastructure outlined in the Master Plan
will provide the necessary capacity. The cumulative impact on transport infrastructure is
considered to be addressed by the nature of both developments, and is therefore negligible.
17.3.9 COMMUNITY AND EMPLOYEE HEALTH
The impacts of the Project on community and employee health are outlined in Section 15
Health and Safety Aspects. This section establishes that while there are potential risks to
employee health, these are adequately addressed through appropriate management controls
and procedures. The distance of the Project to the nearest sensitive receptor community,
means that low impacts are identified for the community.
With the development of WAS City, it can be expected that the influx of people, and the
increasing industrial activity may present cumulative air quality issues, and therefore health
impacts in both employees and the wider community. Furthermore the development of the
industrial zones brings these impacts closer to the community zone. These impacts can be
readily managed, however, and are not considered to be cumulative impacts of note.
17.4 CONCLUSIONS
While the impact of this Project is predicted to be acceptable wn in line with the standard or
expectations of the regulator, the cumulative impact assessment identifies a number of areas
where cumulative impacts from the Project, and the proposed development of Waad Al
Shamaal city, can be expected. The aspects for which the most significant cumulative impacts
can be expected are:
Air Quality Negative;
Terrestrial Environment Negative;
Biological Resources Negative; and
Socio-Economic Aspects Positive.
The true nature and scale of these cumulative impacts cannot be quantified given the
conceptual stage of the Waad Al Shamaal City development project. Individual industrial or
infrastructure projects developed within the Waad Al Shamaal city in the future are expected to
require ESIA to be carried out and include cumulative impact assessment.
Mitigations that Ma'aden can employ to address the impacts of the Project are included within
the ESIA. The following mitigations for the cumulative impacts identified above are actions
that can be taken by Maaden as part of a multi-stakeholder approach to managing cumulative
impacts, which should be led by appropriate government bodies:
Maintenance of emission standards;
Ambient air/ water quality monitoring;
Groundwater monitoring;
Maintenance of ecological status; and
Project Name:
Ongoing effective and integrated planning of the City and all included projects.
Of paramount importance is the continuous assessment of the environmental headroom, so
as not to overload the carrying capacity of the area.
As a key stakeholder in the WAS City development, Maaden shall make this ESIA available
for use in cumulative impact assessments of future project ESIA, and shall liaise with the WAS
City developer to support collaborative and multi-stakeholder solutions for cumulative impacts.
Project Name:
18.0 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
The environmental and social impacts identified within Sections 6-17 of this ESIA pertain to
the construction, commissioning, operation and decommissioning of the Project. In
accordance with Section 5 Impact Assessment Methodology, two types of mitigation
measures are identified through this ESIA Report in order to alleviate or manage the potential
impacts identified:
Type 1: Measures to be taken to manage potential impacts considered to be of
medium or high significance. Following application of these measures, residual
impacts are expected to be lower.
Type 2: Recommended measures that could be taken to manage impacts classified
as low/insignificant. These measures can be considered as good management
practices.
Mitigation measures identified to respond to impacts of high or medium significance, are

incorporated into the These measures are augmented within the EMMP with the
recommended measures, which represent good management practices addressing impacts of
low significance, and / or providing for sound environmental management.
Table 18-1 summarises the high and medium impacts identified throughout this ESIA, and the
corresponding mitigation measures. These mitigations are incorporated into the
Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) provided in Appendix A.
Recommended measures identified in Sections 6 to 17, augment the mitigation measures
within the EMMP, thereby addressing impacts of low significance, and providing a plan for
robust and best practice environmental and social management.
Project Name:
Table 18-1 Summary of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation
ID (1)
Impact Phase Potential (3)
Mitigation Phase Significance after
Impact (2) Mitigation Measure
Code Cs Cm Op Dc Significance Cs Cm Op Dc Mitigation
Terrestrial Environment
Where possible soils will be stockpiled and reused as part of the
TE1 Impact on soil resources X Medium Project design to minimize impact X Low
Good practice construction site measures to reduce risk of
pollution incident occurring
designated refuelling and maintenance areas will be
constructed and areas for delivery and storage (in
tanks/containers) of potentially contaminative liquids. These
areas will be hard-surfaced and contained by walls or bunds,
with drainage systems and collection arrangement for spills
and stormwater management.
all storage tanks shall be above ground and maintained in
good condition and inspected regularly. A record must be kept
of all liquids/tanks/containers delivered to the site.
all vehicles used on site shall be serviced and maintained to
the highest standard, with a record kept of maintenance
undertaken.
at each vehicle wash area, there shall be a regularly maintained
TE4 Degradation of soil quality X High washwater collection and recycling system X Low
Measures additional to those described in TE4 above and
applicable to the commissioning stage of the project
specific commissioning activities such as hydrotesting and
flushing and disposal of wastewater will be undertaken in line
with methodologies ,agreed in advance, which contain
appropriate measures to control, collect and treat the produced
water as appropriate.
wastewater will be treated if required to comply with water
quality standards applied to discharge and as a minimum will
pass through an oil/fuel interceptor facility
TE6 Degradation of soil quality X Medium X Low
Measures additional to those described in TE4 above and
applicable to the operational stage of the project
any accidental spill/leak will be fully cleaned as soon as the
incident occurs, and if required polluted soil/sand will be
excavated and removed to a licenced waste disposal site. Any
accidental spill/leak will be recorded.
where possible the site design would be such that accidental
release from bunded containment areas would still discharge
Degradation of soil quality from
to a site drainage system in preference to entering the ground.
TE11 accidents/spills X Medium X Low
Groundwater level monitoring and efficient reuse of water by the
project to be incorporated in design
groundwater level monitoring should be undertaken prior to
and during the Project life to allow appraisal of long term
impacts. This can be supplied to the Ministry to assist in
continued assessment of overall status of Tawil aquifer.
efficient re-use of suitable water within the project is a key
consideration and all practical design measures (during
TE13 Depletion of groundwater resources X Medium detailed design stage) should be taken to maximise this and X Low
Project Name:
ID (1)
hence minimise the abstraction.
Groundwater level monitoring and efficient reuse of water by the

TE14 Impact on other other aquifer users X Medium project to be incorporated in design X Low
Good practice decommissioning site measures to reduce risk of
TE16 Degradation of soil quality X Medium pollution incident occurring X Low
Demolition and other waste materials to be contained and
treated, as necessary, drainage systems and evaporation ponds
TE18 Legacy impacts on soil quality X Medium to be maintained after operations have ceased X Low
Backfill material compacted to sustain vehicle movement,
additional soil stability required in the unlikely event of further
TE20 Legacy impacts on soil stability X Medium development. X Low
Biological Resources
Designate and demarcate unfenced exclusion zones adjacent
to the Mine and Industrial Complex to protect sensitive habitats
E1 Designated sites X X High from unauthorized access X X Medium
Site induction for contractors, restrict clearance works,
designate and demarcate unfenced exclusion zones, restrict
vehicle movement, pre-construction site survey, avoid wildlife
places of shelter (if identified), avoid Houbara bustard nesting
period, signage on haul roads
E3 Direct killing/injury X X High X X Medium
Restrict clearance works, restrict vehicle movements, security
E5 Habitat loss/degradation X X High fencing to allow for passage of wildlife X X Medium
E6 Habitat loss/degradation X X Medium fencing to allow for passage of wildlife X X Low
E8 Habitat fragmentation X X High fencing to allow for passage of wildlife X X Medium
E9 Habitat fragmentation X X Medium fencing to allow for passage of wildlife X X Low
No unauthorised access within habitat exclusion zone, avoid
E11 Disturbance X X Medium work at night, fit sound reduction equipment to plant X X Low
Implement a quarantine area for plant specimens brought to
E13 Alien species transfer X X Medium Project area X X Low
Provide signage warning of presence of wild animals, ensure
secure fencing amd bird deterents at waste water treatment
E14 Direct killing/injury X High facilities X Medium
Maintain exclusion zones adjacent to the Mine and Industrial
Complex, ensure controls to reduce dust and noise, minimise
E16 Habitat loss/degradation X High light pollution X Medium
E17 Habitat loss/degradation X Medium light pollution X Low
E19 Disturbance X Medium light pollution X Low
E21 Decommisioning X Low+ Develop/implement habitat restoration plan X Medium+
Waste Management
Project Name:
ID (1)
Maaden to devise a waste management strategy for the

Generation of non-hazardous and hazardous disposal of construction wastes, EPC Contractor to develop a
WM1 waste X Medium Site Waste Management Plan X Low
disposal of operations wastes and and operational waste
WM3 Generation of non-hazardous wastes X Medium management plan X Low
disposal of operations wastes and and operational waste
WM5 Generation of hazardous wastes X Medium management plan X Low
Maaden shall commissiong a condition report prior to
decommissioning; shall develop further the outline closure plan to
include maintenance programme, monitoring and reporting
strategy and emergency action plan for the waste storage areas;
and shall resource and implement the closure plan and
Degradation of the environment due to failure associated maintenance and monitoring plans
WM8 of containment X Medium X Low
Water Quality Management
Conditioning report and management plan to be produced
before decommissioning to include maintenance, monitoring,
reporting and emergency action plan; and implementation of
Breach of run-off control/containment
water quality monitoirng plan
SW9 systems X Medium X Low
Socio-Economic Aspects
SE1 Economic growth during construction X Low+ N/A X Low+
Increased employment opportunities during N/A
SE2 construction X Low+ X Low+
Increased employment opportunities during N/A
SE3 construction X Low+ X Low+
SE4 Education X Medium+ N/A X Medium+
EPC Contractor shall develop and implement a procedure for
the management of unexpected archaeological resources and
shall report any finds to Maaden in accordance with National
requirements, and provide tool box talks to raise awareness of
cultural and heritage resource finds
SE5 Loss of archaeological/cultural discovery X Medium X Low
EPC Contractor shall minimise the area of land required for use
during the construction, Maaden shall provide on-going
community consultation, in particular provide guidance and
assistance regarding use of alternative sites
SE7 Reduced access to land X Medium X Low
SE9 Economic growth X High+ N/A X High+
SE10 Increased employment opportunities X High+ N/A X High+
SE11 Increased employment opportunities X Medium+ N/A X Medium+
SE12 improved education and training X Medium+ N/A X Medium+
Maaden to enter into an agreement with Turaif Municipality
regarding the capacity of municipal services to be supplied to the
Maaden housing during the early stages of operation. Where
capacity is not available, Maaden to establish alternative service
provision.
SE13 Strain on municipal and social services X Medium X Low
Project Name:
ID (1)
Maaden shall maintain links with the community and respond to

concerns in accordance with the Stakeholder Engagement Plan
and provide guidance and assistance regarding use of alternative
SE14 Reduced access to land X Medium sites. X Low
Maaden shall undertake community consultation with particular
attention paid in the decommissioning phase on the safety
aspects of prohibited access to the land.
SE16 Reduced access to land X Medium X Low
Traffic and Transport Infrastructure
TI2 Rail X Low+ N/A Low+
TI5 Increased Rail Access X Medium+ N/A Medium+
TI9 Reduced Road Traffic X Medium+ N/A Medium+
Health and Safety Aspects
Increase in construction traffic related vehicle Training and awareness on issues such as defensive driving
HS4b accidents X Medium will be provided to the workforce X Low
Early engagement with local health service providers to assess
the capacity of the region to absorb any potential issues should
be undertaken, and this will inform the design and staffing of the
facilities to ensure local services are not adversely affected. This
consultation should include all emergency services to ensure
agreement is reached on the most effective mechanisms to deal
Construction stage occupational HSE impacts with any major incident.
HS5 on the Workforce (accident/ injury & Disease) X Medium X Low
A risk assessment will be undertaken which shall define the
specific risks and mitigation, including working hours, exposure
HS6 Air Quality impacts on the Workforce X Medium limits, and use of PPE as required. X Low
Operational stage traffic impacts on the Training and awareness on issues such as defensive driving will
HS7b Community X Medium be provided to the workforce and suppliers X Low
Decommissioning will be planned by developing, procedures, and
any HSE requirements to ensure the project is decommissioned
safely and effectively, using the correct PPE etc in line with
requirements and intended future use.
Implementation of the closure plan and associated post closure
monitoring and maintenance requirements.
Decommissioning stage Health and Safety
HS11b impacts on the Community X Medium X Low
Notes:
(1): Only impacts categorised as 'medium' or 'high' significance are included for mitigation (unless otherwise indicated in the corresponding section of the ESIA report).
(2): The factors used to determine the significance of a potential impact are defined in Section 4 Impact Assessment Methodology and tabulated for each impact in the corresponding section of the ESIA report.
(3): Measures to be taken to manage potential impacts considered to be of medium or high significance.
Cs: Construction Phase

Cm: Commissioning Phase
Op: Operations Phase
Dc: Decommissioning Phase / Closure
Project Name:
19.0 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMNS
19.1 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMNS
Acronym Description
AAQS Ambient Air Quality Standards
AEL Acceptable Exposure Limit
ALARP As low as reasonably practicable
ALC Arabian Light Crude
AMS American Meterological Society
AN Ammonium Nitrate
ANF Ammonium Nitrate Facility
ANFO Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil
AP Action Plan
AQMS Air Quality Monitoring Station
ARD Acid Rock Drainage
BAT Best Available Techniques
BFS Banakable Feasibility Study
BGL Below ground level
BPEO Best Practicable Environmental Option
BPIP Building Profile Input Program
BREFs BAT reference documents
CDSI Central Department of Statistics and Information
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CITC Communication and Information Technology Commission
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and
Flora
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CWMP Construction Waste Management Plan
DAF Dissolved Air Flotation
DAP Diammonium Phosphate
DCP Dicalcium Phosphate
DE Diatomaceous Earth
DMMR Deputy Ministry for Minerals Resources
DMRB Design Manual for Roads and Bridges
DS Dry solids
DSP DiSodium Phosphate
EBRD European Bank for Reconstruction and Development
ECRA Electricity & Co-Generation Regulatory Authority
EDG Emergency Diesel Generator
EERP Environmental Emergency Response Plan
EFMA European Fertilizer Manufacturers Association
EHS Environmental, Health and Safety
EMMP Environmental Monitoring Management Plan
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
EP Extreme Pressure
EPC Engineering Procurement and Construction
EPFIs Equator Principle Financial Institutions
ERP Emergency Response Plan
Project Name:
Acronym Description
ESA European Sulphuric Acid Association
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessments
ESMS Environmental and Social Management System
ESP Electrostatic Precipitator
EU European Union
FEED Front End Engineering Design
FSA Fluorosilic Acid
GACA General Authority of Civil Aviation
GCC Gulf Cooperation Countries
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEP Good Engineering Practice
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GOSI General Organization for Social Insurance
GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HGV Heavy Goods Vehicle
HP High Pressure
HRS Heat Recovery System
HV Heavy Vehicle
HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
ICMM International Council on Mining and Metals
ICSID International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes
IDA International Development Associated
IEA International Energy Agency
IEMA Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment
IFC International Finance Corporation
IISD International Institute for Sustainable Development
IPPC Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control
ISBL Inside Battery limits
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
IWTP Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant
JIC Jubail industrial City
KPI Key Performance Indicator
KSA Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
LOD Limit of Detection
LoM Life of Mine
LP Low pressure
LTIFR Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
LV Light Vehicle
MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
MCP Monocalcium Phosphate
MGA Merchant Grade Phosphoric Acid
MHS Materials Handling System
MIBK Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
MIGA Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
MMA Mine Maintenance Area
MoH Ministry of Health
MoI Ministry of Interior
Acronym Description
Project Name:
MoMRA Ministry of Municipalities and Rural Affairs
MoIC Ministry of Industry and Commerce
MoPM Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources
MoWE Ministry of Water and Electricity
MPC Ma'aden Phosphate Company
MSP Monosodium Phosphate
NDP National Development Plan
NPK Nitrogen Phosphate Potash
NS Non-Saudi
NSR North South Railway
NSR North South Railway
O&U Off-sites and Utilities
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OOSR Optical Ore Sorter Reject
OPEC Organisation of the Petroleum Exporting Countries
OPEX Operating Expenses
OSBL Off-site battery limits
PAH Poly-aromatic Hydrocarbons
PAP Phosphoric Acid Plant
PC process contribution
PCMR Primary Crushed Material Reject
PEC Predicted Environmental Concentration
PFS Pre-Feasibility Study
PIC Phosphate Industrial Complex
PID Proportional-Integral-Derivative
PME Presidency of Meteorology and Environment
POC Primary Ore Crusher
PP Power Generation Plant
PPA Purified Phosphoric Acid
PPV Peak Particle Velocity
PSF Phosphogypsum Storage Facility
RAK Ras Al Khair
RC Royal Commission
RCDC Royal Commission Design Criteria (2006)
RCER Royal Commission Environmental Regulations (2010)
RO Reverse Osmosis
RoM Run of Mine
SABIC Saudi Basic Industries Corporation
SAGIA Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority
SAMA Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
SAMA Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
SAP Sulphuric Acid Plant
SAPTACO Saudi Public Transport Company
SAPTCO Saudi Public Transport Company
SAR Saudi Railway Company
SEC Saudi Electricity Company
SEP Stakeholder Engagement Plan
SES Saudi Environmental Society
SGS Saudi Geological Survey
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment and Quality
Acronym Description
SIMP Social Impact Management Plan
Project Name:
SOLAS Convention for Safety of Life at Sea
SPL Sound Pressure Level
SR Saudi Arabian Riyals
SRO Saudi Railways Organisation
STPP Sodium TriPolyPhosphate
SWA Saudi Wildlife Authority
SWTP Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant
TB Tuberculosis
TBP Tri-butyl Phosphate
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TSE Treated Sewerage Effluent
TSF Tailings Storage Facility
UF Ultrafiltration
UK United Kingdom
UNCLOS United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea
UNFCCC UN Framework Convention on Climatic Change
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
UV ultraviolet
VDV Vibration Dose Value
VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds
VP Vice President
WAS Waad Al Shamaal City
WB World Bank
WESP Wet Electrostatic Precipitator
WHGME Woods Hole Group Middle East
WHO World Health Organization
WRD Waste Rock Dump
WTO World Trade Organisation
WWTP Waste Water Treatment Plant
XRT X-ray Transmission
Project Name:
19.2 FORMULAE
Chemical Formula Full Name
CaCO3 Calcium Carbonate
CaF2 Calcium Fluoride or Fluorspar
CaSO4 Calcium sulphate
Calcium sulphate dihydrate or
CaSO42H2O gypsum
CO Carbon Monoxide
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
H2S Hydrogen Sulphide
H2SiF6 Fluorosilic acid
H2SO4 Sulphuric Acid
H3PO4 Phosphoric Acid
HF Hydrogen Fluoride
Na2SiF6 Sodium fluorosilicate
NaOH Sodium hydroxide or caustic soda
NO Nitric oxide
NO2 Nitrogen dioxide
NOx Mono-nitric Oxides (NO & NO2)
O3 Ozone
P2O5 Phosphorous pentoxide
SiF4 Silicon Tetrafluoride
SiF4 Silicon Fluoride
SiO2 Silicon dioxide or Silica
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
SO3 Sulphur Trioxide
Project Name:
19.3 SI UNITS
SI Unit Full Name
Sv/yr microsieverts per year
Am3 Apparent cubic metre
Bq/kg Becquerels per kilogram
dB decibels
Gj Giga joules
Hz Hertz
kVA kiloVolt Ampere
kWh kiloWatts per hour
LA Level (sound pressure) - A
weighting
mg/l miligrams per litre
g/l micrograms per litre
g m
-3 micrograms per cubic metre
3
Mm Million cubic metres
Mtpa Million tonnes per annum
MW Mega Watts
MWe Mega Watts of electrical output
3
Nm Normal cubic metre
ppm parts per million
sq.km square kilometres
tpd tonnes per day
tph tonnes per hour
tpy tonnes per year
Project Name:
20.0 REFERENCE LIST
20.1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2012) Performance Standards on Environmental
and Social Sustainability.
Ministry of Economy and Planning (2010) The Ninth Development Plan 2010-2014,
available at: http://www.mep.gov.sa/themes/GoldenCarpet/index.jsp [Accessed on
28/02/13].
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (2001) General Environmental Law and
Rules for Implementation.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Draft Supplementary
Environmental Standards 1 - 20.
20.2 SECTION 2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINSTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

Al Madani, M., Al Hawi, A., Al Shaikh, O. and Al Dabbagh, M. (2008) Environmental
Impact Assessment Guidelines for Mining Activities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: with
the assistance of Al Attas, A. and Muhurjy, A., Saudi Geological Survey Open File
Report SGS-OF-2008-1.Jeddah.
Documents on BAT for Industrial Cooling Systems.
Documents on BAT for the Manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals -
ammonia, acids and fertilizers industries.
European Commission (2007) Reference Document on BAT for Production of Large
Volume Inorganic Chemicals - solids and other industries.
European Commission (2009) Reference Document on the Management of Tailings and
Waste-Rock in Mining Activities.
European Commission (2009) Reference Document on BAT for Energy Efficiency.
European Fertilizer Manufacturer Association (EFMA) (2000) Best Available Techniques
for Pollution Prevention and Control in the European Fertilizer Industry, Booklet 4
Production of Phosphoric Acid.
European Sulphuric Acid Association (ESA), and the European Fertilizer Manufacturer
Association (EFMA) (1999) Reference Document on the Application of Best Available
Techniques Pollution Prevention and Control in the European Fertilizer Industry, Booklet
3 Production of Sulphuric Acid.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (2009) Groundwater
Management in Saudi Arabia, Draft Synthesis Report.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) General Environmental, Health, and
Safety Guidelines, Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Mining, Environmental, Health, and Safety
(EHS) Guidelines.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Large Volume Inorganic Compounds
Manufacturing and Coal Tar Distillation, Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS)
Guidelines.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Phosphate Fertilizer Plants Manufacturing,
Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines..
Project Name:
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Water and Sanitation, Environmental,
Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
and Social Sustainability.
Labor Law (2005) Royal Decree No. M/51
Maaden Phosphate Company (2012) Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Policy.
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources (MoPM) (2009b) Environment Brief
Introduction, available at: http://www2.mopm.gov.sa/enviroment.html [Accessed
30/01/13].
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources (MoPM) (2009) Regulations and Licences
webpage, available at: http://www2.mopm.gov.sa/regulations%20and%20licenses.html
[Accessed 30/01/13].
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources (MoPM) (2009a) Saudi Mining Executive
Regulation and Mining Investment Code available at:
http://www2.mopm.gov.sa/regulations%20and%20licenses.html [Accessed 30/01/13].
Ministry of Water and Electricity (MOWE) (2010) webpage available at:
http://www.mowe.gov.sa/English/forms-documnts.aspx [Accessed 30/01/13]
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2001) General Environmental
Regulations and Rules for Implementation
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Ambient Air Quality,
Environmental Standard 19
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Ambient Water Quality,
Environmental Standard 20
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Control of Emissions to Air
from Stationary Sources Standard for KSA, Environmental Standard 4.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Environmental Noise,
Environmental Standard 3.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Industrial and Municipal
Wastewater Discharges, Environmental Standard 17
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Waste Acceptance Criteria,
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Waste Classification,
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Waste Handling and Storage
Saudi Arabian National Government National (2012) Preserving Wildlife in Saudi Arabia,
available at: http://www.saudi.gov.sa/wps/portal/yesserRoot/aboutKingdom/environment
Wildlife [Accessed 21/01/13].
20.3 SECTION 3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Bechtel (2013) King Abdullah Project of Waad Al Shamaal City Development, Masterplan
Report.
Documents on BAT for Industrial Cooling Systems.
Project Name:
Documents on BAT for the Manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals -
ammonia, acids and fertilizers industries.
European Commission (2007) Reference Document on BAT for Production of Large
Volume Inorganic Chemicals - solids and other industries.
European Commission (2009) Reference Document on the Management of Tailings and
Waste-Rock in Mining Activities.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Large Volume Inorganic Compounds
Manufacturing and Coal Tar Distillation, Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS)
Guidelines.
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Phosphate Fertilizer Plants Manufacturing,
Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines..
and Social Sustainability, Performance Standard 3.
20.4 SECTION 4 DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND LAYOUT OF THE PROPOSED

DEVELOPMENT
Bechtel (2012) King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development, Draft
Masterplan Report.
Report.
Central Department of Statistics and Information (2010) Preliminary Results of General
Population and Housing Census, available at: http://www.geohive.com/cntry/
saudiarabia.aspx [Accessed 31/01/13].
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources (MoPR) (2006) Mining Licence for the
Exploitation of the Al Jalamid and Al Khabra sites.
SRK Consulting (2013a) A Mining Study on the Umm Wual Phosphate Project, KSA
SRK Consulting (2013b) Mineral Resource Estimate for the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project
SRK Consulting (2013c) Owners Requirements: Primary Ore Crushing, Addendum
28/03/13
SRK Consulting (2013d) Hydrogeology and Water Supply Study on the Umm Wual
Phosphate Project, KSA
SRK Consulting (2013e) Waste Rock Study on the Umm Wual Phosphate Project, KSA
SRK Consulting (2013f) Tailings Storage Facility Study on the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project, KSA
SRK Consulting (2013) A Feasibility Study on the Geochemical Characteristics of Mining
and Beneficiation Wastes for the Umm Wual Phosphate Project, KSA.
SRK Consulting (2013) A Primary Ore Crusher Study for the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project, KSA
SRK Consulting (2013) Open Pit Geotechnical Study for the Umm Wual Phosphate
Project, KSA.
SRK Consulting (2013) Owners Requirements: Tailings Storage Facility and Material
Handling System, Addendum 05/04/13
Project Name:
20.5 SECTION 5 - IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
Report
Central Department of Statistics and Information (2010) Census 2004 & 2010, available
at:
http://www.cdsi.gov.sa/english/index.php?option=com_docman&task=cat_view&gid=45&I
temid=113 and
http://www.cdsi.gov.sa/english/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=85&Itemi
d=1 [Accessed on 28/02/13].
Official Journal of the European Union (2011) Directive 2011/92/EU of the European
Parliament and of the Council (2011) on the Assessment of the Effects of Certain Public
and Private Projects on the Environment, available at http://eur-
lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2012:026:0001:0021:EN:PDF
[Accessed on 28/02/13]
Environmental Consulting Bureau (ECB) (2006) Community Impact Study, Maaden
Phosphate Project.
European Commission (2011) Environmental Impact Assessment, Directorate-General for
the Environment.
Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA) (2011) Homepage,
available at: http://www.iema.net/.
IEMA (Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment). 2011. Homepage.
IEMA, Lincoln, UK. http://www.iema.net/
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2012) Assessment and Management of
Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts, Performance Standard 1.
28/02/13].
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME), (2001) General Environmental
Regulations and Rules for Implementation.
Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency (SAMA) (2012) 48th Annual Report.
SNC Lavalin, SAPC (2005) Environmental Impact Study Chemical Complex, Maaden
Phosphate Project Bankable Feasibility Study Report, Volume 10.
Project Sites.
20.6 SECTION 6 AIR QUALITY & METEOROLOGY

Eckerman, K.F. and Ryman, J.C. 1993. External Exposure to Radionuclides in Air, Water
and Soil. Federal Guidance Report 12. EPA Report 402-R-93-081. Washington, DC.FGR
12.
EMEP/EEA (2009) Air Pollutant Emission Inventory Guidebook. Accessed from
http://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/emep-eea-emission-inventory-guidebook-2009
GHD / Environmental Consulting Bureau (ECB) (2008) Maaden Phosphate Project
Supplementary Environmental Impact Assessment March 2008, 76/10148/11824.
Project Name:
ICRP (1996). Age dependant doses to members of the public from intakes of
radionuclides: Part 5, compilation of ingestion and inhalation dose coefficients.
Publication 72.Annals of the ICRP 26, No. 1.
Johnson, C.A., Hill, R.A, Wilkinson, M., Braban, C.F., Beeley, W.J and Theobold, M.R.
(2010). Final Report for SCAIL Combustion. Scottish and Northern Ireland Forum for
Environmental Research. UK PIR15. See http://www.scail.ceh.ac.uk/combustion/SCAIL-
Combustion_Final_Report.pdf .
Ontario (2009). Environmental Protection Act. Ontario Regulation 419/05 Air Pollution
local air quality.
PME (2005) Presidency of Meteorology & Environment. National Meteorology &
Environment Centre. Surface Annual Climatological Report for Turaif 1978-2005.
RCER (2010).Royal Commission Environmental Regulations 2010.
SNC Lavalin, (2005) Environmental Impact Study Chemical Complex, Maaden
SOFRECO (2012). Feasibility study pre-works of Umm Wual project. 1271-UMW-PW-
VOL10-EIS & HSE_rev3.
UNSCEAR (2008).Sources and effects of ionizing radiation, UNSCEAR 2008.United
Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation, UN, New York.
US EPA (2002).Median Life, Annual Activity, and Load Factor Values for Non-road
Engine Emissions Modeling.EPA420-P-02-014.
US EPA (2004).Users guide for the AMS/EPA regulatory model AERMOD.EPA-454/B-
03-001.
US EPA (2005).Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 216 / Wednesday, November 9, 2005 /
Rules and Regulations.40 CFR Part 51 Revision to the Guideline on Air Quality Models:
Adoption of a Preferred General Purpose (Flat and Complex Terrain) Dispersion Model
and Other Revisions; Final Rule.
US EPA (2008).Idling Vehicle Emissions for Passenger Cars, Light-Duty Trucks, and
Heavy-Duty Trucks. Office of Transportation and Air Quality. EPA420-F-08-025
US EPA (2009). Emission factors for locomotives. Office of Transportation and Air
Quality.EPA420-F-09-025
US EPA AP42.Accessed from http://www.epa.gov/ttnchie1/ap42/ with html links to
relevant chapters.
WHGME (2010) Environmental Impact Assessment Study Waste Water Treatment Plant,
Northern Border, Turaif.
Project Sites.
20.7 SECTION 7 TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT

Bureau de Recherches Geologiques et Minieres (BRGM) (2008) Investigations for
Updating the Groundwater Mathematical Model(s) of the Saq and Overlying Aquifers.
Brown, G.F., Schmidt, D.L., and Huffman, A.C. (1989) Geology of the Arabian Peninsula:
Shield Area of Western Saudi Arabia, U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 560-A,
p188.
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) (2012) Guidelines for Management and Handling
of Phosphogypsum Generated from Phosphoric Acid Plants.
Project Name:
Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC), Government of Western Australia
(2010) Assessment Levels for Soil, Sediment and Water. Version 4, revision 1, 2010.
Environment Agency (EA) UK (2009) Soil Guideline Value reports available at:
http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/64015.aspx [Accessed
11/04/13].
Fugro (2013). Interpretative Report Of Soil Sampling and Testing For Environmental
Investigation, Umm Wual Phosphate Project Sirhan-Turaif Area, Saudi Arabia. Fugro
BKS Limited, Report No. SA12-1435/Final.
Jacobs (2013) Umm Wual Wadi Flood Estimates.
Jacobs (2013a) Phos Acid Pilot Plant Final Report
Meissner, C. R. Jr., Dini, S. M., Farasani, A. M., Riddler, G. P., Van Eck, M and Aspinall,
N. C. (1989) Preliminary Geologic Map of the Al Jawf Quadrangle, Sheet 29D, U.S.
Geological Survey.
Ministry of Housing (MoH), Spatial Planning and Environment; Directorate-General For
Environmental Protection (Netherlands) (2009) Soil Remediation Circular
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) Industrial and Municipal
Wastewater Discharges, Environmental Standard 17
SRK (2004) Hydrology Study for Umm Wual Project, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia for
Maaden. SRK Consulting.
SRK (2013a) Mining study on the Umm Wual phosphate project, Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia. SRK Consulting.
SRK (2013b) Hydrogeology and Water Supply for the Umm Wual Phosphate Project,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. SRK Consulting.
SRK (2013c) Feasibility Study on Open Pit Geotechnics. SRK Consulting.
UN (2009) Groundwater Management in Saudi Arabia (Draft Synthesis Report). Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome, 2009.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region III (2009) Regional Screening
Levels for Chemical Contaminants at Superfund Sites. Available at:
(http://www.epa.gov/reg3hwmd/risk/human/rb-concentration_table/Generic_Tables)
Accessed on [11/04/13]
WHO (2011) Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality, Fourth Edition. World Health
Organisation.
20.8 SECTION 8 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES

Abbady, A.G., Uosif, M.A., El-Taher, A. (2005) Natural Radioactivity and Dose
Assessment for Phosphaterocks from Wadi El-Mashash and El-Mahamid Mines, Journal
of Environmental Radioactivity, 84, p.65-78.
Al-Jaloud A. A., Chaudhary S. A., Bashour I. I., Qureshi S., AI-Shanghitti A. (1994)
Nutrient Evaluation of Some Arid Range Plants in Saudi Arabia, Journal of Arid
Environments, 28.
Basta, N.T., Gradwohl, R., Snethen, K.L. , Schroder, J.L. (2001) Chemical Immobilization
of Lead, Zinc, and Cadmium in Smelter-Contaminated Soils using Biosolids and Rock
Phosphate, J. Environ. Qual., 30, p.1222-1230.
Bendiksen, T., Young, G. (2005) Commissioning of Offshore Oil and Gas Projects: The
Manager's Handbook, Author House Publishers.
BirdLife International (2013) Threatened Birds of the World. Cambridge, UK.
Project Name:
Borm, P.J., Tran, L., Donaldson, K. (2011) The Carcinogenic Action of Crystalline Silica: A
Review of the Evidence Supporting Secondary Inflammation-Driven Genotoxicity as a
Principal Mechanism, Crit. Rev. Toxicol., 41, p.756-770.
Brown, S., Chaney, R., Hallfrisch, J., Xue, Q. (2003) Effect of Biosolids Processing on
Lead Bioavailability in an Urban Soil, J. Environ. Qual., 32, p.100-108.
Checkoway, H., Heyer, N.J., Demers, P.A., Breslow, N.E. (1993) Mortality Among
Workers in the Diatomaceous Earth Industry, BritishJjournal of Industrial Medicine., 50,
p.586-597.
Child, G., Grainger, J. (1990) A Plan to Protect Areas in Saudi Arabia, IUCN, Gland and
NCWCD, Riyadh, p.325.
Fares, F., Montenegro, B., Prates, A. (2010) Commissioning of Oil & Gas Projects
Current Status, Evolution and Trends, Rio Oil & Gas 2010, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
Fubini, B. (1997) Surface Reactivity in the Pathogenic Response to Particulates.
Environmental Health Perspectives, 10, p.1013-1020.
Fubini, B., Bolis, V., Cavenago, A., Volante, M. (1995) Physicochemical Properties of
Crystalline Silica Dusts and Their Possible Implication in Various Biological Responses,
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 21, p.9-14.
Gasperetti, J., Harrison, D.L., Buttiker, W. (1986) The Carnivora of Arabia. Fauna of
Saudi Arabia 7, Jeddah & Basle, p397-461.
Goriup, P.D., At-Toraif, M. (1988) Houbara Bustard Field Research Project: Report on
Activities March-April 1988, NCWCD Technical Report, 12, p.1-23.
Goriup, P.D., Norton, J.A., Al-Salamah, M. (1989) Houbara Bustard Field Research
Project: Report on Activities April-June 1989, NCWCD Technical Report, 15, p.1-42.
Goriup, P.D., Norton, J.A., Al-Salamah, M. (1992) Houbara Bustard Field Research
Project: Report for 1990, Unpublished Report, NCWCD, p.56.
Green, A.A. (1984) The Avifauna of the AI Jawf Region, Northwest Saudi Arabia.
Sandgrouse, 6, p.48-58.
Green, A.A. (1984) Wildlife Reconnaissance of AI Jawf Region, Field Document 1.
Ministry of Agriculture and Water, Range and Animal Development Research Center, Al
Jawf.
Green, A.A. (1986) Status of Large Mammals of Northern Saudi Arabia, Mammalia, 50,
p.483-493.
Harrison, D.L., Bates, P.J.J. (1991) The Mammals of Arabia, 2nd edition. Harrison
Zoological Museum, Kent. P.354.
Himsworth, C.G. (2008) The Danger of Lime Use in Agricultural Anthrax Disinfection
Procedures: The Potential Role of Calcium in the Preservation of Anthrax Spores, Can
Vet J, 49, p1208-1210.
Horsley, D. (1998) Process Plant Commissioning, a User Guide, Institution of Chemical
Engineering.
Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (2006) Guidelines for Ecological
Impacts Assessment in the UK.
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) SSC Antelope Specialist Group
(2008) Gazella Gazella - IUCN 2012: Red List of Threatened Species, Version 2012.2,
available at: www.iucnredlist.org [accessed on 30/04/13].
(2008) Gazella subgutturosa ssp. Marica - IUCN 2012: Red List of Threatened Species,
Version 2012.2, available at: www.iucnredlist.org [accessed on 30/04/13].
Project Name:
(2011) Oryx leucoryx - IUCN 2012: Red List of Threatened Species, Version 2012.2,
available at: www.iucnredlist.org [accessed on 30/04/13].
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) (2012) The IUCN Red List of
Threatened Species, Version 2012.2, available at: www.iucnredlist.org [accessed on
17/10/12].
Jennings, M.C. (1986) The Distribution of the Extinct Arabian Ostrich Struthio camelus
syriacus Rothschild, Fauna of Saudi Arabia, 8, p.447-461.
Khater, A.E., Higgy, R.H., Pimb, M. (2001) Radiological Impacts of Natural Radioactivity in
Abu-Tarturphosphate Deposits-Egypt, Journal of Environmental Radioactivity, 55, p.255-
267.
Khater, A.M., Hussein, M.A., Hussein, M.I., (2004) Occupational Exposure of Phosphate
Mine Workers: Airborne Radioactivity Measurements and Dose Assessment, Journal of
Environmental Radioactivity, 75, p.47-57.
Korallus, U. (1986b) Chromium Compounds: Occupational Health, Toxicological and
Biological Monitoring Aspects, Toxicol. Environ. Chem., 12, p.47-59.
Makweba, M.M., Holm, E. (1993) The Natural Radioactivity of the Rock Phosphates,
Phosphatic Products and Their Environmental Implications, The Science of the Total
Environment, 133, p.99-110.
Mallon, D., Budd, D. (2011) Regional Red List Status of Carnivores in the Arabian
Peninsula (eds), Cambridge, UK, p.49.
Mandaville J. (1990) Flora of Eastern Saudi Arabia, Keegan Paul Int. Ltd., London, p.482.
Mirreh M.N., Osman, A.A., AI Diran, M.S., Shudukhi, S. (1989) Preliminary Report of Al
Harra Wildlife Reserve, Unpublished Report, Ministry of Agriculture and Water, Range
and Development Research Centre, Al Jawf.
Nader, I.A. (1991) First Record of the Marble Polecat Vormelaperegusna, Fauna of Saudi
Arabia, 12, p.416-419.
Pinsky, D.L. (1988) Heavy Metals and Environment, USSR Academy of Sciences,
Institute of Soil Science and Photosynthesis, Pushchino.
Seddon, P.J., Van Heezik, Y. (1995) Preliminary Survey of Wolf Sign Distribution in Harrat
Al-Harrah, Unpublished Report, NCWCD, Riyadh, p.9.
Seddon, P.J., Van Heezik, Y., Nader, I.A. (1997) Mammals of the Harrat Al-Harrah
Protected Area, Saudi Arabia Zoology in the Middle East, 14, p.37-46.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (1996) Ambient Levels and
Non-Cancer Health Effects of Inhaled Crystalline and Amorphous Silica, Health Issue
Assessment, p.4-6.
Van Heezik, Y., Seddon, P.J. (1996) Harrat Al-Harrah Field Research Projects, Annual
Report: 1995, Unpublished Report, NCWCD, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
Vangronsveld, J., Van Assche, F., Clijsters, H. (1995) Reclamation of a Bare Industrial
Area Contaminated by Non Ferrous Metals - In Situ Metal Immobilization and
Revegetation, Environ. Pollut., 87, p.51-59.
Varki, A. (2007) Glycan-Based Interactions Involving Vertebrate Sialic Acid-Recognizing
Proteins, Nature, 446, p.1023-1029.
Vesey-Fitzgerald, L.D.E.F. (1952).Wildlife in Arabia, Oryx 1, 5, p.232-235.
Wilms, T., Eid, E.K.A., Al Johany, A.M.H., Amr, Z.S.S., Els, J., Baha El Din, S., Disi, A.M.,
Sharifi, M., Papenfuss, T., Shafiei Bafti, S., Werner, Y.L. (2012). Uromastyx aegyptia -
Project Name:
IUCN 2012: Red List of Threatened Species, Version 2012.2, available at:
www.iucnredlist.org [accessed on 15/05/13].
Woods Hole Group Middle East (WHGME) (2010) EIA for Wastewater Treatment Plant
Northern Borders, Turaif.
20.9 SECTION 9 NOISE & VIBRATION

BS 5228: 2009 - Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and
open sites (Parts 1 and 2).
BS 6472-2: 2008 - Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, Part
2: Blast-induced vibration.
BS 7385-2: 1993 - Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings Guide to
damage levels from ground borne vibration.
Presidency for Meteorology and Environment (2012) General Environmental Standard for
Noise .
Presidency for Meteorology and Environment (2012) Turaif airport 1999 2012.slk, and
Arar airport 1999 2012.slk.
Siskind D, Atachura V, Stagg M, Kopp J (undated) Structure Response and Damage
Produced by Airblast from Surface Mining , United States Department of Interior, Bureau
of Mines.
SRK (2013) Owners Requirements: Mining Equipment SRK 2013 Consulting Report.
20.10 SECTION 10 WASTE MANAGEMENT

Arab News (2012) Lack of recycling costs Kingdom SR 40 bn a year, accessible at:
http://www.arabnews.com/lack-recycling-costs-kingdom-sr-40-bn-year [accessed on
15/05/13].
Report
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) webiste Environment Protection,
available at: http://www.pme.gov.sa/en/en_managementsolidwastes.asp, [accessed on
15/03/13].
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012a) Waste Classification,
Environmental Standard.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012b) Best Practicable
Environment Option for Waste Disposal, Environmental Standard.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012c) Waste Handling and Storage,
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012d) Waste Recycling,
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012e) Waste Acceptance Criteria,
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012f) Waste Control and
Compliance, Environmental Standard.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012g) Waste Transportation,
Project Name:
Saudi Industrial Property Authority (2011) Waste Management Plan Report, 3rd Jeddah
Industrial City, Rev 2.
World Bank (2012) What a Waste: A Global Review of Solid Waste Management.
WRAP (2013) Net Waste Tool, available at: http://nwtool.wrap.org.uk/.
WRAP(a) (Undated) Summary Benchmarks for Construction Waste, available at:
http://www.wrap.org.uk/sites/files/wrap/Benchmarks%20and%20Baselines%20Summary.
pdf [accessed on 02/05/13].
WRAP(b) (Undated) A Guide to Volume to Mass Conversion Factors and List of Waste
Categories used within WRAPs tools, available at: http://www.wrap.org.uk/sites/files/
wrap/Conversion%20factor%20guide%20for%20WRAP%20Tools.pdf [accessed on
20/05/13].
Zafar, S. (2013a) MSW Generation in the Middle East, available at:
http://www.ecomena.org/tag/saudi-arabia/, [accessed on 15/03/13].
Zafar, S. (2013b) Solid Waste Management in Saudi Arabia, available at
http://www.ecomena.org/tag/saudi-arabia/ [accessed on 18/04/13].
20.11 SECTION 11 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT

Abu Dhabi Municipality (ADM) (2004) Design Standards Manual, Treated Sewerage
Effluent System Design
Bechtel (2013) King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development Masterplan
Report.
Central Intelligence Agency (2013) The World Factbook 2013-14. Washington, DC:
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/index.html [accessed on
18/03/13].
Farquharson et al (1992) Regional Flood Frequency Analysis in Arid and Semi-Arid
Areas, Journal of Hydrology, 138 pp487-501
Ministry of Water and Electricity (2006) Technical Guidelines for the Use of Treated
Sanitary Wastewater in Irrigation for Landscaping and Agricultural Irrigation.
Ministry of Economy and Planning (2009) Ninth Development Plan, Water and Sanitation,
available at: http://www.mep.gov.sa/themes/GoldenCarpet/index.jsp;jsessionid=
990A54C524B996195483ABD194F0C1EA.beta [accessed on 19/03/13].
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012a) National Ambient Water
Quality Standard for KSA.
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012b) National Drinking Water
SRK Consulting (2004) Hydrology Study for the Umm Wual Project.
SRK Consulting (2013) Waste Rock Design Study for the Umm Wual Phosphate Project.
Vincent, P. (2008) Saudi Arabia: An Environmental Overview.
20.12 SECTION 12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS

Alnokhba (undated) Popular Historical Places The Northern Border Region, available at
http://www.hoddomainserver.com/SID_CD/inside_files/alnokhba/saudi-arabia/historical-
popular-places-northern-border.htm [accessed on 13/04/13].
Project Name:
Anglo-American Services UK (2012) Socio-Economic Assessment Toolbox, available at:
http://www.angloamerican.com/development/social/seat [accessed on 02/02/13].
Arab News (2013) Unemployment and Gender in Saudi Arabia, available at:
http://www.arabnews.com/node/451262 [accessed 19/05/13].
Banque Saudi Fransi (2011) Employment Quandry, available at: www.alfransi.com.sa/
en/general/download/file/1045 [accessed on 19/05/13].
Report.
Central Department of Statistics and Information (2010) Census 2004 & 2010, available
at:
http://www.cdsi.gov.sa/english/index.php?option=com_docman&task=cat_view&gid=45&I
temid=113 and
http://www.cdsi.gov.sa/english/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=85&Itemi
d=1 [28/02/13].
Central Intelligence Agency (2013) The World Factbook 2013-14, Washington DC,
available at: https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/sa.html
[accessed on 28/02/13].
Environmental Consulting Bureau (ECB) (2006) Community Impact Study, Maaden
Phosphate Project.
GHD Global Pty / Environmental Consulting Bureau (ECB) (2008) Rio Tinto Alcan Az
Zabirah Mining and Aluminium Project Social Impact Assessment.
Jacobs (2012) Umm Wual Phosphate Project Draft Stakeholder Engagement Plan.
Maaden (2011) Project Manual, Environment and Communities Assurance.
Maaden (2012) Our Commitment to CSR, available at: http://www.maaden.com.sa/
en/sustainability/csr [accessed on 09/04/13].
Maaden (2012) Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Guidelines and Minimum Requirements.
28/02/13].
Municipality of Turaif (undated) Untitled Land Ownership Documents.
Pew Forum on Religion and Public Life (2009) Mapping the World Muslim Population,a
vailable at: http://www.pewforum.org/newassets/images/reports/Muslimpopulation/
Muslimpopulation.pdf
Riyadh Daily News (2003) Doqara Palace, available at http://www.alriyadh.com/
Contents/24-01-2003/Mainpage/Thkafa_3897.php [accessed on 28/02/13].
Royal Embassy of Saudi Arabia: Washington DC (2013) Industrial Cities, available
at:http://www.saudiembassy.net/about/country-information/economy_global_trade/
industrial_cities.aspx [accessed on 09/04/13].
Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency (SAMA) (2012) 48th Annual Report, available at
http://www.sama.gov.sa/sites/samaen/ReportsStatistics/ReportsStatisticsLib/5600_R_An
nual_En_48_2013_02_19.pdf [accessed on 09/04/13].
Saudi Commission for Tourism and Antiquities. Booklet on Doqara Palace. Untitled and
Undated.
Project Name:
SNC Lavalin, SAPC (2005) Environmental Impact Study Chemical Complex, Maaden
Sofreco-Technip (2012) Preliminary Constructability and Operability Report, Maaden
Sofreco-Technip (2012) Class II Cost Estimate +/- 20%, Maaden Phosphate Project
Bankable Feasibility Study Report, Volume 13.
Sofreco-Technip (2012) Economic and Financial Evaluation, Draft Feasibility Study Pre-
Works of Umm Wual Project, Volume 14.
World Bank (2008) The Road Not Travelled: Education Reform in the Middle East and
North Africa.
World Bank (2009) The Status of Progress of Women in the Middle East and North Africa,
Washington D.C.
20.13 SECTION 13 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE

Department for Transport (DfT) (1999) Assessment and Preparation of Road Schemes,
Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Volume 5.
General Authority of Civil Aviation (GACA) (2013) Statistical Yearbook 2011, available at:
http://www.gaca.gov.sa/gaca/Attachments/020/A792/0314/yearbook-2011-en.pdf
[accessed 26/04/13].
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia General Commission for Survey (2013) Road Map, available at:
http://www.gcs.gov.sa/Products/Topographic-Products/Road-Map.aspx [accessed
05/04/13].
available at: available at:
http://www.mep.gov.sa/themes/GoldenCarpet/index.jsp;jsessionid=990A54C524B996195
483ABD194F0C1EA.beta [accessed 19/03/13].
Ministry of Transport (2012) Annual Traffic Report.
Railway Gazette International (2011) Phosphate Trial Marks Completion of North-South
Line, available at: http://www.railwaygazette.com/news/freight/single-view/view/
phosphate-trial-marks-completion-of-north-south-line.html [accessed 18/04/13].
Saudi Arabian Market Information Resource and Delivery (SAMIRAD) (2013a) Transport,
available at: http://www.saudinf.com/main/g1.htm [accessed on 03/04/13].
Saudi Arabian Market Information Resource and Delivery (SAMIRAD) (2013b) Roads,
Saudi Arabian Market Information Resource and Delivery (SAMIRAD) (2013c) Air
Transport, available at: http://www.saudinf.com/main/g31.htm [accessed on 05/04/13].
Saudi Arabian Market Information Resource and Delivery (SAMIRAD) (2013d) Railways,
Saudi Public Transport Company (SAPTCO) website (2013) Available at:
http://www.saptco.com.sa/index_en.html [accessed on 05/04/13].
Saudi Railway Company (SAR) website (2013) Available at: http://www.sar.com.sa
Project Name:
Saudi Railways Organisation (2013) Saudi Railway Master Plan, available at:
http://www.saudirailways.org/portal/page/portal/PRTS/root/Home/04_Expansion_Specific
ation/02Saudi%20Railway%20Master%20Plan [accessed on 26/04/13].
Sofreco-Technip (2012) Preliminary Constructability and Operability Report, Maaden
Wikipedia (2013) Rail Transport Map pf Saudi Arabia, available at:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Rail_transport_map_of_Saudi_Arabia.png [accessed on
29/04/13].
20.14 SECTION 14 UTILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE AND USEAGE

Bechtel (2013) King Abdullah Project for Waad Al Shamaal City Development Masterplan
Report.
Communications and Information Technology Commission (CITC) (2011) Annual Report
2011, available at: http://www.citc.gov.sa/English/MediaCenter/Annualreport/Documents
/PR_REP_007eng.pdf [Accessed on 15/03/13].
Communications and Information Technology Commission (CITC) (2011) ICT Indicators
2011, available at
http://www.citc.gov.sa/English/Reportsandstudies/Indicators/Indicators%20of%20Commu
nications%20and%20Information%20Techn/2011_ICT%20Indicators%20_English.pdf
[Accessed on 18/06/1]
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2007) Water and Sanitation, Environmental,
Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
Ministry of Economy and Planning (2009) Ninth Development Plan, Water and Sanitation,
available at: http://www.mep.gov.sa/themes/GoldenCarpet/index.jsp;jsessionid=
990A54C524B996195483ABD194F0C1EA.beta [accessed on 19/03/13].
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) (2012) National Drinking Water
Project Sites.
SRK Consulting (2004) Hydrology Study for Um Wual Project.
SRK Consulting (2013) Preliminary Ground Water Modelling Memo.
Saudi Electric Company website (2008) available at: http://www.se.com.sa/sec/arabic
Turaif News (2012) Al Jouf Area Decreases Turaif Share of the Basita Project from 12K
CM to 10K Only, available at: www.turaifnews.com [accessed on 30/04/13].
20.15 SECTION 15 HEALTH AND SAFETY ASPECTS

IFC with the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD)(2009),
Guidance note: Workers Accommodation: Process and Standards.
IFC (2009), Workers Accommodation: Processes and Standards
Ministry of Health (2009) Ten year health care strategy 2009/10 to 2019.
Central Department of Statistics & Information - Summary of National Health infrastructure
2004 to 2009:
http://www.cdsi.gov.sa/english/index.php?option=com_docman&Itemid=163.
Project Name:
World Health Organisation (2012)
http://www.undp.org.sa/sa/documents/mdg/nmdg2011.pdf
http://www.who.int/nmh/countries/sau_en.pdf
General Organization for Social Insurance (GOSI) for Saudi Arabia (2012) Annual Report
for 2012.
Ministry of Interior (2012), Statistics on Motor Vehicle Accidents (MVA) in Saudi Arabia.
World Bank (2007), Environmental Assessment Sourcebook.
World Bank (2007), Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
20.16 SECTION 16 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ASSESSMENT

United Nations World Commission on Environment and Development (UNWCED) (1987)
Our Common Future, Brundtland Report, Oxford University Press.
28/02/13].
International Finance Corporation (2012) Policy on Environmental and Social
Sustainability, available at
http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/Topics_Ext_Content/IFC_External_Corporate_Site/if
c+sustainability/sustainability+framework/Sustainability+Framework+-+2012/#
SustainabilityPolicy [Accessed on 18/06/2013].
Maaden (2012) Our Commitment to CSR, available at: http://www.maaden.com.sa/
en/sustainability/csr [Accessed on 09/04/13].
Maaden (2011), Maaden Project Manual, Environment and Communities Assurance.
International Institute for Sustainable Development (1997), Assessing Sustainable
Development, Principles in Practice, available at http://www.iisd.org/pdf/bellagio.pdf
[Accessed on 18/06/13],
20.17 SECTION 17 CUMMULATIVE IMPACTS ASSESSMENT

Report.
20.18 APPENDIX B EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE PLAN

Jacobs (2013), Umm Wual ESIA Detailed Description and Layout of the Proposed
Development
Maaden (2011), Maaden Project Manual, Environment and Communities Assurance
Maaden (2011), Maaden Project Manual, Health and Safety Assurance
Maaden (2011), Operational Readiness Manual, HSSEC Readiness
Maaden (2012), Environmental Management Plan
20.19 APPENDIX C STAKEHOLDE ENGAGEMENT PLAN

IFC (2012), Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability.
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu, Royal Commission
Environmental Regulations Volume I Regulation & Standards 2010
Project Name:
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu, Royal Commission
Environmental Regulations Volume II Environmental Permit Program 2010
PME. General Environmental Law and Rules for Implementation. 28 Rajab 1422 H (15
October 2001)
SOFRECO TECHNIP. Pre-Feasibility Study, Preliminary Environmental Study, Sofreco
(2012)
The World Bank Operational Manual: Operational Policy OP 4.01 Environmental
Assessment (January 1999, revised April 2012)
The World Bank Operational Manual: Bank Procedure BP 4.01 Environmental
Assessment (January 1999, revised April 2012)
20.20 APPENDIX D AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENT

EMEP/EEA (2009) Air Pollutant Emission Inventory Guidebook. Accessed from
http://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/emep-eea-emission-inventory-guidebook-2009
Eckerman, K.F. and Ryman, J.C. 1993. External Exposure to Radionuclides in Air, Water
and Soil. Federal Guidance Report 12. EPA Report 402-R-93-081. Washington, DC.FGR
12.
ICRP. (1996). Age dependant doses to members of the public from intakes of
radionuclides: Part 5, compilation of ingestion and inhalation dose coefficients.
Publication 72. Annals of the ICRP 26, No. 1.
Johnson, C.A., Hill, R.A, Wilkinson, M., Braban, C.F., Beeley, W.J and Theobold, M.R.
(2010). Final Report for SCAIL Combustion. Scottish and Northern Ireland Forum for
Environmental Research. UK PIR15. See http://www.scail.ceh.ac.uk/combustion/SCAIL-
Combustion_Final_Report.pdf .
Ontario (2009). Environmental Protection Act. Ontario Regulation 419/05 Air Pollution
local air quality.
PME (2012). Presidency of Meteorology and Environment. Environmental Standards
Control of Emissions to Air From Stationary Sources (2012).
SOFRECO (2012). Feasibility study pre-works of Umm Wual project. 1271-UMW-PW-
VOL10-EIS & HSE_rev3.
UNSCEAR (2008). Sources and effects of ionizing radiation, UNSCEAR 2008. United
Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation, UN, New York.
US EPA (2002). Median Life, Annual Activity, and Load Factor Values for Non-road
Engine Emissions Modelling. EPA420-P-02-014.
US EPA (2004). Users guide for the AMS/EPA regulatory model AERMOD. EPA-
454/B-03-001.
US EPA (2005). Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 216 / Wednesday, November 9, 2005 /
Rules and Regulations. 40 CFR Part 51 Revision to the Guideline on Air Quality Models:
Adoption of a Preferred General Purpose (Flat and Complex Terrain) Dispersion Model
and Other Revisions; Final Rule.
US EPA (2008). Idling Vehicle Emissions for Passenger Cars, Light-Duty Trucks, and
Heavy-Duty Trucks. Office of Transportation and Air Quality. EPA420-F-08-025
US EPA (2009). Emission factors for locomotives. Office of Transportation and Air
Quality. EPA420-F-09-025
US EPA AP42. Accessed from http://www.epa.gov/ttnchie1/ap42/ with html links to
relevant chapter
Project Name:

ESIA Waad

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ESIA Waad

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

DEPARTMENT: SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORT NO: 60-R400-WH/G.06f/0073

REPORT TITLE: UMM WU'AL

Rev Issue Date Pages Revision Description Prepared Checked Approved

DOCUMENT ISSUED FOR:

4.17 SUPPORTING BUILDINGS AND INFRASTRUCTURE.................................................... 141

12.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 332

ES1-1: Location of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project Sites

ES1-2: Layout of the Umm Wual Phosphate Project Site

ES2.3 MAIN CONSTRUCTION

ES4.1 AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY

1.4 THE ESIA

1.5 ESIA SCREENING

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITTING

1.9 REPORT STRUCTURE

2.2.2 ESIA REQUIREMENT

2.2.5 MINISTRY OF LABOUR

2.3 INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES AND POLICIES

Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and

Performance Standard 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention

Performance Standard 4: Community Health, Safety, and Security

Performance Standard 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement

Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management

Performance Standard 7: Indigenous Peoples

IFC Performance Standards Comment

To promote the fair treatment, non-discrimination, and equal opportunity

Equator Principles Comment

Principle 6 Grievance Mechanism

Principle 7 Independent Review

Principle 9 Independent Monitoring and Reporting

2.4.5 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS

Date International Convention

2.5 RELEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

Ras Al Khair Umm Wual

Saudi National / PME RCER-2010

Figure 2-1: Hierarchy of standards for UmmWual Phosphate Project

2.5.1 INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

2.5.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

2.5.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

2.5.3.2 WATER QUALITY CRITERIA AND STANDARDS

2.5.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT AND TRANSPORT CRITERIA AND STANDARDS

2.6 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

Additionally industry specific documentation on Best Available Techniques is also of relevance

3.2 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION

3.3 DO-NOTHING OPTION

3.4 SELECTED SITE SUITABILITY

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

7. BAT is to improve the environmental The implementation of an Environmental

3.7.2 PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANT

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

8. BAT is to treat wastewater by applying a Wastewater generated is reused within the

9. BAT is to improve the environmental The implementation of an Environmental

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

3.7.3 DOWNSTREAM PLANTS

3.7.4 SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE (STPP) PLANT

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

3.7.5 MONOCALCIUM/DICALCIUM (MCP/DCP) PLANT

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

BAT Reference Document (BREF) Proposals

3.7.6 TAILINGS AND WASTE ROCK